Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutCITY HALL LOBBY HARVAT NDS RENOVATION 2015 ---q__AC -6437 ) (29e-L i c7d v�± \Int - L ���1 L -"aCiiVr/r0 Si--7 jc, jw S I-- °J-1-`) u !PJ A T nD C 1 1 ( - SI S �=I - 1-6 S-ra- °t- 4-1-0111 S/- W-L --)- --r>—'-d- 4 cfJ Jo sw-rirfai etem s? s 13V _ Jvw-Qz gt4,02-?-fi c)'/9 nd to vbfuj- L, C2,( m 5' ( 2,,-s/ 45z. s se- -b V 20 wci 5 u 22l / S'� - -(7/t{/-6 CrCL,L2x )67/tou ami' SCS Al �'�' fit' �' 9 0/7' ./J � ley .4 CITY OF IOWA CITY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION c=J PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT .� �.. FOR THE4 CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL ;� & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT IOWA CITY, IOWA NJ ROHRBACHr? ASSOCIATES PC ARCH I TECTS March 9, 2016 RAPC PROJECT#1323 • PROJECT MANUAL CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT City of Iowa City Iowa City, Iowa ARCHITECT: Rohrbach Associates, P.C. Commerce Center 325 East Washington, Suite 400 P.O. Box 2238 Iowa City, IA 52244-2238 Tele 319.338.9311 Fax 319.338.9872 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: Design Engineers, P.C. 8801 Prairie View Lane, Suite 200 Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 Tele 319.841.1944 Fax 319.841.0454 —C) up rill- -1 !”71 C '= rh - 1J I RAPC Project No. 1323 FILED 2015 MAR -9 PH 1: f CITY CLEER 10 Vi A CITY, 101:!,% • • OEM al= MIK City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project City of Iowa City RAPC#1323 DOCUMENT 00 01 07 SEALS AND SIGNATURES I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Registered 40 ,,,, Architec , ••er the laws of the State of Iowa. x-01 p, Rn 'N! ,`�,`�°s°p°0.'O4, q apt Stev:n A. '%hrbach ir V CO li iv 04(44 • A , r 1 s IOWA • 0 - Signa re V ,�,;1k:60....0°•..x:� Regis ation expires June 30, 2016 Reg. No. 2281 ti:i. RED AR`-',-r '`4 . :�'�=''' Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Divisions 01, 02, 04, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 12 Date issued: (/4/ I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct �,,,..,,il"',,,,.,,,,, supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed ♦,0 "SIpN9`,��,, Professional Engineer under the laws of the State©falowa. Ito: • •'.2' Dwight Cloptom Schum :-°: "`;;' "Z; DWIGHTCLOPTON ;Z' Discipline—Professional Engineer License Noy 13694.. w: SCHUMM :m ` = i r>• 13694 :2,..F �► -, . --n rn • ,''4 4•••......••••'*��.♦`♦♦♦ S•at e % ' W,. IOWA • -- �,,""""""""d,, Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Divisions 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28 Date issued: 03. Og, /42- My 5My license expires December 31, 2015 Rohrbach Associates PC SEALS AND SIGNATURES 00 01 07-1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project City of Iowa City RAPC#1323 _3- •• END OF DOCUMENT LU >-U LL. 4 N Rohrbach Associates PC SEALS AND SIGNATURES 00 01 07-2 FORM OF PROPOSAL CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 2:30 PM local time on April 16, 2015 TO: City Clerk City of Iowa City City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Cpritracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT in strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated March 9, 2015,-including Addenda numbered , and , inclusive, prepared by Rohrbach Associates, PC, for the Base Bid Lump Sum of : BASE BID Dollars ($ The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of$ ten percent (10%) of the Base Bid amount. BID ALTERNATES: Alternate No. 1: OFFICE LIGHT REPLACEMENT Provide price for work in the following offices on Level 2, NDS Department: 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 218. 220, 221. Work to include replacement of light fixtures, lighting controls, install new carpet. base, and wall paint. There will be no work in these rooms under the base bid. Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($ FORM OF PROPOSAL 1 OF 3 Alternate No. 2: REPLACE CARPET AND WALL BASE, FINANCE DIVISION: Provide price to remove the existing carpet and rubber wall base and install new carpet tile and rubber wall base, in the rooms indicated on Level 1A. There will be no work in these rooms under the base bid. Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($ Alternate No. 3: INSTALL MONUMENT SIGN: Provide price to remove the existing cabinet sign at the corner of Washington and Gilbert Streets and install a new monument sign, including concrete base, connection to existing electrical service, and fabricated, lit letters as indicated in the drawings. There will be no work on the monument sign under the base bid. Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($ The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement. the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before January 29, 2016. Firm: Signature: Printed Name: FORM OF PROPOSAL 2 OF 3 E 701511AR -9 PH I: I I CITY CLEEA 1.6 CITY, IC';.'. m LL O O O a LL O 2 Ul U LL N N � ro O O L O F- Q cL U Bidder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer"Yes" or"No" for each of the following: ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). n Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. :1;0- To 'To be completed by resident bidders ;_ ._ Part B sa My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: d Dates: l I to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: I / to l I Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: I / to l I Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to bidders who are residents? ❑ Yes ❑ No 3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2. identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: Signature: Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. B S F-1 309-6001 02-14 Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statemerrtof qua cation in-this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualifrtation in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 02-14 BSF-2 BID BOND , as Principal, and as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Dollars ($ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated March 9, 2015 for Project. o u, NOW, THEREFORE, c-,--< �. (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, • rn 7. m (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a-contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the amount of the obligation stated herein. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond, as provided in the Project specifications or as required by law. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this day of , A.D., 20 . (Seal) Witness Principal By (Title) (Seal) Surety By Witness (Attorney-in-fact) Attach Power-of-Attorney [Submit in separate envelope from Form of Proposal] BB-1 of 1 City of Iowa City City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project RAPC#1323 SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 07—Seals and Signatures 00 01 10—Table of Contents Division 00 --Procurement and Contracting Requirements NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING NPH-1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS NTB-1 NOTE TO BIDDERS NB-1 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS IB-1 FORM OF PROPOSAL FP-1 BID BOND BB-1 FORM OF AGREEMENT AG-1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND PB-1 CONTRACT COMPLIANCE (ANTI-DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) CC-1 (thru pg.8) GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-1 BIDDER STATUS FORMS BSF-,1 (two pages) ATTACHMENT: FORM OF PROPOSAL(TO SUBMIT] ATTACHMENT: BID BOND(TO SUBMIT IN SEPARATE ENVELOPE) ATTACHMENT: BIDDER STATUS FORM [TO SUBMIT IN SEPARATE INVELOPE] T‹ ATTACHMENT: PLANS -, ‘.0 Division 01 —General Requirements K W7.31 01 10 00-Summary of Work �* 01 20 00—Price and Payment Procedures ry 01 22 00—Unit Prices 01 23 00—Alternates 01 30 00—Administrative Requirements 01 32 16—Construction Progress Schedule 01 50 00—Construction Facilities and Controls 01 60 00—Product Requirements 01 70 00—Execution and Closeout Requirements Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 - 1 City of Iowa City City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project RAPC#1323 01 78 00 —Closeout Submittals 01 79 00—Demonstration and Training Division 02 -- Existing Conditions 02 41 00— Demolition Division 03—Concrete (NOT USED) I Division 04— Masonry (NOT USED) Division 05 -- Metals 05 70 00 — Decorative metal Division 06 --Wood, Plastics, and Composites 06 10 00— Rough Carpentry 06 20 00—Finish Carpentry 06 41 00—Architectural Wood Casework Division 07 -- Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 84 00 —Firestopping 07 90 05 —Joint Sealers Division 08 -- Openings 08 12 13 —Hollow Metal Frames 08 14 16 —Flush Wood Doors 08 35 13.13—Accordion Folding Doors 08 43 13—Aluminum-Framed Storefront 08 71 00 — Door Hardware 08 80 00 -Glazing Divisfbn 09 7--Finishes 06-11 16 gt— ypsum Board Assemblies 06 30 04=Tiling 09:.51 00—Acoustical Ceilings 09 63 40—Stone Flooring 09 65 00— Resilient Flooring 09 66 23— Resinous Matrix Terrazzo Flooring 09 68 13—Tile Carpeting 09 90 00— Painting and Coating Division 10 --Specialties 10 11 01 —Visual Display Boards 10 14 00 - Signage 10 21 13.13—Metal Toilet Compartments Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 -2 City of Iowa City City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project RAPC#1323 10 28 00-Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories Division 11 - Equipment(NOT USED) Division 12-Furnishings 12 24 00-Window Shades 12 46 19-Network Clocks Division 13-Special Construction (NOT USED) Division 14 --Conveying Equipment(NOT USED) Division 21 -- Fire Suppression 21 00 10-Fire Suppression General Provisions 21 05 00-Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 21 05 53-Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 10 00-Water-Based Fire Suppression Systems Division 22 -- Plumbing 22 00 10- Plumbing General Provisions 22 05 00-Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 19-Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23-General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 29-Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53-Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 07 00-Plumbing Insulation 22 11 16-Domestic Water Piping 22 13 16-Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 22 33 00-Electric Domestic Water Heaters 22 40 00-Plumbing Fixtures Division 23 -- Heating,Ventilating,and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) 23 00 10- HVAC General Provisions 23 05 00-Common Work Results for HVAC —4 --' 23 05 23-General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping ;:1 -o o +i 23 05 29-Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment �'' , 23 05 53-Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment •- 23 05 93-Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC ra 23 07 00-HVAC Insulation 23 09 00- Instrumentation and Control for HVAC 23 31 13-Metal Ducts 23 33 00-Air Duct Accessories Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10-3 City of Iowa City City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project RAPC#1323 23 37 13 — Diffusers, Registers and Grilles 23 82 33 —Convectors and Radiant Heaters Division 26 -- Electrical 26 00 10—Electrical General Provisions 26 05 00 —Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 — Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 —Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 — Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 53— Identification for Electrical Systems 26 24 16 —Panelboards 26 27 26 —Wiring Devices 26 28 16— Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 50 00—Lighting Division 27 -- Communications 27 00 10 —Telecommunications General Provisions 27 11 00 —Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment 27 12 00 —Telecommunications Testing and Documentation Division 28 -- Electronic Safety and Security 28 00 10 — Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions 28 31 00 — Fire Alarm and Detection Systems (Addressable) END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS cwt L.A., cn .� >-U C=7 Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 -4 1 I ;1 SFJ .d.r•e• rn CJ DI V I I PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS HED 2015 EAR —9 PH I: !. 2 CITY CLERK IO A CITY, I0VI:!+ co CD it Willi i NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project in said City at 7 p.m. on the 23 day of March, 2015, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may 111 be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of r, making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of _ ..11 making said improvement. ` This notice is given by order of the City Coun- �.• cit of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided :Ti� by law. ..<r" MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK :-rn = C • - r� S:IENGARCHITECTURE FILE PtojectslCiy Hall Lobby,Revenue, Harvat Hall 8 NDS 2015 Renovation Project'Fronl eras for bid documents5,pb la City Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvel Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project for 03 23 2015.dac 2/15 R-1 dLE [) 2015 GR -9 NI 1: 42 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. 10`".1 w r Z C, m NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL& NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 2:30 P.M. on the 16th day of April, 2015. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 21st day of April, 2015, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. There will be a recommended pre-bid meeting held on site. This will start at 1:30 p.m. local time in Harvat Hall (council chambers), on Tuesday, April 7,2015. The Project will involve the following: The project will involve updating and remodeling individual areas under a single contract in City Hall; this includes the main lobby and the city council chambers known as Harvat Hall, the Revenue Division, and the Neighborhood and Development Services Department. The project will be completed in phases, and will involve selective demolition, concrete patching, millwork, hollow metal frame and wood doors, interior aluminum framing and glazing, light-gage metal framing and drywall, painting, alterations to existing mechanical system, flooring both in carpet replacement and epoxy terrazzo, electrical work including power and upgrading areas with LED lighting. The contractor will be responsible for all associated mechanical, structural and electrical work. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Rohrbach Associates PC, of Iowa City, Iowa,which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10)calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a periodpf not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days following award of the contract, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tabulation of bids is completed and reported to the City CQunciL'The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent(100%)" of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the-City, and shall , guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the Cfty from'_ all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall. also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its com- pletion and formal acceptance by the City Council. ,) The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Working Days: Schedule as indicated on phasing plan in bid document. Final completion date February 26, 2016. Liquidated Damages: $570.00 per day The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950 Fax:319-354-8973 Toll-Free 800-779-0093 by bona fide bidders. A $125.00 refundable fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Technigraphics. The fee will be returned if the plans are returned in unmarked and reusable condition within 15 days of Council Award. A separate and nonrefundable $25.00 shipping and handling fee will apply to plans that are sent through postal mail. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242-4721 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors,together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK S.\ENG\ARCHITECTURE FILE1Projeds\City Hall Lobby.Revenue.Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation ProjectTront ends for bid documentslnotice to bidders doc I imenAr>v I >. ,rte 4: .s ,r, C;) NOTE TO BIDDERS 1. The successful bidder and all subcontractors are required to submit at least 4 days prior to award three references involving similar projects, including at least one municipal reference. Award of the bid or use of specific subcontractors may be denied if sufficient favorable references are not verified or may be denied based on past experience on projects with the City of Iowa City. 2. References shall be addressed to the City Engineer and include the name, address and phone number of the contact person, for City verification. 3. Bid submittals are: Envelope 1: Bid Bond Envelope 2: Form of Proposal Envelope 3: Bidder Status Form cr: I N B-1 ! ECJ 2015 P.:AR -9 PH I: 42 CITY ,, M I0Vi' k ITY I31 CO z C) m INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 1.1 Bidding documents include the bidding requirements and the contract documents. The bidding requirements include the Advertisement or Invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, other sample bidding and contract forms, and the Contract Forms including addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 The contract documents for the work consist of the Owner/Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 1.3 Definitions set forth in AIA document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 2007 edition, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the bidding documents. A. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deflection, clarifications or correction. B. A bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the bidding documents. C. The base bid is the sum stated in the bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the work described in the bidding documents as the Base, to which work may be added, or from which work may be deducted for sums stated in alternate'btds. D. An alternate bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the bid to be-added to OF deducted from the amount of the base bid if the corresponding changg in the;,. work, as described in bidding documents, is accepted. E. A unit price is an amount stated in the bid as a price per unit of measurers nt for'; materials or services as described in the bidding documents or in the contract documents. F. A bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid. G. A sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the work. ARTICLE 2— BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The bidder by making a bid represents that the bidder has read and understands the bidding documents, and the bid is made in accordance with those documents. 2.2 The Bidder has read and understands the bidding documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted. IB-1 2.3 The bidder has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the contract documents. 2.4 The bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the bidding documents without exception. ARTICLE 3— BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Copies A. Complete sets of the bidding documents may be obtained from the office of Office of Techniqraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone :319-354-5950 c.. Fax:319-354-8973 Toll-Free 800-779-0093 by bona fide bidders, for the deposit sum as indicated. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the ``-'- bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. A bidder receiving a contract award may retain the bidding documents, and his deposit will be refunded. Successful sub-bidders, including material suppliers, may retain their -�� i, bidding documents, and their deposit will be refunded if the Architect receives 4 written notification within the 30 calendar day period following receipt of bids. Bidders shall use complete sets of bidding documents in preparing bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. No partial sets will be issued. C. In making copies of the bidding documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids for the work, and do nor confer license or grant permission for any other use of the bidding documents. D. Copies of the reports and drawings that are not included with the Bidding Documents may be examined at Engineering Division at City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa during regular business hours, or may be obtained from the Owner at Owner's reproduction cost, plus handling charge. These reports and drawings are not part of the contract documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which the bidder may rely as identified and established above, are incorporated therein by reference. 3.2 Interpretation or Correction of Bidding Documents A. The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. B. Bidders and sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine days prior to the date for receipt of bids. I B-2 C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documents will be made by addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidding documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3 Substitutions A. The materials, products and equipment described in the bidding documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. Refer to AIA Substitutions form for substitution requirements. B. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.4 Addenda A. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have a complete set of bidding documents. B. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection wherever bidding documents are on file for that purpose. C. No addenda will be issued later than four (4) days prior to the date for receipt of bids, except for any one or more of the following reasons: 1. An addendum withdrawing the request for bids. 2. An addendum which includes postponement of the date for receipt of bids. 3. An addendum issued after receipt of bids and prior to execution of the contract. D. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a bid that he has received all addenda issued, and the bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the proper location on the bid form. ARTICLE 4— BIDDING PROCEDURES ={r y --° m l� 4.1 Form and Style of Bids A. A separate copy of the bid form is contained within the back cover of this document. B. Fill in all blanks on the bid form by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words will govern. D. Interlineations, alterations or erasures shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. E. All requested alternates shall be bid. If no change in the base bid is required, enter "No Change". I B-3 F. Where two or more bids for designated portions of the work have been requested, the bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of bids stipulated by the bidder. The bidder shall make no additional stipulation on the bid form, nor qualify the bid in any other manner. G. Each copy of the bid shall include the legal name of the bidder and a statement that the bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. A bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the bidder. H. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the date of opening. 4.2 Bid Security A. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of ten percent (10 %) of the base bid and in the form of surety bond pledging that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner on the items stated in his bid and will, if requested, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Should the bidder refuse to enter into such contract or fail to furnish such bond if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. A cashier's check, cash or certified check will not be an accepted bid bond. -8-urety bond shall be written on enclosed "Bid Bond" form bound within the project manual and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of power of attorney. C. The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of bidders to whom an award is being considered until either: 1. The contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished. 2. The specified time has elapsed so that the bids may be withdrawn. 3. All bids have been rejected. 4.3 Bidder Status Form A. Bidder Status form shall be submitted with the bid, in a separate envelope. 4.4 Submission of Bids A. All copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes as instructed in Section NB — Note to Bidders. All envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City"), and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. I B-4 B. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of bids. 1. Location: Office of City Clerk, City Hall, 410 East Washington Street. Iowa City, Iowa 52240 2. Time and Date: Before 2:30 p.m. on Thursday, April 16, 2015. C. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened. D. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of bids. E. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4.5 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bidder after the stipulated time and date designated for the receipt of bids, and each bidder so agrees in submitting his bid. B. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of bids, a bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving bids at the place designated for receipt of bids. Such notice shall be in writing, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. If written notice is electronic, written confirmation from the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract shall also be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. C. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. D. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the bid as modified or s resubmitted. -0 r, ) ARTICLE 5- CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 173 -"� 5.1 Opening of Bids A. The properly identified bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. 5.2 Rejection of Bids A. The Owner will have the right to reject any or all bids, and to reject a bid not accompanied by the required bid security or by another data required by the bidding documents, or to reject a bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. 5.3 Acceptance of Bid (Award) IB-5 A. It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsive responsible bidder provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the bidding documents, and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a bid received, and to accept the bid which, in his judgment, is in his own best interest. B. The Owner will have the right to accept bid alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low bidder on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. ARTICLE 6— POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1 Submittals A. The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. B. The bidder shall, within seven (7) days of notification of selection for the award of a contract for the work, submit the following information to the Architect: _ 1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with the bidder's 23y_ own forces. c-, 7 The proprietary names and the suppliers or principal items or system of materials and equipment proposed for the project. e C. L; The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the work described in the bidding documents. D. Prior to the award of the contract, the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to such proposed person or entity, the bidder may, at the bidder's option: 1. Withdraw the bid. 2. Submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. D. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or may disqualify the bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. IB-6 ARTICLE 7— PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.1 Bond Requirements A. The bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may be secured through the bidder's usual sources. The cost of furnishing such bonds shall be included in the bid. B. If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the bidder's usual source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered. B. The bonds shall be written on the "Performance and Payment Bond" form bound within the project manual, or a copy thereof. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the contract sum. C. The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the contract. D. The bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix a current and certified copy of power of attorney. ,_ ARTICLE 8— PRE-BID CONFERENCErr , ._ 8.1 Conference A. Bidder is encouraged to attend a pre-bid conference on Wednesday, April 7th at 1:30 PM local time, in the Harvat Hall (council chambers) in the City Hall Lobby in City Hall at 410 East Washington Street in Iowa City, Iowa. A tour of the affected areas of the facility will follow. 8.2 Parking A. Limited metered parking is available neighboring City Hall. Otherwise a hourly pre- pay parking is available south of City Hall at Chauncey Swan Ramp or a hourly-fee parking is available in Tower Place, located west of City Hall at 335 East Iowa Avenue, the entrance is on the Iowa Avenue side of the ramp. S:\ENGIARCHITECTURE FILE\Projects\City Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project\Front ends for bid documents\IB-Instructions to Bidders City Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvat Hall,NDS 2015 Renovation Project 03 07 2015.doc I B-7 2D1� ' ' —� Phi i 42 G1 `�' Gi_E 1'i lila Ji ' w r Z 7 G) m FORM OF PROPOSAL CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY BIDDERS PLEASE NOTE: 1. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 2:30 PM local time on April 16, 2015 —11 City Clerk �. City of Iowa City City Hall 10 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 " - In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECTin strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated March 9, 2015, including Addenda numbered and , inclusive, prepared by Rohrbach Associates, PC, for the Base Bid Lump Sum of : BASE BID Dollars ($ The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of$ ten percent (10%) of the Base Bid amount. BID ALTERNATES: Alternate No. 1: OFFICE LIGHT REPLACEMENT Provide price for work in the following offices on Level 2, NDS Department: 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 218, 220, 221. Work to include replacement of light fixtures, lighting controls, install new carpet, base, and wall paint. There will be no work in these rooms under the base bid. Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($ FP-1 of 3 Alternate No. 2: REPLACE CARPET AND WALL BASE, FINANCE DIVISION: Provide price to remove the existing carpet and rubber wall base and install new carpet tile and rubber wall base, in the rooms indicated on Level 1A. There will be no work in these rooms under the base bid. Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($ Alternate No. 3: INSTALL MONUMENT SIGN: Provide price to remove the existing cabinet sign at the corner of Washington and Gilbert Streets and install a new monument sign, including concrete base, connection to existing electrical service, and fabricated, lit letters as indicated in the drawings. There will be no work on the monument sign under the base bid. Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($ G� � >-L) r= The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before January 29, 2016. Firm: Signature: FP-2 of 3 .F�e � � �sr� �i2 P r .tarn 8@•s 1. q 7015 MAR —9 Pll I: 1 CIT'' CLEC , ^' f, t'IT ,v IU n, co 4-- O M d E U) (B Ziii 73 c m m c ui TS o c F- Q U BLANK PAGE • ••1_1 't— t C-1 C-1 c:. r e • C+4 BID BOND , as Principal, and as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Dollars ($ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated for Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, M1, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in rio.event,_exceed the amount of the obligation stated herein. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be;:forfeited1to the' Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond, as provided in the Project specifications or as required by law. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this day of , A.D., 20_ (Seal) Witness Principal By (Title) (Seal) Surety By Witness (Attorney-in-fact) Attach Power-of-Attorney BB-1 of 1 H E 2.015 1410 —9 r 1 : 4 CITY CLE ', IOWA CITY. co z -0 FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("City"), and ("Contractor"). Whereas the City has prepared certain plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents dated the 9th day of March, 2015, for the CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT ("Project"), and Whereas, said plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents accurately and fully describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor is willing to perform the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. The City hereby accepts the attached proposal and bid documents of the Contractor for the Project, and for the sums listed therein. 2. This Agreement consists of the following component parts which are incorporated herein by reference: a. Addenda Numbers b. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-2007, as amended; c. Plans; d. Specifications and Supplementary Conditions; 1. I e. Notice to Bidders; _ raol n f. Note to Bidders; - - g. Performance and Payment Bond; h. Restriction on Non-Resident Bidding on Non-Federal-Aid Projects; Contract Compliance Program (Anti-Discrimination Requirements); j. Proposal and Bid Documents; and k. This Instrument. The above components are deemed complementary and should be read together. In the event of a discrepancy or inconsistency, the more specific provision shall prevail. AG-1 of 2 3. The names of subcontractors approved by City, together with quantities, unit prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows in "Attachment A." Payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. 4. The Project base bid submitted by form of proposal is in the amount of: and no/100 Dollars ($ .00). 5. Alternates included as part of this agreement. 6. Substantial Completion date is January 29, 2016 and final completion date February 29, 2016. 7. CONTRACT DATE 21st day of April, 2015 .[DATE BASED ON FORMAL COUNCIL MEETING AWARDING CONTRACT BY RESOLUTION NUMBER 1. City Contractor (Signature) (Signature) (Printed name) (Printed name) Mayor (Company Official Title) ATTEST: ATTEST: (Printed name) (Printed name) City Clerk (Company Official Title) C.:" Approved By: I CT City Attorney's Office AG-2 of 2 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND , as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and (insert the legal title of the Surety) , as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of Dollars ($ ) for the payment for which Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of April 21, 2016, entered into a (Date) written Agreement with Owner for CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT; and WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond, to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Rohrbach Associates PC, which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory C-7 completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by theory Owner. r- B. Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in default under the' Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and upon determination by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under PB-1 of 2 this paragraph), sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of one (1) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontractors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS DAY OF 20 IN THE PRESENCE OF: (Principal) Witness (Title) (Surety) Witness (Title) (Street) (City, State, Zip) •r- (Phone) c Ura PB-2of2 Contract Compliance Program - r". rfl -o FILED 2015 FIR —9 PM I: III CITY CA. Eit; lesIILV IT'l C •: • • 03 0 SECTION I-GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Iowa City to require equal employment opportunity in all City contract work. This policy prohibits discrimination by the City's contractors, consultants and vendors and requires them to ensure that applicants seeking employment with them and their employees are treated equally without regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, marital status, and age. It is the City's intention to assist employers, who are City contractors, vendors or consultants, in designing and implementing equal employment opportunity so that all citizens will be afforded equal accessibility and opportunity to gain and maintain employment. PROVISIONS: 1. All contractors, vendors, and consultants requesting to do business with the City must submit an Equal Opportunity Policy Statement before the execution of the contract. 2. All City contractors, vendors, and consultants with contracts of $25,000 or more (or less) if required by another governmental agency) must abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program. Emergency contracts may be exempt from this provision at the discretion of the City. Regardless of the value of the contract, all contractors, vendors, and consultants are subject to the City's Human Rights Ordinance, which is codified at Article 2 of the City Code. 3. Contracting departments are responsible for assuring that City contractors, vendors, and consultants are made aware of the City's Contract Compliance Program reporting responsibilities and receive the appropriate reporting forms. A notification of requirements will be included in any request for proposal and notice of bids. 4. Prior to execution of the contract,the completed and signed Assurance of Compliance(located on pages CC-2 and CC-3) or other required material must be received and approved by the City. 5. Contracting departments are responsible for answering questions about contractor, consultant and vendor compliance during the course of the contract with the City. r— 6. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must refrain from the use of any signs ordesignations which are sexist in nature, such as those which state "Men Working" or "Flagman Ahead `,:';and ... instead use gender neutral signs. 7. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must assure that their subcontractors abide-byThe City's Human Rights Ordinance. The City's protected classes are listed at Iowa City City Code section 2-3-f CC-1 of 8 SECTION II-ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE The following sets forth the minimum requirements of a satisfactory Equal Employment Opportunity Program which will be reviewed for acceptability. PLEASE RETURN PAGES 2 THROUGH 3 OF THIS SECTION TO THE CONTRACTING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT. With respect to the performance of this contract, the contractor, consultant or vendor agrees as follows: (For the purposes of these minimum requirements, "contractor"- shall include consultants and vendors.) 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment and will take affirmative efforts to ensure applicants and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, and age. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor; state that it is an equal opportunity employer. Note: Contracts that are federally funded are subject to Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, and the regulations (see generally 29 U.S.C.§ 1608 et sea.) and relevant orders of the U.S. Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor, and not the City, enforces said regulations and orders. 3. Provide a copy of your written Equal Employment Opportunity policy statement. Where is this statement posted? 4. What is the name, telephone number and address of your business' Equal Employment Opportunity Officer? (Please print) Phone number Address 5. The undersigned agrees to display, in conspicuous places at the work site, all posters required by federal and state law for the duration of the contract. NOTE: The City can provide assistance in obtaining the necessary posters. I }-C_? CC-2 of 8 6. How does your business currently inform applicants, employees, and recruitment sources (including unions)that you are an Equal Employment Opportunity employer? The above responses to questions 1 through 6 are true and correctly reflect our Equal Employment Opportunity policies. Business Name Phone Number Signature Title Print Name Date C—) --1 j .J .omme Lip run:C rn -0 in 0 JJ CC-3 of 8 SECTION III-SUGGESTED STEPS TO ASSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES 1. COMPANY POLICY Determine your company's policy regarding equal employment opportunities. Document the policy and post it in a conspicuous place so that it is known to all your employees. Furthermore, disseminate the policy to all potential sources of employees and to your subcontractors asking their cooperation. The policy statement should recognize and accept your responsibility to provide equal employment opportunity in all your employment practices. In regard to dissemination of this policy. this can be done, for example, through the use of letters to all recruitment sources and subcontractors, personal contacts, employee meetings, web page postings . employee handbooks, and advertising. 2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY OFFICER Designate an equal employment opportunity officer or, at minimum, assign someone the responsibility of administering and promoting your company's Equal Employment Opportunity program. This person should have a position in your organization which emphasizes the importance of the program. 3. INSTRUCT STAFF Your staff should be aware of and be required to abide by your Equal Employment Opportunity program. All employees authorized to hire, supervise, promote, or discharge employees or are involved in such actions should be trained and required to comply with your policy and the current equal employment opportunity laws. 4. RECRUITMENT (a) Let potential employees know you are an equal opportunity employer. This can be done by identifying yourself on all recruitment advertising as "an equal opportunity employer". (b) Use recruitment sources that are likely to yield diverse applicant pools. Word-of-mouth recruitment will only perpetuate the current composition of your workforce. Send recruitment sources a letter annually which reaffirms your commitment to equal employment opportunity and requests their assistance in helping you reach diverse applicant pools. (c) Analyze and review your company's recruitment procedures to identify and eliminate discriminatory barriers. (d) Select and train persons involved in the employment process to use objective standards and to support equal employment opportunity goals. (e) Review periodically job descriptions to make sure they accurately reflect major job functions. Review education and experience requirements to make sure they accurately reflect the requirements for successful job performance. (f) Review the job application to insure that only job related questions are asked. Ask yourself "Is this information necessary to judge an applicant's ability to perform the job M -- applied for?" Only use job-related tests which do not adversely affect any particular group of people. (jr . Monitor interviewscarefully. Prepare interview questions in advance to • assure t h at they are only job related. Train your interviewers on discrimination laws. Biased and subjective judgments in personal interviews can be a major source of discrimination. (h) Improve hiring and selection procedures and use non-biased promotion, transfer and training policies to increase and/or improve the diversity of your workforce representation. Companies must make sure procedures for selecting candidates for promotion, transfer and training are based upon a fair assessment of an employee's ability and work record. Furthermore, all companies should post and otherwise publicize all job promotional opportunities and encourage all qualified employees to bid on them. CC-4 of 8 r 1 Z. .14 "e lafar CITY OF IOWA CITY Attached for your information is a copy of Section 2 — 3 — 1 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances which prohibits certain discriminatory practices in employment as well as a sample policy. Please note that the protected characteristics include some not mandated for protection by Federal or State law. As a contractor, consultant or vendor doing business with the City of Iowa City you are required to abide by the provisions of the local ordinance in conjunction with your performance under a contract with the City. r-� cj. qqyy .--1`moi a CC-5 of 8 SAMPLE: EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY To all employees of This Company and its employees shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment based on his or her a g e , national origin, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status , race, religion, sex, or sexual orientation. The anti-discrimination policy extends to decisions involving hiring, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Further, this Company and its employees will provide a working environment free from such discrimination. All employees are encouraged to refer minority and women applicants and applicants with disabilitiesforemployment. The Equal Employment Opportunity Officerfor is: Name: Address: Telephone Number: NOTE: This i s a SAMPLE ONLY. You may wish to confer with your EEO officer or legal counsel to formulate a policy which specifically meets the needs of your company. c - I >-c- La� = c. to is l Cr[ CC-6 of 8 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. 2-3-1: EMPLOYMENT; EXCEPTIONS: A. It shall be unlawful for any employer to refuse to hire, accept, register, classify, promote or refer for employment, or to otherwise discriminate in employment against any other person or to discharge any employee because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord.03-4105, 12-16-2003) B. It shall be unlawful for any labor organization to refuse to admit to membership, apprenticeship or training an applicant,to expel any member, or to otherwise discriminate against any applicant for membership, apprenticeship or training or any member in the privileges, rights or benefits of such membership, apprenticeship or training because of age,color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation of such applicant or member. C. It shall be unlawful for any employer, employment agency, labor organization or the employees or members thereof to directly or indirectly advertise or in any other manner indicate or publicize that individuals are unwelcome, objectionable or not solicited for employment or membership because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7-1995) D. Employment policies relating to pregnancy and childbirth shall be governed by the following: 1.A written or unwritten employment policy or practice which excludes from employment applicants or employees because of the employee's pregnancy is a prima facie violation of this title. 2. Disabilities caused or contributed to by the employee's pregnancy, miscarriage, childbirth and - recovery therefrom are, for all job related purposes, temporary disabilities and shaltbe treaiied as .._, such under any health or temporary disability insurance or sick leave plan availablI1p connection with employment or any written or unwritten employment policies and practices involving terms ante" conditions of employment as applied to other temporary disabilities. E. It shall be unlawful for any person to solicit or require as a condition of employment of any employee or prospective employee a test for the presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus. An agreement between an employer, employment agency, labor organization or their employees, agents or members and an employee or prospective employee concerning employment, pay or benefits to an employee or prospective employee in return for taking a test for the presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus, is prohibited. The prohibitions of this subsection do not apply if the state epidemiologist determines and the director of public health declares through the utilization of guidelines established by the center for disease control of the United States department of health and human services, that a person with a condition related to acquired immune deficiency syndrome poses a significant risk of transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus to other persons in a specific occupation. F.The following are exempted from the provisions of this section: 1. Any bona fide religious institution or its educational facility, association, corporation or society with respect to any qualifications for employment based on religion when such qualifications are related CC-7 of 8 Sterling Codifiers, Inc. Inc.to a bona fide religious purpose. A religious qualification for instructional personnel or an administrative officer, serving in a supervisory capacity of a bona fide religious educational facility or religious institution shall be presumed to be a bona fide occupational qualification. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 1.An employer or employment agency which chooses to offer employment or advertise for employment to only the disabled or elderly. Any such employment or offer of employment shall not discriminate among the disabled or elderly on the basis of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race,religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7- 1995) 2. The employment of individuals for work within the home of the employer if the employer or members of the family reside therein during such employment. 3. The employment of individuals to render personal service to the person of the employer or members of the employer's family. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 4.The employment on the basis of sex in those certain instances where sex is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise.The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrowly. (Ord. 03-4105, 12- 16-2003) 5. A state or federal program designed to benefit a specific age classification which serves a bona fide public purpose. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 6. The employment on the basis of disability in those certain instances where presence of disability is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrowly. (Ord. 03-4105, 12-16-2003) 7.Any employer who regularly employs less than four (4) individuals. For purposes of this section, individuals who are members of the employer's family shall not be counted as employees. (Ord. 08-4312, 8-11-2008) t�F3 UC ..n CC-8 of 8 GENERAL CONDITIONS "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-2007 amended, shall apply except as amended in the Supplementary Conditions. hJ V.1 v.aY'n IC ) t 3 (,) GC-1 of 1 FILEC 2015 Ilf,r? -9 PH tl CITY Ct EE 0 W.A CITY, 10 .7A CITY OF IOWA CITY SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF IOWA CITY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 INTRODUCTION A. The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201-2007. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. B. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. C. Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as strike-eut and additions to the AIA A201 are indicated as"bold italic". D. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Law or Regulations in respect to any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings iiia court of r, appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be=required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. E. Delete all references to mediation and arbitration in their entirety. rri° 1.2 ARTICLE 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS `gym A. Add the following paragraph 1.1.1.1 Contract Documents to read as follows: 1.1.1.1 Any reference within the Contract Documents of the Agreement-between Owner and Contractor should be substituted with of the Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement). The Form of Agreement is listed as AG in the project manual. B. Change paragraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, tools, materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance and all other services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all work and materials which any part of the Contract Documents require him to provide. C. Add the following paragraph 1.2.4: 1.2.4 Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the specifications. 1.3 ARTICLE 2 -OWNER A. Change paragraph 2.4 to read as follows: 2.4 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. - In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting the SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-1 Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable entire cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's and/or Consultant's additional services and expenses and heating, engineering, accounting, consulting services and attorneys'fees and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor - __ • __ _ e e _ ___ e _ e •- _• -_ . If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The Owner's actions pursuant to this Subparagraph shall not operate as a release of any obligation of a surety. 1.4 ARTICLE 3- CONTRACTOR A. Change paragraphs 3.2.2 to read as follows: 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the contractor's review is made in the E . ; `Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner c dr Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and : knowir gly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity • knowing it involve involving a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable all costs for correction. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. B. Change paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, vendors, materialmen and suppliers and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. C. Add the following 3.3.4: 3.3.4 Contractor shall maintain a qualified and responsible person available 24 hours per day, seven days per week to respond to emergencies which may occur after hours. Contractor shall provide to Owner and Architect the phone number and/or paging service of this individual. D. Change paragraph 3.4.1 to read as follows: 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, storage, parking and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract Documents require work to be performed after regular working hours or should the Contractor elect to perform work after regular hours, the additional cost of such work shall be borne by the Contractor. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-2 E. Add the following paragraphs 3.4.4 through 3.4.6: 3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade association, unions or councils, which regulate what work shall be included in the work of particular trades, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile any such conflict without delay or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. 3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in Section 01 60 00-Post Bid Substitutions. 3.4.6 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.4 above, the Contractor: .1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified. .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all =ctaims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become appareht and - .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making.such cl anges.as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. = ' .5 will adhere to the contract schedule .-- F. Change paragraphs 3.5 to read as follows: 3.5 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials- and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. G. Change paragraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certificate to purchase building materials, supplies, or equipment in the performance of the contract. The Contractor shall submit the information necessary for the certificates to be issued. All such information for said certificates shall be submitted to the City/Owner together in one submission. H. Change paragraph 3.7.2 to read as follows: 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply perform the Work in compliance with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Change paragraph 3.7.3 to read as follows: 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume full appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable-te the^«ection and expenses of correcting or replacing such Work. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-3 J. Change paragraph 3.7.4 to read as follows: 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are 1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or 2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than the next business day 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's costs of or time required for performance of any part of the work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect's determination or J. Change paragraph 3.11 to read as follows: 3.11 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner, one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and ene-sep of all approved Shop Drawings, MSDS Sheets, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. K. Change paragraph 3.13 to read as follows: -3-:13 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, -statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. --The Contractor acknowledges that the property on which the Project and Work are c:-located-may be occupied and in use by the Owner during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall perform and coordinate its work in such a manner that the portions of . the property occupied and in use will not be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted. L. Change paragraph 3.17 to read as follows: 3.17 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect and the Owner in writing. M. Change paragraphs 3.18.1 to read as follows: 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-4 may be liabl-, --- - - ._ ._ - - - - - - -- ---, - - - - part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Paragraph 3.18.1 is intended or shall be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the negligence of any of the parties to be otherwise indemnified pursuant to Paragraph 3.18.1. N. Change paragraph 3.18.2 to read as follows: 3.18.2 Contractor is not, and shall not be deemed to be, an agent or employee of the City of Iowa City, Iowa. In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under worker's compensation pets, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 1.5 ARTICLE 4-ARCHITECT A. Change paragraph 4.1.2 to read as follows: 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architects set lath in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written'consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. B. Change paragraph 4.2.1 to read as follows: 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be the Owner's representative as provided herein during construction and until the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment to the Contractor on the Project. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 4.2.3 to read as follows: 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner 1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and 2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect and the Owner will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect and the Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. D. Change paragraphs 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows: 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify recommend to the Owner the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to recommend to the Owner to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-5 performing portions of the Work. E. Change paragraphs 4.2.10 through 4.2.12 to read as follows: 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner regarding decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which recommendations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then the Architect shall furnish such recommendations within such reasonable time after the request is made that allow sufficient time in the professional judgment of the Architect for review. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendations decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and recommendations decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or recommendations decisions rendered in good faith. 1.6 ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 5.2.1 and add the following: 5.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, within 24 hours of the bid opening, a list those persons, firms, companies or other parties to whom it proposes/intends to enter into a subcontract regarding this project as required on the Bid Form and the Agreement. 1. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish documentation of all efforts to recruit MBE's. B. Change paragraph 5.3 to read as follows: 53 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, °assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. All warranties provided by the Subcontractors, including all express and implied warranties in the Contract Documents and the agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors and all warranties provided by law, shall run to and be for the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shall have a direct right of action against the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-6 1.7 ARTICLE 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 6.1.4 in its entirety. B. Change paragraph 6.2.4 to read as follows: 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 1.8 ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Change paragraph 7.2.1 to read as follows: 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and %pled by the Owner and Contractor and approved by the Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: B. Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: - `o 7.2.2 A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments irx?Contract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work and related parts of the Work. C. Add paragraph 7.2.3 as follows: 7.2.3 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowance for Overhead and profit to be included in the total cost to the Owner shall not exceed the following amounts: .1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed directly by the Contractor's employees, not including oversight of such work performed by subcontractor, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by his Subcontractor, ten percent(10%) of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent(15%) of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by his Sub-subcontractors, five percent(5%) of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor. .5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over$200.00 be approved without such itemization. .6 Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are to be applied shall be those costs listed in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 1.9 ARTICLE 8 -TIME A. Change paragraph 8.2.3 to read as follows: 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all costs for overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. B. Add paragraph 8.2.4 to read as follows: 8.2.4 If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at times during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractor or subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any point and shall transfer his men to such points and execute such portion of his work as may be required to SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-7 enable others to properly engage in and carry on their work. C. Change paragraph 8.3.1 to read as follows: 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in delivericc, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized dela, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole remedy for such delay. D. Delete paragraph 8.3.3 in its entirety. E. Add paragraph 8.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES to read as follows: Since the actual monetary value of damages sustained by the Owner as a result of delayed completion of the Work is extremely difficult or impractical to assess, the Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Upon failure of the Contractor to achieve "Final Completion"of the Work in compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents: The Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of amount as listed in the Notice to Bidders(or Instruction to Bidders) for each calendar day that "Final Completion"is delayed beyond the date written in the Agreement, subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents. s 2. The Owner shall give written notice to the Contractor of intent to assess liquidated damages pursuant to provisions of this Article. Calculation of the amount of liquidated damages shall commence on the date the Owner notifies the -- Contractor of this intent. --3. Liquidated damages assessed in accordance with these provisions are exclusive =.tea of other monetary damages to which the Owner may be entitled as a direct result LU o` of the Contractor's failure to achieve final completion of the Work in accordance .. rn Licvith requirements of the Contract Documents. These liquidated damages are not intended to be exclusive of Owner's right to terminate this Contract based on Contractors'failure to comply with the terms and provisions of the Contract. 1-17 p 4. Partial performance of the Work of this Contract shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for liquidated damages. 5. Contractor's liability for liquidated damages shall cease upon issuance of Final Completion Certificate for the Work of the Contract. 6. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, amounts assessed to the Contractor as liquidated damages may be deducted by the Owner from any money payable to the Contractor pursuant to this Contract. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of a claim for liquidated damages prior to the date the Owner deducts such sum from money payable to the Contractor. 1.10 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Add the following paragraph 9.3.1.3. .3 The first payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial waiver of SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-8 lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly payment application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by the partial waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the immediately preceding payment application to the extent of that payment. Application for final payment shall be accompanied by final waivers of lien from the Contractor, Subcontractor and Suppliers who have not previously furnished such final waivers. B. Change paragraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Architect to reduce the retainage to be applied to payment applications. All certifications and payments, including those pursuant to a pending claim, shall be tentative and conditional and it shall not be necessary for the Architect to make any statement to this effect. C. Add paragraph 9.4.2.1: 9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor, Surety, or any other person. D. Change paragraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: 9.6.1 The Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor within 30 days after the Owner has received a Certificate for Payment from the Architect. To insure proper performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each payment amount or such larger amount as will insure that there always remains a sufficient balance to complete the work, such retainage to be held until Final Acceptance of Work and shall so notify the Architect. P_ ••• •- ••_••- _•e . •- •••- e •.Se-e •- -e• - ._-----• - shall so notify the Architect. E. Change paragraph 9.8.4 to read as follows: When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. F. Add paragraph 9.10.6: 9.10.6 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Contract, final payment of the retainage due the Contractor will be made not earlier than 31 days--from, the final acceptance of the work by the Owner, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa (2009), as amended. - G. Add paragraph 9.10.7: ". 9.10.7 Warranties required by the Contract Documents, including those stated in the performance and payment bond, shall commence on the date of final, formal acceptance of the work by the City. 1.11 ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Add paragraph 10.1.1: 1. The Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous chemicals or materials that will be at the job site. The Material Safety Data Sheets will be SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-9 submitted to the Owner prior to the start of construction and supplemented as necessary throughout the project. This data is being provided for informational purposes only and does not relieve the contractor of any obligations for compliance with applicable OSHA and State laws regarding hazardous chemicals and right-to-know. B. Change paragraph 10.2.4 to read as follows: 1. When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice and shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. C. Add paragraph 10.2.9: 10.2.9 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining landowners or other parties. The Owner shall be notified once these notices have been served and before the work is performed. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change paragraph 11.1.1.5 to read as follows: .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and loss of use resulting therefrom; B. Change paragraph 11.1.2 to read as follows: 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverage whethef shall be written on an occurrence or claims made basis and shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the contractor's completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations :., coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. . C. iChange paragraph 11.1.3 to read as follows: 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. The name, address and phone number of the insurance company and agent must accompany the certificate. The liability limits required hereunder must apply to this Project only. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations. shall be submitted upon final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. D. Delete paragraph 11.1.4 in its entirety and add the following paragraphs 11.1.4 through 11.1.14: 11.1.4 Any policy or policies of insurance purchased by the Contractor to satisfy his/her responsibilities under this contract shall include contractual liability coverage, and shall be in the following type and minimum amounts: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-10 Type of Coverage Comprehensive General Liability Each Occurrence Aggregate Bodily Injury&Property Damage* $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Automobile Liability Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury&Property Damage $1,000,000 Excess Liability $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Employer's Liability Each Accident $500,000 Each Employee $500,000 Policy Limit $500,000 Professional Liability(if applicable) $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Worker's Compensation Insurance as required by Chapter 85, Code of Iowa. Property Damage liability insurance must provide explosion, collapse and underground coverage. Comprehensive General Liability using insurance Services Office CG0001 or equivalent, shall include Contractual, Premises& Operations, Products & Completed Operations, Independent Contractors, Personal&Advertising Injury coverages, and Aggregate Limits of insurance (Per Project) endorsement. Automobile Liability shall include all owned, non-owned and hired autos and also coverage for Contractual Liability. Excess Liability shall provide no less than following form coverage to the primary underlying policies. Workers Compensation shall include the Alternative Employer and Waiver of Subrogation endorsements in favor of the Owner. Professional Liability, if applicable: Tthe Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life of this Agreement, Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance. The Contractor will notify;the Owner if claims made erode the policy limits below those required above. - - All liability policies above, except for Workers Compensation and Professional Liability,._shallclude the Owner's Governmental Immunities Endorsement. (See attached]. 11.1.5 The City requires that the Contractor's Insurance carrier be A:rated onbettgr,by A.M. Best. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to comply,.with thee-following provisions with respect to insurance coverage: 11.1.6 The entire amount of Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits, identified in the policy and in the Certificate of Insurance, must, under the policy, be available to pay damages for which the insured Contractor becomes liable, or for which the insured assumes liability under the indemnity agreement herein contained, and such coverage amount shall not be subject to reduction or set off by virtue of investigation or defense costs incurred by Contractor's insurer. 11.1.7 The entire amount of the Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shall be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the City. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible or self-insured retention. 11.1.8 If Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-11 limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance and copies of such shall be attached thereto. 11.1.9 The Contractor shall include the City as additional insured on all policies except workers compensation. The Contractor shall include the Owner (City of Iowa City, including its employees, agents and assigns) as additional insured on all policies, except worker's compensation and professional liability. Such additional insured endorsement(s) shall make the Contractor's liability insurance primary to the Owner's and, furthermore, shall not be contributing with any other insurance or similar protection available to the Owner, whether such available protection be primary, contributing or excess. Owner shall be an Additional Insured with repect to all required aforementioned coverages, which shall be stated on all Certificates of Insurance. Such Certificates shall also state that the Governmental Immunities Endorsement (see attached) apply and said endorsements shall be attached thereto. The Contractor shall require any of its agents and subcontractors who perform work and/or services pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to purchase and maintain the same types of insurance as are required of the Contractor. 11.1.10 The City prefers that Contractor provide it with "occurrence form" liability insurance coverage. If Contractor can only provide "claims-made"insurance coverage, then the Contractor must comply with the following requirements: A. If the Contractor changes insurance carriers, or if Contractor's insurance coverage is canceled, during the contract period or within two years after City's acceptance of the work, Contractor agrees to immediately notify the City of such event. -=" B. if Contractor's insurance is canceled or is allowed to lapse during said period, - • Contractor shall be required to obtain replacement insurance coverage to fulfill - its obligation hereunder. ar, C. If, during said period, Contractor voluntarily changes insurance carriers or is UMERIVIS ` required to obtain replacement coverage from another carrier, Contractor shall - either(1) purchase "tail" coverage from its first carrier effective for a minimum of two years after City Council acceptance of the work, or(2) purchase "prior acts" insurance coverage from its new carrier, covering prior acts during the period of C-_ this Contract from and after its inception. D. "Tail" or "prior acts" coverage so provided shall have the same coverage, with the same limits, as the insurance specified in this Contract, and shall not be subject to any further limitations or exclusions, or have a higher deductible or self-insured retention than the insurance which it replaces 11.1.11 The City reserves the right to waive any of the insurance requirements herein provided. The City also reserves the right to reject Contractor's insurance if not in compliance with the requirements herein provided, and on that basis to either award the contract to the next low bidder, or declare a default and seek specific performance or termination, as the case may be. 11.1.12 In the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, or in the event that Contractor incurs liability losses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-12 such losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.13 In the event that any of the policies or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.14 Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible amounts; including but not limited to the owner's deductible on the owner's builder's risk. E. Delete paragraphs 11.3 in its entirety and add paragraphs 11.3 as follows: 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof(subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: .1 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Owner's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; .2 be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; .3 include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property; .4 include $100,000 for materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by OWNER; .5 allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; .6 include testing and startup;and L.. i (1J .7 be maintained in effect until final payment is made. •• .8 Such coverage shall not include coverage for loses or damage caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors, or for damage to material or equipment while under the control of or stored by Contractor prior to installation or prior to inclusion of such material or equipment in construction. Contractor shall maintain appropriate insurance for such risks or occurrences 11.3.2 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance which SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-13 shall specifically cover such insured objects or additional property insurance as may be required by Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, OWNER's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 11.3.3 All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions. 11.3.5 If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. F. Delete section 11.4 in its entirety and add paragraph 11.4 to read as follows: 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond from a surety using the form included in the Contract Documents, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in the base bid. Each alternative bid shall include the additional Bond cost. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement. .1 The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in conformity with the American Institute of Architect's Document A-312 (1984 Edition), with coverage provided by a surety having a financial rating from A.M. Best of A, VII or higher. .2 Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full payment to-the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined in the gjj Pwner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's default and in protecting the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor to remedy the contractor's default or honor the terms of the Performance Bond. 1 F Ct = These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force Lend effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Contractor agrees and gi+vill cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the Contract Documents. .4 The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) days after receipt of a declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the work promptly or to pay to Owner the penal sum of the bond, time being of the essence. in said notice of election, the Surety shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately upon completion of(a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correction of each omitted item of work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the work. The Surety shall not assert solvency of its Principal or its Principal's denial of default as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the work. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-14 .5 The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete the Work including, but not limited to, all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error, architectural and engineering costs and fees, all consultant fees, all testing and laboratory fees, and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the Owner. .6 The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond it may not demand of the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (b) give any notice, (c) furnish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furnish any papers or documents, or(f) take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents. 11.4.2 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized to do business in the state of Iowa. 1.13 ARTICLE 13- MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Change paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa B. Change paragraph 13.3.1 to read as follows: 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered of or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. C. Change paragraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect and Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect and Owner may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of 1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded and 2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. Copies of all reports, data and other documents related to tests, inspections and approvals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as practicable. .- c-a D. Delete paragraphs 13.7. _ -LI Ii E. Add the following Section 13.8: : -= 13.8 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: = .1 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-15 layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. .2 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance F. Add the following Section 13.9: 13.9 The Contractor shall maintain CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) for all contracts of$25,000 or more, the Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program, which is included with these Specifications beginning on page CC-1. 1.14 ARTICLE 14 -TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT A. Add the following paragraph 14.2.1.5: .5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents. B. Change paragraph 14.2.4 to read as follows: 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a result of termination of the Contract. 1.15 ARTICLE 15- CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Change paragraphs 15.1.1 through 15.1.3 to read as follows: 15.1.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other similar relief with respect to the administration terms of the Contract during the performance of the Work. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. Nothing in this Article is intended to limit claims by the Owner related to the performance of or quality of the Work. 15.1.2 Notice of Claims. Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. An additional Claim relating to the same subject matter made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered and is deemed waived by the Contractor. u• - ._ . • - ••- . -••- . 15.1.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-16 payments for sums not in dispute in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. B. Change paragraph 15.2.5 to read as follows: 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the claim. This initial decision shall 1) be in writing, 2) state the reasons therefore, and 3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. • _e* _ _ _ _ _ •_• _ _ _ _ •• . - . - a�ad b.nb •- - -- - -. ._ - . ••-e.. - - e-• - - - -- - --- C. Delete paragraphs 15.2.6 and 15.2.6.1 in their entirety. D. Delete Section 15.3 MEDIATION in its entirety. E. Delete Section 15.4 ARBITRATION in its entirety. F. Add the following paragraph 15.5 to read as follows: 15.5 The Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT 00800 C.-1Z n-[ I J • SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC-17 LiL Z0151:U R -9 Pli I: 41 CITY CLERK CITY, IOWA CO Z -u G) m MOO 3idder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer"Yes" or"No"for each of the following: ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). O Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders - t� Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: i Dates: I l to l I Address: •-� City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s)if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to bidders who are residents? ❑ Yes ❑ No 3. If you answered"Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. I You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: Signature: Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. B S F-1 309-6001 02-14 Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes n N• o My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes n No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes n No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes n N• o My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes n N• o My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes n No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. I ❑ Yes n No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. I 1 n CL CtJ mrsors :4c m „sem 1.n rte„ 0 309-600102-14 BSF-2 FILED C:$ a R -9 FM 1: 114 CITY CLERK C1Y, toP 0 CC =1.= V) ui uJ uJ CI 44 C.0 FILED 2015 —9 I'eI 1: 4 CITY CLE IOWA CITY. co Cit City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project. B. Owner's Name: City of Iowa City. C. The project will involve the following: 1. The project will involve updating and remodeling individual areas under a single contract in City Hall; this includes the main lobby and the city council chambers known as Harvat Hall, the Revenue Division, and the Neighborhood and Development Services Department. The project will be completed in phases, and will involve selective demolition, concrete patching, millwork, hollow metal frame and wood doors, interior aluminum framing and glazing, light-gage metal framing and drywall, painting, alterations to existing mechanical system, flooring both in carpet replacement and epoxy terrazzo, electrical work including power and upgrading areas with LED lighting. The contractor will be responsible for all associated mechanical, structural and electrical work 2. The project will be completed in phases as indicated, and will involve selective demolition, concrete patching, millwork, hollow metal frame and wood door, interior aluminum framing and glazing, light-gage metal framing and drywall, painting, alteration to existing mechanical system, flooring both in carpet replacement and terrazzo flooring , electrical work including power and upgrading all areas with LED lighting. The contractor will be responsible for all associated mechanical, structural and electrical work 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 52 00 -Agreement Form. 1.03 OWNER OCCUPANCY t7-< I A. City of Iowa City intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. �` rn B. City of Iowa City intends to occupy the City Council Chamber, Harvat Hall, prior-Ali-the-I- completion date for the conduct of normal operations. Refer to phasing plans for detaited information. . C. Cooperate with City of Iowa City to minimize conflict and to facilitate City of Iowa City's operations. D. Schedule the Work to accommodate City of Iowa City occupancy. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by City of Iowa City: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULE A. Construct Work in phases during the construction period, as indicated in the drawings. B. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with City of Iowa City. C. Approvals and Procurement: Contractor to submit all required shop drawings, recieve approvals, and obtain all materials prior to beginning work on site. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION SUMMARY 01 1000- 1 nn L.. I ii 2C15MAR -9 P11 I: I0 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA rD N Ut iD 7 O fD A O D m 7 n n m D °• o c CD a) 0 m' o > 1 �n -13 N W 0 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes. E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. AG - Form of Agreement 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval. B. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. C. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. D. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization and bonds and insurance. E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. Form to be used: AIA G702. C. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval. D. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. t E. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. r�— � 2. Description of work. �o ". ....r 3. Scheduled Values. _. — - 4. Previous Applications. 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. I. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 J. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor. B. For other required changes,Architect will issue a document signed by City of Iowa City instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within ten (10) days. D. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. E. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. _ Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. _ c. Time records and wage rates paid. -- d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly "..documented. 3. For-Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. F. .E cecution;of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as Tovided in the Conditions of the Contract. G. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. H. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. I. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Cl i ' -v _1773. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CD • `.. l I IJ7 C) C] LV PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to Work performed under a unit price payment method. 1.02 COSTS INCLUDED A. Unit Prices included on the Bid Form shall include full compensation for all required labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; overhead and profit. B. Unit Price is to include installation. C. Unit Price is to remain valid for twelve (12) months from the execution of the original construction contract. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Unit pricing is requested to permit expansion of the signage replacement to adjacent areas of City Hall, as needed. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Stipulated Price: Within ten (10) days of approval to proceed provide a unit price to:furnish and install one example of each sign type listed below. Price shall be valid for twelve (12),months after the execution of the contract for construction. :. - 1.05 PAYMENT A. Payment for each sign will be on a per unit basis. 1.06 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 'A. Provide a unit price for each sign type listed below: 6`? . 1. Sign Type 1.3 2. Sign Type 2.1 3. Sign Type 2.2 4. Sign Type 3.3 5. Sign Type 3.8A 6. Sign Type 3.8B 7. Sign Type 3.8C 8. Sign Type 4.1 9. Sign Type 4.2 PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION UNIT PRICES 01 22 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 • crLr'a CD ut�- Ci o N UNIT PRICES 01 22 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue. Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of alternates. B. Procedures for pricing alternates. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. IB - Instruction to Bidders. 1.03 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at City of Iowa City's option. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each alternate. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 -OFFICE LIGHT REPLACEMENT: 1. Provide price for work in the following offices on Level 2, NDS Department: 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 218, 220, 221. Work to include replacement of light fixtures, lighting controls, install new carpet, base, and wall paint. There will be no work in these rooms under the base bid. B. Alternate No. 2 - REPLACE CARPET AND WALL BASE, FINANCE DIVISION: 1. Provide price to remove the existing carpet and rubber wall base and install new carpet tile and rubber wall base, in the rooms indicated on Level 1A. There will be no work in • these rooms under the base bid. - C. Alternate No. 3- INSTALL MONUMENT SIGN: U 1. Provide price to remove the existing cabinet sign at the corner of Washington and-Gilbert. Streets and install a new monument sign, including concrete base, connection to existing electrical service, and fabricated, lit letters as indicated in the drawings. There will be no work on the monument sign under the base bid. - PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION ALTERNATES 012300 - 1 0 0 : ' LEP o o = 2015 MAI; -9 PHS 1: 40 v 0cr CITY CLEFT, tOY A CITY, IOW;\ v Qo z 0 U) N 0 1 0T CD 0 5 0T CD n N 0 T N Dv r O m (D n N SIJ 0 v Z o D *k (D o s N m N � 0 NC!) City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electronic document submittal service. `'`i B. Preconstruction meeting. `- C. Progress meetings. °`K -;* °"" D. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. '`- '- E. Submittal procedures. eon 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' . A. Section 01 32 16-Construction Progress Schedule: Form, content, and administration of-- schedules. f--schedules. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL SERVICE A. All documents transmitted for purposes of administration of the contract are to be in electronic (PDF)format and transmitted via an Internet-based submittal service that receives, logs and stores documents, provides electronic stamping and signatures, and notifies addressees via email. 1. Besides submittals for review, information, and closeout, this procedure applies to requests for information (RFIs), progress documentation, contract modification documents (e.g. supplementary instructions, change proposals, change orders), applications for payment, field reports and meeting minutes, and any other document any participant wishes to make part of the project record. 2. Contractor and Architect are required to use this service. 3. It is Contractor's responsibility to submit documents in PDF format. 4. Subcontractors, suppliers, and Architect's consultants will be permitted to use the service at no extra charge. 5. Users of the service need an email address, Internet access, and PDF review software that includes ability to mark up and apply electronic stamps (such as Adobe Acrobat, www.adobe.com, or Bluebeam PDF Revu, www.bluebeam.com), unless such software capability is provided by the service provider. 6. Paper document transmittals will not be reviewed; emailed PDF documents will not be reviewed. 7. All other specified submittal and document transmission procedures apply, except that electronic document requirements do not apply to samples or color selection charts. B. Cost: The cost of the service is to be paid by Contractor; include the cost of the service in the contract sum. C. Submittal Service: The selected service is: 1. Submittal Exchange (tel: 1-800-714-0024): www.submittalexchange.com. D. Training: One, one-hour, web-based training session will be arranged for all participants, with representatives of Architect and Contractor participating; further training is the responsibility of the user of the service. E. Project Closeout: Architect will determine when to terminate the service for the project and is responsible for obtaining archive copies of files for City of Iowa City. 3.02 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Attendance Required: 1. City of Iowa City. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Architect. 3. Contractor. B. Agenda: 1. Execution of City of Iowa City-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract and Architect. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. C. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum bi-monthly intervals. B. Architect will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, City of Iowa City, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. -6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. .7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. "9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. c10. Coordination of projected progress. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Oilier business relating to Work. E. 'l.9ecord minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00-CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. •I 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for City of Iowa city.- Na-action will be taken. - -- `''' 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT "C , ' A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. B. Submit for City of Iowa City's benefit during and after project completion. 3.07 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review: 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus two copies that will be retained by Architect. B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies. C. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form. B. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents_ E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. H. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. I. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. J. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 cD >v ......._ � :.ate ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES a A. Preliminary schedule. �-- B. Construction progress schedule, bar chart type. p`Y •�' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS _ = i A. Section 01 10 00-Summary: Work sequence. rn 1.03 SUBMITTALS -7-5 A. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A. Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 3.02 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify each item by specification section number. C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. D. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. 3.03 BAR CHARTS A. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. B. Identify the first work day of each week. 3.04 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 G }— • CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01 3216 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary telecommunications services. B. Temporary sanitary facilities. C. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. -_� 4 � D. Security requirements. E. Vehicular access and parking. moi'- F. Waste removal facilities and services. ;, f 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 51 00-Temporary Utilities. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES -SEE SECTION 01 51 00 A. Utilize existing heating and ventilatikon equipment. B. Owner will pay cost of energy used for the permanent HVAC system. Exercise measures to conserve energy. C. Replace all filers at the completion of the project with new fileters. 1.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to field office at time of project mobilization. B. Telecommunications services shall include: 1. Windows-based personal computer dedicated to project telecommunications, with necessary software and laser printer. 2. Telephone Land Lines: One line, minimum; one handset per line. Cellular phone service is acceptable. 1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Use of existing facilities is permitted. B. New permanent facilities may be used during construction operations. C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. D. At end of construction, return facilities to same or better condition as originally found. 1.06 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public,to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.07 FENCING A. Provide 4 foot high fence around exterior sign construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. 1.08 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.09 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as indicated to separate work areas from City of Iowa City-occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into City of Iowa City-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces: 1.10 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and City of Iowa City. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. E. Existing parking areas located at the Chauncey Swan Parking Ramp may be used for construction parking. Contractor to pay for parking. 1.11 WASTE REMOVAL A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION G' 1--e" CD o .r cs•J TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS , PART 1 GENERAL "" i r, 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Ste' A. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. .� B. Product option requirements. , C. Substitution limitations and procedures. D. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software',.1..; 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Request Form: For any proposed substitution complete and submit a completed for following this section. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. DO NOT USE products having any of the following characteristics: C. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 01 61 16. 2. If wet-applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 01 61 16. 3. Have a published GreenScreen Chemical Hazard Analysis. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to City of Iowa City. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. D. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit one copie of the attached request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. F. Arrange for the return of packing materials. such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION (__. H cn `tet VEX r L J CD PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -2 City of Iowa City City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project RAPC#1323 TO: William T. Downing AIA, Project Architect Rohrbach Associates PC 325 East Washington Street, Suite 400 Iowa City, Iowa 52240 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for thjbove project: DRAWING NO. DRAWING NAME , cn PROJECT MANUAL: SEC. NO. SECTION NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM - _+ Proposed Substitution: Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: Signature (Contractor) Title Firm Address Telephone Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind the Contractor to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect _ Recommended _ Recommended as Note _Not Recommended _Received Late Insufficient Data Received by Date For use by the Owner Recommended _Recommended as Note _Not Recommended Received Late Insufficient Data Received by Date Rohrbach Associates PC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00-1 City of Iowa City City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project RAPC #1323 Fill in blanks below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions indicated on the Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes: B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does the substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does the substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different Explain: F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution; list significant variations: H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owner of: I. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) END OF SECTION Rohrbach Associates PC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES r-* A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Cutting and patching. C. Surveying for laying out the work. D. Cleaning and protection. -4 ` E. Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of City of Iowa City or separate Contractor. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in the State in which the Project is located and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 60 00. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1-:". Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. 2.- Grid or axis for structures. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. H. Periodically verify layouts by same means. I. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. 4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. D. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 84 00, to full thickness of the penetrated element. I. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color, texture, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other -..3 --- imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of sub-Strafe, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 1/4.3 3.06 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and- orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other`closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.09 FINAL CLEANING A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue. Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. E. Clean filters of operating equipment. F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. G. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. H. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. B. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's review. D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to City of Iowa City-occupied areas. E. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete. F. Complete items of work determined by Architect's final inspection. END OF SECTION cL )- _ I L� trJ Q EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000 - 4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS J` PART 1 GENERAL -<= „® 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Vit?r ° c-`•#. A. Project Record Documents. r i `SCI - ,-moo B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. i:? • 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS dy� S A. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by City of Iowa City, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with City of Iowa City's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by City of Iowa City. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings : Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Field changes of dimension and detail. 2. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer. winter, and any special operating instructions. D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair. and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. F. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. I. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.04 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for City of Iowa City's personnel use, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections. B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for each system. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses. and telephone numbers of Architect, Consultants, Contractor and subcontractors. with names of responsible parties. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 017800 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on the divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified. G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper. I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with City of Iowa City's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. END OF SECTION ca cri CD C.)- w • n ei r-- -o3 r_71 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 ` — c=c-.) ›' a-, `D Imo, L CD CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 017800-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections. B. Training of City of Iowa City personnel in operation and maintenance is required for: 1. All software-operated systems. 2. Plumbing equipment. 3. Electrical systems and equipment. 4. Items specified in individual product Sections. C. Training of City of Iowa City personnel in care, cleaning, maintenance, and repair is required for: 1. Fixtures and fittings. 2. Items specified in individual product Sections. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 91 13-General Commissioning Requirements: Additional requirements applicable to demonstration and training. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Training Plan: City of Iowa City will designate personnel to be trained; tailor trainin.10 needs, and skill-level of attendees. _ r 1. Submit to Architect for transmittal to City of Iowa City. !- --�► 2. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training. 3. Revise and resubmit until acceptable. '";4 ' ., : i11 4. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions. Wit- 5. Include at least the following for each training session: a. Identification, date, time, and duration. b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications. d. Intended audience, such as job description. e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training. f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on, etc. g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc. h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by Contractor. C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees per training session. 1. Include applicable portion of O&M manuals. 2. Include copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not included in O&M manuals. 3. Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and maintenance data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment. 2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifications. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEMONSTRATION - GENERAL A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by City of Iowa City. B. Demonstration may be combined with City of Iowa City personnel training if applicable. C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures. 1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion. 3.02 TRAINING - GENERAL A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated. B. City of Iowa City will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor. C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments. D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of City of Iowa City's personnel to be trained: re-schedule training sessions as required by City of Iowa City; once schedule has been approved by City of Iowa City failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for City of Iowa City to charge Contractor for personnel "show-up" time. E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss: 1. The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies. 2� Typical contents and organization of all manuals. including explanatory information, •; system narratives. and product specific information. Typical uses of the O&M manuals. F. Product-and System-Specific Training: 1c, Review the applicable O&M manuals. 2,1_ For systems, provide an overview of system operation. design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies. 3;,-, Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance. 4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance. 5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures. 6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions. 7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. 8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage. 9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers. 10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor. 11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures. G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days. END OF SECTION DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 -2 c"--; cr DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS r E 2D15 MAR —9 PH 1: 1,0 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY' IOW:\ co c.E CD City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 02 41 00 DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00-Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B. Section 01 10 00- Summary: Description of items to be salvaged or removed for re-use by Contractor. C. Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. D. Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. E. Section 01 70 00- Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring. F. Section 31 23 23- Fill: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS -NOT REQUIRED A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped anO-active`iilities and subsurface construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS --NOT USED -te' ,s PART 3 EXECUTION -74(-; kr, r- 3.01 SCOPEr— �fTl -1) rn A. Remove portions of existing buildings as indicated on the Drawings. �' B. Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling. C. Fill excavations, open pits, and holes in ground areas generated as result of removals, using specified fill; compact fill as specified in Section 31 22 00. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 4. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 7. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from City of Iowa City. C. Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. D. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. DEMOLITION 02 41 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. E. If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Architect and City of Iowa City; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury. 3.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to City of Iowa City. E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to City of Iowa City. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 272. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3 Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be P r s apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. - "8. Se_paratereas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied. 1`, Pro lTle, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 50 00 in locations indicated on drawings. —C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for *placement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove items indicated on drawings. E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, Telecommunications, and Access Control): Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal. 4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification. F. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. DEMOLITION 02 41 00-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4. Patch as specified for patching new work. 3.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris,junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION c-:-, "3 � �3 TY I ■ i C) DEMOLITION 02 41 00- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 cv ..ems V P >- LID cV DEMOLITION 024100 -4 •-• Cri C.) --1 r- in CD Cl DIVISION 05 METALS FILED 2015 MAR -9 Pry 1: 39 CITY CLERI- IOWA CITY. 10..V,'2, co City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Railing and guardrail assemblies. B. Wall-mounted handrails. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 1201 -Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. 36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act(ABA)Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. C. ASTM A307-Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2012. D. ASTM A666-Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2010. E. ASTM B221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013. F. ASTM B221M-Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes[Metric]; 2013. G. ASTM C1172 -Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass; 2009e1. H. ASTM E935-Standard Test Methods for Performance of Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings; 2013. I. AWS C3.4/C3.4M -Specification for Torch Brazing; 2007. J. AWS C3.5/C 3.5M -Specification for Induction Brazing; 2007. K. AWS C3.9/C 3.9M - Specification for Resistance Brazing; 2009. L. AWS D1.1/D1.1M -Structural Welding Code-Steel; 2010 w/Errata. M. AWS D1.6/D1.6M -Stainless Steel Welding Code; 2007. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ? A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data including description of materials, components, finishes, fabrication details, glass, anchors, and accessories. _ C. Shop Drawings: Indicate railing system elevations and sections, details of profile;c1imerlsions, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Indicate anchor and joint locations, brazed connections, transitions, and terminations. D. Test Reports: Submit test reports from an independent testing agency showing compliance with: specified design and performance requirements. E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completecfin City of Iowa City's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard one year warranty against defects in materials, fabrication, finishes, and installation commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Decorative Metal Railings: 1. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. B. Railing Components: DECORATIVE METAL 057000- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. 2.02 RAILING SYSTEMS A. Railing Systems-General: Factory-or shop-fabricated in design indicated, to suit specific project conditions, and for proper connection to building structure, and in largest practical sizes for delivery to site. 1. Design Criteria: Design and fabricate railings and anchorages to resist the following loads without failure, damage, or permanent set; loads do not need to be applied simultaneously. a. Lateral Force: 75 lb minimum, at any point, when tested in accordance with ASTM E935. b. Distributed Load: 50 lb/ft minimum, applied in any direction at the top of the handrail, when tested in accordance with ASTM E935. c. Concentrated Loads on Intermediate Rails: 50 psf, minimum. d. Concentrated Load: 200 lbs minimum, applied in any direction at any point along the handrail system, when tested in accordance with ASTM E935. 2. Assembly: Join lengths, seal open ends, and conceal exposed mounting bolts and nuts using slip-on non-weld mechanical fittings, flanges, escutcheons, and wall brackets. 3. Joints: Tightly fitted and secured, machined smooth with hairline seams. 4. Field Connections: Provide sleeves to accommodate site assembly and installation. 5. Welded and Brazed Joints: Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline; use methods that avoid discoloration and damage of finish; grind smooth, polish, and restore to required finish. a. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. b. Welded Joints: 1) Carbon Steel: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D 1.1M. 2) Stainless Steel: Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.6/D1.6M. c. Brass/Bronze Brazed Joints: 1) Perform torch brazing in accordance with AWS C3.4/C3.4M. 2) Perform induction brazing in accordance with AWS C3.5/C3.5M. 3) Perform resistance brazing in accordance with AWS C3.9/C3.9M ,B. 5tructural:Glass Railing System, Base-Mounted: Engineered, base supported railing system with structural glass. Top Rail: 3/4 x 3/4 inch stainless steel; No. 4 satin finish. a. Basis of Design: C.R. Laurence, GRL10BS14. 2. Grip Rail: Round, stainless steel, 1-1/2 inch diameter. 3. Base Shoe, Aluminum: ASTM B221 or B221 M, 6063 T5 alloy; 2 1/2 inch wide by 4 1/2 inch high, rectangular profile. a. Basis of Design: C.R. Laurence Co., 8610. 4. Glass: As specified in this section. 5. Handrail Brackets: Same metal as railing. 6. Stainless Steel Finish, Exposed Surfaces: No. 4 satin finish. 7. Basis of Design: C.R. Laurence Co., Inc; "CRL GRS TAPER-LOC Dry Glaze Glass Railing System". C. Wall-Mounted Handrail: 1. 1-1/2 inch diameter stainless steel; No. 4 bright finish. 2. Internal Connection Sleeves: Sleeve, material compatible with handrail and top cap material. 3. Handrail Brackets: Manufacturer's standard aluminum brackets. a. Mounting: Wall. b. Finish: Brushed stainless steel. c. Product: CRL/Blumcraft WBNCGBS DECORATIVE METAL 057000-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.03 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Components: ASTM B221 or B221M. 1. Tubes: Schedule 40 pipe. 2. Basis of Design: C.R. Laurence, Inc; "CRL-Blumcraft Extruded Aluminum Hand Railings". B. Stainless Steel Components: 1. ASTM A666, Type 304. 2. Basis of Design: C.R. Laurence, Inc; "HRS Hand Railing Systems". C. Glass: Laminated safety glass; ASTM C1172, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Plastic Interlayer: Minimum 0.060 inch thick. 2. Impact Strength: Category II, tested in accordance with 16 CFR 1201. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 4. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. 5. Edges: Ground smooth and polished. 6. Color: Clear, no tint. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Non-Weld Mechanical Fittings for Stainless Steel Railings: Slip-on, galvanized malleable iron castings, for Schedule 40 pipe, with flush setscrews for tightening by standard hex wrench, no bolts or screw fasteners. B. Welding Fittings: Factory-or shop-welded from matching pipe or tube;jointsand•sea s - , ground smooth. - , . ; C. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and other materials as required to attach to-structure, made of same materials as railing components unless otherwise indicated; where exposed fasteners are unavoidable provide flush countersunk fasteners. 1. For anchorage to concrete, provide inserts to be cast into concrete for bolting anchors. 2. For anchorage to masonry, provide brackets to be embedded in masonry for bolting anchors. 3. For anchorage to stud walls, provide backing plates for bolting anchors. 4. Exposed Fasteners: No exposed bolts or screws. D. Carbon Steel Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate and site conditions are acceptable and ready to receive work. B. Verify field dimensions of locations and areas to receive work. C. Notify Architect immediately of conditions that would prevent satisfactory installation. D. Do not proceed with work until detrimental conditions have been corrected. E. Furnish components to be installed in other work to installer of that other work, including but not limited to blocking, sleeves, inserts, anchor bolts, embedded plates and supports for attachment of anchors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's drawings and written instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects and with tight joints, except where necessary for expansion. C. Anchor securely to structure. D. Conceal anchor bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. E. Isolate dissimilar materials with bituminous coating, bushings, grommets or washers to prevent electrolytic corrosion. DECORATIVE METAL 057000- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove protective film from exposed metal surfaces. B. Metal: Clean exposed metal finishes with potable water and mild detergent, in accordance with manufacturer recommendations; do not use abrasive materials or chemicals, detergents or other substances that may damage the material or finish. C. Glass and Glazing: Clean glazing surfaces; remove excess glazing sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed components and finishes from damage after installation. B. Repair damage to exposed finishes to be indistinguishable from undamaged areas. 1. If damage to finishes and components cannot be repaired to be indistinguishable from undamaged finishes and components, replace damaged items. END OF SECTION c.) _.t I '. t Q DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 4 - 4 - ;x3 C--t - DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 2015 MARS-9+ PI-1 I: 39 CITY CI_Ei':int IOrWi\ CITY, I01,7 co as pc- ca CD City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 0610 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rough opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings. B. Fire retardant treated wood materials. C. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2014. C. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood Protection Association; 2012. D. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of Commerce; 2010. 1.03 SUBMITTALS -NOT REQUIRED A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. c'_; 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. ko h , B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. z<r` rn C. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: , " 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. `` ,. `•-�' 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. -- 0-1 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times thickness of sheathing. 2.04 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 -Use Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with specified requirements. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated . c. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may become wet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.02 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. B. In metal stud walls, provide continuous blocking around door and window openings for anchorage of frames, securely attached to stud framing. C. In walls. provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items, unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support is explicitly indicated. D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. E. Provide the following specific non-structural framing and blocking: 1. Cabinets and shelf supports. 2. Wall brackets. 3. Grab bars. 4. Towel and bath accessories. 5. Wall-mounted door stops. 6: Chalkboards and marker boards. `7. Wall paneling and trim. 18'. Joints of rigid wall coverings that occur between studs. 9. Sliding door track. 10. Security grill track. s _ END OF SECTION dolt CD rr, ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish carpentry items. B. Wood door frames, glazed frames. C. Wood casings and moldings. D. Hardware and attachment accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 41 00-Architectural Wood Casework: Shop fabricated custom cabinet work. B. Section 08 14 16- Flush Wood Doors. C. Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating: Painting and finishing of finish carpentry items. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Samples: Submit two samples of finish plywood, 4 x 4 inch in size illustrating wood grain and specified finish. C. Samples: Submit two samples of wood trim 4 inch long. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. Vi=a 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING c" cry A. Protect work from moisture damage. -.4 :3,0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS 4 -. t A. Quality Grade: Unless otherwise indicated provide products of quality specified by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) for Premium Grade. 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.03 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Hardwood Lumber: red oak species, plain sawn, maximum moisture content of 6 percent; with vertical grain, of quality suitable for transparent finish. 2.04 SHEET MATERIALS A. Hardwood Plywood: Face species red oak, plain sawn, book matched, medium density fiberboard core; HPVA HP-1, Front Face Grade AA, Back Face Grade 1; glue type as recommended for application. 2.05 FASTENINGS A. Adhesive for Purposes Other Than Laminate Installation: Suitable for the purpose; not containing formaldehyde or other volatile organic compounds. B. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. FINISH CARPENTRY 062000- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.07 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. B. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 2.08 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and is of type recommended for the applicable finish. D. Back prime woodwork items to be field finished, prior to installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) requirements for grade indicated. B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 3.02 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Brush apply one coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials. Treat site-sawn cuts. C. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. END OF SECTION co .P U) U F— marer•alf —C3 .S«... A rti f �...,,. rsT�' f .t+ k-.1-1. ►1'� CD FINISH CARPENTRY 062000 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 06 41 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. B. Countertops. C. Ballistic Panels D. Cabinet hardware. E. Factory finishing. F. Preparation for installing utilities. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00- Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. B. Section 08 80 00-Glazing: Glass for casework. C. Section 09 90 00-Painting and Coating: Site finishing of cabinet exterior. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2009. B. BHMA A156.9-American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2010 (ANSI/BHMA A156.9). C. NEMA LD 3-High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods,jointing details, and accessories. C. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products specified Irtthis section with minimum five years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS --� 2.01 CABINETS _: (73 A. Quality Grade: Unless otherwise indicated provide products of quality specified by 77 AWI//AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards (AWS)for Premium Grade. a' B. Wood Veneer Faced Cabinet: 1. Exposed Surfaces: HPVA Grade A, Maple, plain sliced, random-matched. 2. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: HPVA Grade B, Maple, plain sliced, random-matched. 3. Concealed Surfaces: HPVA Grade C, Birch, plain sliced, random-matched. C. Plastic Laminate Faced Cabinets: Custom grade. 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B. Hardwood Edgebanding: Use solid hardwood edgebanding matching species, color, grain, and grade for exposed portions of cabinetry. 2.03 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Formica Corporation: www.formica.com. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 06 41 00 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, types as recommended for specific applications. C. Provide specific types as scheduled. 1. Horizontal Surfaces: HGS, 0.048 inch nominal thickness, through color, colors as scheduled, finish as scheduled. 2. Vertical Surfaces: VGS, 0.028 inch nominal thickness, through color, colors as scheduled, finish as scheduled. 3. Post-Formed Horizontal Surfaces: HGP, 0.039 inch nominal thickness, through color. colors as scheduled, finish as scheduled. 4. Cabinet Liner: CLS, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, through color. colors as scheduled. finish as scheduled. 5. Laminate Backer: BKL, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, undecorated; for application to concealed backside of panels faced with high pressure decorative laminate. 2.04 COUNTERTOPS A. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting over continuous substrate. B. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Medium density fiberboard substrate covered with HPDL, post-formed, with bullnose edge. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 2. Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complying with ISFA-2 and NEMA LD 3; acrylic resin, unfilled, and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and capable of being • worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and .. pattern consistent throughout thickness. 3._ Color and pattern as scheduled. 4. Other Components Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 5. Exposed Edge Treatment: Built up to minimum 1-1/4 inch thick; radiused edge. 6; Fabricate in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) standards, Section 11 - Premium Grade. 2.05 BALLISTIC PANELS A. Bullet resistant fiberglass panels for integration in custom casework. B. Manufacturer: Armortex: www.armortex.com C. Ballistic resistance Level 3. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. B. Plastic Edge Banding: Extruded PVC, convex shaped; smooth finish; self locking serrated tongue: of width to match component thickness. 1. Use at all exposed shelf edges. C. Vinyl Countertop Edge: PVC anchor type tee-molding edging in width to match thickness of countertop, color as scheduled. used at locations as indicated. D. Glass: Type S-4 as specified in Section 08 80 00. E. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application; galvanized or chrome-plated finish in concealed locations and stainless steel or chrome-plated finish in exposed locations. F. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. G. Grommets: Standard plastic grommets for cut-outs, in color to blend with adjacent surface. Provide grommets where indicated by Owner. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 0641 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.07 HARDWARE A. Hardware: BHMA A156.9, types as recommended by fabricator for quality grade specified. B. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Standard side-mounted system using recessed metal shelf standards or multiple holes for pin supports and coordinated self rests, polished chrome finish, for nominal 1 inch spacing adjustments. C. Drawer and Door Pulls: "U" shaped wire pull, steel with chrome finish, 4 inch centers. D. Cabinet Locks: Keyed cylinder, two keys per lock, master keyed, steel with chrome finish. E. Drawer Slides: 1. Type: Full extension. 2. Static Load Capacity: Heavy Duty grade. 3. Mounting: Side mounted. 4. Stops: Integral type. 5. Features: Provide self closing/stay closed type. F. Hinges: European style concealed self-closing type, steel with satin finish. 2.08 FABRICATION A. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not use more than one piece for any single length. C. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide matching trim for scribing and site cutting. D. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. 1. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 2. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with material of same finish and pattern. E. Matching Wood Grain: Comply with requirements of quality standard for specified Grade and as follows: F. Shop glaze glass materials using the Interior Dry method specified in Section 08 80 00. 2.09 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler matching or blending with surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. " - C. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards (AVNS),6 Section 5 - Finishing for Grade specified and as follows: fi —v in PART 3 EXECUTION E,.71-) _ 3.01 EXAMINATION Y _. A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. B. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. C. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces. ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 0641 00-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust installed work. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. 3.05 SCHEDULES A. SR-1: Location: Lobby Recption Counter, Finance Counter. 1. Color: Glacier White, manufactured by Dupont: www.corian.com B. PL-1: Location: City Council Chamber dias, Vertical Surfaces. 1. Color: Natural Teak, 8849-58. C. PL-2: Location: City Council Chamber dias,Trim. 1. Color: Black, 909-58. D. PL-3: Location: City Council Chamber dias,Trim. 1. Color: Brushed Pewter, 2032: DecoMetal Collection. E. PL-4: Location: NDS Counters. 1. Color: Storm Solidz, 3505-58. F. PL-5: Location: NDS Vertical Surfaces. 1. Color: Otter, 3202-58. END OF SECTION c: c- n S _Jr cm LF- I }-L i—‹ in C: o w c� ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 0641 00-4 rn .ONNNO a _ 0 tiyS •• - DI VII N 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION HL[) 20I5MR -9 PIi1: 39 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOW, • co City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping systems. B. Firestopping of all joints and penetrations in fire-resistance rated and smoke-resistant assemblies,whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 70 00- Execution and Closeout Requirements: Cutting and patching. B. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum wallboard fireproofing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E814-Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a. B. ASTM E1966-Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems; 2007 (Reapproved 2011). C. ASTM E2307-Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test Apparatus; 2010. D. ASTM E2837-Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Continuity Head-of-Wall Joint Systems Installed Between Rated Wall Assemblies and Nonrated Horizontal Assemblies; 2011. E. UL 2079-Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2004. F. UL (FRD)-Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition: 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. • B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings,cand1imitations. • PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS c =" =Y A. Manufacturers: y, 1. AID Fire Protection Systems Inc: www.adfire.com. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop. 3. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com. 4. Nelson FireStop Products: www.nelsonfirestop.com. 5. Specified Technologies, Inc: www.stifirestop.com. 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. C. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly design. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS A. Perimeter Fire Containment Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2307 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the floor assembly. B. Head-of-Wall Firestopping at Joints Between Non-Rated Floor and Fire-Rated Wall: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2837 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of floor or wall, whichever is greater. C. Floor-to-Floor, Wall-to-Wall, and Wall-to-Floor Joints, Except Perimeter, Where Both Are Fire-Rated: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to FIRESTOPPING 078400- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the assembly in which the joint occurs. D. Through Penetration Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E814 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of penetrated assembly. 2.03 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. 1. Fire Ratings: Use any system listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E814 that has F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and that meets all other specified requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authority having jurisdiction. C. Install labeling required by code. END OF SECTION Cy-) cn L. uD FIRESTOPPING 078400 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 07 90 05 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 84 00- Firestopping: Firestopping sealants. B. Section 08 80 00-Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. C. Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealant. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C834 -Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2010. B. ASTM C919 -Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012. C. ASTM C920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. D. ASTM C1193-Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013. E. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current-edition; www.aqmd.gov. U, 1.04 SUBMITTALS - rs 11 3 morn. A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.'- t c-1--Cw e B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. =qc- 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE wG A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of thissectton uvith minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers-General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. Type GE-1 -General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; single component. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Polyurethane Products: a. Pecora Corporation; DynaTrol I-XL General Purpose One Part Polyurethane Sealant: www.pecora.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. C. Type GI-1 -General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. JOINT SEALERS 079005- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Applications: Use for: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. 3. Products: a. Pecora Corporation: AC-20 + Silicone Acrylic Latex Caulking Compound: www.pecora.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. D. Type P-1 -Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C920, Uses I, M and A; single component, mildew resistant. 1. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. b. Joints between kitchen and bath countertops and wall surfaces. 2. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; 898NST Sanitary Silicone Sealant- Class 50: www.pecora.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. E. Type AL -Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Locations: 1. Applications: Use for concealed locations only: a. Sealant bead between top stud runner and structure and between bottom stud track and floor. 2. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant: www.pecora.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. F. Type U1 - Interior Floor Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C920, Grade P, -' Class 25, Uses T, M and A; single component. 1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 2.— Applications: Use for: al a.-- y,E.�xpansion joints in floors. — 3d.. ProaU.cts: a. Pecora Corporation; NR-201 Self-Leveling Traffic and Loop Sealant: www.pecora.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. JOINT SEALERS 079005 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions, B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. END OF SECTION t-, :D = .11 i7ZD - Y-- rn T ro r L a Cr' JOINT SEALERS 07 90 05- 3 C� C) — ILED o = . 0 � r - CITY CLER: IOWA CITY. !OV:'A v Po z Cn 0 0 T1 CD 0 ID Q V CD n O Dw L n z � u, o -i p m om oy o r 4 m trim (/' PCn WCC — ale.,*11 ; c-) 7<r fll • r•-, •• cr, DIVISION 08 OPENINGS H .,� 2015 MN -9 PH I: 39 CITY CLERK i0 V,3,tt CITY. 1OW co -o City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 08 12 13 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated steel frames for non-steel doors. B. Fire-rated steel door frames for non-steel doors. �► C. Interior glazed light frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS `� t A. Section 08 71 00- Door Hardware: Hardware, silencers, and weatherstripping:: B. Section 08 80 00-Glazing: Glass for borrowed lites. C. Section 09 90 00- Painting and Coating: Field painting of frames. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI A250.8-SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003 (R2008). C. ANSI A250.10-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2011). D. ASTM A1008/A1008M -Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2013. E. BHMA A156.115 - Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2006. F. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009 (ANSI). G. NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. H. UL (BMD)-Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. I. UL 10C-Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced grade standard. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and identifying location of different finishes, if any. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL DOOR FRAMES -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings for frame sizes, fire ratings, sound ratings, finishing, door hardware to be installed, and other variations, if any. B. Door Frame Type: Provide steel door frames with either integral casing, for field finishing, or applied casings, prefinished. C. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. D. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. E. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with BHMA A156.115, with reinforcement welded in place, in addition to other requirements specified. F. Frames for Interior Glazing or Borrowed Lights: Construction and face dimensions to match door frames, and as indicated on drawings. 2.02 STEEL DOOR FRAMES WITH INTEGRAL CASINGS A. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire-Rated: Fully welded type. 1. Grade: Comply with frame requirements in ANSI A250.8 -SDI-100; Level 2 - Heavy-Duty, 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum frame steel thickness. 2. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. C. Interior Door Frames, Fire-Rated: Knockdown type. 1. Grade: Comply with frame requirements in ANSI A250.8 -SDI-100; Level 2 - Heavy-Duty, 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum frame steel thickness. 2. Fire Rating: As indicated on Door and Frame Schedule, tested in accordance with UL 10C ("positive pressure"). a. Provide units listed and labeled by UL (Underwriters Laboratories)-UL (BMD). b. Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. 3. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. 2.03 STEEL DOOR FRAMES WITH APPLIED CASINGS A. Frame Type: Knockdown, slip-on drywall frames; separate jambs and head with separate snap-on casings both sides; factory-applied finish on exposed surfaces. Frame Material: Cold-rolled steel complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M. 2. Casing Material: Formed steel. $.-_ Casing Profile: As scheduled. 4. Finish: Factory-applied baked enamel finish, or electrostatically applied water-based • a.-,.Color: As selected from manufacturer's full line. 2.04 ACCESSORY 1VIATERIALS A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center ri-f011ion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. 2.05 FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as follows. B. Install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80. C. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. D. Coordinate installation of glazing. E. Coordinate installation of hardware. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edges, crossed corner to corner. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION c.. L t Q i CT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 rn C'' .r > vty- �� )-v n r:4 N HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; fire rated and non-rated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 20 00- Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames. B. Section 08 12 13- Hollow Metal Frames. '"f# C. Section 08 71 00- Door Hardware. 7r-1 %z D. Section 08 80 00-Glazing. co_ r- in 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2009. B. NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. C. NFPA 252 -Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protectiori Association; 2012. D. UL 10B -Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. E. WDMA I.S.1-A-Architectural Wood Flush Doors; Window and Door Manufacturers Association; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes,types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. D. Specimen warranty. E. Samples: Submit two samples of door veneer, 6 by 6 inch in size illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen. F. Warranty, executed in City of Iowa City's name. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installed Fire Rated Door and Transom Panel Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as indicated. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 1. Eggers Industries: www.eggersindustries.com. 2. Graham Wood Doors: www.grahamdoors.com. 3. Haley Brothers: www.haleybros.com. 4. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc: www.marshfielddoors.com. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Quality Level: Custom Grade, Standard Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS). 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at all locations. 2. Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10B - Negative (Neutral) Pressure; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) or Intertek/Warnock Hersey (WHI) labeled without any visible seals when door is open. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated. B. Fire Rated Doors: Mineral core type, with fire resistant composite core (FD), plies and faces as indicated above: with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware without through-bolting. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Red oak, veneer grade in accordance with quality standard indicated, plain sliced (flat cut), with book match between leaves of veneer, running match of spliced veneer leaves assembled on door or panel face. 1. Vertical Edges: Same species as face veneer. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. 2.06 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. II: Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements. B. ti ld-Finished Doors: Trimming to fit is acceptable. 1. Adjust width of non-rated doors by cutting equally on both jamb edges. 2. Trim maximum of 3/4 inch off bottom edges. 3. Trim fire-rated doors in strict compliance with fire rating limitations. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. 3.05 SCHEDULE-SEE DRAWINGS END OF SECTION -< I -4 011 ri 7 ri •. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 • at- L m �. >" et X.'... C FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 08 35 13.13 L� ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS --may b PART 1 GENERAL -^� 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ,. A. Accordion folding doors. B. Track and operating hardware. L 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS -- A. Section 06 10 00-Rough Carpentry: Wood supports and blocking for track support. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on door operation, hardware and accessories, electric operating components, track switching components, colors and finishes available. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening sizes, details of track and required supports, static and dynamic loads, adjacent construction and finish trim, and stacking sizes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Dynamic Closures Corporation; Product EX Vent. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.02 ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS A. Accordion Door Construction: Non-acoustical. 1. Panels: 4.25 inch wide, aluminum, continuously hinged. 2. Product: EZ Vent by Dynamic Closures Corporation, www.dynamicclosures.com. 3. Track: Extruded aluminum; 1.375x1.675 inches size; thickness and profile designed to support loads; track connectors. 4. EZ Paravent curtain: a. 4.25 inches (108mm)wide with 2 inch (51 mm) high bottom and top plates, truss-like aluminum,with full height aluminum panels perforated with .1875 inch (5mm) holes spaced .25 inches (6mm) on center; 51 percent viewable area. Panels connected with single-piece vertical .6125 x.5 inch (16mm) x(13mm)aluminum hinges. Curtain secured to pocket, no end post required. 5. Pocket: To fit flush within a 6 inch (152mm) steel stud wall. Welded .5 inch (13mm)tubular steel frame forming 6 inch (152mm) exterior with 1 inch (25mm)vertical adjustment. Grilles to fit within 5 inch (127mm) clear opening of pocket. Pocket door clear anodized aluminum with full height integrated handle. 6. Operation: Manual push/pull. Provide pull straps on openings over 9 feet(2743mm) in height and countertop applications. 7. Curtain Carriers: Dual bearing trolleys with 1.125 inch (29mm) diameter tires. 8. Overhead Track: Extruded aluminum, 1.375 inches (35mm)wide x 1.675 inches (43mm) high, continuous profile seamed with alignment bars and track pins at splices. 9. Curves: Detailed type and location on drawing if required. 10. Locking Post: Extruded aluminum, all post's standard locking hardware and handles shall be flush within post with exceptions for exit hardware. Locks may be on the public side, secure side or both except for intermediate posts. All stainless steel lock rods engage stainless steel floor or counter sockets. All locking posts shall allow for horizontal sway without pressure to side walls of track from trollies while opening and closing the curtain. Refer to detailed drawing for location and type of posts. Post type and location detailed on drawing. ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS 083513.13- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 a. Wall Channel: A floor to track extruded aluminum channel that the hookbolt fits and locks into. This channel is secured permanently to the wall. b. HookBolt Lead: This post has a hookbolt that secures it to the Wall Channel. Additional top locking or double hookbolt locking available. 1) Bi-Part: A pair of posts that lock together with a hookbolt with an added lock rod to keep the curtain in place. It is used to separate larger doors into manageable sections, or to split the door to stack in two different directions. The concealed stainless steel lock rod engages into a floor or counter socket. Doors should have at least one Bi-Part for every 30 feet (9144mm) of width. Top stainless steel rod locking available. c. Top & Bottom: Lead or Trailing End option. This post contains spring loaded stainless steel lock rods that engage a floor or counter socket with the bottom rod and the top rod engages into the track and header. They are unlocked with a keyed cylinder, thumb turn or paddle, both disengaging in one motion. A rubber bumper is the standard leading edge but may also have a 4 inch (102mm) flange. 1) Intermediate: A middle post in a door located between door sections, containing a spring-loaded stainless steel lock rod that engages a floor of counter socket to keep the door in place and unlocked by a keyed cylinder or a thumb turn. Maximum straight line spacing of all posts is 10 feet (3048mm). Curves and counter top applications will require closer spacing. 2) Traveling End: The Traveling End post terminates a door inside of a pocket (storage area). It is free to travel back and forth inside of the pocket. The post self-locks into permanent header and floor stops that prevent the door from fully leaving the pocket. A rear flange attached to the back of the post prevents reaching around. d. Fixed End: Simply attaches the end of a door permanently to a wall of structure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fit and align door assembly level and plumb. B. Lubricate moving components. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust door to provide smooth operation from stacked to full open position. B. Visually inspect door in fully closed position for light leaks to identify a potential acoustical leak. Adjust to achieve light tight seal. END OF SECTION mammon c= LL CD ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS 083513.13 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 08 43 13 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum-framed storefront, with vision glass. B. Aluminum doors and frames. C. Weatherstripping. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 71 00- Door Hardware: Hardware items other than specified in this section. B. Section 08 80 00-Glazing: Glass and glazing accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS u. A. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; American I Architectural Manufacturers Association; 2012. ;Jo• r B. ASTM B221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extrudce •9ark-Rods;,_.. Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013. C. ASTM B221M-Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extred'Bafs; Rods;,) Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric]; 2013. • 1.04 SUBMITTALS ^� A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, door hardware, internal drainage details . C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field welding required. D. Hardware Schedule: Complete itemization of each item of hardware to be provided for each door, cross-referenced to door identification numbers in Contract Documents. E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in City of Iowa City's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIS OF DESIGN --FRAMING FOR MONOLITHIC GLAZING A. Center-Set Style: 1. Basis of Design: YKK AP America Inc; YES 40 FS. 2. Vertical Mullion Dimensions: 2 inches wide by 4 inches deep. B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as"Basis of Design" or an equivalent product of one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. C.R. Laurence Co., Inc; U.S. Aluminum: www.crl-arch.com. 2. EFCO, a Pella Company: www.efcocorp.com. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 BASIS OF DESIGN --SWINGING DOORS A. Narrow Stile, Monolithic Glazing: 1. Basis of Design: YKK AP America Inc; Model 20D. 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 084313 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as "Basis of Design" or an equivalent product of one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. C.R. Laurence Co., Inc; U.S. Aluminum: www.crl-arch.com. 2. EFCO. a Pella Company: www.efcocorp.com. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.03 STOREFRONT A. Aluminum-Framed Storefront. Factory fabricated, factory finished aluminum framing members with infill, and related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Finish: Class II natural anodized. a. Factory finish all surfaces that will be exposed in completed assemblies. 2. Fabrication: Joints and corners flush, hairline, and weatherproof, accurately fitted and secured: prepared to receive anchors and hardware: fasteners and attachments concealed from view; reinforced as required for imposed loads. 3. Construction: Eliminate noises caused by wind and thermal movement, prevent vibration harmonics, and prevent"stack effect" in internal spaces. 4. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. 5. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components. anchorages, and other building elements. 6. Movement: Allow for movement between storefront and adjacent construction, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 7. Perimeter Clearance: Minimize space between framing members and adjacent construction while allowing expected movement. i 2.04•COMPONENTS A. AIi minum:Framing Members: Tubular aluminum sections, thermally broken with interior section insulated from exterior, drainage holes and internal weep drainage system. 1. Glazing stops: Flush. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 80 00. C. Swing Doors: Glazed aluminum. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Fasteners: Stainless steel. C. Glazing Gaskets: Type to suit application to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltration requirements. 2.06 FINISHES A. Class II Natural Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A31 Clear anodic coating not less than 0.4 mils thick. 2.07 HARDWARE A. Other Door Hardware: As specified in Section 08 71 00. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 084313 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. F. Install sill flashings. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent work to form water tight dam. G. Where fasteners penetrate sill flashings, make watertight by seating and sealing fastener heads to sill flashing. H. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier materials. I. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. J. Touch-up minor damage to factory applied finish; replace components that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 ft non-cumulative or 1/16 inches per 10 ft, whichever is less. B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating hardware and sash for smooth operation. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pre-finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by method acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION ti G-- � c.n • .._4 F-m. i • r t' 6�3 y _ ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 084313-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 rn c� c 9 J )- I L7 Q ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 084313 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for wood and aluminum doors. B. Hardware for fire-rated doors. C. Electrically operated and controlled hardware. D. Lock cylinders for doors for which hardware is specified in other sections. E. Thresholds. F. Weatherstripping, seals and door gaskets. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 12 13-Hollow Metal Frames. B. Section 08 14 16-Flush Wood Doors. C. Section 08 43 13-Aluminum-Framed Storefronts: Hardware for doors in storefront, including: 1. Hinges. 2. Closers. 3. Overhead stops. _... 4. Installation of lock cylinders provided under this section. u- 7-1 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for$uldings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act(ABA)Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible:Design.2010 C. BHMA A156.2 -American National Standard for Bored and Preassembled Locks & Latches; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2011 (ANSI/BHMA A156.2). -� D. BHMA A156.3-American National Standard for Exit Devices; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2008 (ANSI/BHMA A156.3). E. BHMA A156.4-American National Standard for Door Controls-Closers; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2008 (ANSI/BHMA A156.4). F. BHMA A156.6-American National Standard for Architectural Door Trim; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2010 (ANSI/BHMA A156.6). G. BHMA A156.8-American National Standard for Door Controls-Overhead Stops and Holders; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2010 (ANSI/BHMA A156.8). H. BHMA A156.22-American National Standard for Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems, Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2012 (ANSI/BHMA A156.22). I. BHMA A156.31 -Electric Strikes and Frame Mounted Actuators; 2007 (ANSI/BHMA A156.31). J. NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives; 2013. K. UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products onto which door hardware will be installed. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog literature for each type of hardware, marked to clearly show products to be furnished for this project. DOOR HARDWARE 087100- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Hardware Schedule: Detailed listing of each item of hardware to be installed on each door. Use door numbering scheme as included in the Contract Documents. Identify electrically operated items and include power requirements. D. Keying Schedule: Submit for approval of City of Iowa City. E. Keys: Deliver with identifying tags to City of Iowa City by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in City of Iowa City's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five year warranty for door closers. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Material and product types with section 28 13 00—Access Control. B. Conduit and wiring with Division 26- Electrical. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS -BASIS OF DESIGN A. As indicated in the product listing 2.02 DOOR HARDWARE -GENERAL A. Provide all hardware specified or required to make doors fully functional, compliant with applicable codes, and secure to the extent indicated. B. Provide all items of a single type of the same model by the same manufacturer. C. Provide products that comply with the following: 1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes. Fire-Rated Doors: NFPA 80. 3. All Hardware on Fire-Rated Doors : Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 4. Hardware for Smoke and Draft Control Doors (Indicated as "S" on Drawings): Provide hardware that enables door assembly to comply with air leakage requirements of the •- applicable code. 5. _ Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. D. Electrically Operated and/or Controlled Hardware: Provide all power supplies, power transfer hinges, relays, and interfaces required for proper operation; provide wiring between hardware and control components and to building power connection. 2.03 HINGES A. Hinges: Provide hinges on every swinging door. 1. Provide five-knuckle full mortise butt hinges unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide ball-bearing hinges at all doors having closers. 3. Provide hinges in the quantities indicated. 4. Provide non-removable pins on exterior outswinging doors. B. Manufacturers-Hinges: 1. Assa Abloy McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Stanley Black& Decker: www.stanleyblackanddecker.com. 3. Allegion -IVES Hinges: us.allegion,com/brands/ives.. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-2 I City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.04 PUSH/PULLS A. Push/Pulls: Comply with BHMA A156.6. 1. Provide push and pull on doors not specified to have lockset, latchset, exit device, or auxiliary lock. 2. On solid doors, provide matching push plate and pull plate on opposite faces. B. Manufacturers- Push/Pulls: 1. Assa Abloy McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 3. Burns Manufacturing: www.burnsmfg.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.05 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Locks: Provide a lock for every door, unless specifically indicated as not requiring locking. 1. Hardware Sets indicate locking functions required for each door. 2. If no hardware set is indicated for a swinging door provide an office lockset. 3. Trim: Provide lever handle or pull trim on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no outside trim. 4. Lock Cylinders: Provide key access on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no locking or no outside trim. B. Electrically Operated Locks: Fail secure unless otherwise indicated. C. Keying: Grand master keyed. 1. Key to existing keying system. r_7 D. Latches: Provide a latch for every door that is not required to lock, unless specifically iindicated "push/pull"or"not required to latch". • 2.06 CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETS A. Locking Functions: As defined in BHMA A156.2, and as follows: 1. Passage: No locking, always free entry and exit. r 2. Privacy: F76, emergency tool unlocks. 3. Office: F81, key not required to lock, remains locked upon exit. :�' •• u� B. Manufacturers-Cylindrical Locksets: 1. Schlage, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. ND Series; Sparta Design. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. Specified lockset manufacturer matches existing hardware. 2.07 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Electric Strikes: Complying with BHMA A156.31 and UL listed as a Burglary-Resistant Electric Door Strike; style to suit locks. B. Manufacturers: 1. Assa Abloy Folger Adam EDC, HES, or Securitron: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.08 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit Devices: As defined in BHMA A156.3 and as follows: B. Provide Fire Rated Exit Devices at Fire Rated and Smoke Doors, and Panic Exit Devices at non-rated doors as indicated in the hardware sets. C. Locking Functions: Functions as defined in BHMA A156.3, and as follows: 1. Entry/Exit, Always-Latched: Key outside locks and unlocks lever, no latch holdback (dogging). 2. Electrified Access—Always Latched: Access Control System Unlocks Lever Trim for Timed Access. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC J City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Auto Operator Access—Always Latched: Latch Bolt automatically retracted before Auto Operator is engaged. D. Design: 1. Push Pad to extend at least 1/2 the width of the opening. 2. Exterior Pull Trim to match design of Lever Trim furnished for locksets. E. Manufacturers: 1. Von Duprin, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.09 CLOSERS A. Closers: Complying with BHMA A156.4. 1. Provide surface-mounted, door-mounted closers unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide a door closer on every exterior door. 3. Provide a door closer on every fire- and smoke-rated door. Spring hinges are not an acceptable self-closing device unless specifically so indicated. 4. On pairs of swinging doors, if an overlapping astragal is present, provide coordinator to ensure the leaves close in proper order. B. Manufacturers - Closers: 1. LCN, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.10 LOW ENERGY AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS A. Auto Operators Complying with BHMA A156.19 1. Provide Push-Side Mounted Auto Operators as indicated 2. Provide Jamb-Mounted Push Actuators each side of opening as indicated 3. Comply with fire code if Auto Operators are installed in Fire/Smoke Barrier 4. Provide circuitry to interface properly with latching hardware or electric strike B. Manufacturers - Low Energy Auto Operators 1. LCN, an Allegion brand: www.allegion_com/us <http://www.allegion.com/us>. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted -This is an existing facility and all designs must match 2.11 _ POWER SUPPLIES Power Supplies for latch retraction hardware to be by the manufacturer of the electrified froducTaindicated. B. -0wer for Electric Strikes, Electrified Locksets and Electrified Exit Device Trim to be furnished by the Access Control System C. Manufacturers - Power Supply 1. See Exit Device section 2.7 above 2. Substitution: Not Permitted -This is a warranty issue 2.12 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops: Complying with BHMA A156.8; provide a stop for every swinging door, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide wall stops, unless otherwise indicated. 2. If wall stops are not practical, due to configuration of room or furnishings, provide overhead stop. 3. Stop is not required if positive stop feature is specified for door closer; positive stop feature of door closer is not an acceptable substitute for a stop unless specifically so stated. B. Wall Stops: WS-01 C. Magnetic Holder/Releases: Relocate existing device. D. Manufacturers - Overhead Holders/Stops: 1. Assa Abloy Rixson or Sargent: www.assaabloydss.com. DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. 3. DORMA Group North America: www.dorma-usa.com/usa. 4. Glynn-Johnson, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. E. Manufacturers-Wall and Floor Stops/Holders: 1. Assa Abloy McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. 3. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 4. Hiawatha, Inc: www.hiawathainc.com. 5. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcobbw.com. 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.13 GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS A. Gaskets: Complying with BHMA A156.22. 1. On each door in smoke partition, provide smoke gaskets; top, sides, and meeting stile of pairs. If fire/smoke partitions are not indicated on drawings, provide smoke gaskets on each door identified as a "smoke door" and 20-minute rated fire doors. B. Manufacturers-Gasketing and Thresholds: 1. Pemko Manufacturing Co: www.pemko.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.14 SLIDING AND BIFOLDING DOOR HARDWARE A. SL-01: Sliding Door Hardware: Surface mounted rail and patch system B. Manufacturers-Sliding and Bifolding Hardware: 1. Krown Lab: www.krownlab.com. Provide a complete system, including the following components: a. Track and roller system: Rob Roy. b. Glass bottom guide. t.. c. Bottom stop. -- ;, d. End Caps. ''C., e. Drywall inserts, one per mounting bracket. f. Color: natural stainless steel. '? 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.15 PROTECTION PLATES AND ARCHITECTURAL TRIM -p1 A. Protection Plates: r-. .. 1. Kickplate: Provide on push side of every door with closer, except storefront and-all-glass doors. B. Manufacturers- Protection Plates and Architectural Trim: 1. Assa Abloy McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. 3. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 4. Hiawatha, Inc: www.hiawathainc.com. 5. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcobbw.com. 6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.16 CYLINDERS KEYS AND KEYING A. Lock Cylinders to be furnished with Locks specified above. B. Cylinder Type for Exit Devices, Locks and Sliding Glass Doors as required for proper lock operation. 1. Lock Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard 6-pin tumbler type core. 2. Provide cams and/or tailpieces as required for locking devices. C. This is an Existing Schlage Grand Master Key System DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00- 5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. All Cylinders to be Keyed by Freeman Lock&Alarm. Contact Michell Freeman at 319-354-4588 2. Furnish 3 New Change Keys per Lock and 1 New Master Key per Existing Master Key Group or 5 Master Keys per Master Key Group if any new groups are established PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work; labeled, fire-rated doors and frames are present and properly installed, and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Install hardware on fire-rated doors and frames in accordance with code and NFPA 80. D. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item: As shown in DHI Publication "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware on Flush Wood Doors", unless otherwise noted. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01 70 00. B. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. HARDWARE SETS 4.01 HARDWARE SET NO.1 A. Openings: 101A& 101B 1. 3 Ea. Hinges CB179 4%" x 4'/" NRP US26D STA 2. 1 Ea. Power Transfer EPT-10 SP28 t ' VON 3: 1 Ea. Exit Device QEL 33A L x E996L-R&V x Size x Alum Fr. Strike US26D VON 4`. - 1 EA:: Rim Cylinder 20-022 x Match Existing Keyway US26D SCH ' 5n 1'Ea Auto Operator 4642 REG AL LCN • 6. . 2--E677. Jamb Actuators 8310-818T US32D LCN Power Supply PS902 x 900-4RL VON T.- a. Card Readers and Door Position Switch by Access Control Supplier 4.02 HARDWARE SET NO. 2 A. Openings: 103 & 104 1. 3 Ea. Hinges CB179 4'/"x 4'/" NRP US26D STA 2. 1 Ea. Power Transfer EPT-10 SP28 VON 3. 1 Ea. Exit Device 99L-F x E996L-R&V 24VDC FSE x Size x 299F Strike US26D VON 4. 1 Ea. Closer 4040 XP EDA (Cush at 103) AL LCN 5. 1 Ea. Kick Plate KP50 10" x 2" LDW US32D BUR 6. 1 Ea. Wall Stop WS407CVX (at 104 Only) US32D IVE 7. 1 Ea. Smoke Seal S88 D x Size PEM a. Card Reader, Power Supply and Door Position Switch by Access Control Supplier 4.03 HARDWARE SET NO. 3 A. Opening: 100 1. 3 Ea. Hinges CB179 4'/" x 4'/z" NRP US26D STA 2. 1 Ea. Classroom Lock ND7OPD SPA x Existing Keyway US26D SCH DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Wall Stop WS497CVX US32D IVE 4.04 HARDWARE SET NO.4 A. Openings: 202, 203 1. 3 Ea. Hinges CB179 4'/z"x 4'/z" US26D STA 2. 1 Ea. Privacy Lock ND4OS SPA US26D SCH 3. 1 Ea. Closer 4040 XP (EDA at 202) AL SCH 4. 1 Ea. Kick Plate KP50 10" x 2" LDW US32D BUR 5. 1 Ea. Wall Stop WS407CVX US32D IVE 4.05 HARDWARE SET NO.5 A. Openings: 206A&206B 1. 3 Ea. Hinges CB179 4'/"x 4'/" US26D STA 2. 1 Ea. Push Plate 57 8"x 16" US32D BUR 3. 1 Ea. Pull Plate 5426B 4"x 16" US32D BUR 4. 1 Ea. Hold-Open Closer 4040 XP H AL LCN 5. 1 Ea. Kick Plate KP50 10"x 2" LDW US32D BUR 6. 1 Ea. Wall Stop WS407CVX US32D IVE 4.06 HARDWARE SET NO.6 A. Opening: 207 1. SL-01 All Hardware by Sliding Glass Door Suppler 4.07 HARDWARE SET NO.7 A. Openings: 219, 222 1. 3 Ea. Hinges CB179 4 '/ x 4 % US26D STA 2. 1 Ea. Office Lock ND53PD SPA x Match Existing Keyway US26D SCH 3. 1 Ea. Wall Stop WS407CCV US32D IVE END OF SECTION N C" CJl W 1 ;;',1 -4:7 w E 7:.<117171 ,� -L7 € >f I DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 I -61 cD 411 Cr, tI • I DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass. B. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 41 00-Architectural Wood Casework: Cabinets with requirements for plastic partitions. B. Section 08 12 13- Hollow Metal Frames: Glazed borrowed lites. C. Section 08 14 16-Flush Wood Doors: Glazed lites in doors. D. Section 08 43 13 -Aluminum-Framed Storefronts: Glazing furnished by storefront manufacturer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GLAZING UNITS A. Type S-1 -Single Vision Glazing: 1. Application: Sliding Barn Door, Glass Guardrail. 2. Type: Fully tempered float glass. 3. Tint: Clear. 4. Thickness: 1/2 inch. B. Type S-2-Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing: 1. IBC Fire Protection Rating: D-H-T-90, minimum. 2. Safety Certification: 16 CFR 1201 Category II. o 3. Application: Provide this type of glazing in the following locations: i=,; a. Glazed lites in fire doors. b. Fire windows. ' 4�r c. Sidelights, borrow lites, and other glazed openings in partitions indlc t.e21 as.travincl an hourly fire rating. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch. =v C. Type S-3-Single Safety Glazing: Non-fire-rated. -�- 1. Application: Provide this type of glazing in the following locations: -- a. Glazed lites in doors, except fire doors. b. Sliding glass doors. c. Glazed sidelights to doors, except in fire-rated walls and partitions. d. Other locations required by applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. e. Other locations indicated on the drawings. 2. Type: Fully tempered float glass as specified. 3. Tint: Clear. 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch. D. Type S-4 - Plastic Sheet Glazing: 1. Type: Monolithic acrylic sheet. 2. Tint: Clear. 3. Pattern: "Frosted". 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch. GLAZING 088000 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue; Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 GLASS MATERIALS A. Float Glass: All glazing is to be float glass unless otherwise indicated. 1. Annealed Type: ASTM C1036. Type I, transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 (glazing select). 2. Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Types: ASTM C1048. 3. Tinted Types: Color and performance characteristics as indicated. 4. Thicknesses: As indicated: for exterior glazing comply with specified requirements for wind load design regardless of specified thickness. B. Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing: Type, thickness, and configuration as required to achieve indicated ratings. 1. IBC Fire Protection Rating: As indicated on drawings. 2. Provide products listed by Underwriters Laboratories or Intertek Warnock Hersey. 3. Labeling: Provide permanent label on each piece giving the IBC rating and other information required by the applicable code. 2.03 PLASTIC SHEET GLAZING MATERIALS A. Acrylic Sheet: 2.04 PLASTIC FILMS A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M Window Film: www.3m.com/US/arch_constructlscpd/windowfilm. 2. Product: 3M Crystal Glass 7725SE-324 . 2.05 GLAZING COMPOUNDS 2.06 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness; ASTM C864 Option II. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. �B. Glazing Tape, Back Bedding Mastic Type: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids .,; compound with integral resilient spacer rod applicable to application indicated; hardness range of5 to 30 cured Shore A durometer; coiled on release paper; black color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - INTERIOR DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. E. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. F. Knife trim protruding tape. 3.02 INSTALLATION - PLASTIC FILM A. Install plastic film with adhesive, applied in accordance with film manufacturer's instructions. B. Place without air bubbles. creases or visible distortion. C. Fit tight to glass perimeter with razor cut edge. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B. Remove labels after Work is complete. GLAZING 088000 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. END OF SECTION ca Cl c^' "<- r i^i t-� e r.� - c GLAZING 088000-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 co M r t,1) 61 t o V cJ r GLAZING 088000 - 4 .."( c--3 .• co DIVISION 09 FINISHES FILED 2015 MAR -9 Ni 1: 36 CITY CLERK IUh,-k CITY. 10VL';k co CD HIMMI in a City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. a a B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Metal channel ceiling framing. D. Acoustic insulation. E. Gypsum wallboard. F. Joint treatment and accessories. G. Textured finish system. H. Bullet resistant sheathing and wallboard. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00- Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. B. Section 07 84 00- Firestopping: Top-of-wall assemblies at fire rated walls. C. Section 07 90 05-Joint Sealers: Acoustic sealant. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AISI SG02-1 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; American Iron and Steel Institute; 2001 with 2004 supplement. (replaced SG-971) B. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2013. C. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2012. D. ASTM C645 -Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2013. E. ASTM C665 -Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. F. ASTM C754 -Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2011. G. ASTM C840-Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. H. ASTM C954-Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2011. I. ASTM C1002 -Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2007 (Reapproved 2013). 111- J. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014. K. ASTM E90 -Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009. L. ASTM E413-Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2010. M. GA-216-Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2013. N. UL 752-Standard for Bullet-Resisting Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. D. Test Reports: Bullet resistant sheathing and wallboard. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. B. Interior Partitions Indicated as Acoustic: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 45-49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E90. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf. 1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 3. Ceiling Channels: C shaped. 4. Furring: Hat-shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. B. Ceiling Hangers: Type and size as specified in ASTM C754 for spacing required. C. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti-friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition. 1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot dipped galvanized coating. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM Cl396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1., Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. - - At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested c., asse_mbly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed. - 33 Thickness: a.-., Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Ceilings: 5/8 inch. 4-' Paper-Faced Products: a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum; ToughRock Fireguard X. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. B. Bullet Resistant Sheathing and Wallboard: Woven roving, multi-ply, ballistic grade fiberglass cloth with thermoset polyester resin; comply with UL 752 Level 3. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 3.5 inch. B. Acoustic Sealant: As specified in Section 07 90 05. C. Joint Materials: ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project _ conditions. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. D. Textured Finish Materials: Latex-based compound; plain. E. Screws for Attachment to Steel Members Less Than 0.03 inch In Thickness, to Wood Members, and to Gypsum Board: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping type; cadmium-plated for exterior locations. F. Screws for Attachment to Steel Members From 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws for application of gypsum board to loadbearing steel studs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. C. Studs: Space studs as permitted by standard. 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement dffop of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. 111 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION ? A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind anal around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing thgk1 partitions: B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. • 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION - , A. Comply with ASTM C 840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize-butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. C. Fire-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly listing. D. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of all gypsum board except face layer of non-rated double-layer assemblies, which may be installed by means of adhesive lamination. E. Bullet Resistant Sheathing and Wallboard: 1. Install bullet resistant sheathing according to manufacturer's written recommendations and with manufacturer approved fasteners. 2. Cover all joints between boards with a 4 inch strip of the same thickness material as the boards, centered on the joint. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound and finished with ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. B. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Level 1: Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings,whether or not accessible in the completed construction. C. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3.07 TEXTURE FINISH A. Apply finish texture coating by means of spraying apparatus in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to match approved sample. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION I C) q .0•11.1.110 a.110 r. ' • r7 v '7 tV I GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 0921 16-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 30 00 TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tile for floor applications. ` F B. Tile for wall applications. ;.j C. Coated glass mat backer board as tile substrate. -,-= •D. Ceramic accessories. E. Ceramic trim. -� 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS • A. Section 07 90 05-Joint Sealers. B. Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies: Installation of tile backer board. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI Al08/A118/A136.1 -American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile-Version; 2013.1. B. ANSI A108.1A-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method,with Portland Cement Mortar; 2013.1. C. ANSI A108.1 B-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a 111 Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 2013.1. D. ANSI A108.1 C-Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 2013.1. E. ANSI A108.4-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2013.1. F. ANSI A108.5-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 2013.1. G. ANSI A108.6-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy; 2013.1. H. ANSI A108.8-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortar and Grout; 2013.1. I. ANSI A108.9-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 2013.1. J. ANSI A108.10-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 2013.1. K. ANSI A108.11 -American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2013.1. L. ANSI A108.12 -American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with EGP (Exterior Glue Plywood) Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 2013.1. M. ANSI A108.13-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2013.1. N. ANSI A118.3-American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2013.1. O. ANSI A118.4-American National Standard Specifications for Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2013.1. TILING 093000 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 P. ANSI A118.12-American National Standard Specifications for Crack Isolation Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone Installation; 2013.1. Q. ASTM C1178/C1178M - Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel; 2013. R. TCNA (HB)-Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation -Version; 2013.1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for City of Iowa City's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Tile: 10 square feet of each size, color, and surface finish combination. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of and ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 and TCNA(HB) on site. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of 5 years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. Manufacturers: All products by the same manufacturer. I 1. Dal-Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. B. Ceramic Mosaic Tile : ANSI A137.1, and as follows: 1. Mosaic color body porcelaine manufactured by Daltile . 2. Size and Shape: 2 inch square. Edges: Square. 4- Surface Finish: Unglazed. 5, Color(s): as follows: �-- a...-Floor and wall base: Elemental Tan Speckle D145. O_ b. • Wall: Golden Granite D138. 2.02 'TRIM-AND ACCESSORIES -A. Ceramic Accessories: Unglazed finish, same color and finish as adjacent field tile; same . Manufacturer as tile. •B. e.ramic Trim: Matching bullnose and cove base ceramic shapes in sizes coordinated with fletd tile. 1. Applications: Use in the following locations: a. Open Edges: Bullnose. b. Inside Corners: Jointed. c. Floor to Wall Joints: Cove base. 2. Manufacturer: Same as for tile. 2.03 SETTING MATERIALS A. Provide setting materials made by the same manufacturer as grout. B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.4. 1. Application(s): Use this type of bond coat where indicated and where no other type of bond coat is indicated. 2. Products: a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX X 77 MICROTEC: www.ardexamericas.com. b. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 254 Platinum: www.laticrete.com. TILING 093000 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 c. ProSpec, an Oldcastle brand; Permalastic System: www.prospec.com. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.04 GROUTS A. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3 chemical resistant and water-cleanable epoxy grout. 1. Applications: Where indicated. 2. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line. 3. Products: a. ARDEX Engineered Cements; ARDEX WA: www.ardexamericas.com. b. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. c. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK PRO Premium Grout: www.laticrete.com. d. ProSpec, an Oldcastle brand; B-7000 Epoxy Mortar and Grout: www.prospec.com. 2.05 THIN-SET ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Concrete Floor Slab Crack Isolation Membrane: Material complying with ANSI A118.12; not intended as waterproofing. 1. Thickness: 20 mils, maximum. 2. Crack Resistance: No failure at 1/16 inch gap, minimum. 3. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE Blue 92 Anti-Fracture Membrane: www.laticrete.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Backer Board: Coated glass mat type complying with ASTM C1178/C1178M; inorggtic r fiberglass mat on both surfaces and integral acrylic coating vapor retarder. 1. Fire-Resistant Type: Type X core, thickness 5/8 inch. - 2. Products: •)>r, a. Georgia-Pacific: www.gp.com, DensShield Tile Backer Board. -Cr .- b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. - `n - C. Mesh Tape: 2-inch wide self-adhesive fiberglass mesh tape. PART 3 EXECUTION r 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. D. Install backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of setting material to a feather edge. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install tile, thresholds, and stair treads and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1A thru A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints. TILING 093000 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. F. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings. G. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. H. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints. I. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours. J. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. K. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. 3.04 INSTALLATION-FLOORS-THIN-SET METHODS A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCNA(HB) Method F113, dry-set or latex-Portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use uncoupling membrane under all tile unless other underlayment is indicated. 3.05 INSTALLATION -WALL TILE I A. Over coated glass mat backer board on studs, install in accordance with TCNA(HB) Method W245. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. END OF SECTION OD c) CL-. LLJ�= (...)I al � TILING 093000-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical units. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C635/C635M -Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2013a. B. ASTM E1264-Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2008e1. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components. ry PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 4? A. Acoustic Panels: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. �'- —o B. Suspension Systems: ;rn 1. Same as for acoustical units. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Acoustical Panels Type CA/CA-1: Painted mineral fiber, with the following characteristics: 1. Size: 24 x 24 inches. 2. Thickness: 3/4 inches. 3. Composition: Wet felted. 4. Edge: Tegular. 5. Surface Color: White. 6. Suspension System: Exposed grid. 7. Products: a. Armstrong, Cirrus, Beveled Tegular, 589. b. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. Acoustical Panels Type CA-2: Painted mineral fiber, with the following characteristics:. 1. Size: 24x72 inches. 2. Thickness: 3/4 inch. 3. Panel Edge: Tegular. 4. Surface Color: White. 5. Suspension System: Exposed grid. 6. Products: a. Armstrong, Ultima Beveled Tegular, 1982. b. Substitutions: Not permitted. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. Suspension Systems-General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, and perimeter moldings as required. B. Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed steel, commercial quality cold rolled; heavy-duty. 1. Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face. 2. Construction: Double web. 3. Finish: White painted. 4. Products: a. Armstrong, Prelude XL. b. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. C. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. B. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. C. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. D. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. E. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. F. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. G. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. H. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. I. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. 3.03 INSTALLATION-ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearanceandfunction. C. Fit border-trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. END OF SECTION cf+ - « -0 rri C.; ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 095100-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 I ;r, cY r >-c uez LV I ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 63 40 STONE FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Stone on floors. B. Stone setting and grouting. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 90 05-Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 -American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile-Version; 2013.1. B. ANSI A118.6-American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 2013.1. C. ASTM C615/C615M - Standard Specification for Granite Dimension Stone; 2011. D. TCNA(HB)-Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation -Version; 2013.1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide instructions for using grout. C. Samples: Submit sample of colored grout. D. Samples: Submit stone samples for sealant compatibility testing. E. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for City of Iowa City's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Flooring Material: 8 sq ft of each size, color, and surface finish installed. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with TCNA Handbook instructions for Methods specified. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 2 years of experience. .:; 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STONE A. Granite: ASTM C615/C615M; free of defects detrimental to appearance or du- •i -o 1. Daltile Inc.; www.daltile.com == a 2. Unit Size: 12 x 12 inches. 3. Thickness: 3/8 inch. -- 4. Color: G215 New Venetian Gold. 5. Surface Finish: Sand blasted. 2.02 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS A. Provide setting and grout materials from same manufacturer. B. Manufacturers: 1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 2. Mapei Corporation: www.mapei.com. 3. LATICRETE International, Inc: www.laticrete.com. 4. Prospec, an Oldcastle brand: www.prospec.com STONE FLOORING 09 63 40- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. C. Mortar Bed Materials: Portland cement, sand, latex additive, and water. 1. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed: www.laticrete.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. D. Standard Grout: ANSI A118.6 standard cement grout. 1. Applications: Use this type of grout where indicated and where no other type of grout is indicated. 2. .. Use sanded grout for joints 1/8 inch wide and larger; use unsanded grout for joints less than 1/8 inch wide. 3. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line. 4. Prod acts: T a. ._LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 1500 Sanded Grout: www.laticrete.com. r b.: _-ProSpec, an Oldcastle brand; ProColor Sanded Tile Grout: www.prospec.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Cleavage Membrane: No.15 asphalt saturated felt. B. Stone Floor Edging: Schluter-Schiene, annodized aluminum strip. C. Cleaner: Type not harmful to stone,joint materials, or adjacent surfaces; recommended by stone producer and grout manufacturer. D. Sealer: Colorless, slip and stain resistant type that will not detrimentally affect stone and adjacent work. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MIX A. Mix and proportion cementitious materials for site made mortar bed. B. Mix and proportion pre-mixed setting bed and grout materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.05 STONE FABRICATION A. Cut stone into sizes and thickness required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Vacuum clean substrate surfaces; damp clean stone. B. Clean stone prior to installation, with edges and surfaces free of dirt or foreign material. C. Do not use wire brushes or implements that mark or damage exposed surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Lay stone units to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt pattern through openings. B. Cut and fit stone units tightly to penetrations, leaving sealant joint space. Ensure finish trim will cover cut edges. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor and base joints. C. Maintain uniform joint width subject to variance in tolerance allowed in stone unit size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout. D. Maintain joint width of 1/4 inch where abutting vertical surfaces or protrusions. E. Sound test the units after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. F. Keep expansion and control joints free of mortar or grout. Apply sealant to joints. G. Grout joints. Pack and work grout into voids. Neatly tool to flush surface. STONE FLOORING 096340-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.04 MORTAR BED METHOD A. Install in accordance with TCNA(HB) Method F111, over cleavage membrane. B. Set stone in full mortar bed to support stone over full bearing surface. C. Allow units to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. D. To accommodate joint grout, rake out joints 1/4 to 3/8 inch. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean stone and grout surfaces with cleaner; seal with sealer. END OF SECTION I M13 c1'1 14r. 11 rrf STONE FLOORING 096340-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 I C'") y rn 1- I es z LfDO I STONE FLOORING 096340 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient base. B. Resilient stair accessories. C. Installation accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM F1861 -Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2008 (Reapproved 2012)e1. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STAIR COVERING A. Stair Nosings- Rubber, used at guardrail transition: 1-1/2 inch horizontal return, 1-1/8 inch vertical return, full width of stair tread in one piece: 1. Material: Rubber. 2. Nominal Thickness: 0.125 inch. 3. Pattern: Smooth. u• 4. Color: 6x Burnt Umber. �- -7- 5. Manufacturers: ✓-- " a. Johnsonite, a Tarkett Company: www.johnsonite.com. t...•- b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. —ate- -ci B. Stair Nosings-Aluminum, used on stair treads with carpet tile: 2 3/4 (69mm) irich`horizental return, 1 5/8 (40mm) inch vertical return, full width of stair tread in one piece: 1. Material: aluminum. 2. Nominal Thickness: 1/2 inch. x' 3. Pattern: Raised. 4. Color: natural aluminum. 5. Insert color: Coffee, LRV: 6.05. 6. Manufacturers: a. Gradus; Product ELA91150: www.gradusworld.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.02 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; top set Style B, Cove, and as follows: 1. Height: 4 inch. 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. 3. Finish: Satin. 4. Length: Roll. 5. Color: 63 Burnt Umber. 6. Manufacturers: a. Johnsonite, a Tarkett Company: www.johnsonite.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. RESILIENT FLOORING 096500- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Primers, Adhesives, and Seaming Materials: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Fit joints tightly. E. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. F. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. G. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated. H. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.03 RESILIENT BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. C. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.04 STAIR COVERINGS A. Install stair nosing in one piece for full width of tread. B. Adhere over entire surface. Fit accurately and securely. C. Mechanically fasten per manufacturer's recomendations. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION ce) w L Cn I -(D i 7ZIC C7CD 0 RESILIENT FLOORING 096500-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 66 23 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Epoxy matrix terrazzo with ground finish. B. Divider strips. C. Epoxy sand base. D. Precast terrazzo stair treads. E. Precast epoxy terrazzo wall base. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NTMA (GRAD) -Aggregate Gradation Standards; The National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc.; current edition. B. NTMA (EPDXY)- Epoxy Terrazzo Recommendations; The National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc.; current edition located at www.ntma.com/epoxy-terrazzo/. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for divider strips, control joint strips, expansion joints, and sealer; include printed copy of current NTMA recommendations for type of terrazzo involved. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate divider strip and control joint layout, and details of adjacent components. D. Samples: Submit two samples,4 x 4 inch in size illustrating color, chip size and variation, chip gradation, matrix color and typical divider strip. E. Cleaning and Maintenance Data: Include procedures for stain removal, stripping, and sealing. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with NTMA recommendations as posted at their web site.iit www.ntma.com. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work:specifieJn thisJ section. 1. Minimum two years of documented experience. C...} PART 2 PRODUCTS :=r— 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 5';'' A. Epoxy Matrix Terrazzo: -- 1. Key Resin Company: www.keyresin.com. co 2. Wausau Tile Inc.: www.wausautile.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. B. Precast Terrazzo. 1. Wausau Tile, Inc.: www.wausautile.com. 2.02 EPDXY MATRIX TERRAZZO APPLICATIONS A. Floors: 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch, nominal. 2. Color(s): Match Architect's sample. a. Color to match Wausau Tile, Crushed Ice TZ30. 3. Aggregate Type: Marble chips. 4. Aggregate Size: No. 0-1. B. Precast Epoxy Wall Base: 1. Thickness: Same as floors. RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 096623 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Color(s): Same as adjacent floor. 3. Aggregate Type and Size: Same as floors. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Epoxy Matrix Terrazzo Topping: Aggregate and matrix mix applied to substrate, leveled, and ground smooth. B. Epoxy Matrix: Two component resin and epoxy hardener with mineral filler and color pigment, non-volatile, thermo-setting. C. Aggregate: Type as indicated; sized in accordance with NTMA Aggregate Gradation Standards; color(s) as indicated, uniform in color. D. Precast terrazzo stair treads: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150 Specifications for Portland Cement. 2. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C-33 specifications, cleaned and properly graded to size. Aggregate shall be blended to meet individual project requirements. 3. Marble chips, size to conform with NTMA gradation standards. 4. Coloring; Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used per manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Reinforcement and Hardware: a. To conform with NTMA and Manufacturer's design. b. Reinforce precast with deformed rods or wire mesh or both as recommended by precast terrazzo manufacturer. 6. Abrasive Inserts: Shall consist of silica sand and black epoxy. Three lines. E. MANUFACTURED UNITS 1. Sizing Tolerances: a. All units to conform to shop drawings with a 1/16" tolerance in dimension. 2. B. Precast Surfaces and Edges: a. All exposed edges to be ground and polished with a minimum of 1/16" bevel. b. All finished surfaces to be ground and polished, free of holes and to have overall uniformity in matrix and aggregate. c. All precast terrazzo finished surfaces to be sealed with a sealer approved by manufacturer. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Divider Strips: 1/8 inch thick zinc exposed top strip, zinc coated steel concealed bottom strip, with anchoring features. B. Divider and_Control Joint Strip Height: To suit thickness of terrazzo topping, with allowance for gtiriding.....__ C. Base Cap, Base Divider Strip, and Separator Strip: Match divider strips. D. Sealer: Colorless, non-yellowing, penetrating liquid type to completely seal matrix surface; not detrimental to terrazzo components. E. Subfloor Filler: epoxy sand base, thickness as required to align new floor to existing floor level. type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive terrazzo. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive terrazzo. C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of materials to sub-floor surfaces. RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 096623 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for terrazzo installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by terrazzo materials manufacturer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of foreign matter. B. Prepare wood subfloor, tape joints, and apply subfloor joint filler. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install divider and control joint strips straight and level to locations indicated. B. Install base and border divider and control joint strips to match floor pattern. C. Install terminating cap strip at top of base; attach securely to wall substrate. D. Place terrazzo mix over substrate to thickness indicated. 3.04 INSTALLATION -PRECAST STAIR TREADS A. Setting: 1. Set accurately as shown on approved shop drawings. Setting method is: a. Thin Set 2. Alignment of precast should be straight and true to all dimensions. It may not vary more than 1/8" in length, height or width. 3. Fill joints between with manufacturer-approved caulk or as specified. B. Protection: 1. Upon completion, the work shall be ready for final inspection and acceptance by owner or owner agent. 2. General Contractor shall protect the finished work from the time the terrazzo contractor completes the work. 3. Finish: All precast terrazzo finished surfaces to be sealed with a sealer approved by manufacturer. 3.05 FINISHING ^ / A. Finish terrazzo to NTMA requirements. B. Grind terrazzo surfaces with power disc machine; sequence with coarse to fine grit abrasive, using a wet method. C. Apply patch mix to match mortar over ground surface to fill honeycomb exposed during grinding. D. Remove patch coat by grinding, using a fine grit abrasive. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.07 CLEANING A. Immediately after terrazzo has dried, apply sealer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Seal and polish surfaces, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION I RESINOUS MATRIX TERRA77O FLOORING 096623- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 M _ a" t� • )- c �— tra LV I RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 096623 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Carpet tile, fully adhered. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CRI (CIS) -Carpet Installation Standard; Carpet and Rug Institute; 2009. B. CRI (GLA) -Green Label Testing Program -Approved Adhesive Products; Carpet and Rug Institute; Current Edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of installation. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for City of Iowa City's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Carpet Tiles: Quantity equal to 15 percent of total installed of each color and pattern installed. Minimum two (2)full boxes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Mohawk Group . B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Carpet Tile Type FC: Tufted, manufactured in one color dye lot. 1. FB-1: Product: Bigelow, First One Up BT286/QB286, 7737 Civil. c-)--< a. Location: General use, NDS, Council Chamber, Finance, Lobby. Vic? w 2. FB-2: Product: LEES, Designfram GT107, 218 Foundation. -� r a. Location: Accent Carpet for Council Chamber, Finance counter area, Finance office are under alternate bid. 3. FB-3: Product: LEES, First Step II GT315, 983 Iron Ore. a. Location: Vestibule/entrance Walk-off carpet. 4. Tile Size: 24 x 24 inch, nominal. 5. Pattern: Monolithic. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by flooring material manufacturer. B. Stair Nosing: As specified in Section 09 65 00. C. Adhesives: Acceptable to carpet tile manufacturer, compatible with materials being adhered; maximum VOC of 50 g/L; CRI Green Label certified; in lieu of labeled product, independent test report showing compliance is acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive carpet tile. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive carpet tile. TILE CARPETING 096813- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub-floor surfaces. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare floor substrates as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. B. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks,joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D. Vacuum clean substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. B. Install carpet tile in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CRI Carpet Installation Standard. C. Blend carpet from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. D. Cut carpet tile clean. Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps. E. Lay carpet tile in square pattern,with pile direction parallel to next unit, set parallel to building lines. F. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. G. Fully adhere carpet tile to substrate. H. Trim carpet tile neatly at walls and around interruptions. I. Complete installation of edge strips, concealing exposed edges. 3.04 INSTALLATION ON STAIRS A. Use one piece of carpet for each tread and the riser below. Apply seam adhesive to all cut edges. B. Lay carpet with pile direction in the length of the stair. C. Adhere carpet tight to stair treads and risers. D. Coordinate with installation of aluminum stair nosing. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive without damage, from floor, base, and wall surfaces. B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. END OF SECTION C) c-4 c.� TILE CARPETING 096813-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings. C. Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically so indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. rjn 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D- National Volatile Organic Compound Emission StandaretS.forte Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition:: -c) B. ASTM D4442-Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement-of Wood artej Wood-Base Materials; 2007. - 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number(e.g. MPI#47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. C. Samples: Submit three paper"draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements. PAINTING AND COATING 099000- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS-GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed coating. 1. Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Primers: As follows unless other primer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats; where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as"best" by the manufacturer. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D—National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS -INTERIOR A. Paint I-OP- All Interior Surfaces Indicated to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including gypsum board, concrete masonry, brick,wood, plaster, uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2. Top Coat(s): Institutional Low OdorNOC Interior Latex; MPI #143-148. 3. Flat: MPI gloss level 1; use this sheen for ceilings and other overhead surfaces. 4. Velvet: MPI gloss level 2; use this sheen at vertical locations. 5. Top Coat Product(s): a. Sherwin-Williams Harmony Interior Acrylic Latex. (MPI #44, 53, 54, 143, 144) 6. Primer(s): As recommended by manufacturer of top coats. B. Paint I-OP-MD-DT- Medium Duty Door/Trim: For surfaces subject to frequent contact by occupants, including metals and wood: 1 Two tap coats and one coat primer. 2; ToO.Coat(s): Interior Epoxy-Modified Latex; MPI#115, 215. 3t Serr &Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen at all locations. 4:= Tap.Coat Product(s): a. Sherwin-Williams Waterbased Catalyzed Epoxy. Primer(s): As recommended by manufacturer of top coats. C. paint I-OP-HD - Heavy Duty Vertical and Overhead: Including uncoated steel, shop primed steel, and galvanized steel. 1. Applications: See Finish Schedule. 2. Two top coats and one coat primer; primer may be omitted if top coat manufacturer approves. 3. Primer(s): As recommended by manufacturer of top coats. D. Paint I-TR-W-Transparent Finish on Wood, Unless Otherwise Indicated: E. Paint WI-TR-VS-Wood, Transparent, Varnish, Stain: 1. Filler coat(for open grained wood only). 2. One coat of stain. 3. One coat sealer. 4. Satin: Two coats of varnish. PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials required to achieve the finishes specified whether specifically indicated or not; commercial quality. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Plaster and Stucco: 12 percent. 3. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 4. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best- result for the substrate under the project conditions. t. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware ij ht fixture trim,, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. _'' D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. G. Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. H. Plaster Surfaces to be Painted: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. I. Aluminum Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. J. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. K. Corroded Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted: Prepare using at least SSPC-SP 2 (hand tool cleaning) or SSPC-SP 3 (power tool cleaning)followed by SSPC-SP 1 (solvent cleaning). L. Uncorroded Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand or power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of PAINTING AND COATING 099000-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime paint entire surface; spot prime after repairs. M. Shop-Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item. N. Interior Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. O. Interior Wood Surfaces to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. Prime concealed surfaces with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. D. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. F. Wood to Receive Transparent Finishes: Tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. G. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION 3.06 SCHEDULE -PAINT SYSTEMS A. Concrete, Concrete Block, Brick Masonry: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. B. Gypsum Board: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. C. Wood: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. D. Wood Doors: WI-TR-VS. E. Steel Doors and Frames: Finish all surfaces exposed to view; MI-OP-3A, gloss. F. Steel Fabrications: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. G. Shop-Primed Metal Items: Finish all surfaces exposed to view. 3.07 SCHEDULE -COLORS A. A-1: SW 7028 Incredible White. B. A-2:-SW 6157 Favorite Tan. C. A-3: SW 7045 Intellectual Gray. END OF SECTION • PAINTING AND COATING 099000-4 (1) rn UJ r° 1- L, 2015 tIAR -9 PH 1: 19 214C CITY CLERK ° iOWA CITY eL VII) V) Fit E 2015 MAR -9 PH I: 38 CITY CLERK 10 WA CITY, IOWA co CD City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 10 11 01 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Markerboards and Tackboards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00- Rough Carpentry: Blocking and supports. B. Section 09 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemblies: Concealed supports in metal stud walls. C. Section 09 90 00- Painting and Coating: Finishing of wood frame and chalkrail. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on chalkboard, markerboard, tackboard, tackboard surface covering, trim, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate wall elevations, dimensions,joint locations, special anchor details. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals-Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Visual Display Boards: 1. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc: www.claridgeproducts.com. c-,—< 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. c-a `n 2.02 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS --• A. Markerboards: Porcelain enamel on steel, laminated to core. 1. Color: White. 2. Steel Face Sheet Thickness: 24 gage, 0.0239 inch . 3. Core: Particleboard, manufacturer's standard thickness, laminated to face sheet. 4. Backing: Aluminum foil, laminated to core. 5. Size: As indicated on drawings. 6. Frame: Solid wood, with concealed fasteners. 7. Accessories: Provide chalk tray. B. Tackboards: Composition cork. 1. Cork Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 3. Backing: Hardboard, 1/4 inch thick, laminated to tack surface. 4. Size: As indicated on drawings. 5. Frame: Solid wood, with concealed fasteners. 6. Frame Profile: Manufacturer's standard C. Glass enclosed tack cabinet: Aluminum framed with tempered glass hinged door. 1. Frame: clear annodized aluminum. 2. Back panel: Claridge cork. 3. Size: As indicated on drawings. 4. Frame Profile: Manufacturer's standard. VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10 11 01 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 5. Basis of Design: Contemporary Series Bulletin Board Cabinet, manufactured by Claridge: claridgeproducts.com 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Frames: Factory assembled red oak, with factory applied clear varnish finish. B. Chalk Tray: Wood; species and finish to match frame, style as indicated on drawings. C. Mounting Brackets: Concealed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that internal wall blocking is ready to receive work and positioning dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install boards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure units level and plumb. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean board surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 1 cL. _J r L.) �. I >„t� VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10 11 01 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 10 14 00 SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room and door signs. B. Interior directional and informational signs. C. Building identification signs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 22 00- Unit Prices. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 22 00- Unit Prices, for provision of a unit price for selected sign types. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 -Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act(ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. ICC A117.1 -Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Ccilincil; 2009. (ANSI). 1.05 SUBMITTALS ' A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures: `'- A 5 t B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, +rldicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of-each sign. C. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign-for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts,and colors. 1. When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on the drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule. 2. When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from City of Iowa City through Architect at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule. 3. Submit for approval by City of Iowa City through Architect prior to fabrication. D. Samples: Submit one sample of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. E. Verification Samples: Submit samples showing colors specified. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for City of Iowa City's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. All Signs: 1. ASI Sign Systems; www.asisignage.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. SIGNAGE 101400- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 MATERIALS A. Typography: 1. Provide Type Styles Slate Standard Condensed, Slate Standard Medium Condensed and Clarendon BT Roman as indicated on drawings. Copy shall be in case and in sizes as indicated and as scheduled within this manual. Alternate letterforms will not be permitted. 2. Letterforms shall be aligned to maintain a base line parallel to the sign format. Margins shall be maintained as specified by sign type drawings. 3. Edges of letterforms shall be sharp and clean, with no edge buildup or bleeding. Surfaces of letterforms shall be without pinholes. 4. Letterforms with rounded positive or negative corners, nicked, cut or ragged edges shall not be accepted. 5. Letter height shall be identified as"cap" letter height. 6. Letter spacing shall be optical, but in accordance with drawings. B. Symbols: 1. Regulatory symbols shall conform to the form, and layout of"2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design". Other symbols shall conform to the color, form, layout and content of international symbols adopted for use by the U.S. Department of Transportation. Symbols shall be provided where schematically indicated on signage schedule. 2. Electronic hexagon glyph artwork shall be provided by project designer to contractor for use if fabricating signage C. Signage Message Schedule: 1. The signage message schedule is a consolidated reference which gives the plan location code, sign copy, sign type, and any information which is not conducive to exclusive categorization. 2. The Signage Message Schedule is for bidding purposes only. Actual messages will be approved by Owner D. The graphic configuration of signs is ultimately governed by original art for each sign provided by the Contractor for approval. E. Original art shall conform to the dimensions and general configurations indicated on sign type drawings/diagrams. F. Units shall be constructed of vandal resistant construction materials, methods and equipment. G. No piece shall carry any manufacturer's code or other identifying signs on any area or part of which may be visible in the normal condition, attitude or use of the sign item, unless required by code. H. Where applicable, units shall be fabricated with modular type fabrication techniques to allow for changeability. a l: Cast Acrylic Sheet: 1 Provide cast(not extruded or continuous cast) methacrylate plastic sheet with a minimum „ rn flexural strength of 16,000 psi, ASTM D790, minimum allowable continuous service temperature of 1800 F.; in the following general types: `.�. a. Where indicated as"clear", provide colorless sheet with light transmittance of 95%, ASTM D1003, in matte finish, first surface. o b. Where indicated as"white", provide white translucent sheet of density required to produce uniform brightness and minimum halation effects. J. Vinyl Film: 1. Non reflective vinyl film, 0.0035" minimum thickness, with pressure sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior as well as interior applications. Color to be integral or digitally applied to first surface. K. Ink and Paint: 1. All inks and paints required shall be a type made for the surface material on which it is applied and recommended by the manufacturer of the ink or paint. Exact identification of SIGNAGE 101400-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 ink and paint shall be noted on the shop drawings, together with data describing the method of application, if other than "air"drying. 2. No paint or ink that will fade, discolor or easily delaminate as a result of proximity to light source, heat therefrom or rubbing with fingernail shall be used. 3. All inks and paints shall be evenly applied and without pinholes, scratches, orange peeling, application marks, etc. 4. Prime coats or other surface pretreatments, where recommended by the manufacturer for inks and paints, shall be included in the work as part of the finished surface work at no extra cost to the Owner. L. Adhesives and adhesive tapes required for plastic, glass and metal shall be a type recommended for the particular usage by the manufacturer and guaranteed to meet the general and structural support criteria indicated on the drawings. Adhesive tapes shall be of minimal thicknesses as to not add overall dimension to signage. M. Digital Silkscreen Printing: 1. Where indicated as silkscreen, provide full color digital silkscreened images and copy, a. photographic quality (no visible dots). 2. Printing shall be opaque. 3. Printing shall be exterior grade C-printed directly to acrylic sign face. 4. Actual, original artwork shall be created by Contractor. N. Aluminum: 1. Aluminum plate, angles, channels, extrusions and other structural items shall be fabricated from alloy 606 I-T6, 6063-T5 or other alloy as required for applicable function and use. 2. Aluminum used for all exposed surfaces shall be a minimum thickness of 0.25"`wth a satin clear finish in strict accordance with manufacturers specifications,:unless noted otherwise. - 3. Aluminum used for concealing framing of signage shall be a minimum thick[iess_nf 0.125", with a mill finish. 4. All aluminum shall be of the best commercial quality and their various forms thalt be straight and true. There shall be no scratches, scars, creases or buckles. O. Steel: -7 1. Steel sheets shall be cold rolled steel in sizes as required for function and use as required for applicable function and use. Bead blast surfaces. Pieces shall have clean surfaces free of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to finishing P. Fasteners, anchors, and hardware: 1. Hardware shall be noncorrosive type and shall be nonconductive and/or insulated when joining non-compatible material. 2. Vandal resistant fasteners shall be used whenever possible. Q. STRUCTURAL DETAILS ON THE DRAWING ARE FOR INTENT ONLY. THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND INTEGRITY OF THE SIGNS AND ANCHORS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY OF THE SIGN MANUFACTURER. 2.03 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: Signs are required to comply with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B. Applications as indicated in the drawings. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate panel signs to comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction. SIGNAGE 101400-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of± 1116" measured diagonally from corner to corner. There shall not be any sharp or abrasive edges. All exposed corners shall be eased to radius. C. Graphic Image Process: 1. Provide sign copy to comply with "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and requirements indicated for sizes, styles, spacings, content, positions, materials, finishes and colors of letters, numbers, symbols and other graphic devices. 2. Create tactile graphics applied onto sign panel on face indicated a. Use photo-mechanical engraved photopolymer materials and process to produce precisely formed copy, raised to 1132". 3. Grade II Braille: a. Grade II braille shall match specifications as outlined in the "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design". b. Raised braille dots shall be precisely formed in sign face using photopolymer process. 4. First Surface Non-tactile Copy: a. Apply graphics to first surface of acrylic sheet forming panel face by process indicated to produce precisely formed opaque images, free from rough edges. 1) Digitally silkscreen printed copy. 2) Subsurface vinyl lettering shall NOT be accepted. 5. Cut Out Letters and Numbers: a. Cut letters and numbers from solid aluminum material of thickness indicated. Produce precisely cut characters with square cut, smooth edges. b. Tap holes in back of letters to receive threaded mounting studs where indicated. Faces and sides of characters shall be free from warp and distortion. 6;. Fabricated Letters: t a. Fabricated letters and numbers to required sizes and styles, using metal ad thicknesses indicated. Form exposed faces and sides of characters to produce 'Surfaces free from warp and distortion, include internal bracing for stability and a' . 'attachment of mounting accessories as required. b. Base mount letters to continuous mounting plate. 7 Frisket Painted Graphics: t a. Create masks with precisely formed computer cut-out graphics. c b. Paint graphics in colors indicated, finish to be semi-gloss. c. Touch up any bleeding, imperfections or damage when mask is removed. 2.05 FINISHES A. For exposed sign materials which require selection of materials with integral or applied colors. surface textures or other characteristics related to appearance, provide color matches indicated. B. Steel Finish: 1. Provide organic coating, factory application, for components. a. Preparation: Sandblast in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Standard SSPC-10 (white metal). Preparation shall be per coating manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Application of the finish shall be performed under specifications issued by the licensed formulator by approved applicators and the following: a. Coating films shall be uniform and free from flow lines. streaks, sags, blisters or other surface imperfections in dry-film state on surfaces. SIGNAGE 101400 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.06 ACCESSORIES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all licenses and permits. He shall comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations and code requirements applicable to his work. It is assumed that the Contractor is familiar with all codes, laws and ordinances governing his work, and that all work done by him will be approved by authorities having jurisdiction over his work. C. Contractor shall schedule on-site walk-thru with Architect to spot sign locations prior to installation D. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. Install sign units level, plumb, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects of appearance E. Locate signs where indicated: 1. Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of type described and in compliance with manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise indicated F. Installation shall occur in a timely and professional manner. Installation dates shall be coordinated with the Owner. The Owner shall not be responsible for additional installation trips based on unfamiliarity with the facility and conditions. G. Interior Panel Signs: 1. Attached wall-mounted units to surfaces using methods indicated below: a. Silicone Adhesive Mounting: Use standard silicone adhesive recommended-by sign manufacturer to attach sign units to wall surfaces. Use double-sided urethane foam tape to hold sign in place until adhesive has fully cured. :--- b. Where a sign must occur on a glass panel (glass panel in a door or adjacent-lb a door)the sign shall be backed by a self-adhesive vinyl appliqué mount .d behind sign' and to first surface of glass. The vinyl shall be the same dimension of the sign-it backs. Backer shall be dark gray. 2. Install sign units level, plumb, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Panel signs shall be installed off door frame and above finished floor in accordance with 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design guidelines. Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 inches(1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character. Where a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch side. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand door. Where there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches(455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. H. Cut-out Lettering and Symbols: 1. Mount letters and numbers using standard adhesive methods recommended by manufacturer for letter material, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy weight paper template to establish letter spacing and to locate holes for fasteners. SIGNAGE 101400-5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 I. Fabricated Letters: 1. Mount letter grouping on continuous base to top of concrete wall. Base shall be secured with drilled in epoxy fasteners. Fasteners shall be countersunk and exposed head shall be painted out. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At completion of installation, clean soiled sign surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. END OF SECTION r— C ) r".1 ; rCD GI Ci 77, 77) N SIGNAGE 101400 - 6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 10 21 13.13 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal toilet compartments. B. Urinal and Vestibule screens. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking and supports. B. Section 10 28 00 -Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A424-Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling; 2009a. B. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS r-' A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. _-, B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details wall,114or, and 1 ceiling supports, door swings. y _- aate PART 2 PRODUCTS , 2.01 MANUFACTURERS c") --0 -a A. Metal Toilet Compartments: = ? 1. General Partitions Mfg. Corp: www.generalpartitions.com. 2. Global Steel Products Corp: www.globalpartitions.com. ..n 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Toilet Compartments: Powder coated steel, floor-mounted unbraced. B. Doors, Panels, and Pilasters: Sheet steel faces, pressure bonded to sound deadening core, formed and closed edges; corners made with corner clips or mitered, welded, and ground smooth. C. Door and Panel Dimensions: 1. Door Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch . D. Pilasters: 1-1/4 inch thick, of sizes required to suit compartment width and spacing. E. Urinal Screens: Wall mounted with two panel brackets, and floor-to-ceiling vertical upright consisting of pilaster anchored to floor and ceiling. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed chromed steel with polished finish, 3 inch high, concealing floor fastenings. B. Head Rails: Hollow chrome-plated steel tube, 1 x 1-5/8 inch size, with anti-grip strips and cast socket wall brackets. C. Brackets: Polished chrome-plated non-ferrous cast metal. D. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. 1. For attaching panels and pilasters to brackets: Through-bolts and nuts; tamper proof. E. Hardware: Polished chrome plated non-ferrous cast metal: METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.13- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door. 2. Thumb turn or sliding door latch with exterior emergency access feature. 3. Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. 4. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door. 5. Provide door pull for outswinging doors. 2.05 FINISHING A. Powder Coated Steel Compartments: Clean, degrease, and neutralize. Follow immediately with a phosphatizing treatment, prime coat and two finish coats powder coat enamel. B. Color: To be selected by Arthitect from manufaturer's full line. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out swinging doors to closed position. END OF SECTION c� t >—� cv METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 21 13.13 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms. B. Grab bars. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06 10 00- Rough Carpentry: Concealed supports for accessories, including in wall framing and plates. B. Section 09 30 00-Tiling: Ceramic washroom accessories. C. Section 10 21 13.13-Metal Toilet Compartments. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards-Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2013. C. ASTM B456-Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium; 2011e1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS , A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. c ) B. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. `_C ) PART 2 PRODUCTS 7<r"-----n -3 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products listed are made by Bobrik Inc. ._. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. A& J Washroom Accessories Inc: www.ajwashroom.com. 2. American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com. 3. Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com. 4. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Accessories-General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 2.03 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. B. Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM B456, SC 2, satin finish, unless otherwise noted. C. Baked Enamel: Pretreat to clean condition, apply one coat primer and minimum two coats epoxy baked enamel. D. Galvanizing for Items Other than Sheet: Comply with ASTM A123/A123M; galvanize ferrous metal and fastening devices. E. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake. F. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. 2.04 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Single roll, surface mounted bracket type, satin finished cast aluminum brackets . TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1. Product: B-2730, manufactured by Bobrick: www.bobrick.com. B. Mirrors: Stainless steel framed, 6 mm thick float glass mirror. 1. Size: 24x36 inches. 2. Frame: 0.05 inch angle shapes, with mitered and welded and ground corners, and tamperproof hanging system; No.4 finish. 3. Backing: Full-mirror sized, minimum 0.03 inch galvanized steel sheet and nonabsorptive filler material. 4. Product: 8-290 2436 manufactured by Bobrick: www.bobrick.com. C. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, nonslip grasping surface finish. 1. Standard Duty Grab Bars: a. Push/Pull Point Load: 250 pound-force, minimum. b. Dimensions: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, exposed flange mounting, 1-1/2 inch clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. c. Length and Configuration: As indicated on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on the drawings. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed accessories from damage due to subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION m�* .:i G 1 r--- G:;�? N TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800-2 c.-r1 n -• r--44 •• DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS FILEP ?.01;HAP -9 PM !: 33 CITY CLERK ;CMA A CITY, 1OW co -D City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 12 24 00 WINDOW SHADES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Window shades and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 51 00 -Acoustical Ceilings: Shade Pockets, pocket closures and accessories. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including materials, finishes, fabrication details, dimensions, profiles, mounting requirements, and accessories. C. Source Quality Control Submittals: Provide test reports indicating compliance with specified fabric properties. D. Verification Samples: Minimum size 6 inches square, representing actual materials, color and pattern. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades in manufacturer's unopened packaging, labeled to identify each shade for each opening. B. Handle and store shades in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 -Closeout Requirements, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturer's warranty from the Date of Substantial Completion, covering tI following: 1. Fabric: One year. PART 2 PRODUCTS ,..�. r'�" 2.01 MANUFACTURERS �w A. Shade Fabric: 1. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. �.� 2.02 WINDOW SHADE APPLICATIONS A. Shades at Council Chambers: Privacy shades. 1. Type: rolling track. 2. Fabric: Carnegie; wwwlcarnegifabrics.com. 3. Color: Basilica5515, 210. 4. Mounting: Mount on existing roller track system. 5. Operation: Manual. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Brackets and Mounting Hardware: As recommended by manufacturer for mounting configuration and span indicated. B. Fasteners: Non-corrosive, and as recommended by shade manufacturer. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate shades to fit openings within specified tolerances. 1. Vertical Dimensions: Fill openings from head to sill with 1/2 inch space between bottom bar and window stool. WINDOW SHADES 122400- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine finished openings for deficiencies that may preclude satisfactory installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings, using mounting devices as indicated. B. Installation Tolerances: 1. Maximum Offset From Level: 1/16 inch. C. Adjust level, projection and shade centering from mounting bracket. Verify there is no telescoping of shade fabric. Ensure smooth shade operation. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean soiled shades and exposed components as recommended by manufacturer. B. Replace shades that cannot be cleaned to"like new" condition. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed installed products from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION CID I `y-C) CL) v WINDOW SHADES 122400 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 12 46 19 NETWORK CLOCKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Power of IP, Network Time Proticol Clocks. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures, project meetings, progress schedules and documentation, reports, coordination. B. Section 27 11 00-.: Telecommunications Systems Cablind and Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on specified products, describing physi Al performance characteristics, sizes, materials, colors and methods of installation.. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Simplex: www.simplexgrinnellstore.com .o B. American Time and Signal: www.astclock.com _.(ir�,, C. symmetricom:. ^? � 1 • 2.02 PRODUCT TYPES A. Summary: The City of Iowa City operates a Network Time Proticol (NTP) system over their computer network. This section provides hardware that will utilize the existing NTP to operate clocks provided by the Contractor. Clocks will recieve the NTP signal and power to operate over the computer network via tellecommunications cable that is specified in SECTION 27 11 00. B. Clock-Wall-Mount, Medium: To be located in Lobby. 1. Basis of Design: American Time and Signal, model No. PE54ALPD304-WEB, 12"surface mount. C. Clock-Wall-Mount, Large: To be located in Council Chamber. 1. Basis of Design: American Time and Signal, model No. PE64ALPD304-WEB, 15"surface mount. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. See Section 27 11 00 for installation of Network cabling. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect installed clocks from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION NETWORK CLOCKS 124619- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 M Q, vt— �o.: I >-L 1-17 C• NETWORK CLOCKS 124619 -2 FILED %-• z V) N15 NAR -9 PN 1' 20 W C1TY Cl_,I0au�r� O 'a l 'rd CITY, l � = cn W CI Li— 2015 MAP -9 NI I : 33 CITY CLERK. IOWA CITY, IOWA co City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 21 00 10 FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.19 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.20 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the fire suppression contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Water Based Fire Suppression Systems 2. Demolition of Fire Suppression Systems 3. Fire Pumps B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning fire suppression systems. C. Drawings for fire suppression work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials. D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make: such changes without additional cost to Owner. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not.be • shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specification s;-or vuh're they.. are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. . F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the parti4lar craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.21 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. International Fire Code 2. International Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. National Electric Code(NEC) 5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 6. Local Utility Company Requirements 7. Local Codes, all trades 8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 11. Iowa Administrative Codes 12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1.22 REQUIREMENTS &FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the fire suppression work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility. 1.23 FIRE SUPPRESSION DRAWINGS A. The fire suppression drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine all construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. B. Drawings for piping are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of piping and equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout of the work. D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.24 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. LCD - , FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 210010 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.25 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of the contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.26 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, otherequipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space p?icrity of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and:equipment of the various contractors. - C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown ir1 either-•of: them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intenir andh.meariirfg1 thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, 'will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the painting contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information. B. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 0010 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Existing Structure: 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for fire suppression work and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications. 1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.12 SHOP DRA WINGS A. Contractor shall furnish to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review. FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Submit required information on the following items: CERTIFICATE OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL 0&M OF DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES) 21 10 00 Water Based Fire X X X X 1, 2 Suppression System Notes: 1. Hydraulic calculations. 2. All certifications and test results required by NFPA. F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Rr3Int cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: c.; 7.7a C) jS3 OPERATION ---�;, AND rn MAINTENANCE �r- o MANUAL FOR o�"" r FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS _ ry (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing and balancing report, etc. FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 0010 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.14 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the fire suppression installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. B. Equipment training: 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation. operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. C. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: Section Description Hours Presented By Others Present Remarks (Note 1) 21 10 00 Water Based Fire 4 Contractor Suppression System 1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. D. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: • CL >2 I-- ---1 FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 0010 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS 0 -1i D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: —_; �-- Owner: -=an rn ..{rn NAMES DATE HOURS Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: signature date FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 0010-7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.17 GUAI NTEE A. Theentire fire suppression system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect • in materialsjnd installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial occi ancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties. 1.18 COMP TION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.19 CLEANING A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally. B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units. FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 0010 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION(Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 21 00 10 C)-( I -.x ne r+7 LO p5r �y `< t. J • J N FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 210010 - 9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK r-- LU . 1 I FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10 - 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following: o 1. Sleeves :_ : t 2. Escutcheons - 3. Fire Stopping 4. Guards 5. DemolitionrC rn 6. Access Doors t �. 7. Equipment Pads �'� •• T ^' V PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified. 2.02 SLEEVES A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: 1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller-24 gauge 2. For pipes 3" to 6"-22 gauge 3. For pipes over 6"-20 gauge B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe. C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material. E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof. G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). 2.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around pipe; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor. escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve with set screws or other approved devices. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor, pipe, and sleeve, shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. 2.05 ACCESS DOORS A. When Fire Suppression Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, HVAC Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-214M Universal access door for non-rated construction or KRP-150FR for fire rated construction. Other approved manufacturers include Nystrom, Acudor, and Access Panel Solutions, with model applicable to the specific construction involved. B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. Refer to Architectural/General Construction plans for fire ratings. C Construction 1.c-- Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2.c, Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. I Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset. floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. General: 1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. 2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor. B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin. C. Existing Conditions: 1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. -�- 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required-to ei7tend-new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existirvg:lbuildtng and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner. .- D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights-to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. ) 3.02 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations as required by this section. 3.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. 3.04 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 48". Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge. 3.05 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide equipment housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. Anchor equipment to concrete equipment pads according to equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated or as required to be 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Pads to be a minimum of 4" in height unless noted otherwise. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts according to manufacturer's recommendations and to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Use 3000-psi compressive strength concrete with #3 rebar 12" O.C. END OF SECTION 21 05 00 • L ±1 cr, JJ' u� 2 o W N I COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 210500 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of fire suppression identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division-21 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following: 1. Painted identification materials r 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape := -: 4. Valve tags C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified-a. part of the equipment assembly in other Division-21 sections. =�r� is fr 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE = CD A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for fire suppression system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, system or zone (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division-21 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. B. Painted Identification Materials: 1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. 2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade. IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 21 05 53- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors. C. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe(or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2". 3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger(including insulation if any), provide either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height(and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). b. Taped to pipe (or insulation)with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than r-- 1-1/2"wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3". c. Strapped-to-pipe(or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's — • standard stainless steel bands. J 4°-- Get ering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping g system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with f names as shown or specified. 5.� Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally — with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate " unit of plastic. D. Plastic Tape: 1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2"wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. E. Valve Tags: 1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 21 05 53 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. F. Name Plates: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters. 2. Lettering: a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate. 3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid brass chain. 2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in fire suppression identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of fire suppression systems and equipment. r., 1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number aswell a"s; service(as examples; Fire Pump, Standpipe F12). �.n PART 3- EXECUTION ..< - n 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements: o 1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. B. Piping System Identification: 1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on all fire suppression piping, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering. b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color-coded painting of piping is provided. IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 21 05 53 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures. c. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. d. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. e. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. f. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. C. Valve Identification: 1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in fire suppression piping system; exclude check valves. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. D. Equipment Identification: 1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including fire pumps, fire pump controllers, zone control valves, and specialty system valves where applicable (i.e. dry valve or preaction system). 2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as designated by Owner. 3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive fixed name plates. b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe markers or stenciled lettering. END OF SECTION 21 05 53 c� h r� r t CD cJ IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 21 05 53 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 21 10 00 WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of fire suppression work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Applications of fire suppression systems include the following: r- 1. Sprinkler systems. 2. Standpipe systems. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ^ t 1-- v_ 'O A. NFPA Code: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems" e d ANSI/NFPA 24, "Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtences", where applicable. = -. ' B. UL Labeling: Provide fire sprinkler piping products which have been approved and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories. C. Local Fire Marshal Regulations: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire sprinkler piping. D. All fire suppression work shall be performed by a qualified sprinkler contractor with at least three years experience that has obtained current certification in the State of Iowa under the Fire Extinguishing System Contractor Certification program. During the installation, a minimum of one person with at least three years sprinkler experience shall be present. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for fire suppression systems, materials and products. B. Piping Shop Drawing and Hydraulic Calculations: The Contractor shall prepare a complete set of detailed working drawings and hydraulic calculations showing all equipment, fire service lines, risers, piping and heads. These drawings and calculations shall be approved in writing or stamped approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor is responsible for any fees associated with the review and approval of the fire suppression layout drawings, product data and hydraulic calculations by the State Fire Marshal's office. Contractor is also responsible for completion of the required fire extinguishing system submittal form to the SFM. This form is available from the State at the following website: http://www.dps.state.ia.us/fm/building/forms.shtml. C. Certificate of Installation: Submit certification upon completion of fire suppression piping work which indicates that work has been tested in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13 and also that system is operational, complete and has no defects. WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 1000 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Automatic Sprinklers 1. Reliable Sprinkler Corporation. 2. Tyco. 3. Viking Corp. B. Gate Valves 1. NIBCO 2. Powell 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts C. Bronze Body Butterfly Valves 1. NIBCO 2. Milwaukee D. Butterfly and Swing Check Valves 1. Victaulic 2. Gruvlok by Anvil International 3. Kennedy 4. Milwaukee 5. NIBCO E. Ball Valves 1. Watts B-6000 Series 2. Milwaukee BA-100/BA-150 3. NIBCO T-580 Series 4. Apollo 77C Series H. Grooved Piping Systems 1. Gruvlok by Anvil International 2. Victaulic 2.02 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPECIALTIES A. General: Provide fire suppression specialties, UL listed, in accordance with the following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections. 1. Automatic Sprinklers: a.: Provide automatic sprinklers of type indicated on drawings, and in accordance LE ' y,= with the following listing. Provide fusible links for 165 degrees F (74 degrees C), eF-- ordinary temperature, except where intermediate or high temperature rated a� �-c sprinklers are required per NFPA 13 or as indicated on the plans. 1) Upright L12 2) Concealed Pendent with Flat Cover Plate WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 1000 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3) Pendant 4) Standard Dry-Type Pendent 5) Standard Dry-Type Upright 6) Dry-Type Concealed Pendent with Flat Cover Plate b. Finish: Painted white for concealed pendent, cast brass for upright pendent, chrome for recessed pendent or provide finish as indicated on the plans. 2.03 VALVES A. Butterfly- 1/4"to 2" Milwaukee Butterball BB2 Series B. Ball-2"to 3"Victaulic Series 727 C. Butterfly -4" to 8"Victaulic Series 705 (Normally Open Valves) or Series 707C (Normally Closed Valves) D. Gate-2-1/2" and larger, iron body O.S.&Y., Powell Fig. 1797 E. Check-2-1/2"to 3", Central Model 90, 4"to 8"Victaulic Series 710 2.04 PIPE MATERIALS u+ Material Service • A. Black steel pipe, Wet systems. Schedule 10, ASTM A795 —tm -3 ill Ei 2.05 PIPE FITTINGS -- N) A. Steel Pipe: c ' 1. Threaded pipe (2" dia and smaller): Malleable iron fittings, 125 pound standard flat band water pattern. 2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Standard radius weld fittings and weld neck or slip- on flanges, same material and strength as pipe. 3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove steel piping system and fittings: may be used as approved by code for black steel, stainless steel and galvanized steel. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.06 JOINTS A. Steel Pipe: 1. Threaded pipe (2" dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full size of bore. 2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI- B31.3 "Code for Power Piping." 3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove pipe couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as approved by code for black steel and galvanized steel piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 1000 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.07 NIPPLES AND UNIONS A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples. B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. For steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint. Cast iron flanged unions gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions with octagon ends. C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled: 1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment. 4. Where indicated on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL..3 A. Contractor shall familiarize himself with the general construction, plumbing, heating. ventilating, and electrical work and to use the information to avoid conflicts in space allocation with the other trades. Do not place pipes over electrical equipment. t.r., B. In the case of an interference occurring during construction, Contractor shall rework and reinstall piping and equipment in order to make space available for another contractor's equipment without additional cost to the Owner. C. Contractor shall work closely with the ceiling system installers and install sprinkler head drops before ceiling tiles are installed, and return to job after or during ceiling tile installation for installation of sprinkler heads. D. Heads shall be located in center of ceiling tiles or as directed by Design Professional. 3.02 FIRE SUPRESSION SPECIALTIES A. General: Install fire suppression specialties as indicated, and in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13. B. Provide wire guards for all exposed sprinkler heads installed in gymnasiums, below ductwork in mechanical rooms, in electrical rooms, in telecommunication rooms, and as noted per the plans. 3.03 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Install backflow preventers where required per local code and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Backflow preventers to be installed accessible for testing, installing contractor shall provide testing by a certified backflow assembly tester at time of installation as required by Code. 3.04 VALVES A. Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. Install sectional valves in inlet piping at bottom of each riser and in loops as indicated. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. Mount supervisory switches on each sectional valve. WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 10 00 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0" above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor. C. Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for vertical operation. D. Normally Open (N.O.) or Normally Closed (N.C.) valves shall be provided as required for intended system operation. For all supervised valves, the off-normal signal shall be initiated during the first two revolutions of the hand wheel or during one-fifth of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal position. 3.05 PIPING A. General: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NFPA 13 for installation of fire sprinkler piping products where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that fire sprinkler piping complies with requirements and serves intended purposes. B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other mechanical items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Install drain piping at low points of fire sprinkler piping.. D. Install valved hose connections of sizes indicated, or 3/4" size if not otherwise-1ndicted, on sprinkler at ends of branch lines and cross mains at locations where indicated. f-- -D E. Install air vents at high points of sprinkler piping. •- F. Hangers and supports: Comply with NFPA for hanger materials ' 1. Install standpipe system piping according to NFPA 14. 2. Install sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Sprinkler Piping Flushing: Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in ANSI/NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Hydrostatic Testing: After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically, for period of 2 hours, at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Check system for leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system or zone being tested. B. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with ANSI/NFPA standards for"little or no leakage", and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 1000 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.08 EXTRA STOCK A. General: For each style and temperature range required, furnish additional sprinkler heads, amounting to 1 unit for every 100 installed units, but not less than 5 units of each. END OF SECTION 21 10 00 C ) _s>= �..�, I >-(2.1 c-I WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 1000 -6 r-LN c-r1 47, rn r— —0 cr:LI rs) I DIVISION 22 PLUMBING F IL F D 2015 HAR -9 PH 1: 3"/ CRY CLERK 18WA CITY, IOWA co -a CD City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 00 10 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A_ This section applies to all work under the plumbing contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Waste and Vent Systems 2. Hot and Cold Water Distribution System 3. Plumbing Fixtures _-• 4. Water Heating Systems ``' =` 5. Sanitary Sewer 6. Piping Insulation B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete:and roper,1 functioning plumbing systems.C. Drawings for plumbing work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of'Work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials. D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. International Mechanical Code 2. International Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. International Fire Code 5. National Electric Code (NEC) 6. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 7. Local Utility Company Requirements 8. Local Codes, all trades 9. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 11. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 12. Iowa Administrative Codes 13. Americans With Disabilities Act(ADA) B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS&FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company. C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the plumbing work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility. D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges associated with new service. 1.05 PLUMBING DRAWINGS A. The plumbing drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of piping and equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping so as to best fit the layout of the work. D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor-shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning-w rk in that area. . •sn — PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. C�l 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with,the tchedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays:'t.t B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other -trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requiremenfieand for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information. B. Piping and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe and/or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. C. Existing Structure: 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or :_ other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by • craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Cortractor shall do all excavating necessary for sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water piping, gas piping, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications. 1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review. E. Submit required information on the following items: CERTIFICATE OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL 0&M OF SYSTEM (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL DEMON- NOTES) STRATION 22 05 19 Meters and Gages for X Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 General Duty Valves for X Plumbing Piping 22 05 53 Plumbing Identification X 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation X 22 33 00 Electric Domestic Water X X X Heaters 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures X X F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ frorrr contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS T; -7 A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professiona11h duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: 1-0 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010-5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing and balancing report, etc. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures. Pressure shall be maintained for four(4) hours. System Pressure Domestic Water Piping Systems Refer to Section 22 11 16 - Domestic Water Piping. Soil, Waste, Drainage Piping Fill piping with water to top Above Grade of vent outlet above roof, or 10 feet waterhead. TESTING NOTE: .Alt rubber gasket joints for cast iron soil pipe and fittings should be properly restrained if test pressures exceed 10 feet of head. B. All;Systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed. 1.15 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the plumbing installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. B. Equipment training: 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 4. Plumbing Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. C. System training: 1. These sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures. D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: Section Description Hours Presented By Others Present Remarks (Note 1) 22 00 10 Plumbing System 4 Contractor Note 2 _(Excluding Equipment) 22 33 00 Water Heaters 4 Manufacturer's Representative Contractor 1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. 2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and air/water flow patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures. E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's-satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: -< I -4 CD tin i.1 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 -7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: 0-3 NAMES DATE HOURS L Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: - signature date PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 -8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be•his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. ,Confractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility: for maititenancet operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends t cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacti,lrer. • a D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product req irremerlts; Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as7{equired. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog numbeF,that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.18 GUARANTEE A. The entire plumbing system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial occupancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties. 1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally. B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units. PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 -9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Before being placed in service, all domestic water distribution systems, including those for cold water and hot water shall be chlorinated as required per Section 22 11 16 - Domestic Water Piping. 1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Electrical work and equipment provided by Contractor shall include the following: 1. Starters and disconnects for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 3. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for plumbing equipment, including services for motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. Motor and equipment locations are shown on the electrical drawings. C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment. E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall verify with him the exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters and overload protection. 1.24 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities. END OF SECTION 22 00 10 2 LU . ri I )-C) ® E�r, N PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10 - 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following: 1. Demolition , 2. Sleeves 3. Escutcheons 4. Fire Stopping 5. Guards 6. Access Doors 7. Equipment Pads 'l'� •' r !U PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified. 2.02 SLEEVES A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: 1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller-24 gauge 2. For pipes 3"to 6"-22 gauge 3. For pipes over 6"-20 gauge B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe. C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material. E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof. G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). Waterproofing of pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor. 2.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. 2.05 ACCESS DOORS A. When HVAC Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, HVAC Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-214M Universal access door for non-rated construction or KRP-150FR for fire rated construction. Other approved manufacturers include Nystrom, Acudor, and Access Panel Solutions, with model applicable to the specific construction involved. B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. Refer to Architectural/General Construction plans for fire ratings. C. Construction 1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. General: 1. . Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be . removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be - ; performed. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor. B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin. C. Existing Conditions: 1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necesgr',y due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required,to Bend nevy work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing-building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner`' —I D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to aby material herein demolished by the Contractor. - h,� 3.02 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations as required by this section. 3.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. 3.04 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 48". Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge. 3.05 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide equipment housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. Anchor equipment to concrete equipment pads according to equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated or as required to be 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Pads to be a minimum of 4" in height unless noted otherwise. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts according to manufacturer's recommendations and to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Use 3000-psi compressive strength concrete with#3 rebar 12" O.C. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 LC cT c- .�: >-v LID CD COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 05 19 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install meters and gauges as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data. PART 2-PRODUCTS .. 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS .- � --- (.7.,_< A. Thermometers 11-3,(-) 7.11 1. Weiss A-78-231/ (Base Specification) 2. Taylor 3. Weksler ^) r..3 4. U.S. Gauge 5. Trerice B. Gauges (For Water) 1. Weiss Series LF45-2 (Base Specification) 2. Dwyer 3. Taylor 4. Weksler 5. U.S. Gauge 6. Trerice 2.02 THERMOMETERS A. 9" "Adjust-Angle" industrial thermometer, complete with double thick glass front, red reading, separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set at any required angle front to back or left to right during or after installation. Range 30-180 deg. F for domestic hot water. 2.03 GAUGES A. Weiss Series 4" liquid filled compound pressure-vacuum gauge with snubber, stainless steel case, white dial, 1/4" male NPT. Range 30" vacuum to 100 lb. pressure for water. Note: For outside applications use silicon filled gauge. METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at water heaters and at other points as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 114" galvanized steel pipe manifold connected to the suction and discharge of the pump, with the needle valves in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so that the gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure. 3.03 Install gauges at pressure reducing valves and at other points as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 22 05 19 w C) Lti Ltd • (7 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and temperature ratings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves greater than 2") shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gate Valves and Check Valves 1. NIBCO 2. Powell 3. Milwaukee o 4. Watts 5. Clow --s _ B. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves =lc) I 1. NIBCO in -0 4 2. ABZ == 3. Milwaukee •• 4. Watts ;U C. Ball Valves 1. Watts B-6000LF Series 2. Milwaukee UPBA-400/450 3. NIBCO T/S-585-80 LF Series 4. Apollo 77C-LF Series D. Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Balancing Valves 1. Taco 2. Bell & Gossett GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Wheatley 4. Armstrong 5. Flow Design Inc. (Flow Set) 6. Griswold E. Polypropylene and/or PVDF Ball Valves 1. R&G Sloan -PPRO-Seal 2. ASAHF 3. Enfield 4. ASAHI/American 5. NIBCO/Chemtrol S61TBV/S62TBV and/or S65TBV F. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this section or on the drawings. G. Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specified. Valves on steam service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping. B. Check Valves: 2" and smaller, horizontal swing type with Teflon seat, bronze lead free body. 200 psi, CWP and 300 deg. F maximum temperature. 2-1/2" and larger, flanged silent check type. C. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece with chrome plated ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle. 1. Full port for valves 2-1/2" and smaller. 2. Standard port for valves 3" and larger. D. Domestic hot water recirculation balancing valves: Bell & Gossett Model CB "Circuit Setter" or equal. - 1. - = Ball type valve with bronze body/brass ball construction, glass and carbon fitted TFE seat rings, extended readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port, ' calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and NPT connectors, rated - - for-300 psig at 250°F. 2. Valves to seal leak-tight at maximum rated working pressure. 3. Valves to be selected for 5 ft. pressure drop at full open setting and design water flow. E. Butterfly Valves 3" and Larger: ASTM A536 ductile iron body with aluminum bronze disc, EPDM or BUNA N seat, 416 stainless steel stem with extended neck. 2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule: Service Valve type Building domestic and industrial water, Gate-2"and larger, Clow—epoxy coated, before and after meter resilient seated, full port OS&Y GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 Domestic hot and cold water pressures Ball-2-1/2"and smaller, Apollo 77C-LF up to 200 psi Ball-3"and 4", Apollo 70-LF Butterfly—3" and larger, N200 235/245 Check-2"and smaller, T/S413Y-LF 2-1/2"and larger, 910-LF Domestic hot water recirculation valves All sizes—Bell & Gossett Model CB circuit setter. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections. 3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0" above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor. 3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for vertical operation. END OF SECTION 22 05 23 C c-: -a iri F 712N N GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK yTa yh — r74 Lracv GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following: 1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical-Piping Clamps. rr 3. Hanger-Rod Attachments. i' 4. Building Attachments. �,,. 5. Saddles and Shields. �..� 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 7. Anchors. -1 —c, i 11 cam`= 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE !J A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining t8'froduct materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals. B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved. C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Grinnell: 1. Anvil International 2. B-Line 3. Elcen 4. Unistrut Building Systems B. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. C. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. E. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. F. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. G. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. H. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod angularity from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the supported pipe. J. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. K. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate and attach inserts to concrete forms. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION- HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT A. Hanger rods for steel and copper pipe shall be installed in accordance with the following schedule: Nominal Pipe Minimum Rod Size, in. Maximum Span, ft. Diameter, in. up to 1 10 3/8 1-1/2 10 3/8 2 10 3/8 2-1/2 11 1/2 LAMM 3 12 1/2 �. U a- ``'3-1/2 13 1/2 , c`;4 14 5/8 5 16 5/8 17 3/4 t-=8 19 7/8 10 22 7/8 12 23 7/8 For 1/2 in. copper tube, 8 ft. spacing of hangers is recommended. B. Hanger rods for PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the following schedule. Nominal Pipe Minimum Rod Size, in. Maximum Span. ft. Diameter. in. 1-1/2 4 3/8 2 4 3/8 3 4 1/2 4 4 5/8 5 4 5/8 6 4 3/4 8 - 12 4 7/8 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe with one hanger for each pipe length. Locate hangers within 18"of hub or joint. D. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc. E. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes. F. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs. G. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack. H. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base. Unformed concrete will not be permitted. 3.02 INSTALLATION- VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line. B. Support vertical cast iron soil pipe at every floor line. C. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on concrete or block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. D. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and-suppt clam extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. 3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS -e7 { A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes "up to 30:7 B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT-65. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. D. For glass piping, provide padded pipe clamps and padded hangers as per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site. B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe. C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black carbon steel concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor. B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs. C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to 180 lbs. D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck. 3.06 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device. 3.07 ROOF MOUNTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Roof mounted equipment, not specified to be mounted on roof curbs shall be installed on equipment mounting rails specifically designed for that purpose or as shown on plans. B. Roof mounted piping shall be mounted on a pipe support system equal to B-Line C-Port. END OF SECTION 22 05 29 r °" - I >-C) Lra cv HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PARTS - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of plumbing identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division-22 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following: 1. Painted identification materials 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape 4. Valve tags C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified- as part of the equipment assembly in other Division-22 sections. • 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals. B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate nomenclature to be provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division-22 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. B. Painted Identification Materials: 1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade. 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors. C. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation)with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4"wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2". 3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height(and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). b. Taped to pipe(or insulation)with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1-1/2"wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3". c. _ Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands. 4. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with names as shown or specified. 5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic. D. Plastic Tape: 1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2"wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. E. Valve Tags: 1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. F. Name Plates: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters. 2. Lettering: a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate. 3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid brass chain. 2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS r-� A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in plumbing identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Providenumbers,:lettering, and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by rrianufactur�rs or as-: required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of plumbing systeniqand ec4yipment. " 1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name-are shoinm and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number ail-well as. service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12). ^• PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements: 1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. B. Access Door Identification: 1. Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. C. Piping System Identification: 1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering. IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color-coded painting of piping is provided. 2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures. d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. D. Valve Identification: 1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. E. Equipment Identification: 1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including air handling units, terminal units, fans, pumps, boilers, heaters, control panels, heat exchangers, condensing units, and chillers. 2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as designated by Owner. 3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive fixed name plates. b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe markers or stenciled lettering. END OF SECTION 22 05 53 c) a_ tJ. `' tr IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 07 00 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and cold surfaces of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section. B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not^rtore than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84..(UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive,_mastir cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above. c,-< i B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition. of MICA/NIAC: National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application. _-- • 1.04 SUBMITTALS :%) A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of plumbing insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each plumbing system requiring insulation. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of plumbing insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual. C. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and plumbing damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulating Materials 1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell 3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's-Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no more than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL. 1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or `'' stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016"thick and sealed. _ 2. Wh re insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space, it shall be covered with 30 mil - PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. B, Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water vapor pemne;ante of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal to :Armaceli, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation mafitfacturer. Exposed outdoor insulation to be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex WB Finish protective coating. 2.03 FITTING INSULATION A. Type 'Al': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket. B. Type 'B1: Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering. 2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Type `G': 1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing. 2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4" x 0.015" thick galvanized steel bands 18" on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12" centers and secure with speed washers. PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure-sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure-sensitive joint sealing tape to match the jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. B. Type 'I': 1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of-40 to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation. 2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be installed using Armacell 520 Adhesive. 3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation. r' c 3.02 Do not insulate the following: r,-) A. Valve bonnets c-3-< I B. Unions in hot piping C. Hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinet. -1' D. Cold piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan. E. Preinsulated expansion joints . r*J N 3.03 Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation. 3.04 Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers. 3.05 Insulation at removable heads, manhole covers, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier. ********NOTE: Not all services may apply—refer to plans for scope of services.************ 3.06 INSULATION SCHEDULE Service Type Insulation and Thickness Above Ground Piping Domestic cold water lines Type A and Al: All pipe sizes— 1"thick Type B and B1: 1-1/4"and smaller— 1/2"thick 1-1/2" and larger- 1"thick PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 Domestic hot water, tempered water, and Type A and Al: recirculating lines 1 1/4"and smaller— 1"thick 1-1/2"and larger— 1-1/2"thick Type B and B1: 1 1/4"and smaller— 1"thick 1-1/2"and larger— 1-1/2"thick For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2" END OF SECTION 22 07 00 c� ci_ 0-1 LI1 C Q cv PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section. 1. Extent of domestic water piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 2. Insulation of domestic water piping is specified in other Division-22 sections, and is included as work of this section. 3. Installation of valves for domestic water piping system is specified in other Division-22 sections and is included as work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B3V9. 1 "Building Services Piping". B. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance withlAMPO "Uniform Plumbing Code". C. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with the "International Plumbing Code". D. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with Standard PDI- WH2O1. E. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping, valves, fittings, and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, shower valves, and main gate valves greater than 2") hall meet the requirements for ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's material data and installation methods for each domestic water grooved and roll grooved piping system to be provided. B. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Backflow Preventers 1. Watts 2. Apollo Valves 3. Febco DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Water Hammer Arrestors 1. Ancon 2. Sioux Chief 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Zurn C. Grooved Piping Systems 1. Gruvlok by Anvil International 2. Victaulic D. Copper Pressure Seal Fittings 1. Viega Pro Press 2. NIBCO Press System 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with Uniform Plumbing Code and International Plumbing Code where applicable, base pressure rating on domestic water piping system's maximum design pressures. J ovide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in domestic water piping systems. Where more than one type ofjnaterials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. �: • Valves:.Refer to Section 22 05 23 -General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. C ' ,_. C.- Piping Specialties: Refer to Section -22 05 00-Common Work Results for Plumbing. D. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 22 05 19-Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping. E. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping. 2.03 PIPE: Material Service A. Cast iron water pipe, standard Underground water service main mechanical joint, 2"dia. and larger. asphalt coated, Class 150. ANSI A21.1, AWWA C106. B. Copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. Type K Domestic water lines under building. Water service pipe 2" and smaller. Type L Above ground domestic water lines. C. Brass pipe, Schedule 40, chromium Exposed piping connections for plated. ASTM B43. plumbing fixtures. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Cast iron water pipe: Class 250 ANSI A21.20, AWWA C110-71, standard mechanical joint fittings. B. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper: 1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63. 2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4" in diameter. ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22. 0-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Installation per manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove copper piping system and fittings: may be used as approved by code for copper piping. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for chromium plated pipe. D. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove pipe coupling and fittings: Victaulic may be used as approved by Code for copper piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.05 JOINTS 7:72 A. Copper water tube: , 1. Use non-corrosive 95-5 tin-antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, re8m.. 8nd ppiish tubes ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. 2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4" in tJiarriete ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22. 0-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM; 3. Mechanical grooved and roll grooved couplings: Grooved couplings may be,used as approved by code for copper piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples. B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled: 1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment. 4. Where indicated on drawings. D. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic. 2.07 AIR VENTS A. Manual Air Vents: Bell &Gossett Model No. 17SR. B. Automatic Air Vents: Bell &Gossett Model No. 7 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.08 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced Pressure Zone Backflow Preventer: 1. General: A reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall be installed at each cross connection or at the water meter to prevent back-siphonage and backpressure backflow of hazardous materials into the potable water supply. 2. The device shall consist of a pressure differential relief valve located in a zone between two positive seating check valves. The assembly shall include two tightly closing shut-off valves before and after the device, test cocks and a protective strainer upstream of the No. 1 shut-off valve. The reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall have all access port covers secured with stainless steel screws which are bolted to valve body. Vent outlet to have suitable connections for an air gap. 3. The device shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ASSE Standard 1013 and AWWA Standard C506, be listed by IAPMO (UPC) and be approved by FCCCHR at USC. Provide with air gap fitting for discharge. Basis of design to be: a. Watts Regulator Co. Series 009—size 3/4"thru 2". b. Watts Regulator Co. Series 909—size 3/4"thru 10". 4. Provide and install solenoid shutdown valve. This valve shall be designed to be normally open and located upstream of an RPZ backflow assembly. It will automatically shut down water flow if the RPZ relief valve discharge capacity causes a flooding situation. If excess discharge does occur, the discharge flow causes the WATTS FS99 Flow Switch to send a signal to the WATTS ACV JB113 Junction Box which sends a signal to _energize the solenoid on the 113-6RFP to shut down the main valve. A timer is supplied };i�S the JB113 Junction Box to prevent the 113-6RFP from closing on intermittent ��'discharges from the RPZ relief valve. Once closed, the 113-6RFP valve must be > ert nually reset. The main valve stem shall be equipped with a position indicator or optional limit switch for remote signaling. Valve shall be WATTS ACV Model 113-RFP .�� with JB113 Junction Box. The WATTS FS99 Flow Switch should be located on a horizontal plane avoiding turbulence of piping bends and elbows. B. Pressure Vacuum Breakers: A pressure anti-siphon vacuum breaker shall be installed at all threaded hose connections and where indicated on the plans to prevent the back-siphonage of contaminated water. This assembly is not to be used where there is a possibility that a back pressure condition may develop. The assembly will incorporate an acetyl bonnet with silicone rubber o-ring seal and silicone rubber seat disc. The valve shall have replaceable seats. Check assembly shall be guided over its full stroke by "V" notched guides. The assembly shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ASSE Standard 1020. Where vacuum breaker is not integral to trim, unit shall be equal to Watts Regulator Company Series 800M4QT. 2.09 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Water hammer arrestors shall be piston type with seamless copper chamber, two 0-ring piston and a 60 psi charge. Water hammer arrestors shall be sized, tested and certified in accordance with the Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH2O1 and American Society of Sanitary Engineering Standard ASSE-1010. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which domestic water piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as per manufacturers' recommendations, Uniform and International Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet system pressure and performance requirements. B. Valves 1. Refer to Section 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. r.� 2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves withstems tfe1bw horizontal. - 3. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where`hirich onrisert �n serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures and elsewhere as indicated. 4. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each domestic water equipment item.aad elsewhere as indicated. 5. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 05 00-Common Work Results for Plumbing. D. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 22 05 19- Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping. E. Supports and Anchors: Refer to Section 22 05 29—Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment. 3.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Install pipe for all domestic water and domestic water systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein. B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork. C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. D. Check all piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116- 5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Extend cold water and hot water piping to each fixture and other equipment requiring water supplies. G. Pitch pipes to accessible drainage point where unions, plugged tees or drainage valves shall be provided. H. Connect branch-feed piping to mains at horizontal centerline of mains; connect run-out piping to branches at horizontal centerline of branches. I. Pipes built into masonry or concrete construction shall be wrapped with tar paper or burlap to prevent bonding to the concrete. J. No pipe shall be located in an outside wall or other location where freezing is likely to occur. K. No pipe shall be in contact with, or attached to, a structural member in a manner that causes the transmission of noise to the structure. Block ends of runs to prevent movement due to water hammer. 3.04 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Connect domestic water piping system to plumbing equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Refer to Section 22 40 00- Plumbing Fixtures. B. General: Connect water piping system to plumbing fixtures as indicated, and comply with `manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. C. Water supply to all fixtures and containers shall be so installed as to prevent back siphonage of pO1luted Water into the water supply. All supplies shall be either above the flood rim of the fixture or-separated from the drainage end by means of approved vacuum breakers. • 3:06- INSTALL)1I.ON OF BACKFLOW PREVENTERS L A. Install backflow preventers where required per local code and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Backflow preventers to be installed accessible for testing, installing contractor shall provide testing by a certified backflow assembly tester at time of installation as required by the International Plumbing Code. Install air gap fitting and pipe to nearest floor drain. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Install water hammer arrestors as indicated on the drawings and as required per Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH2O1. Water hammer arrestors to be installed in accessible locations where possible. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. General: Install plumbing specialties and valves as per manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Provide unions, valves to units at each connection as required by inspection. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16-6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.09 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. General: New water mains shall be subject to hydrostatic testing in accordance with AWWA C600 and other applicable AWWA Standards of latest revision and the following supplemental instructions. B. Supplemental Instructions: 1. After disinfection, all newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 X the working pressure at the point of testing or 100 psig, whichever is greater. 2. The test procedures shall: a. Not exceed pipe or thrust restraint design pressures. b. Be of at least 4-hour duration. c. Not exceed the rated pressure of the valves or hydrants. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be filled with water slowly and the specified test Pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe. 4. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled comple'fel .from the pipe, valves and hydrants. , 5. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves or hydrants that are discovered fcA awing -..<. the pressure test shall be repaired or replaced with sound material and the test s#ell be repeated. 6. A leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. Leakage shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, to maintain test pressure. 7. No pipe installation will be accepted where leakage is observed. 3.10 DISINFECTION A. General: Upon completion of a newly installed piping or when repairs to an existing pipe are made, the piping shall be disinfected according to instructions listed in AWWA C601, local codes, and local utility requirements. B. Repairs: Repairs to mains and plumbing shall be disinfected by swabbing with hypochlorite and flushing in accordance with AWWA C601. END OF SECTION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2211 16 -7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY r LEFT BLANK rn v ca DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section. 1. Extent of sanitary waste and vent piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with IAMPO"Uniform Plumbing Code". B. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with the "International Plumbing Code". C. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with Standard PDI- WH2O1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS c"-<:: C7) LC) A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. 1-4 .- PART 2-PRODUCTS k; -- :' N 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS t^� A. Floor Drains 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Jonespec 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Watts 6. Zurn B. Trench Drains 1. Aco Drain 2. ABT, Inc. (Polydrain) SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with International and Uniform Plumbing Codes. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in sanitary waste and vent piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section -22 05 00-Common Work Results for Plumbing. C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping. 2.03 PIPE: Material Service A. Cast iron soil pipe, service Below grade sanitary sewers under building. class, bell and spigot, Above ground soil, waste, and vent. asphalt coated, ASTM A74. B. Cast iron soil pipe, Below grade sanitary sewers, above service class, no hub, ground soil, waste, and vent as asphalt coated CISPI 301 or permitted by local code. ASTM A-888. C. Copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. Type K Underground condensate drain line. co Type lvl Above ground soil, waste, and vent up to and including 2-1/2" diameter. Above .- :a-7- ground condensate drain lines. As permitted by local code. c .,,, Brass pipe, Schedule 40, chromium Exposed piping connections for plated. ASTM B43. plumbing fixtures. E. Norinated Polyvinyl Chloride pipe (CPVC), Acid waste and vent, above grade. Schedule 40,ASTM Cell Classification 23447 Manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 2618 2.04 FITTINGS: A. Material and strength of fitting for cast iron sewer pipe, clay sewer pipe and concrete sewer pipe shall conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards. B. Copper drainage tube: Cast bronze fittings, solder joint fittings. ANSI B16.23. C. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for chromium plated pipe. D. Acid resistant CPVC fittings: CPVC drainage patterns meeting the requirements of ASTM D 3311. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.05 JOINTS A. Vitrified clay and concrete pipe: Pipe manufacturer's standard preformed pre-set plastic or rubber joint, installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Acceptable manufacturers: Amvit, Tylox or Kent. B. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe: Pack joints with oakum, fill with molten lead at one pouring, caulk solid flush with hub rim. If approved by Code, pre-set plastic or neoprene joint may be used, ASTM C 564. C. Cast iron no-hub pipe: Coupling assembly tightened by torque wrench, CISPI 310, ASTM C 564. D. Copper drainage tube: Use non-corrosive 50-50 solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same method for copper refrigerant pipe, except use silver solder with 5% silver content, or equal strength brazing alloy. E. Acid Resistant CPVC pipe: Low VOC solvent cement in accordance with ASTM F 493. 2.06 VENTS A. Vents through the roof shall be cast iron long increasers beginning at 12" under the=roof and extending at least above the highest possible water level on the roof but in no case less than 8". Size increases as follows: Vent Size Increase To n ,.. - , rt 1-1/4" and 1-1/2" 3" minimum 2"and 2-1/2" 4" minimum 3„ 4" N) 4" 6" co B. Provide and install flashing for each vent through the roof. The flashing shall extend up around the pipe and be sealed to the pipe and shall extend over the roof deck at least one foot in each direction from the base. 2.07 FLOOR DRAINS A. Shall be of the style as called for in fixture schedule. B. Drains without integral traps shall have service class p-traps. 2.08 CLEANOUTS A. In floors of finished areas: cast iron caulking ferrule for soil pipe hub with brass countersunk plug and cast brass round flush access cover with polished top. B. In floors of unfinished areas: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. C. In walls of finished areas: cast brass raised head plug and round stainless steel cover plate with polished top and countersunk cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast iron soil pipe. D. In walls of unfinished areas: cast brass raised head, iron pipe size male threads. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in iron soil pipe. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. In floors of areas subject to vehicular travel: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. Weight rated for fork truck and heavy traffic duty. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which sanitary waste and vent piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer's recommendations, International and Uniform Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet the intent of the documents. B. No soil or waste pipe shall be covered by earth or construction without first being proved free of leaks by a hydrostatic test of at least 10 feet head. C. Install vents in practical alignment and supported with constant pitch back to the drainage system, concealed from finished spaces, unless shown or directed otherwise. D. Soil, waste and vent connections to fixtures shall be accurately located and concealed from finished spaces, unless indicated otherwise. E. Connections to horizontal branches shall be at 45 deg. angle using Wye or Tee-Wye. Connection to vertical stacks shall be with Sanitary Tee or Tee-Wye at 45 deg. 3.03 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. '._Install'pipe for all sanitary waste and vent systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections,and as specified herein. Arrange-,and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; `Form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid duirtwork. C. Provide proper support to maintain uniform fall of 1/4" per foot for lines 3" and smaller and 1/8" per foot for lines 4" and larger. Protect all openings against the entrance of dirt. Where piping must cross footings, the piping shall cross under footings unless noted otherwise on the drawings. D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment. E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in. F. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 05 00 -Common Work Results for Plumbing. G. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29-Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 H. Equipment Connections 1. General: Connect sanitary waste and vent piping system to plumbing equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection. I. Field Quality Control 1. Piping Tests: Test sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with testing requirements of Division-22 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 00 10- Plumbing General Provisions. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS A. Provide a cleanout at the base of each stack where the sewer leaves the building and at other points where required by code and good practice. Cleanout spacing shall not exceed 50'-0" on . long runs. Cleanouts shall be the same size as pipe up to and including 4" and 4"for 4" or larger pipes. Cleanouts for concealed pipes shall be set flush with floor and wall surfaces. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS A. Obtain exact finish floor levels from the General Contractor and set floor drain top rims accurately to proper level. Allow for proper slope towards drains. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES N A. Refer to Section 22 40 00- Plumbing Fixtures. .. �„ i i ),-' { J ....,. END OF SECTION 22 13 16 c-;--C I r. Win. tV W SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 I THIS PAGE En INTENTIONALLY C) ' LEFT BLANK crk v CD CS C-4 I SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 33 00 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of plumbing equipment work is indicated on drawings and provisions of this section, including schedules and equipment lists associated with either drawings or this section. B. Types of plumbing equipment required for project include the following: 1. Water Heaters 2. Expansion Tanks 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electric motors and electrical components required as part of plumbing equipment, which have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and comply with NEMA standards. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) as appldcable to installation and electrical connections of ancillary electrical components of plumbing ecment. C. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: Electric Domestic Water Heaters shall meet the Iequirt rents 'of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content) 1.04 SUBMITTALSr, -71 'd A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's plumbing equipment specifications, installation and start-Up instructions, and capacity and ratings, with selection points clearly marked. - T-0 B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods of assembly of all components. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Electric Water Heaters 1. A.O. Smith, Consumer Products Div. 2. Rheem-Ruud 3. State Industries B. Residential Expansion Tanks 1. A.O. Smith 2. State 3. Rheem-Ruud ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223300 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 WATER HEATERS A. Electric Water Heaters 1. General: Provide electric water heaters of size and capacity as indicated on schedule. Comply with ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90A for energy efficiency. 2. Heater: Working pressure of 150 psi; magnesium anode rod; glass lining on internal surfaces exposed to water. 3. Heating Elements: Heavy-duty, medium watt density, with incoloy sheath, thermostat stepped through magnetic contactors. 4. Safety Controls: Double pole, manual reset, high limit; probe-type electric low water cutoff; both factory wired. 5. Jacket: Equip with full size control compartments with front panel opening. Insulate tank with vermin-proof glass fiber insulation. Provide outer steel jacket with bonderized undercoat and baked enamel finish. 6. Warranty: Furnish 1 year limited warranty for tank leakage. 7. Accessories: Provide brass drain valve; 3/4" temperature and pressure relief valve; tank construction for 150 psi working pressure; and 4"x 6" handhole cleanout. PART 3 EXECUTION C`3 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS A. Etectrio Water Heaters 11 :teneral: Install electric water heaters as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, and in compliance with applicable codes. 2-- Support: Set units on concrete pads, orient so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access. Level and plumb unit. 3. Electrical Supply: Furnish wiring diagram to Electrical Installer. Refer to Division 26 for wiring of units; not work of this section. 4. Piping: Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions. Connect recirculating water line to unit with shutoff valve, check valve and union. 5. Start-up: Start-up, test, and adjust electric water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Check and calibrate controls. 6. Pressure and Temperature Relief: Route pipe to nearest indirect sanitary drain. Pipe size to match relief connection size. END OF SECTION 22 33 00 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture installation as required by the drawings and this section. B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled. B. Furnish rough-in information that impacts other trades to General Contractor for distribution to other sub-contractors. This includes, but is not limited to, sink cut out templates, shower/tub framing dimension drawings, electrical power rough-in dimension drawings, etc. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves greater than 2") shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. ^; u1 PART 2- PRODUCTS .7z 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS --1n A. Vitreous China and Cast Iron Enameled Fixtures rn .T? r c� tJ 1. American Standard •• 2. Crane N rte,; 3. Eljer 4. Kohler 5. Zurn 6. Sloan B. Stainless Steel Sinks 1. Elkay 2. Just 3. Kohler C. Trim 1. American Standard 2. Chicago Faucet 3. Delta PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 4. Eljer 5. Elkay 6. Kohler 7. T&S Brass Works D. Flush Valves 1. Delany- Flushboy Series r 2. Sloan-Royal Series 3. Zurn-Z-6000XL E. Carriers 1. Jay R. Smith 2. Jonespec 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Watts 6. Zurn F. Closet Seats 1. Beneke 2. Church 3. Olsonite 4. Sperzel 5. Comfort Seats G. Wash Fountains 1 Acorn Bradley H. Janitor Sinks 1.c; • -Fiat 2. ' Mustee Mixing Valves 1. Leonard 2. Powers 3. Symmons 4. Apollo 5. Lawler J. Garbage Disposals 1. In-Sink-Erator 2.02 VITREOUS AND CAST IRON FIXTURES A. Vitreous ware shall be non-absorbant, even color, unwarped, two-fired vitreous china, grade "A" as rated by the Bureau of Standards. B. Enameled cast iron fixtures shall have the enamel fused with the iron to provide a hard acid-resisting enameled finish. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Vitreous and enamel fixtures shall be white, except where other colors are called for in the schedule. D. Fiberglass, gel-coat fixtures shall incorporate Microban antimicrobial protection. 2.03 STAINLESS STEEL SINKS A. Stainless steel sinks shall be fabricated from 18 gauge nickel-bearing type 302 stainless steel, with satin finish, sound deadening treatment and 3/16" drop down ledge. Provide with channel and pull down clips to ensure tight seal between sink and countertop. 2.04 TRIM A. Trim to include supply pipes, stop valves, faucets, tail pieces, strainers, waste and traps. Floor and wall plates shall be brass. Exposed trim shall be chrome plated. B. Potable water supply piping and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, and shower valves) shall meet the certification requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 — Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content. C. Stop valves shall be compression type with loose key control. D. P-trap shall be adjustable 18 gauge tubular brass. Where offset P-traps are raccuired for handicapped accessible lavatories, offset and P-trap shall be insulated with Handi Lau-Guard by. Truebro, or equal. When supply risers are exposed, they shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard by Truebro, or equal. LID E. Trim shall be considered "exposed" even when concealed behind base cabinets-hoeing doors. F. Mixing valve, transformer, or piping under the counter shall be covered with. Lav-Shield by- Truebro or equal in areas where a cabinet does not cover them. G. Water fixture carriers shall be heavy duty type with a minimum weight rating of 500 lbs. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 Set fixtures in center of stalls, between partitions where required. Dimensions for spacing shall be verified with General Contractor. Fixtures in ADA accessible stalls shall be installed with the flush valve handle to the open side of the stall, where applicable. 3.03 Setting shall be absolutely tight and rigid on proper ground. Use Miracle Adhesive Corporation Tub-Caulk or approved equal pointing material under all setting surfaces. 3.04 Wall hung fixtures shall be securely hung. All wall hung fixtures shall have carriers unless other mounting means are approved by Design Professional. Mounting heights shall be as indicated on Architectural elevations, and in accordance with the requirements of the ADA. 3.05 Chair carriers shall be securely braced to construction and shall be concealed with feet concealed in floor. Where feet cannot be concealed in floor, provide stub feet. Carriers for urinals shall have thrust bolts at bottom. Carriers for lavatories and electric water coolers shall have mounting plate type hanger or concealed arms as required by the fixture schedule. Carriers shall be coordinated with plumbing fixtures. 3.06 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned. PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.07 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 3.08 Joints of lavatories with counter and/or wall, sinks with wall, urinals with wall and water closets with wall and/or floor shall be caulked with transparent silicone caulk by Contractor. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 • 5 Cr% - 2 N PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 -4 cri s da••••••••• n-‹ `13 I t 9-- (.0 DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 1 1r) 0._ ,1 I Blank Page cr‘ CD c=7, I(-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 00 10 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the HVAC contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Piping Insulation 2. 3. Ductwork for Air Distribution Grilles, Registers, Diffusers and Dampers �, 4. Exhaust Fans and Ducts 5. Thermostats and Control Wiring 6. Insulation of Ducts and Plenums 7. Terminal Heating and Cooling Units 8. Hydronic Piping rn p 1~ -�► B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complet�*d=properly--•. functioning HVAC systems. --- C. Drawings for HVAC work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials. D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed. F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. International Mechanical Code 2. International Plumbing Code P 3. 4. International Building Code National Electric Code (NEC) 5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 6. Local Utility Company Requirements 7. Local Codes, all trades HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 11. Iowa Administrative Codes 12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the HVAC work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility. 1.05 HVAC DRAWINGS A. The HVAC drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of ducts, piping and equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations .for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout tj rof the work. A � JLi Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling -�' of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be Shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered. shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirement and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other-equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and.equ ipment of the:: various contractors. i C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in—either:c9f them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and-meaning', thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information. B. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping, sleeves and ducts pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Existing Structure: 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for hydronic piping, gas piping, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where i lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling bf'trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work Willpermit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications. 1'11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Alf_materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of-the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or"plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Submit required information on the following items: CERTIFICATE OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL O&M OF DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES) 23 05 23 General Duty Valves for X HVAC Piping 23 05 53 HVAC Identification X 23 05 93 Testing,Adjusting and 1 Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation X 23 09 00 Instrumentation and Control X X X X for HVAC 23 31 13 Metal Ducts X X 1 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories X X 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers and X Grilles NOTES: 1. Submit test reports as described in specification section. F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. ELont cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: . OPERATION `7) AND `{ MAINTENANCE ' MANUAL c=;ti ri FOR •• HVAC SYSTEMS ry c.� (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing and balancing report, etc. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures. Pressure shall be maintained for four(4) hours. System Pressure Hydronic Piping 150 psi (water) B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed. 1.15 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the HVAC installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. a uipcn nt training: tri Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of ;._equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. ` "Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3.'4 Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. HVAC Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. C. System training: 1. HVAC and Temperature Controls Contractors shall jointly conduct system operating training. These sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: Section Description Hours Presented By Others Present Remarks (Note 1) 23 00 10 HVAC System 8 Mech.Contractor Note 2 (Excluding Equipment) T.C.Contractor 23 09 00 Temperature Control 8 Manufacturer's Representative Note 3 System 1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. 2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and air/water flow patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures. 3. Training shall occur in several sessions over the course of the first year of operation. A minimum of four separate dates are required for temperature controls,two dates for chillers. t E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: Mj -11 r- 77,-O s'" N GJ 1 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010-7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS U D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: - • NAMES DATE HOURS Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: signature date I HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 -8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends`fd cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer:'-: D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all produetregii'rementsu Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifica offs as_'required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog:Dumber that arp not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. =`ice _ 1.18 GUARANTEE N A. The entire HVAC system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial occupancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties. 1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A. Prior to assembly of pipe and piping components, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other foreign matter on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good piping practices. During fabrication and assembly, slug and weld splatter shall be removed from both internal and external pipe joints by preening, chipping, and wire brushing. B. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally. Prior to flushing erected piping surfaces, Contractor shall disconnect all instrumentation and equipment and open wide all valves. HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 -9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units. D. Heating and air conditioning equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and clean filters installed. 1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Electrical work and equipment provided by HVAC Contractor shall include the following: 1. Starters and disconnects for motors of HVAC equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of HVAC equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 3. Electrical heating coils and similar elements in HVAC equipment. 4. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for HVAC equipment, including services for motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor. Motor and equipment locations are shown on the electrical drawings. C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor. D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment. E. -Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall verify with trim the-.exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services - fr"quired:and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnish eci<k y him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters add overload protection. F. Refer to Division 23 Controls section for control system wiring. Control wiring shall be done in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. G. All conduit installed for control wiring shall be blue. Labeled conduit will not be accepted. H. Control wiring, where not exposed, may be installed without conduit. Wiring in ducts, plenums and other air handling spaces shall be specifically listed for the use. All exposed control wiring and wiring behind inaccessible construction (such as in walls and above drywall ceilings) shall be routed in blue conduit. All wall penetrations shall be sleeved with blue conduit. Installation shall comply with all code requirements. 1.22 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities. B. Under no circumstances shall the building HVAC equipment be used for temporary heat, cooling or ventilation during construction prior to Owner acceptance of the building at substantial completion. END OF SECTION 23 00 10 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10 - 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following: LID I y ..... 1. Demolition 2. Sleeves ;4( . --v rn 3. Escutcheons 4. Fire Stopping . 5. Guards N_ 6. Access Doors 7. Equipment Pads PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified. 2.02 SLEEVES A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows: 1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller-24 gauge 2. For pipes 3" to 6"-22 gauge 3. For pipes over 6"-20 gauge B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe. C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material. E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof. G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). Waterproofing of pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor. 2.03 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. 2.05 ACCESS DOORS A. ,When HVAC Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be _concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, HVAC Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-214M Universal access door for � � Pan-rated-construction or KRP-150FR for fire rated construction. Other approved manufacturers ill include:Nystrom, Acudor, and Access Panel Solutions, with model applicable to the specific ..-j dgnstruetian involved. Atc;ess doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. Refer to Architectural/General Construction plans for fire ratings. C. Construction 1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. General: 1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. 2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor. B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin. C. Existing Conditions: 1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner. D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. 3.02 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beam's and NundatitInp as required by this section. a C) 3.03 ESCUTCHEONS `° :{ -o rn A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. !"""3 3.04 GUARDS ^) A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to extend up from floor 48". Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge. 3.05 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide equipment housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. Anchor equipment to concrete equipment pads according to equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated or as required to be 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Pads to be a minimum of 4" in height unless noted otherwise. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts according to manufacturer's recommendations and to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6. Use 3000-psi compressive strength concrete with #3 rebar 12" O.C. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 O lit r,r >:C:.) COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and temperature ratings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gate Valves, Globe Valves, and Check Valves 1. NIBCO 2. Powell 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts 5. Apollo Valves = c� B. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves �_. `-'`) 1. NIBCO —° m 2. ABZ = 7.11 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts r= 5. Apollo Valves C. Grooved Body Butterfly and Swing Check Valves 1. Victaulic 2. Gruvlok by Anvil International 3. Milwaukee 4. NIBCO D. Ball Valves 1. Watts B-6080 Series 2. Milwaukee BA-400/BA450 3. NIBCO T/S 585-70 Series 4. Apollo 77C Series GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this section or on the drawings. F. Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specified. Valves on steam service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping. B. Globe valves shall have renewable composition discs as recommended by manufacturer for intended service, or renewable bevel seats and metal discs. Valves on steam service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping. C. Check Valves: Horizontal swing type with bronze seat and composition of bronze disc as approved; body of same material, pressure rating, screwed or flanged and finish as adjoining globe or gate valve. Check valves 2" and larger installed at outlet of pumps shall be spring loaded silent type. D. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece standard port with chrome plated ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle. 1. Full port for valves 2-1/2" and smaller. 2. Standard port for valves 3" and larger. E. Butterfly Valves 3" and larger: ASTM A536 ductile iron body with aluminum bronze disc, EPDM -or BUNA N seat, 416 stainless steel stem with extended neck. 2.03 VAtVE.SCHEDULE Furnish valves as per the following schedule: -Set-v. Valve type Cooling/heating water, pressures Ball-2-1/2" and smaller, Apollo 77C up to 200 psi, temperatures from Ball-3" and 4", Apollo 70-100 40,deg. F to 250 deg.F. Butterfly -2-1/2" and larger, LD2000-3/5 Swing Check-2"and smaller, 413B 2-1/2" and larger, F918 Silent Check-2" and larger, Temp < 180 deg. F-W-920-F Temp > 180 deg. F-F-910-B B. Valves installed on chilled water systems and two-pipe cooling/heating water systems to be provided with valve handle extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of insulation. C. Grooved Piping System: At Contractor's option, if mechanical grooved piping system is utilized, the butterfly valves for HVAC applications may be Victaulic Series VIC-300 and swing check valves for HVAC applications may be Victaulic Series 712 swing check valves, except in pump discharge. Check valves in pump discharge shall be as specified previously. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0" above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor. 3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for vertical operation. END OF SECTION 23 05 23 .73 .n r GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 co THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following: 1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical-Piping Clamps. - -< isto r-- 3. Hanger-Rod Attachments. �c l 4. Building Attachments. rG -o rn 5. Saddles and Shields. 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 'ry .. yh 7. Anchors. y N.) s- 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals. B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved. C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Grinnell: 1. Anvil International 2. B-Line 3. Elcen 4. Unistrut Building Systems 5. Grinnell B. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment. D. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. E. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. F. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. G. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. H. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod angularity from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. I. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the supported pipe. J. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. K. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate and attach inserts to concrete forms. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION-HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT A. Hanger rods for steel and copper pipe shall be installed in accordance with the following schedule c- • Ws cs` .Nominal Pipe Minimum Rod .. I •' -Size, in. Maximum Span, ft. Diameter, in. °> -up to 1 10 3/8 1-1/2 10 3/8 2 10 3/8 2-1/2 11 1/2 3 12 1/2 3-1/2 13 1/2 4 14 5/8 5 16 5/8 6 17 3/4 8 19 7/8 10 22 7/8 12 23 7/8 For 1/2 in. copper tube, 8 ft. spacing of hangers is recommended. B. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes. D. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs. E. Exterior refrigerant piping shall be supported with steel angle or steel channel strut supports as detailed on the drawings. F. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack. G. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base. Unformed concrete will not be permitted. 3.02 INSTALLATION- VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line. G,., B. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting=set on concrete Of- block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. C. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support cla extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. - `,�,i 3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS ^� A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30". B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT-65. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. 3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site. B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe. C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports. 3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black carbon steel concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps. Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs. C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange pipe threaded. Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to 180 lbs. D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck. 3.06 PIPE AND DUCT COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 cDr t� L4-1y � v O HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division-23 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following: 1. Painted identification materials ,s-) 2. Plastic pipe markers `� 3. Plastic tape T=.5, 4. Valve tags C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified_,,as part of the equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ;v A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals. B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate nomenclature to be provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division-23 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. B. Painted Identification Materials: 1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade. 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors. C. Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation)with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4"wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2". 3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger(including insulation if any), provide either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height(and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). ts: Taped to pipe (or insulation)with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than .r t 1-1/2"wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3". Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands. rn 4,,c5z Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with o names as shown or specified. 5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic. D. Plastic Tape: 1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2"wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. E. Valve Tags: 1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2"diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers. 3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. F. Name Plates: 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters. 2. Lettering: r? a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. . .. . ; b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate. =` 3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive-backin or selid brass chain. :f ' 2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS ~ ' " A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in HVAC identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of HVAC systems and equipment. 1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12). PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements: 1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. B. Ductwork Identification: 1. Access Doors: Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. C. Piping System Identification: 1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color-coded painting of piping is provided. 2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures. d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. D. Valve Identification: 1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, and shut-off valves at terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures • and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. `Equipm@gt Identification: 1 ..•— c,, !tJ neral: Provide equipment identification for all equipment includin9 air handling units, .,: "terminal units, fans, pumps, boilers, heaters, control panels, heat exchangers, .-, condensing units, and chillers. 25" Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as designated by Owner. 3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive fixed name plates. b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe markers or stenciled lettering. END OF SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work is indicated by requirements of this section, and also by drawings and schedules, and is defined to include, but is not necessarily limited to, air distribution systems and associated equipment and apparatus of HVAC work. The work consists of setting speed and volume (including pulley changes as required) adjusting facilities provided for systems, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting repors, and recommending modifications to work as required by contract documents. B. Component types of testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this section- includes thy_„' following as applied to HVAC equipment: - 1. Air Systems: -v rn a. Ductwork Systems ' C b. Diffusers and Grilles N 2. Water Systems: a. HVAC Piping Systems C. The Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor shall provide a complete and operating HVAC system and shall cooperate with the balancing agency by: 1. Installing balancing dampers as required by the Drawings and Specifications and requested by the Testing and Balancing Contractor. 2. Putting complete system into operation during duration of balancing period. 3. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising immediately of any changes made to the system during construction. 4. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing corrections, such as dampers, belts, etc., as required without undue delay. 5. Providing complete submittal information for all HVAC equipment, complete with pertinent engineering information. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) - National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance. B. ASHRAE - HVAC Applications Handbook: Chapter 34, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. (Most recent edition). C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) - Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tester A firm with at least 3 years of successful testing, adjusting and balancing experience on projects with testing and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is not Installer of system to be tested and is otherwise independent of project. B. TAB Agency Qualification: Current membership in AABC or certification by NEBB or SMACNA. C. Test Equipment Criteria: The basic instrumentation requirements and accuracy/calibration required by AABC, National Standards or by NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems. D. All testing and balancing contractors are to be approved by the Design Professional before bidding. The contractors approved to date are: 1. Precision Test and Balance Clive, Iowa (515) 288-2332 2. Systems Management and Balancing Waukee, Iowa (515) 987-2825 3. River Place Technologies East Moline, Illinois (309) 796-0800 _i 4. Integrity Testing and Balancing `f Madrid, Iowa x-(515) 250-6055 I 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed. B. Do not proceed until work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. TAB Agency Qualifications: Submit names and qualifications of company officers and job supervisor. Submit list of proposed test equipment and sample report format indicating all measurements to be taken. These shall be submitted to and reviewed by Design Professional prior to commencing work. B. The test-and-balance report shall be complete with logs, data, and records as required herein. All logs, data, and records shall be typed on white bond paper and bound. The report shall be certified accurate and complete by the balancing agency's certified test-and-balance engineer. C. Three (3) copies of the test-and-balance report are required and shall be submitted to Design Professional. D. The report shall contain the required data in a format selected by Balancing Contractor. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Report shall include the following information: (For all references to "design", specific information from shop drawings shall be incorporated.) 1. Air Moving Equipment: a. Location b. Manufacturer and Model c. Supply, return and exhaust, air flow, design and actual d. Outside air flow, design and actual (where applicable) e. Inlet, discharge, and total static pressure, design and actual f. Fan RPM, design and actual g. Static pressure across the coil section with the face and bypass damper in both the face and bypass positions(where face and bypass dampers are provided). 2. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size and area c. Velocity and airflow, design and actual d. Duct static pressure e. Air temperature and correction factor(if applicable) 3. Air Terminal Unit Data: a. Identification/number and location b. Manufacturer and model y c. Size d. Minimum static pressure, design and actualC. e. Maximum air flows, design and actual fr=� 0 f. Minimum air flow, design and actual I up I ..t C'1 rn 4. Room Air Distribution Test Sheet: :{ -n '! a. Air terminal number ---.; `' b. Room number/location c. Terminal type and size d. Area factor e. Velocity, design and actual f. Air flow, design and actual g. Percent of design air flow h. Air outlet differential pressure(for underfloor plenums) 5. Terminal Unit Heating and Cooling Coil Data a. Identification/number b. Manufacturer and model c. Entering and leaving DB temperature, design and actual d. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual e. Water flow, design and actual f. Differential pressure across balancing valves. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original Installer for patching holes in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test instruments, attaching jibs, and similar purposes. 1. At Tester's option, plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in ductwork and housings. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with TAB work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Tester. Before initiating balancing work, Contractor shall verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following: 1. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Correct fan rotation. 7. Volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage has been minimized. 12. Hydronic systems have been flushed, filled, and vented. 13. Correct pump rotation. 14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 15. Service and balance valves are open. B. _Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and components, as indicated, in accordance with procedures outlined in applicable standards. C. Coordinate TAB procedures with any phased construction completion requirements for the project.: Systems serving completed phases of the project will require TAB for such phases prior to partial final inspections. D. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for TAB and submission of reports prior to partial final! inspections. E. Prepare report of test results, including instrumentation calibration reports, in format recommended by applicable standards. Draft report shall be sent to Design Professional for review prior to issuance to Owner. F. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, in manner recommended by original Installer. G. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of TAB work. Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials. H. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced; including, where necessary, modifications which exceed requirements of contract documents for HVAC work. I. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the air system in accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data): 1. Test, adjust and record all blower RPM at design requirements. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Make pitot tube transverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at all fans and blowers. 3. Test and record all system static pressures, suction and discharge. 4. Test and record entering and leaving air temperatures (DB and WB); all air units. 5. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return. 6. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register within 10% design requirements. 7. In reading and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers, include design velocity and final velocity, when required, and design CFM and final CFM after adjustments. 8. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. 9. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, set adjustments of all controllers to operate as specified, indicated and/or noted. 10. Flow Rate Tolerances: a. Applications which do not require differential pressure control: -10% to +10%. b. Applications which require differential pressure control: 1) Positive zones a) Supply air: 0 to +10% b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to-10% 2) Negative zones a) Supply air: 0 to-10% b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to+10% c. Minimum outside air: 0 to+10% 14. Coordinate locations of volume dampers with the mechanical contractor as required to balance the entire system. J. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the,,.water stem jn.. accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data):--;,c) . 1. Before setting pump capacities, check the following items: .71 a. Automatic fill valve setting and strainer b. Expansion tank level _rn • c. Cleanliness of system water d. Make certain all pump strainers are clean e. Check air vents at coils and high points of system .- 2. Measure circulating pump capacities by differential pressure measurements, amperage and brake horsepower method using the pump manufacturer's capacity curve. Position all automatic valves, hand valves and balancing cocks for full flow through coils, convertors, etc. during pump adjustment. Use only calibrated test gauges for pump adjustment; the use of pressure gauges installed with the system will not be allowed. Adjust triple duty valve as required to provide minimum differential pressure required for most remote automatic flow control valve. 3. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. 4. Balance system with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. For coils with 3-way control valves, set bypass balancing cock to provide total flow when control valve is in 100% bypass position equal to total flow when control valve is 100% open to coil. 5. Determine minimum differential pressure setpoint required to maintain flow at all water coils. Coordinate final setting with Temperature Control Contractor. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 6. Coordinate the setting of controls to maintain coil water inlet design temperatures, with coil valves positioned for full flow through coil during adjustment. Balance individual water coils at full flow to maintain temperature differential specified. 7. Mark settings of all balancing cocks at required positions. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. For automatic flow control valves: Record differential pressure and verify within operating range of valve. 8. Flow Rate Tolerances: a. Two-pipe system pumps and coils: -10% to +10% K. Where balancer has a question regarding appropriate system configuration for balancing, balancer should contact Design Professional for clarification. END OF SECTION 23 0593 Cr) 1:7( ) TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and cold surfaces of piping, ductwork, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section. B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conditioned Space: an area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled_ u• B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated;_ot_cooled, but is- adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e\t, , ceiljrig plenums). - -i1 7? C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and i not tempered. (e.g., attic spaces). D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above. B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of MICA/NIAC National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application. C. NFPA Compliance: Fire Barrier Duct Wrap systems shall meet requirements of NFPA 96 for grease duct application. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of HVAC insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each HVAC system requiring insulation. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of HVAC insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and HVAC damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulating Materials 1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell. 3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's-Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex B. Mastics arid adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.,02 PIR INSULATION A. Type 'A: -_Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor •--- barrier, allservice jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of.62 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL. 1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016"thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal toArmacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer. Exposed outdoor insulation to be finished with two coats of ArmacellArmaflex WB Finish protective coating. C. Type 'C': Preformed rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Mechanically fastened by wiring in place using 16 gauge wire on 9" centers and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. Suitable for operating temperatures +200 to +1200 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.42 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 200 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Owens-Corning Kaylo asbestos-free pipe insulation. D. Type 'D': Preformed rigid cellular glass insulation with factory applied self sealing jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures -200 to +900 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.29 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Pittsburgh Corning Foamglass with Pittwrap SS-II jacket. HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Type 'E': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation, absorbent hydrophilic wicking- cloth, and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with evaporation holes aligned with inner wicking fabric and pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 35 to +350 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Knauf Fiber Glass PermaWick. 2.03 FITTING INSULATION A. Type 'Al': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket. B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering. C. Type 'Cl': Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same material as pipe covering, wired in place and finished with a 1/4" layer of insulating cement. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as pipe covering, wired in place and finished with 1/4" layer of insulating cement. D. Type 'D1': Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same material as pipe covering, wired in place and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of the same insulating material as pipe covering, wired in place, and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. E. Type 'El': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered. Wrap'all fittings with PermaWick absorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all-service jacket or Psoto PermaWick- PVC jackets with factory punched evaporation holes. Valve bodies, strainer bodies,.flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe rgvering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket. Wrap all fittings with Perrr aWiok abfiorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all surface jacket or Proto PermaWick PVC jackets with-factory punched evaporation holes. 2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Type 'G': 1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing. 2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4" x 0.015" thick galvanized steel bands 18" on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12" centers and secure with speed washers. 3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure-sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure-sensitive joint sealing tape to match the jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. HVAC INSULATION 230700 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Type 'H': 1. Rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of +200 to +1200 deg. F. Equal to Owens-Corning Kaylo asbestos free block insulation. 2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be held in place with 3/4" x 0.015" thick galvanized steel bands 18" on center. 3. Insulation shall be finished with 1/2"thickness of insulating cement, in two coats. C. Type 'I': 1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of-40 to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation. 2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be installed using Armstrong 520 Adhesive. 3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish. 2.05 DUCT INSULATION A. Duct Covering: Certain-Teed Ultralite Duct Wrap with Foil Scrim Kraft vapor barrier facing, one (1) pound per cubic foot density. PART 3 71 EXEEt1TION 3:01 GFY,A(ERM 1k. - ase only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation. B. All piping shall be insulated unless specifically noted otherwise. Piping not noted in the table below shall be insulated with thicknesses matching ASHRAE 90.1 based on the fluid temperatures. ********NOTE: Not all services apply—refer to plans for scope of services. ************ 3.02 PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION Service Type Insulation and Thickness* Above Ground Piping Hot water heating lines, Type A and Al: supply and return, condenser water 1-1/4" and smaller- 1-1/2" thick for building heating 1-1/2"and larger-2"thick Type C and Cl: 1-1/4"and smaller—2-1/2"thick 1-1/2"to 6"—3" thick 8" and larger—4" thick * For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2" HVAC INSULATION 230700 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.03 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Do not insulate the following: 1. Valve bonnets 2. Unions in hot piping 3. TC valve operators 4. Hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinet. 5. Cold piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan. 6. Heating piping beyond control valve, located within heated space. 7. Condensate piping between steam trap and union. 8. Preinsulated expansion joints B. Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation. C. Covering for"cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers. D. Insulation at removable heads, manhole covers, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier. 3.04 DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION , A. Unless noted otherwise, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined, or covered 'e scheduled on plans. If type or thickness is not indicated, it shall be 1-1/2" covering, 3.05 DUCT COVERING INSTALLATION =,n • A. Inspect all ductwork and equipment before applying insulation to insure the insta,Itirt contractor) has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for applieation of insulation. - B. Covering shall be cut slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners. All insulation shall be adhered with edges tightly banded, and shall be adhered to duct with fire resistant adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces uniformly and firmly. C. In addition to the adhesive, the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of all ducts 18" or wider by means of grip nails and speed clips. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut off flush after the speed clips have been applied. The vapor barrier facing shall be thoroughly sealed with a vapor barrier mastic and tape where the pins have pierced through. D. Insulation for "cold" ducts and accessories shall pass unbroken through hangers, sleeves, fire dampers, flexible connectors, reheat coils, etc. as required to prevent condensation. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for ducts connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between ducts and hangers. Insulation Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with equipment suppliers as required to ensure continuous covering of unlined equipment components, i.e. VAV terminal unit supply collar, fan coil unit discharge, etc. HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Insulation at all access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier. END OF SECTION 23 07 00 • co 0 HVAC INSULATION 230700 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall move and modify existing DDC system components as noted on the plans. Graphics and airflow setpoints shall be updated. Existing control systems include Schneider Electric I/A series in 2nd floor NDS and Johnson Controls in the 15t floor lobby. B. The DDC system work shall result in a complete, fully functional, commissioned DDC system that meets the intent of this specification and the sequences of operation. This work shall inc'ude, but not be limited to the provision of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, softwareoftware' ;s ; licenses, software configurations and database entries, interfaces, wiring, tubing, irasallation, labeling, engineering, calibration, documentation, samples, submittals, testirig;; verification; training services, permits and licenses, transportation, shipping, handling,_ administration; supervision, management, insurance, temporary protection, cleaning, cutting,and patching; "_ warranties and services. C. The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians employed by DDC Contractor. DDC Contractor is responsible for all work performed by' their subcontractors. D. Manage and coordinate the DDC system work in a timely manner in consideration of the Project schedules. Coordinate cooperatively with the associated work of other trades so as to assist the progress and not impede or delay the work of associated trades. E. Provide support and coordination with Testing and Balancing (TAB) and Validation Contractors for all interfaces between controls and TAB/validation scope of work. Provide all devices, such as portable operator terminals for TAB use in completing TAB procedures. F. All interlocking, wiring and installation of control devices associated with the equipment listed below shall be provided under this contract. When the DDC system is fully installed and operational, DDC Contractor and representatives of Owner will review and check out the system. At that time, DDC Contractor shall demonstrate the operation of the system and prove that it complies with the intent of the drawings and specifications. G. All work performed under this section of the specifications will comply with all codes, laws and governing bodies. If the drawings and/or specifications are in conflict with governing codes, Contractor shall submit a proposal with appropriate modifications to the project to meet code restrictions. If this specification and associated drawings exceed governing code requirements, the specification will govern. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary construction permits and licenses. 1.03 WORK BY OTHERS A. The following incidental work shall be furnished by the designated under the supervision of the DDC Contractor. 1. HVAC Piping Contractor Shall: a. Install automatic valves that are specified to be supplied by DDC Contractor. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900 - 1 I City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 b. Install all pipe mounted DDC items including wells, paddle switches and differential pressure switches, including their isolation valves and associated tubing. 2. Sheet Metal Contractor Shall: a. Install all automatic dampers furnished by DDC Contractor. b. Provide necessary blank-off plates (safing) required to install dampers that are smaller than the duct size. c. Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkages and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper motors. d. Provide access door or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control equipment. e. Install airflow measuring stations. 3. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor: a. The installation of all line voltage power wiring by Division 26. 1.04 ELECTRIC WIRING A. - /}ll electric wiring and wiring connections required for the installation of the DDC system, as --�-y herein specified, shall be provided by DDC Contractor unless specifically shown on the electrical drawings or called for in the electrical specifications. Line voltage wiring which is the responsibility of DDC Contractor includes but is not limited to: power for unit mounted controllers and line voltage control devices, freezestat wiring, line voltage thermostats, and motor starter interlocks as required by sequence of operation. B. All control wiring in finished spaces is to be routed concealed in walls or above ceilings unless specifically noted otherwise. Concealed control wiring, where accessible, may be installed without conduit. All concealed control wiring which is not accessible shall be routed in blue conduit. Control wiring in unfinished spaces may be routed exposed but shall be in blue conduit. Wiring in ducts, plenums and other air handling spaces shall be specifically listed for the use. Installation shall comply with all code requirements. Note: All above ceiling spaces in this project are return air plenums. C. Wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical codes. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. All bidders must be DDC Contractors in the business of installing direct digital control building automation systems for a minimum of 3 years. B. The DDC system shall be provided by a single source manufacturer offering a full line of controls. This system shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by the manufacturers local factory owned branch office or the manufacturers locally authorized representative. DDC Contractor shall have factory trained technicians to provide instruction, routine maintenance, and emergency service within 48 hours upon receipt of request. C. Control system components shall be the manufacturer's latest standard of design at the time of bid and in conformance with the following applicable standards for products specified: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association, NEMA. 4. Underwriters Laboratory, UL (UL 916). 5. FCC Regulation, Part 15. Section 156. 6. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 7. Local building codes. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted for approval: 1. DDC Contractor shall submit schematic drawings for the entire control system for review and approval before work shall begin. Included in the submittal drawings shall be a one page diagram depicting the system architecture complete with a communications riser. Drawings shall include point-to-point wiring diagrams and must show all temperature controls, start-stop arrangement for each piece of equipment, equipment interlocks, wiring terminal numbers and any special connection information required for properly controlling the HVAC equipment. At a minimum, submit the following: a. Draft graphics for all areas affected by project. 1.07 PROTECTION OF SOFTWARE RIGHTS A. Prior to delivery of software, the Owner and the party providing the software will enter into a software license agreement with provisions for the following: 1. Limiting use of software to equipment provided under these specifications. 2. Limiting copying. 3. Preserving confidentiality. 4. Prohibiting transfer to a third party. 1.08 PRE-PROGRAMMNG DESIGN REVIEW MEETING A. Prior to starting programming, a design review meeting shall be scheduled with the Design Professional. The agenda of this meeting will be to discuss the design intent, review all systems requiring control, and answer any questions the Temperature Controls Contractor may have. PART 2- PRODUCTS 1,3 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as followsZ NM. C.) i r- 1. Johnson Controls, Inc.—Cedar Rapids Branch Office r. �- 2. Andover Controls Corp.—Control Installations of Iowa rn (11 3. Schneider Electric—Baker Group `711 -=- B. All control equipment shall be the product of one manufacturer. ;,, 2.02 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. General: Contractor shall provide updated graphics for the operator interface to reflect the new floor plans and equipment assignments. B. Web Interface 1. The system shall be capable of supporting clients using a standard web browser such as Internet ExplorerTM. Systems requiring additional software (to enable a standard Web browser) are not acceptable. 2. The web browser shall provide the same view of the system, in terms of graphics, schedules, calendars, logs, etc., and provide the same interface methodology as is provided by the graphical user interface. Systems that require different views or that require different means of interacting with objects such as schedules, or logs, shall not be permitted. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. The web browser client shall support at a minimum, the following functions: a. User log-on identification and password shall be required. Security using Java authentication and encryption techniques to prevent unauthorized access shall be implemented. b. Graphical screens developed for the operator interface shall be the same screens used for the web browser client Any animated graphical objects supported by the 01 shall be supported by the web browser interface. c. HTML programming shall not be required to display system graphics or data on a web page. HTML editing of the web page shall be allowed if the user desires a specific look or format. d. Real-time values displayed on a web page shall update automatically without requiring a manual"refresh"of the web page. e. Users shall have administrator-defined access privileges. f. The system shall provide the capability to specify a users home page. Provide the ability to limit a specific user to just their defined home page. From the home page links to other views, or pages in the system, shall be possible if allowed by ,::; the system administrator. 4 Graphic screens on the web browser client shall support hypertext links to other j locations on the Internet or on Intranet sites, by specifying the Uniform Resource ' . 5 Locator(URL) for the desired link. C. Dynamic Color Graphics: The system shall allow for the creation of user defined, color graphic displays forthe viewing of HVAC and electrical systems, or building schematics. These graphics shall contain point information from the database including any attributes associated with the point (engineering units, etc.). In addition operators shall be able to command equipment or change setpoints from a graphic through the use of the mouse. Requirements of the color graphic subsystem include: 1. Graphics shall be based on Scalar Vector Graphic (SVG)technology. 2. Values of real time attributes displayed on the graphics shall be dynamic and updated on the displays. 3. The graphic displays shall be able to display and provide animation based on real-time DDC data that is acquired, derived, or entered. 4. The user shall be able to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled equipment directly from the graphic display. 5. Provide a graphic editing tool that allows for the creation and editing of graphic files. It shall be possible to edit the graphics directly while they are on line, or at an off line location for later downloading to the controller. 6. DDC system shall be provided with a complete user expandable symbol library containing all of the basic symbols used to represent components of a typical DDC system. Implementing these symbols in a graphic shall involve dragging and dropping them from the library to the graphic. 7. The following list of graphics, at a minimum, shall be provided: a. Updated floor plans showing room numbers and temperature sensor locations are to be provided that will alarm when a room is off their respective zone temperature and set point. The floor plans shall also be linked to a screen to show the equipment serving that particular room/zone. b. Provide a graphic screen for each type of equipment connected to the DDC system. At a minimum, the following shall be visible from the 01: 1) VAV Boxes - discharge air temperature, zone temperature, set-point, airflow, damper position, reheat valve position INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Provide a project manager who shall, as a part of his duties, be responsible for the following activities: 1. Coordination between Contractor and all other trades, Owner, local authorities and the design team. 2. Scheduling of manpower, material delivery, equipment installation and checkout. 3. Maintenance of construction records such as project scheduling and manpower planning for project coordination and as-built drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION METHODS A. Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, rough-in drawings and equipment details. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable Division-26 sections of these specifications. B. The term "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit, and miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric or electronic control devices. C. Number-code or color-code conductors, excluding those used for individual zone controls, appropriately for future identification and servicing of control system. D. All line voltage power wiring required because of substitution of equipment specified:in ttti section, shall be provided by this section. 1 3.03 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE "71 ril A. General: The system installation shall be complete and tested for proper operation-ptior to":3 acceptance testing for the Owner's authorized representative. A letter shall be submitted 10 the Design Professional requesting system acceptance. This letter shall certify all controls are installed and the software programs have been completely exercised for proper equipment operation. Acceptance testing will commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10) calendar days of request. When the field test procedures have been demonstrated to the Owner's representative, the system will be accepted. The warranty period will start at this time. B. As-Built Documentation: After a successful acceptance demonstration, Contractor shall submit as-built drawings of the completed project for final approval. After receiving final approval, supply "3" complete 11 x 17 as-built drawing sets to the Owner. As-built sets printed using high resolution laser printer may be provided on 8-1/2" x 11"drawings. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit three copies of operation and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. An operator's manual which will include detailed instructions for all operations of the system. 2. An operator's reference table listing the addresses of all connected input points and output points. Settings shall be shown where applicable. 3. A programmer's manual which will include all information necessary to perform programming functions. 4. A language manual which will include a detailed description of the language used and all routines used by the system. 5. Flow charts of the overall system configuration. 6. Complete program listing file and parameter listing file for all programs. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230900 - 5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 7. A copy of the warranty. 8. Operating and maintenance cautions and instructions. D. Upon completion of project, DDC Contractor shall adjust and validate all thermostats, controllers, valves, damper operators, relays, instruments and devices provided under this section in conjunction and coordinated with Section 23 0593-Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC. 3.04 TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide to the Design Professional a training class outline prior to any scheduled training. B. Training sessions shall be provided for the Owner's personnel by factory trained control engineers and technicians. Refer to Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions for minimum times. C. The course shall include instruction on specific systems and instructions for operating the installed system to include as a minimum: 1. HVAC System overview. 2. Operation of Control System. 3. Function of each Component. 4. System Operating Procedures. 5. Programming Procedures. 6. Maintenance Procedures. 3.05 WARRANTY -A. 'Warranty: The control system shall be warranted to be free from defects in both material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year of normal use and service, with the exception of control *Yes-with a five (5) year warranty. This warranty shall become effective the date the owner accepts the system. END OF SECTION 23 09 00 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and erect low pressure ductwork as required by the drawings and this section. B. Low pressure ductwork shall apply to the following: 1. Supply: Downstream of terminal units, less than 1" static pressure. 2. Return: Upstream of terminal units, less than 1"static pressure. 3. Exhaust: Upstream of terminal units, less than 1"static pressure. 4. Transfer& Combustion: Less than 1" static pressure. 5. Outdoor& Relief: Upstream/Downstream of unit, less than 1" static pressure. 6. Laundry Vent: Downstream of dryer, less than 1" static pressure. C. High velocity ductwork shall apply to the following: �n 1. Supply &Ventilation: Upstream of terminal units, less than 6" static pressure_ 2. Return: Downstream of terminal units, less than 6" statte,pressure. r 3. Exhaust: Downstream of terminal units, less than 6" statijaresstYe. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conditioned Space: An area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled. 7-3 B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling plenums). C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not tempered (e.g., attic spaces). D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Duct and plenum construction, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supporting and hanging and other sheet metal work as called for shall be in accordance with the following standards: 1. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards", Second Edition 1995, by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). METAL DUCTS 2331 13- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Low pressure ductwork shall conform to the following SMACNA pressure classifications. Refer to plans for ductwork designations. Supply & Relief-Rectangular 1" positive Supply & Relief—Round 2" positive Return & Outdoor-Rectangular 1" negative Return & Outdoor-Round 2" negative Exhaust, Rectangular 1" negative Exhaust, Round 2" negative Transfer&Combustion Air— Rectangular 1" positive Transfer& Combustion Air— Round 2" positive Laundry Vent—Round 1" positive C. High velocity ductwork shall conform to the following SMACNA pressure classifications. Supply &Ventilation-Rectangular 6" positive Supply &Ventilation-Round 6" positive Return- Rectangular 6" negative Return - Round 6" negative Exhaust-Rectangular 6" negative Exhaust-Round 6" negative D. NFPA Compliance: All liner and covering materials shall have maximum UL Flame Spread Index of,'25, and maximum Smoke Developed Index of 50, and shall meet all requirements of NFPA-90A:. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit 1/4 scale shop fabrication shop drawings. 2. Submit shop drawings of elbows and fittings showing static pressure loss charted for air quantities involved in each. B. Two copies of duct leak testing results. C. Submit weld sample, welding information, and welders' certification for weld stainless steel ductwork. Submittal to include the following information: 1. Welder name(s): 2. Certification: 3. Metal type and gauge: 4. Joint preparation: 5. Welding process: 6. Equipment utilized: 7. Filler specifications: 8. Shield gas: D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 90A: Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. B. Underwriter's Laboratories, UL 181: Factory-Made Duct Materials and Air Duct Connections. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect shop-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. 1. Stored materials subject to rejection due to damage. B. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. All sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality resquared tight coat galvanized steel, except where other type material is specified. Manufacturer's name and U.S. gauge number shall appear on each sheet. B. Duct Lining Materials 1. Certain-Teed r_� p- y 2. Owens Corning Fiberglass 3. Johns-Manville 4. PPG -C� -v o 5. Knauf CD=:; 2.02 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK—LOW VELOCITY ..� A. General: Provide factory-fabricated or shop fabricated duct and fittings. B. Materials: Galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A527, lockforming quality, with ANSI/ASTM A525, G90 zinc coatings, mill phosphatized. C. Gauge: Comply with code requirements for minimum gauge thickness for various sizes. D. Fittings: 1. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not less than duct 1.0 times the width (diameter), where space conditions will not permit this radius or where indicated on drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used. 2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be minimum 1:3. METAL DUCTS 2331 13-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh Lock or snaplock equal per SMACNA. Lateral seams shall be slip drive or standing. Slip seams and sheet metal screws not permitted. 2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK—HIGH VELOCITY A. Single-Wall Ducts: Spiral-wound, zinc-coated steel with individual formed steel tees and elbows. 1. Single-Wall Round Duct Gauges: Minimum USS Gauge Duct Diameter(Inches) Spiral Lock Seam Up to 8 26 9 to 22 24 23 to 36 22 37 to 50 20 51 to 60 18 61 and Over 16 2. Single-Wall Oval Duct Gauges, Factory-Made with Spiral Lock Seams: Maximum Width Minimum in Inches USS Gauge Reinforcement Longitudinal Centers Up to 10 24 None -r- t L.-1 1 to 20 22 4 foot centers tI or >21 to 40 18 2 x 2 x 1/8 angle 2.5 foot centers I--41to72 16 2 x 2 x 3/16 angle 2 foot centers Crl B. Flexible'TDUctwork, Insulated: Suitable for -20°F to 220°F temperature range and minimum 12 inches w.c.working pressure. 1.� Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Flexmaster: Type 3 b. Genflex: IHPL (1-1/2"thick insulation) c. Thermaflex: M-KC (1-1/2"thick insulation) 2. Inner Liner: Glass fiber, PVC coating, factory-clinched in cold-rolled galvanized steel spiral, or with spiral wire permanently bonded to fabric, UL listed, complying with NFPA 90. 3. Outer Jacket: 1-1/2"thick, 3/4 lb. fibrous glass, with flame-resistant PVC vapor barrier. C. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed, fabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 24 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal frame, air tight gasket equal to United McGill AOBXFDDC. D. Fabrication 1. Directional Change: a. Construct tees, bends, and elbows with radius minimum 1.0 times width of duct on center line. 2. Size Change: a. Increase and decrease duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15°, unless otherwise noted on Drawings. METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Seams and Joints: In accordance with SMACNA standards. a. Rigidly construct metal ducts with joints mechanically tight, substantially airtight, braced and stiffened so not to breathe, rattle, vibrate or sag. b. Where spiral ductwork is exposed, assemble duct to duct joints with spiral seam following continuous helicoid pattern across joints. 2.04 PLENUMS A. Plenums shall be fabricated of same material as duct connecting to plenum; shall be two metal gauges heavier than gauge of largest duct connecting to plenum. 2.05 DUCT SEALING—LOW VELOCITY A. All joints in low pressure duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or DuctMate ProSeal. Apply and install joint sealer per manufacturer's recommendations. In general, apply to male end of coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint and screws with a 2" to 3" wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant. Sealant as manufactured by Minnesota Mining No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered equal. B. Alternate Sealing System: 1. Transverse duct joints may be made with the Ductmate System or an approved equal. 2. The installation of the Ductmate System shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruction and installation manuals. a 3. The standard Ductmate System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA"J'conneetlbn. The' Ductmate-JR System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "E" connectt&-.. -Cortgructipn of the duct, such as gauge, reinforcing, etc. shall be as indicated in the-addendum to tht•', SMACNA manuals as provided by the manufacturer and as tested by Pittsburgh resting._v, Laboratory. _ C. Duct Sealing Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class C. 2.06 DUCT SEALING-HIGH VELOCITY A. All joints in low pressure duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or Ductmate ProSeal. Apply and install joint sealer per manufacturer's recommendations. In general, apply to male end of coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint and screws with a 2" to 3" wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant. Sealant as manufactured by Minnesota Mining No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered equal. B. Alternate Sealing System: 1. Transverse duct joints may be made with the Ductmate System or an approved equal. 2. The installation of the Ductmate System shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruction and installation manuals. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. The standard Ductmate System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA"J" connection. The Ductmate-JR System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "E" connection. Construction of the duct, such as gauge, reinforcing, etc. shall be as indicated in the addendum to the SMACNA manuals as provided by the manufacturer and as tested by Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory. C. Duct Sealing Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class A. 2.07 DUCT LINER A. Lining materials shall be Type 'A' Duct Liner, Certain-Teed Coated Ultralite 150, one and one half (1 1/2) pounds per cubic foot density. B. Unless noted otherwise, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined or covered as scheduled on plans. If type or thickness is not indicated, it shall be 1-1/2" covering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve airtight and quiet systems, capable of performing each indicated service. 1. Install each run with minimum joints. 2. Align ductwork accurately at connections and with internal surfaces smooth. 3. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will c hold ducts true-to-shape and prevent buckling and vibration. cry B. —Ducts shall be installed following essentially lines indicated on drawings, install offsets, angles Land transitions as may be required to avoid interferences with other work. Maintain full capacity of 1.0 ducts at-offsets, angles and transitions except where drawings indicate use of reducing or Increasing transitions. 1. General: Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach hangers to structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam clamps or other approved means. r-+ Rubber in-shear isolators shall be installed in hangers for all ducts in equipment rooms, to prevent vibration transmission to the structure. C. Install hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards general locations: 1. Install hangers close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, clinch collar branch connections and the first branch elbows after nested splits. 2. Locate hangers of duct penetrating walls or partitions as though the walls will contribute no support to the duct. 3. Install hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of duct. 4. Maintain hanger spacing intervals less than, equal to, but not greater than the specified maximums. 5. Install hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal vaned square elbows. On wide vaned square elbows, install additional hangers at maximum allowable intervals or less measured along the heel lines of the elbows. 6. Provide a set of hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal radius elbows. Install one or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the inside and outside arcs of large radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 7. Provide at least one set of hangers for short duct branches 3 feet or less in length. 8. Provide each duct riser with a minimum of two supports completely spanning the shaft opening at each floor. One pair of supports may be used to support more than one duct riser, provided that the strength of the supports is increased appropriately and proper additional supplementary steel is used at the extra risers. 9. Support duct risers, located between floors that are more than 15 feet high, at each floor and halfway points between floors. The distance between intermediate supports on very high floors should not exceed 12 feet. Intermediate hangers may be supported from an adjacent wall or hung by rods from supports on the floor above. 10. Provide one or more sets of hangers for equipment in duct runs such as heating coils, heat pumps, etc., as recommended by their manufacturers. D. Locate duct hangers approximately: 1. 2 to 24 inches from the outlets or flexible connects of VAV control units or mixing boxes. 2. 12 to 36 inches from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch ducts. 3. 2 to 12 inches from the ends of all branch ducts and linear diffuser plenums. 4. 2 to 24 inches from fire damper breakaway joints. 5. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of..tie lower elbow of short vertical offsets made with vaned square elbows. The width refers to•the dimension of the elbow in the plane of the turn. -� 6. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline-of.•the tieftom and top elbows of vaned square elbow offsets over 8 feet high. -, , - • 7. One-eighth of the arc in from the ends of bottom and top radius elbows:of-vertical offsets longer than 8 feet. Short vertical offsets require hangers at the bottom:elbow. :Likewise, sloping offsets need at least one set of hangers at their lower radius elbow. 8. 6 to 12 inches from transverse joints of ducts whose lengths are the same as specified hanger intervals. 9. 6 to 12 inches from one side of walls or partitions penetrated by ducts. E. Maximum permitted hanger spacing: 1. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet may have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart. 2. Ducts with areas 4.1 to 10 square feet may have their hangers spaced not more than 6 feet apart. 3. Ducts with areas over 10 square feet may have their hangers located up to 4 feet apart. F. Provide and install locking manual volume dampers in all duct systems as required for controlling air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and inlets. Provide and install additional volume dampers as required by Testing and Balancing Contractor for balancing of system. G. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct linings. METAL DUCTS 233113 -7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 H. Install as indicated on the drawings all duct mounted equipment as specified in other sections. Install eccentric reducers with tops of both duct sizes flush to maintain maximum ceiling space below ducts. J. Openings: 1. Provide in ductwork to accommodate access doors; temperature control components and fire dampers. 2. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment: reheat coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, smoke and fire dampers. 3. Provide pitot tube openings for testing of systems, complete with metal cap, with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. 4. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation materials inside metal collar. K. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. L. Connections: 1. Connect duct to equipment with flexible fabric, sheet metal clips, screws and washers. c•3 At each point where ducts pass through partitions, provide sleeve with space between . duct and sleeve packed with insulation and sealed. Pit a_ )- M. Where'iticts pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, seal openings in accordance with Specification Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC. 3,02 DUCT LINER APPLICATION A. Apply duct liner with coated or surface designed to be exposed facing the air stream and adhered with 100% coverage of fire retardant adhesive. When width exceeds 12" or height exceeds 24", additionally secure liner with mechanical fasteners spaced 12" maximum centers. Fasteners shall start within 3" of leading edge of traverse joints. Coat all exposed joints and edges of traverse joints with a fire retardant adhesive. B. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct lining. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: 1. Clean ductwork internally, as it is installed, of dust and debris. 2. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or where ductwork is to be painted. B. Temporary Closure: 1. At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation or that are on-site but not yet installed, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering until time connections are to be completed. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.04 DUCT LEAK TESTING—HIGH VELOCITY A. Tappable and Fume Hood Exhaust Ducts: 1. Testing shall be done before any exterior insulation is applied. 2. Fume hood and tappable exhaust ducts are intended to be virtually without leakage within the building. 3. Each exhaust system shall be capped at all inlet points and at the point of discharge to atmosphere. Fans, dampers and flexible connections shall be included in the testing. 4. Each duct system shall be pressurized to 7 inch water column and shall exhibit a leakage rate of less than 4 cfm regardless of system size or design flow rate. 5. Where several ducts discharge into a large collection duct, the collection duct and each individual exhaust duct may be treated as separate duct systems. B. HVAC Supply and Exhaust Ducts: 1. The system shall be leak tested at the design operating pressure with a total leakage not to exceed 2% of the total design cfm for the system. 2. Carefully seal off all openings (except one for connecting the test equipment) to the riser or run-out section to be tested. 3. Follow the recommendations of the manufacturer of the duct seal to allow for adequate cure time for sealer. 4. Connect test blower, calibrated orifice tube and manometers to the system in accordance with the test equipment manufacturer's recommendations. 5. When the specified test pressure is reached, allow the blower to run for one minute to make sure that the pressure is stabilized. 6. When the pressure is holding steady, measure the air flowing through the orifice tube assembly. 3.05 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE—LOW VELOCITY AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL C J Grl HVAC Supply, Return Steel, Galvanized —i �� ...Y,z4 General Exhaust —!C7 �p 3.06 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE—HIGH VELOCITY :< Cr -vrri AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL r� HVAC Supply, Return, and Steel, Galvanized (In General Exhaust END OF SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 2331 13 -9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 I C) Qy: THIS PAGE t— rn u INTENTIONALLY C'. 17..<1: LEFT BLANK METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 - 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of duct accessories is indicated on drawings and by the requirements of this section. B. Types of duct accessories required for project include the following: 1. Fire and Smoke Dampers Sound Attenuators 3. Louvers 4. Volume Dampers/Regulators 5. Flexible Ducts 6. Access Doors Wic--? e- "! 7. Control Dampers 1a� t 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE -v A. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) "Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide". B. Industry Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to construction of duct accessories, except as otherwise indicated. C. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories(UL) Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers". D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI/NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of duct accessories. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications for each type of duct accessory, including dimensions, capacities, and materials of construction; and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings for each type of duct accessory showing interfacing requirements with ductwork, and method of fastening or support. C. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for each type of duct accessory; include this data in Maintenance Manual. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flexible ductwork equal to one of the following: 1. Semco 2. Wiremold 3. Thermaflex 4. Valuflex 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS A. Manual Volume Dampers: Fabricated of same material as ducts, two metal gauges heavier than I duct and hammered 1"all around, mounted on 3/8" square rod with saw slot position indicator. 1. Provide end bearings with gasket-Young Regulator Co. Model 666-FD or equal by Elgin. B. Manual Volume Damper Regulators: 1. Accessible areas: Provide locking position regulator with gasket and handle - Young Regulator Co. Model 403-FD or equal by Elgin. 2. Inaccessible areas: Provide concealed manual volume damper regulators with cover plate and gear assembly -Young Regulator Co. Model 315 or equal by Elgin. • C. Air Turns; lgin "Air-Tite"or equal shop fabricated. D Flexible.Duct Connection: 30 ounce woven glass fiber, double neoprene coated, fire retardant, waterproof and air tight, suitable for temperatures to 250 deg. F, UL approved. Ventfabric, Inc. "\lgntglass". E. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed, fabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 24 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal frame, air tight gasket and two Young Regulator Company No. 1330 latches, or equal by Elgin. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT A. Flexible duct shall be factory pre-insulated, consisting of vinyl coated spring steel wire helix bonded to vinyl coated fiberglass mesh screen, having one (1) inch nominal fiberglass insulation and vinyl impregnated closely woven fiberglass vapor barrier. Basis of Design: Semco, Type Al. B. Composite assembly shall meet Class I requirements of NFPA-90A and shall be UL listed for flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating of not more than 50. Assembly shall meet the requirements of UL-181. C. Where flexible duct is allowed, it shall be connected to metal ducts, terminal units and diffusers with Panduit, Tylon or equal tool installed nylon clamps. D. Maximum length of flexible duct connections from metal duct to terminal units and grilles, registers and diffusers shall be not greater than 72". All duct turns greater than 45 deg. shall be rigid elbows. E. Wherever ductwork is routed exposed, flexible ductwork is not acceptable. All exposed ductwork 1 to be rigid. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which duct accessories will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. B. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter. C. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of duct accessories properly with other work. D. Field Quality Control: Operate installed duct accessories to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance. END OF SECTION 23 33 00 R-•W... — rfl • N n AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 THIS PAGE c'e3 INTENTIONALLY r LEFT BLANK .�� Ci • , 4L„ LSI CD tl-a "^ �w1 I I AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the installation of grilles, registers and diffusers as per the schedules on the drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. B. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. r PART 2- PRODUCTS J . 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers -2 1. Carnes la 2. Titus N 3. E.H. Price (.5-1 4. Metal Aire 5. Krueger 6. Nailor 2.02 Diffusers, registers, and grilles shall be of the type and style as scheduled. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 Install wall mounted grilles and registers plumb and level and flush to surface. Locations may be altered slightly, as acceptable to the Design Professional, so as to fit masonry portions of the structure. 3.02 In grid panel type ceilings, lay-in metal pan, acoustical, etc., grilles, registers and diffusers shall be located in the center of the panel. 3.03 Coordinate locations of ceiling diffusers and registers with Design Professional's reflected ceiling plan. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Design Professional for determination of final location. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3.04 Adjust blow pattern as indicated on plans and as scheduled, prior to balancing. END OF SECTION 23 37 13 I r•'1 r-) .mo=w •73 rn u-- __1 N I DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 23 82 33 CONVECTORS AND RADIANT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install terminal units as required by the drawings and this section. B. This section includes the following: 1. Finned Tube Radiation and Convectors 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the equipment, to include color charts, dimensions, wiring diagrams, performance data and other descriptive data necessary to describe fully the equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ra A. Finned Tube Radiation and Convectors 1. Vulcan �, rima„1.,, 2. Trane Co., Inc. 3. Airthermrirri 4. American Air Filter 5. Rittling rti =a: 6. Sterling Radiator 7. Ted Reed Thermal - 8. Dunham Bush CT' 2.02 CONVECTORS AND FINNED TUBE RADIATION A. Units shall have capacities and ratings and shall be of arrangement as scheduled on the drawings. B. Units shall be furnished complete with coils and enclosures as required to make complete functioning units. C. Units to be installed in finished areas to be furnished with bonderized, phosphatized, flow-coated baked-on primer with spray applied baked-on enamels in color as selected by Design Professional. D. Coils shall consist of seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. Maximum working pressure 125 psig and test pressure of 300 psig. CONVECTORS AND RADIANT HEATERS 238233 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 Install units and make piping connection as indicated on drawings. 3.02 Install shut-off cocks, balancing cocks, air vents, control valves and devices as required for complete installation. 3.03 All fin tube enclosures five feet long or greater to be provided with control valve access panel. 3.04 Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring. A. Verify that wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. B. Existing control valve from removed finned tube will be reused. END OF SECTION 23 82 33 I I rD Cr; isj 9 �Y E1 :2_ t.+ CONVECTORS AND RADIANT HEATERS 23 82 33 -2 to-) r I C) çfl S- DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL cr) s-r.* I iraFood Ui Blank Page >. eszarsias 1.17 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 00 10 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work shall include furnishing of all systems, equipment and material specified in this division and as called for on the electrical drawings, to include supervision, operations, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete electrical installation. B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Code 2. National Fire Protection Association 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 4. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 5. International Building Code 6. Occupational Safety and Health Act 7. Iowa Administrative Code . � . 8. NECA Standards 9. Americans With Disabilities Act(ADA) '. B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS &FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. He shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the electrical work including State of Iowa Electrical Inspections. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility. C. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges associated with new service. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. The electrical drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only. Contractor shall examine construction drawings to become familiar with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations. B. Drawings for the electrical work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of conduits and raceway so as to best fit the layout of the work. D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as couplings, pull or splice boxes may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications or where they are required for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. ,Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to beginning,work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. C. When acti'e services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authoritieswith jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside conduit to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. Refer to Division 09 for painting protection. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the contractor to work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Electrical Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. 1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Conduits and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and conduit or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduit or sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. p .01 B. Existing Structure: 1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch paintirig. ra the'Dexistin " structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and_SUpports:. as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approvacof the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, powert2,ws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required. E. Conduits and wireways passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and conduits, sleeves and/or wireways, shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduits, sleeves and/or wireways pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk. - F. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and conduit shall be sealed with modular mechanical rubber links tightened with bolts as made by Thunderline Corporation, Wayne, Michigan 48184. Waterproofing of conduit penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for underground wiring and conduit, and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the conduit. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary. 1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same system, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. `The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, -controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function,as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when tequired shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 4:-12 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other sci rnittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. E. Submit required information on the following items: CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL 0&M DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES) Raceway and Boxes 26 05 33 for Electrical Systems X X 26 27 26 Wiring Devices X X 26 27 26 Occupancy Sensors X X X X 26 28 15 Motor and Service X X Disconnects 26 28 16 Enclosed Switches X X X and Circuit Breakers 26 50 00 Lighting X X X NOTES: 1. Provide preliminary report; refer to specification section for requirements. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL .a'' FOR '� ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) ••- (LOCATION) -� (DATE) �''`` SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. C. Items to be included shall be those listed in shop drawing section. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. B. Contractor shall test the electrical grounding system resistance in accordance with Specification Section 26 05 26 — Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems and submit a report to Design Professional stating the results. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Prior to acceptance of the electrical installation, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Owner, or his designated representatives, all essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. Owner instruction shall be provided for the following systems: Sections Description Hrs. on Site Hrs. off Site Presented By Others Present Remarks 26 27 26 Building Lighting Controls 2 Contractor 1,2,3 26 50 00 REMARKS: 1. Perform complete system test at time of instruction. 2. Contractor shall be present for the initial 2 hour session. 3. Owner could have up to 12 in attendance. D. Contractor shall submit to the Design Professional a certificate signed by the Owner stating the date, time, and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: ["-i I v rper MC C i I I ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: NAMES DATE HOURS II u+ 7 � r E. Acknowledgement of demonstration: N Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: signature date ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 -7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.17 GUARANTEE A. The entire electrical system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties. 1.18 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to Contractor signed by the Owner and Contractor, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Contract Change Order. B. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. A Change Order in excess of $300.00 shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures. D. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself that the change has been properly authorized in behalf of the Owner. 1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the electrical work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition. C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 ACCESS DOORS A. When the Electrical Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, the Electrical Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or Nystrom APWB or type for the specific construction involved. B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. C. Construction: 1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs. • " 6 END OF SECTION 26 00 10rn - !s m ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 rr) c'7 -. •• cn THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following: 1. Demolition. c ) ; PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed pm the site unless otherwise specified. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation. Report discrepancies to Owner before disturbing existing installation. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. C. Existing Electrical Services: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner at least 24 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. E. Existing Telephone System: Maintain existing system in service. Unless noted otherwise, all work associated with telephone system to be by Owner's Telecommunications Supplier. Contractor to coordinate timing and extent of demolition required. 3.04 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section. B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified. C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. G. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories. H. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. J. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. 3.05 FLUORESCENT LAMP AND BALLAST DISPOSAL A. Unless noted otherwise, all existing fluorescent lamps and ballasts within light fixtures to be removed shall be assumed to contain mercury and PCB's respectively. These items need to be disposed of by a mercury and PCB Disposal Contractor. who shall be a subcontractor to Electrical Contractor. This Disposal Contractor shall have all local, state, and federal authorization for handling, transporting, and processing these materials. Disposal Contractor shall have pollution insurance and shall generate a Certificate of Disposal. Ballasts and all contaminated materials shall be incinerated. Lamps shall be recycled. 3.06 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Electrical Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: 1. General Contractor will remove any bases, floor fill, wall work and footings; neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Mechanical Contractor will disconnect all mechanical services and remove pipe back to behind finish surfaces, close and cap ends of pipe. 3.07 OWNER'S RIGHT OF SALVAGE A. Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 • �.-C) -c7 -T- .. N COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 cv cv, C) cam- I - �— v N THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK • COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install all wiring systems. B. This section describes the basic materials and methods of installation for general wiring systems of 600 volts and less. Wiring for a higher voltage rating, if required, shall be as specified in other sections or called for on the drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wire, cable and connectors. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards pertaining to wire, cable and connectors. C. UL Labels: Provide electrical wires, cables and connectors which have been UL-listed and labeled. `-' D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable. ' y E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM standards pertainingto'construction_-; of wire and cable. F. The materials used for wiring systems shall be the products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE A. All wire and cable for power, lighting, control and signal circuits shall have copper conductors of not less than 98% conductivity and shall be insulated to 600 V. Conductor sizes #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid, conductor sizes#8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. B. Minimum size conductors shall be#12 AWG for power and lighting. C. Type of wire and cable for various applications shall be as follows: 1. Type THWN, or XHHW (75 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders in wet and dry locations. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Type THHN, or XHHW(90 deg. C) -use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders in dry locations only. Use where lighting branch circuit conductors are routed through fluorescent fixture channels. 3. Type MTW, wet and dry locations - use for low voltage signal and control circuits operating at 25 volts or less. 4. Type UF - use where permitted by other sections or by the drawings for underground burial branch circuits. D. For all vibration type installations (i.e. motors, etc), provide stranded type conductors. 2.02 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. Wiring systems shall be color coded. Conductor insulation shall be colored in sizes up through #8 AWG, conductors #6 AWG and larger shall have black insulation and shall be phase color c'aded with one-half inch band of colored tape at all junctions and terminations. Colors shall be assigned to each conductor as described below and carried throughout all main and branch circuit distribution. When necessary to use tape, use colored tape on black wire. Do not use Fcgored-;tape on colored wire. 120/208V.Y Phase-'A'Conductor Black P,hase'B' Conductor Red Phase'C' Conductor Blue Neutral Conductor White Grounding Conductor Green 2.03 CONNECTORS A. In-line splices and taps for conductor sizes #8 AWG and smaller, use 3M Co. "Scotchlock" vinyl insulated spring connectors, or equal Ideal "wingnut" or Thomas & Betts. Wago wire nuts are also acceptable. B. Connectors for conductors No. 6 and larger shall be of compression or split-bolt types, National Electric, Thomas & Betts, Blackburn or Burndy mechanical connectors. Fill connector voids with electrical insulation putty, follow with 3-M Scotch tape#33, minimum 2 layers. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Wire shall not be installed in the conduit system until the building is enclosed and masonry work is completed. B. Conduit shall be swabbed free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wiring. Pull mouse through conduits prior to pulling conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All cable for major feeders shall be continuous from origin to termination, unless otherwise indicated. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Splices in branch circuit wires shall be made only in accessible junction boxes. C. All power feeder cable shall be pulled with the use of approved pulling compound or powder. Compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope which cannot damage raceway. E. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and follow surface contours, where possible. F. Keep conductor splices to a minimum. G. The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependant on service connections such as lamp holders, receptacles, etc., where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity. H. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system. I. All branch circuits shall have dedicated neutrals. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energizing system, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry, and also for short circuits. Correct malfunctions when detected. B. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 -11coroaaM 2 < r -4 C� rr CD 2 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 cN.J c") iL ;:: 7—C) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by drawings and shall comply with NEC. B. Applications of grounding work in this section include the following: 1. Service equipment. 2. Enclosures. 3. Equipment. C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in these specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to materials and inst_a11ption,of.- electrical grounding systems, associated equipment and wiring. Provide gronding products'" which are UL-listed and labeled. : B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards No's. '467 art 869,.. pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding. C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241 pertaining to electrical grounding. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Materials and Components 1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated; with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs), grounding rods/electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where more than one type unit meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated. 2. Raceways: Provide raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division 26, Section 26 05 33—Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to NEC. 4. Bonding Plates, Connectors, Terminals and Clamps: Provide electrical bonding plates, connectors, terminals, lugs and clamps as recommended by bonding plate, connector, terminal and clamp manufacturers for indicated applications. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable portions of NEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions. B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding system with other work. C. Install clamp-on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity. D. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system sized as required by the NEC. -_N Wo END OF SECTION 26 05 26 cr Cz= C) t.n c-+ GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, labor and supervision as necessary to provide hangers and supports for conduit, fixtures and equipment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical supporting devices. B. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std. Pub. No. FB 1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies". C. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and equipment mounting. D. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and labeled. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES 1 A. General: Provide supporting devices; complying with manufacturer's standard materials; design-; and construction in accordance with published product information, and as -requited for a• complete installation; and as herein specified. Where more than one typerierilevi,d3 meets- indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. B. Conduit Cable Supports: Provide cable supports with insulating wedging plug for.non--armored.. type electrical cables in risers; construct for rigid metal conduit; type wire as indicated; construct body of malleable iron casting with hot dip galvanized finish. - :, C. U-Channel Strut Systems: Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 16-guage hot dip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with standard green finish, and with the following fittings which mate and match with U-channel: 1. Fixture hangers. 2. Channel hangers. 3. End caps. 4. Beam clamps. 5. Wiring stud. 6. Thinwall conduit clamps. 7. Rigid conduit clamps. 8. Conduit hangers. 9. U-bolts. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide channel systems of one of the following: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Thomas & Betts, Superstrut 3. Unistrut Div.; Tyco International 4. Globestrut PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply with requirements. B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of supporting devices with other work. c C. Conduit hangers and support devices shall be approved type for the method of supporting required. All hangers and supports shall have galvanized finish or other approved corrosion resistance-finish. In general, hangers and supports shall be as follows: ._ 1. i Where single or multiple run of conduit is routed on surface of structure; use conduit clamps mounted on U-channel strut so as to maintain not less than 1" clearance between x • _ conduit and structure. Lrn 2. N Where single run of conduit is suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamp suspended by 3/8"steel drop rod. 3. Where multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamps uniformly spaced and supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of U-channel strut, suspended by not less than two steel drop rods. 4. Where circuit voltage is above 600 volts, conduit clamps shall be provided with insulating bushings of dielectric strength as required. 5. Where conduit is buried in concrete floor topping; anchor conduit to structural floor with one hole jiffy clamps. 6. Maximum hanger and support spacing shall be in accordance with NEC. D. Hangers and supports shall be anchored to structure as follows: 1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete, use malleable iron or steel concrete inserts attached to concrete forms. 2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete, use self-drilling expansion shields. Expansion shields may be used where concrete inserts have been missed or additional support is required in poured concrete. 3. Hanger or supports anchored to structural steel, use beam clamps and/or steel channels as required by structural system. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 4. Hangers or supports anchored to metal deck, use spring clips or approved welding pins. Maximum permissible load on each hanger shall not exceed 50 pounds. 5. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls. 6. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. E. The following is not permitted: 1. Attaching supports and hangers to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Use of powder-actuated anchors. 3. Drilling of structural steel members. F. Fixtures on plastered or acoustical ceilings shall not be supported directly on ceiling tile. Provide metal bar hangers or U-channel strut attached to ceiling supports. G. Where disconnect switches and panels cannot be mounted on wall, provide support racks fabricated of structural steel or U-channel strut. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 r-a cn re -Cr M ;ate {V HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 (Ns M �t 9 j�— THIS PAGE cY -L INTENTIONALLY L' �-a LEFT BLANK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete conduit systems. B. Conduit systems shall be provided for all wiring, except where the drawings or other sections of the specifications indicate that certain wiring may be installed in cable trays, surface raceway, underfloor raceway, wireways and/or auxiliary gutters. C. Types of raceways in this section include the following: 1. Electrical metallic tubing. 2. Flexible metal conduit. 3. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. 4. Surface metal raceways. 5. Overhead metal raceways. D. Provide factory painted red conduit for fire alarm system. E. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install- glectrical boxes and fittings as required by drawings and specifications. F. Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following: }f � 1. Outlet boxes. =tin C-n `3:3 rn 2. Junction boxes. 3. Pull boxes. —: G. Telecommunications Raceway Requirements: 1. The term "telecommunications" includes all low voltage technology systems including voice and data, access control, video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bells and/or clock systems. The term does not include fire alarm system, which is addressed separately in the plans and specifications. 2. Contractor shall provide and install telecommunications boxes and conduits, including wall sleeves unless otherwise noted. 3. Interior building, above grade conduits and sleeves shall be EMT unless otherwise noted. PVC is never acceptable above grade. 4. All interior conduits shall have bushings installed during conduit installation. Completed individual installations shall have bushings installed same business day. 5. All interior conduits shall have pull strings, except sleeves which are less than 4' long. EMT conduits shall receive standard round cable pull string (multi-strand plastic twine type). 6. Minimum interior conduit size for all information jacks (voice data cabling) shall be 1" unless otherwise noted. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 7. Minimum interior conduit size for video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bells and/or clock systems shall be 3/4" unless otherwise noted. 8. Access control system conduit sizes at the door location shall be per the access control detail found on the drawings. The conduit from the door location to the access control head end which contains all conductors needed for all access control functions at that door (may be individual conductors but is often one large composite cable) shall be minimum 3/4". 9. Boxes for all low voltage systems in stud walls shall be metallic 4"x4"x2.125" with 0.5" mud ring unless otherwise noted. 10. Boxes in stud walls for information jacks shall receive single gang mud rings unless otherwise noted. 11. Boxes in masonry walls shall be minimum 2.5" deep for all low voltage systems. 12. Boxes in masonry walls for information jacks shall be single gang unless otherwise noted. 13. Wiremold surface raceway for all low voltage systems shall be minimum V2400 unless noted otherwise. 14. Wiremold surface boxes for all low voltage shall be minimum 2.5" deep unless otherwise noted. 15. Wiremold surface boxes for information jacks shall be single gang unless otherwise noted. 16. Conduits inside walls which feed the low voltage side of dual compartment Wiremold shall be minimum 1.25" '17. Contractor shall provide and install hand holes for cable pulling in buried raceway at a maximum interval of 500'. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to raceways._ B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems; and provide products and components which have been UL-listed and labeled. C. NEC Compliance: Comply with requirements as applicable to construction and installation of raceway systems. D. The materials used in the fabrication of the raceway system shall be products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material. E. NEC compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes and fittings. F. UL Compliance: Provide electrical boxes and fittings which have been UL-listed and labeled. G. ANSI/NEMA Standards Compliance: Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA Standards Pub No. OS 1) as applicable to sheet-steel outlet boxes, covers and box supports. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations, for each type of raceway required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements for the following: 1. Overhead metal raceways. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of raceway systems showing layout of raceways and fittings, spatial relationships to associated equipment, and adjoining raceways, if any. Show connections to electrical power panels and feeders. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for each type of floor box required. Include data substantiating that units comply with requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT A. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. B. Rigid Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by hot dip or electro galvanized process. Additional protection by electrostatically applied baked coating. Thread protective caps and couplings. Use for all feeders larger than 2 1/2" in size. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): May be used as approved by code where rigid conduit is specified, except shall not be used for conduit buried in earth fill. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Thin wall, electrically welded cold rolled steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by electro galvanized process. Baked clear elastic enamel coating in and out. Use for installations in stud walls, masonry walls, above suspended ceilings and where exposed. Size limited to 2 1/2" and smaller. E. Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound electro galvanized steel strip. Use for final connections to all motor operated equipment such as unit heaters, fans, air handling units, pumps, generators, generator enclosures and connections to dry type transformer, connections from junction boxes to lighting fixtures in accessible ceiling., and for wiring within casework and millwork. F. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally:worund steel strip, with water and oil tight neoprene jacket. Use for final connection to equipment lisied in patagraph,.,; "D" above when located in wet areas. G. MC cable shall only be allowed for light fixture connections. _ r 2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS - ' 'a A. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized malleable iron or steel, water and concrete tight where exposed to wet locations or imbedded in concrete. Steel set screw type acceptable in all dry location applications. C. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized malleable iron or steel, water and concrete tight. B. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: Squeeze or screw type galvanized malleable iron or steel with nylon insulated throats. C. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or steel, with watertight gaskets, "0" ring and retainer, and nylon insulated throats. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Observe National Electrical Code requirements for insulated bushings on 1-1/4 inch and larger conduits. Double locknuts and fibre bushings with threads fully engaged are required. 1-1/4 inch and larger EMT connectors, if used, must also accommodate insulated bushings with threads fully engaged. T & B "Insuline" or Appleton insulated throat connectors are acceptable in lieu of separate bushings. E. Provide Sealtite for the last 3' of feeder/circuit for all vibration type equipment (i.e. motors, transformers, etc). 2.03 WIREWAYS A. General: Provide electrical raceways of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses), number of channels, for each type service indicated. Provide complete assembly of raceway including, but not necessarily limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold down straps, end caps, and other components and accessories as needed for complete system. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable provisions of NEC for electrical raceways. B. Surface Metal Raceways: Provide surface metal raceways of sizes and channels indicated on plans and constructed of galvanized steel with covers. Provide fittings indicated which match and mate with raceway. Finish with manufacturer's standard baked-on enamel paint. 2.04 WALL OUTLET BOXES A. - General: Boxes shall be Raco, Steel City, Appleton or equal, catalog numbers based on Raco, unless otherwise indicated. In general, the type of boxes shall be as follows: 1. In Stud Walls: For single outlet use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192. Boxes to be provided with raised covers of depth as required for thickness of wall materials. 2. In Masonry and Poured Concrete Walls: Use 3-3/4" high by 2-1/2" and/or 3-1/2" deep masonry boxes#691 through#699 and/or#960 through#969. 3. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets: Use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192 with raised cover. 4. Suspended Ceiling: Use octagon boxes, depth as required for application, securely fastened to structure. 5. Poured Concrete Ceiling Slabs: Use octagon concrete rings with back plates. 6. Switch Outlets in Door Jambs: Use partition boxes #426 and #427 for single and two gang switches. 2.05 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Construction, sizes and installation of pull and junction boxes shall comply with NEC, Article 370. B. Pull and junction boxes not specifically described in NEC, Article 370, shall be fabricated of heavy gauge galvanized steel with screw or hinged covers, and equipped with corrosion resistant screws and hardware. C. Pull and junction boxes for installation in poured concrete floors shall be flush type, cast iron, with watertight gasketed covers. Boxes for installation in floors with tile or carpet floor covering shall have recessed covers to accommodate the floor covering. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Pull and junction boxes for outdoor installation shall be raintight. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY A. In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum. Conduit for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Branch circuit conduit shall not be installed in concrete floor slabs except where conditions will not permit the conduit to be installed overhead. B. Generally, all conduit shall be concealed, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts, mechanical equipment rooms, and at connection to surface panels and free standing equipment, and as otherwise noted. C. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed in ceiling space shall be routed in lines parallel to building construction. D. All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile panel removals with 4'0" to 6'0" flexible conduit drops from an independent junction box, accessible from below the ceiling, to ceiling mounted equipment. E. Minimum size conduit shall be 1/2" trade size except all home runs to panels shall be minimum 3/4". Where specified size is not called for on drawings or in the specifications, conduit shall be sized per NEC. F. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Conduit shall enter and be secured to all cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity. G. Installation of PVC conduit shall comply with the NEC with regard to grounding. H. PVC conduit shall not be installed above grade unless noted otherwise. I. Support conduit raceway systems in accordance with requirements as set forth in_the National Electric Code. - 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS -•-�P rri A. Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated, complying with manufacturer's_written '} instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation end in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable and raceway installation work. 3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Outlet boxes shall be installed for all fixtures, switches, receptacles and other devices. B. Approximate locations of outlets are shown on the plans, but each outlet location as shown shall be checked by Contractor before installing the outlet box. C. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through-wall type. Boxes located on opposite sides of a common wall that are closely connected by conduit shall have the conduit openings plugged with duct seal. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations to ensure ready accessibility of electrical wiring. E. Outlet boxes shall be installed plumb and square with wall face and with front of box or cover located within 1/8" of face of finish wall. Boxes in masonry shall be set with bottom of the box tight to the masonry unit. 3.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where indicated on drawings and where required to facilitate installation of the wiring. B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall, with covers accessible and easily removable. Where flush boxes are installed in finish ceilings or walls, provide cover which shall exceed the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to allow no gap between box and finished material. C. Boxes shall not be located in finished, occupied rooms, without prior approval of Design Professional. END OF SECTION 26 05 33 • C.) dr I S Y 0-2 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment as called for in this section. B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following: 1. Conduit color banding. 2. Operational instructions and warnings. 3. Danger signs. '-= 4. Equipment/system identification signs. k;1 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards pertaining to el•.ectricil ' marking and labeling identification systems. - y B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application. B. Color-Coded Conduit Markers 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint of marker, matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marker, or pretensioned snap-on. Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering which indicates voltage, [panel and circuit] of conductor(s) in conduit. 2. Colors: a. 120/208 volt: gray/silver b. Fire alarm: red c. Division 27 systems: blue** * Factory painted conduit required **Factory painted conduit optional. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. For conduits above ceilings, spray painting of boxes and portions of conduit is acceptable in lieu of banding. For exposed conduits in finished spaces, refer to architectural for paint to match room finish. 4. For branch circuits, mark circuit numbers on all junction/pull boxes. C. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands 1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification. D. Self-Adhesive Tape for Receptacle Circuit Identification 1... General: Provide self-adhesive or pressure-sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl tape for panel name and circuit number for all receptacles that are part of new work. .��..4 Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs c - General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, in sizes and thickness ated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording indicated, black and white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical p fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. a. Thickness: 1/16", for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" lengths; 1/8"for larger units. b. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements 1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting. B. Conduit Identification 1. Conduit above accessible ceiling spaces shall be identified per 2.01 B. 2. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping which is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in a manner similar to piping identification. 3. Identify junction and pullboxes of systems with stencil lettering for panel and circuit numbers or system type. C. Underground Cable/Conduit Identification 1. General: During back-filling/top/soiling of each exterior underground electrical, signal or communication cable or conduit, install continuous underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6" to 8" below finished grade. Where multiple small lines are buried in a common trench and do not exceed an overall width of 16", install a single line marker. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Cable/Conductor Identification 1. General: Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents and similar previously established identification for project electrical work. E. Operational Identification and Warnings 1. General: Wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of electrical systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment, including prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for intended purposes. F. Equipment/System Identification 1. General: Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in building; including central or master unit of each electrical system including communication/signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures. b. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities. c. Motor control centers, disconnects & starters. 2. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate the substrate. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 r-� C:‘ z to - ' —J IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 i"J •C) �wrI' d I (rte 1 R�e -I>- I ,s—() N THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install lighting panelboards and distribution panelboards as specified in this section and as called for on the drawings. B. Types of panelboards and enclosures in this section include the following: . 1. Lighting and appliance panelboards. ` t:11'tai 2. Power distribution panelboards. r 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable UL safety standards pertaining to panelboards and accessories, and enclosures; provide units which have been UL-listed and labeled. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of panelboards, cabinets and cutout boxes. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Stds. Pub. No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volt maximum)", Pub. No. 1, "Panelboards", and installation portion of Pub. No. PB 1.1, "Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations, for each type of panelboard required. Include data substantiating that units comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of panelboards and enclosures showing accurately scaled layouts of enclosures and required individual panelboard devices, including but not necessarily limited to, circuit breakers, fusible switches, fuses, ground-fault circuit interrupters and accessories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following (specification based on Square D): 1. General Electric PANELBOARDS 262416 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 PANELBOARDS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide panelboards, enclosures and components, of types, sizes, and ratings indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design and construction in accordance with published product information; equip with number of unit panelboard devices as required for complete installation. 1. All Multi-Section Panels: Same dimensions. 2. Provide two keys for each panel. 3. Provide copper ground bar. 4. All panels shall have a designed short circuit rating label. B. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards: 1. Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main breakers shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests, conducted in accordance with UL Standard 67. Bussing shall be distributed phase sequence type. 2. The bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. Wiring gutter space shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67 for panelboards. The rigidity and gauge of steel to N comply with UL Standard 50 cabinets. Provisions for additional circuit breakers shall be •such that field addition to connectors or mounting hardware will not be required to add ►. — circuit breakers to the panelboards. o.. 3. -:,If-ground-fault interrupting breakers (GFI), switched neutral or other special types of CT' breakers require additional pole spaces, size of panel shall be increased accordingly to roararrif -1--give the scheduled numbers of poles for spare breakers and blank spaces. $n Fronts shall include doors and have flush, stainless steel, cylinder tumbler-type locks with catches and spring-loaded door pulls. The flush lock shall not protrude beyond the front of the door. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim ring clamps which shall be completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts shall not be removable with door in the locked position. A circuitry directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. 5. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for conductor specified. 6. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment rating shown on the panelboard schedule. Series connected interrupting ratings are not acceptable. This short circuit current rating shall be established by testing with the overcurrent devices mounted on the panelboard. The short circuit tests on the overcurrent devices and on the panelboard structure shall be made simultaneously by connecting the fault to each overcurrent device with the panelboard connected to its rated voltage source. Method of testing shall be per Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67. The source shall be capable of applying the specified panelboard short circuit current or greater. Testing of panelboard overcurrent devices for short circuit rating only while individually mounted is not acceptable. Also, testing of the bus structure by applying a fixed fault to the bus structure alone is not acceptable. Panelboards shall be marked with their maximum short circuit current rating at the supply voltage and shall be UL listed. 7. Bus Bar: Aluminum or Copper. 8. Provide two 1"C and three 3/4"C stubs out of all flush mounted panelboards to accessible ceiling space. PANELBOARDS 262416 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 9. Panelboards shall have door-in-door covers. C. Power Distribution Panelboards; Circuit Breaker Type: 1. Panelboards to be used for main circuit distribution and power circuit distribution shall be similar to lighting panelboards with the following additions: a. Cabinet doors over 48" long shall be equipped with three-point latch and vault lock. End walls shall be removable. b. Main lugs or main breakers shall be barriered on five sides. The barrier in front of the main lugs shall be hinged to a fixed part of the interior. The end of the bus structure opposite the mains shall be barriered. c. When required, panelboards shall be suitable for use as service equipment. d. Bus Bar: Copper. 2.03 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary components, of types, sizes, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's. standard design, materials, components, and construction in accordance with published'produc tt—• information, and as required for a complete installation. • B. Circuit Breakers- Branch Circuit Panelboards: 1. Branch circuit breakers up to 150 amperes shall be Square D Type QO, 01' or equal. Breakers shall be plug-on type toggle action with quick-make, quick-break mechism. Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between on and off when the breaker is tripped and by a highly visible red tripped circuit indicator. All multi-pole breakers shall be single-operated handle, internal common trip. Breakers having handle ties but not factory labeled "common trip" will be rejected. UL Class A ground fault circuit protection shall be provided on 120V AC branch circuits as specified on the plans or panelboard schedule. This protection shall be an integral part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring. Single pole 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers shall be UL listed as "Switching Breakers" at 120V AC and carry the SWD marking. Tandem or "piggyback" breakers providing two circuits from one pole space are prohibited. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS A. General: Install panelboards and enclosures where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Securely anchor panelboards to structure and make feeder and branch circuit connections as indicated in specifications and on the drawings. C. Each panelboard directory shall be typewritten to identify the load fed by each circuit. Spare breakers and circuits to be left blank with circuit breaker in off position. END OF SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 262416-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 'c THIS PAGE w a— :7,- - v INTENTIONALLY F-- =� (3 LEFT BLANK 0 N PANELBOARDS 262416 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install wiring devices as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring devices. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been UL-listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific-purpose wiring devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's name and product data literature for each type of wiring device required. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES (?". t A. All switches and receptacles shall be "specification grade", side and back wired, except where,.,, higher grade is called for on the plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows,'.with_catalog-' numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.: • 1. Hubbell, Inc. 2. Pass& Seymour 3. Leviton B. Color of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall be determined at the time of shop drawing review. C. Wall switches shall be as follows: 1. Single pole toggle light switch -20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1221 series. 2. Momentary contact switch - 15 amp, 120-277 volt, #1556 series. D. Receptacles shall be as follows: 1. Duplex receptacles - 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back and side wired, 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be thermoplastic. Acceptable manufacturer's catalog numbers: P&S 5362, Hubbell 5352, Leviton 5352. Wherever a duplex receptacle is shown outdoors, provide Hubbell 5362_WR or equivalent. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings. 3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons, equal to Hubbell GF5352 series. 2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. All switches and receptacles shall be "specification grade", except where higher grade is called for on the plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.: 1. Hubbell, Inc. 2. Pass & Seymour 3:- Leviton B. Co1or of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall be determined at the time of shop drawing review. ; C. Wall switches shall be Type"CS" Series and receptacles shall be Type"CR" Series. 1 ,lJuplex receptacles -2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back wired, 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be thermoplastic. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings. 3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons, equal to Hubbell GF5252 series. 4. Surge suppression outlets shall equal to Hubbell 5252-IS. 2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Cover Plates: 1. Smooth High-Impact Thermo plastic, Hubbell P Series or equal. 2. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV outlets, other outlets and blank plates for unused outlets. 3. Plates for surface outlets shall be of the raised cover type utilizing 4"square boxes. 4. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: a. Weather Proof Flip Cover ("WP"): Weatherproof device covers shall consist of cast metal cover plate and cap over each opening. The cap shall be permanently attached to the cover plate by a spring hinged flap. The weatherproof integrity shall not be affected when heavy duty specification or hospital grade attachment plug caps are inserted. Cover plates on outlet boxes mounted flush in the wall shall be gasketed to the wall in a watertight manner. 1) Horizontally mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for same mounting, equal to Hubbell CWP series. 2) Vertically mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for same mounting, equal to Hubbell WP series. WIRING DEVICES 262726 -2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall &NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 b. Weather Proof Cord and Plug Cover ("WPD"): Intermatic WP1020 outdoor outlet covers. Covers to be made of clear, UV stabilized polycarbonate, hinged at the top with a securing tab at the bottom. Gaskets shall be provided to mount between outlet boxes and cover/base assemblies. 2.03 DIMMERS A. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmers: Provide single-pole, semi-conductor modular type AC dimmers for fluorescent fixtures with 60 hertz, wattage and voltage as indicated, and with electromagnetic filters to reduce noise and interference to minimum. Construct with continuously adjustable trim potentiometer for adjustment of low end dimming; and with anodized heat sinks. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. 2. Prescolite Controls 3. Lithonia Control Systems 4. Lightolier Controls �' , 2.04 OCCUPANCY SENSORS c") -0 A. Standards of Performance: 1. Sensors shall be capable of detecting presence in 90 percent of the floor area fo.be controlled by means of passive infrared and/or ultrasonic detection. Detectors shall be temperature controlled and sensors shall be dual element type. Sensors shall meet California Energy Commission Title 24 requirements and all applicable Federal and State safety regulations. 2. Detection shall be maintained when a person of average size and weight moves only once every ten minutes, within or a maximum distance of 8 inches either in horizontal or vertical manner, at the approximate speed of 12 inches per second. The sum of this distance, volume and speed represent the average condition a sensor must meet in order that the lights will not go off when a person is reading or writing while seated at a desk. 3. Each infrared and ultrasonic occupancy sensor shall be equipped with at least one LED walk test indicator, which is visible from any area in the room. B. Product Description: 1. Wall switch sensors shall be capable of detection of motion at desk top level up to 300 square feet, and gross motion up to 1000 square feet, and accommodate loads from 0 to 800 watts at 120 volts; 0 to 1200 watts at 277 volts and shall have 180° coverage capability. 2. Bi-level wall switch sensors shall accommodate up to two loads from 8 to 800 watts at 120 volts; 0 to 1200 watts at 277 volts, for each load. 3. Passive Infrared sensors shall have a multiple segmented Lodif Fresnel lens, in a multiple-tier configuration, with grooves-in to eliminate dust and residue build-up. 4. Where specified, Passive Infrared and Dual Technology sensors shall offer daylighting footcandle adjustment control and be able to accommodate dual level lighting. 5. All sensors shall be capable of operating normally with any electronic ballast, PL lamps systems and rated motor loads. WIRING DEVICES 262726 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 6. All sensors shall have readily accessible, user adjustable controls for time delay and sensitivity. Controls shall be recessed to limit tampering. Coverage of sensors shall remain constant after sensitivity control has been set. No automatic reduction shall occur in coverage due to the cycling of air conditioner or heating fans. 7. In the event of failure, a bypass manual "override on" shall be provided on each sensor. When bypass is utilized, lighting shall remain on constantly or control shall divert to a wall switch until sensor is replaced. This control shall be recessed to prevent tampering. 8. Ultrasonic operating frequency shall be crystal controlled to within plus or minus 0.005% tolerance to assure reliable performance and eliminate sensor cross-talk; Sensors using multiple frequencies are not acceptable. '"' 9.._ All sensors shall provide a method of indication to verify that motion is being detected # ! ``- during testing and that the unit is working. 7 � 6. 'Where specified, sensor shall have an internal additional isolated relay with Normally € .xr -Open, Normally Closed and Common outputs for use with HVAC control, Data Logging and other control options. Sensors utilizing separate components to achieve this function LTD are not acceptable. N 11. All sensors shall have no leakage current to load, in manual or in Auto/Off mode, for safety purposes and shall have voltage drop protection. 12. Sensors shall be ceiling-mounted and/or wall mounted. Each sensor supplied shall be accompanied by its own hardware, brackets, special boxes or covers needed to complete a normal sensor installation. 13. All devices to be supplied shall have a minimum five-year factory warranty. The remote relay, a five-year warranty with a 100,000 cycle test operation guarantee under full load. Each device shall have a label with the date of expiration clearly stamped on it. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. The Watt Stopper 2. Hubbell Building Automation 3. Leviton D. Additional Requirements: Manufacturer shall provide commissioning of each space and adjust any sensors as needed. Manufacturer shall include a preconstruction meeting with contractors. Manufacturer shall provide shop drawings with accurate device locations. 2.05 TELEPHONE/POWER POLES A. Provide factory-assembled telephone/power poles of types, sizes and ratings indicated; for use with telephone and power systems installed above suspended ceilings. Construct with one telephone cable, cable size 50 pairs, and with 2 20 amp, 125 volt, 3 wire receptacles. Isolate power section from telephone compartment with separating steel enclosure. Extend wiring from receptacles to junction box at top of pole where connections are made above suspended ceiling. Provide pole foot with carpet pad; also provide pole with ceiling tile trim pad. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Wiremold Company 2. Square D Company 3. Hubbell, Inc. WIRING DEVICES 262726 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. Install wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and as called for below. B. In masonry walls, switches and receptacle heights shall be adjusted as required so outlets are at nearest mortar joint to specified height. C. Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be installed on "knob" side of door, unless indicated otherwise. D. Switched duplex receptacles shall be wired so that only the top receptacle is switched; the remaining receptacle shall be unswitched. E. All GFI type receptacles shall be installed where GFI notation is shown on plans. No downstream protection of receptacles will be allowed from load side of other GFI type receptacles. F. Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verify from general construction drawings, door swings, type of wall finishes and locations for counters and work benches. G. Receptacles shall be installed with ground terminal up. END OF SECTION 26 27 26 r-� (7) r V7. ` t �.� N WIRING DEVICES 262726-5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C) r THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK cJ N WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 28 16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide circuit breakers, fuses and motor overload relays and install in disconnect switches and motor starters as required for proper overcurrent protection for service feeders, branch feeders, branch circuits, motors, transformers and other equipment requiring protection. B. Overcurrent protection shall be provided for each conductor and all equipment to open the circuit if the current reaches a value that will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in conductors or conductor insulation. Circuit breakers shall have frame and trip ratings as scheduled on drawings. C. Types of overcurrent protective devices in this section include the following: •�, y; r--• 1. Circuit breakers mac") 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to construction and installation of overcurrent protective devices. B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 489, "Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures", and UL 198D, "High-Interrupting- Capacity Class K Fuses". Provide overcurrent protective devices which are UL listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Std. Pub. Nos. AB 1, AB 2, and SG 3 pertaining to molded-case and low voltage power-type circuit breakers. D. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI C97.1 pertaining to low voltage cartridge fuses. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on overcurrent protective devices, including: amperes, voltages and current ratings, interrupting ratings, current limitations, internal inductive and non-inductive loads, time-current trip characteristic curves, and mounting requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Circuit Breakers a. General Electric Co. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. All similar products shall be of the same manufacturer. 2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary components, of types, sizes, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components, and construction in accordance with published product information, and as required for a complete installation. B. Circuit Breakers - Branch Circuit Panelboards: 1. Branch circuit breakers up to 150 amperes shall be Square D Type Q0, Q1 or equal. Breakers shall be plug-on type toggle action with quick-make, quick-break mechanism. Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between on and off when the breaker is tripped and by a highly visible red tripped circuit indicator. All multi-pole breakers shall be single-operated handle, internal common trip. Breakers having handle ties but not factory labeled "common trip" will be rejected. UL Class A ground fault circuit protection shall be provided on 120V AC branch circuits as specified on the plans or panelboard schedule. This protection shall be an integral part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring. Single pole 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers shall be UL listed as "Switching Breakers" at 120V AC and carry the SWD marking. Tandem or "piggyback" breakers providing two circuits from one pole space are prohibited. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. -- Install overcurrent protective devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure that protective devices comply with requirements. Comply with NEC and NEMA standards for installation of overcurrent protective devices: c ' (3: Coordinate with other work, including electrical wiring work, as necessary to interface installation • of overcurrent protective devices with other work. END OF SECTION 26 28 16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 26 50 00 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide lighting fixtures, accessories, labor and supervision necessary to install complete lighting system as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following: 1. Fluorescent A " ' 2. Fluorescent Battery Packs 3. Solid State (LED) _`- 4. Exit Signs 5. Emergency �' ? ,� f 6. Lamps �'c-f, 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE s4 A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and construction in building lighting fixtures. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standard publications pertaining to lighting equipment. C. Listings: Provide lighting fixtures which have been listed and labeled. Listing or labeling shall be by UL, ETL Intertek or other nationally recognized agency. D. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent-lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association standards and carry the CBM label. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on interior building lighting fixtures. B. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet for each fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Shop drawing booklet shall include lamp and ballast data sheets. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers shall be as listed in the light fixture schedule on the drawings. LIGHTING 265000 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Basis of Design Product: The design for each luminaire is based on the product named and described in the light fixture schedule on the drawings. Provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the equivalent manufacturers listed. Equivalent manufacturers shall match the basis of design product in both form and function. The Architect and Engineer have the final acceptance of equivalent products. Where equivalent products are not determined to match the basis of design, the basis of design product shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Upon request, equivalent manufacturers shall submit lighting calculations and ies files to prove performance of product and samples for table top viewing. 2.02 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. All plastic lenses for lay-in 2x4 prismatic fluorescent fixtures shall be not less than 1/8" nominal thickness. Lens shall have straight flat prism surfaces with maximum .080 penetration. B. Temperature around ballast and in fixture housing shall not exceed 90 deg.0 with ambient room temperature of 27 deg.C. C. Electronic Ballast: Programmed rapid start; NEMA Premium, UL listed; sound rated A or better; Class P; capable of operating standard or energy-saving lamps at 20 KHz or greater, with voltage __rating matching branch circuit voltage; with characteristics as follows: c, Manufacturers: LL" a. Philips Advance `- - b: Universal Lighting Technologies Q, - c; General Electric Id.� Osram-Sylvania ._ FCC certified, part 15, subpart J, for electromagnetic interference. "Transient protected to withstand line transients as defined in IEEE Publication 587, categories A and B. 4:4 Total Harmonic Distortion: 10% or less. 5. Minimum Power Factor: .94 6. Minimum Ballast Factor: 0.88 for T8 lamps; 0.95 for T5 lamps unless otherwise noted in the light fixture schedule 7. Provide independent laboratory test report upon special request. 8. Warranty: Provide written 5-year warranty against mechanical or electrical defects. 9. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts shall comply with ANSI C 82.11 and shall be connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail. Series wired lamp circuits are not allowed. D. Electronic Dimming Ballast, 0-10V: NEMA Premium; UL listed; sound rated A or better; Class P; capable of operating standard lamps at 20 Khz or greater, with voltage rating matching branch circuit voltage; with characteristics as follows: 1. Manufacturers: a. Philips Advance b. Universal Lighting Technologies c. General Electric d. Osram-Sylvania 2. Capable of dimming fluorescent lamps from 100% to 10% light output unless otherwise noted in the light fixture schedule. 3. FCC certified, part 18, EMI/RFI. 4. Transient protected to withstand line transients as defined in IEEE Publication 587. 5. Total Harmonic Distortion: 10% or less. 6. Minimum Power Factor: .90 full on, .80 low dim. 7. Minimum Ballast Factor: 0.90; not adversely affecting lamp life. LIGHTING 26 50 00-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 8. Dimming Type: 0-10V control with current source ballast, current sinking ballasts are not allowed. 9. Provide independent laboratory test report upon special request. 10. Warranty: Provide written 5-year warranty against mechanical or electrical defects. 11. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system and lamp type indicated. E. Ballast for fluorescent fixtures controlled by dimmers shall be dimming type ballast as recommended by the dimmer manufacturer. F. Recessed fixtures in plaster ceilings shall be furnished with plaster frames. G. Prior to releasing order for fluorescent fixtures, Contractor shall verify the types of ceilings and suspension systems that have been approved for the project and shall order fixtures with flanges as required to fit in the approved ceilings. H. Light fixtures shall comply with NEC for disconnecting means requirements. Provide disconnect internal to fixture. 2.03 FLUORESCENT BATTERY PACK UNIT A. General: Unit shall have a high temperature nickel-cadmium type battery, 120/277 VAC universal input, UL listed, 3-year warranty, test switch. Acceptable manufacturers, subject to,compliance with requirements, as follows: - c 1. Phillips-Bodine _ -.-- 2. Dual-Lite , 3. IOTA Engineering = I -o ti B. Tube Fixtures: Unit shall illuminate two lamps to 300-350 lumens each for 90--'n}iutes: They shall be compatible with electronic, energy saving and dimming ballasts, and standarcLenergy saving lamps. r-a 2.04 SOLID STATE LIGHTING/LIGHT EMITTING DIODE(LED) LUMINAIRES(Greater than 20W) A. General: 1. Luminaire manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience in the manufacture and design of LED products and systems. 2. All LED sources used in the LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established and reputable LED manufacturers. Acceptable LED lamp manufacturers unless otherwise noted are: a. Cree, Inc. b. Philips Lighting c. Nichia Corporation d. Norlux e. Opto Technology, Inc. f. Osram Optronic Semiconductors g. Samsung B. LED Warranty 1. Luminaire manufacturer provide a five (5)year written warranty. C. Replacement and Spares: 1. The following requirements apply to all LED fixtures. LIGHTING 265000-3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee of the following: a. Manufacturer shall be able to provide compatible replacement parts that are designed to fit into original luminaire for ten (10)years. b. Replacement LED array/module shall be within 3 MacAdam color ellipse, within 10% of lumen output, 7% of correlated color temperature (CCT) and equivalent distribution of original array/module. c. Replacement LED array/module shall utilize equal to or less than amount of wattage of original array/module. 2. LED driver and array/module shall be replaceable in field. D. Products and Components— Performance: 1. All LED components shall be mercury-free and lead-free. 2. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 — Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the life of the light source. 3. LEDs shall comply with IESNA LM-80 — Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED Lighting Products. 4:- LEDs shall have a minimum rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating .+ c conditions or as noted on the lighting fixture schedule. LED "rated source life" is defined as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains, as defined by IESNA �._.t LM-70. LU & .. .Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to tfansfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall !! 1-:have no negative impact on life of components. Upon request, manufacturer shall provide junction temperature limitations and test reports of installed LED in fixture. Et:.- Method of dissipating heat shall be passive, active cooling systems are not allowed. /.4 High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or internal monitoring firmware. 8. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications. 9. For wet and damp use, LED-based luminaires itself shall be sealed, rated, and tested for appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an additional housing or enclosure. Such protection shall have no negative impact on rated life of source or components, or if so, such reductions shall be explicitly brought to the attention of the designer. 10. All hardwired connections to LED luminaires shall be reverse polarity protected and provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted during the installation process. 11. Manufacturer shall provide Luminaire Efficacy (Im/W), total luminous flux (lumens), luminous intensity (candelas) chromaticity coordinates, CCT and CRI. Optical performance, polar diagrams, and relevant luminance and illuminance photometric data. Provide data in IES file format in accordance with IES LM-79-2008, based on test results from an independent Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. Provide information upon special request. E. LED drivers shall meet the following requirements: 1. Drivers shall have a minimum efficiency of 85%_ 2. Minimum/Maximum Ambient Temperature: -20°C/55°C interior locations, -40°C/55°C exterior locations, 3. Input Voltage: 120 to 277 (±10%)V or as scheduled. 4. Power Supplies: Class I or II output. 5. Dimming Type: 0-10V control with current source driver, current sinking drivers are not allowed. LIGHTING 26 50 00 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 6. Surge Protection for exterior fixtures: The system must survive 250 repetitive strikes of "C Low" (C Low: 6kV/1.2 x 50 ps, 10kA/8 x 20 ps) waveforms at 1-minute intervals with less than 10% degradation in clamping voltage. "C Low" waveforms are as defined in IEEE/ASNI C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1 Location Category C. 7. Power Factor(PF): >_0.90. 8. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): <_20%. 9. Comply with FCC Title 47 CFR Part 18 Non-consumer RFI/EMI Standards. 10. Drivers shall be reduction of hazardous substances (ROHS)-compliant. 11. Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF): 100,000 hours based on 90% survival. 2.05 EXIT SIGNS A. Housing to be per light fixture schedule (thermoplastic, edge lit or cast aluminum)for wall, end or ceiling mounting. Illumination to be by long life, low watt LED lamps. Battery, where specified, to be maintenance free, sealed nickel-cadmium type and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power. 2.06 EMERGENCY FIXTURES A. Housing and lamping per light fixture schedule. Self contained complying with UL 924. Battery to be premium grade, lead-acid or nickel cadmium, maintenance free battery and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power. 2.07 LAMPS A. Lamps shall be General Electric, Philips, Osram-Sylvania. .. B. Furnish lamps for all fixtures as per schedule on drawings. _< t _r{c C. All incandescent lamps shall be 130 volt rated and fluorescent lamps shall be energy saying typel where applicable. ,.J PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Install interior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the National Electric Code (NEC), NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate with other electrical work as appropriate to properly interface installation of interior lighting fixtures with other work. C. Coordinate fixture location with reflected ceiling plan. D. Recessed fixtures in removable ceilings shall be connected to the branch circuit with flexible conduit and branch circuit wire from an accessible junction box. Where fluorescent fixture housings are connected together, use 90 deg.0 wire for branch circuit feed through fixture channels. E. All fixtures shall be grounded. All lamp sockets shall be wired so that the outer shell is connected to the neutral grounded conductor. F. Fixtures recessed in furred ceiling shall be installed so that they can be removed from below the ceiling. LIGHTING 265000 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 G. For all dimmed light fixtures, "burn in" or "season" lamps prior to dimming as recommended by the lamp manufacturer. H. Luminaires located in suspended ceilings shall be connected with a maximum 6 foot length of flexible metal conduit and building wire. I. Housing, trim, and lens frame shall be true, straight and parallel to each adjacent fixtures and features. J. Contractor shall include all materials and labor necessary for the final aiming and adjusting of adjustable light fixtures. Adjustment of light fixtures may be required to occur after sunset at a time designated by the Engineer. K. Round fixtures or fixtures smaller than the ceiling grid shall have at least two (2) 3/4 inch (19 mm) metal channels spanning, and secured to, the ceiling tees for centering and aligning the fixture. L. Troffer, recessed and semi-recessed fixtures shall be independently supported from the building structure by a minimum of four(4) wires, straps or rods, located near each corner of each fixture. Ceiling grid clips shall not be allowed as an alternative to independently supported light fixtures. M. Suspended Linear or Pendant mounted fixtures shall be independently supported from the building structure by wires, straps or rods. N. Fixture whips shall be in accordance with section 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. END OF SECTION 26 50 00 cel 7,1 9 1 C., Crt 1e. LIGHTING 265000-6 cri ri ci) DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS C"") :g • Lt- Blank Page C.) City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 27 00 10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Bidding Information, conditions of the Contract and Division I, General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the telecommunications contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Pre-Register Project with structured cabling plant manufacturer if applicable. 2. Furnish and install a complete voice and data-wiring infrastructure. 3. Furnish, install, and terminate all UTP cable and fiber as applicable and per drawings. 4. Furnish and install all wall plates, jacks, patch panels, and patch cords as required and as indicated. 5. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and ladder rack as required and as irtdfcated. 6. Furnish any other material required to form a complete system. 7. Perform permanent link testing (100% of links) and certification of all components. 8. Furnish test results of all cabling to the owner on disk and paper format, !is-bid by each closet, then by workstation ID. 'T 9. Provide Owner As-builts in the form of one electronic copy and two-hard copies of`af, labeled map of the building(s) showing the structured cabling plant. 10. Adhere and comply with all requirements of the Contractor Agreement for the structured cabling plant manufacturer to be used. - 11. Provide Owner training and testing documentation. B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning telecommunications systems. C. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. D. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Code 2. Local Electrical Code 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 6. Applicable Building Codes 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act 8. Iowa Administrative Codes 9. TIA-568-C.0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises 10. TIA-568-C.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 11. TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards 12. TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard 13. TIA-569-B Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 14. TIA-606-A-1 Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure 15. TIA-607-B Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises 16. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA- 70), National Electrical Code (NEC) B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work. No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS &FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies and shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. 1.05 DRAWINGS c01'awin.g-s for the work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of the work • *, ,and to indicate in general the location of equipment. n• tContractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact quantities and locations for equipment. C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are not shown, but where such items are required by code (or referenced standards) where they are required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. C. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities and/or existing system wiring. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule of General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his/her decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the.. project .is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repairedg required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibi(ly of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. r-„ F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in areas previously finished by Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the drawings are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most financially expensive products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Design Professional for final decision. 1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 3 City Hall Lobby. Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of submittals. Contractor shall review and sign submittals before submitting. B. Submittals shall be bound into sets per specification section (not division). The content of the submittal shall cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and items shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings whenever possible. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. Each submittal shall include a cover sheet providing the Approved Contractors company name, address, phone number and contact person (person to contact if there are questions about the submittal). The cover sheet shall also have adequate white space for the design professional review stamp as well as up-stream contractor stamps. The company providing the submittal shall be the same as that which meets the APPROVED CONTRACTOR requirements paragraph found later in this specification section (submittals without this identifying contractor information on the cover page will be rejected to ensure the Approved Contractor process is being followed). D. Design Professional will review submittals solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. E. Contract requirements cannot be changed by submittals. Contract documents remain in force even if equipment is submitted which differs from contract drawings and specifications and that submittal is stamped as reviewed (or any other stamp verbiage). F. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. G. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. • t TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 H. Submit required information on all items in the project for the following systems (see table). Submittals shall be sorted and separately identified per specification section listed below. SPEC EQUIPMENT DETAIL PROD SAMPLES INSTALL 0&M CERTIFICATE OTHER SECTION DWGS DATA METHODS MANUAL OF SYSTEM (SEE DEMON- NOTES) STRATTON 27 00 10 Contractor Certifications X Note 1 27 00 10 Manufacturer Certification X Note 2 27 00 10 UTP No-Paint Notification X Note 7 27 10 00 Grounding Equipment X X 27 10 00 Grounding Cabling X X 27 10 00 Grounding Hardware X X 27 11 00 UTP Cabling/Equipment X X X Note 6 27 11 00 Coaxial Cable/Equipment X X X Note 6 27 11 00 Cable Management X X X Note 6 27 11 00 As-Builts at Closeout Note 3 27 12 00 Tester,UTP/Fiber X X Note 4 27 12 00 Test Report at Closeout X Note 5 Notes: 1. Division 27 Contractor shall submit copies of the Contractor Certifications under section 27 00 10 (BICSI or IBEW/NECA Certifications) showing compliance with the specification. See Approved Contractors paragraph for details. 2. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Manufacturer Certification under section 27 00 10. See Approved Contractors paragraph in this section for details, and further requirements-listed in Cabling and Equipment specification section. 3. Division 27 Contractor shall submit As-Builts as specified in Cabling and Equipment setction. 4. Division 27 Contractor shall submit product information on UTP Tester and Fiber Tester. Sce_,. testers specified in Testing and Documentation section. 5. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Test Report as specified in Testing and Decurrentation section. 6. Grounding and Bonding or Cabling and Equipment section submittals will not be opened or reviewed by the Design Professional until the Division 27 00 10 Contractor Certifications,(see Note 1)and Division 27 Manufacturer Certifications(see Note 2) have been received and found to be acceptable by the Design Professional. 7. Division 27 Contractor shall submit the"Do Not Paint The UTP"written notification (addressed to the General Contractor)for review by the Design Professional. This written notification is specified in the Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment section. The submittal process may be used as the vehicle to inform the General Contractor of the"Do Not Paint The UTP" requirement(and the mandatory corrections required if this were to happen, outlined in the Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment section) if the General Contractor acknowledges receipt of the written notification. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY t n_ '=; (NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR) Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section shall .contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Submittals with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. 1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. B. Equipment training: 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below. C. System training: 1. Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures. D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: Section Description Hrs. Presented By Others Remarks on Site Present 27 10 00 Grounding and Bonding 0.5 Contractor 27 11 00 Cabling and Equipment 2 Contractor E. Each Contractor shall submit a certificate (in the project closeout submittals), signed by Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: u+ • rn amil 7743 .;., . TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 -7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS 0 C� L.n+wi El i ° If rn — � •- rr .:x D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: NAMES DATE HOURS Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: signature date TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC. A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies. 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addenda. The Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS A. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer for the structured cabling plant. A copy of the current annual manufacturer certification shall be provided with 27 0010 submittals. Contractor is responsible for workmanship and installation praqices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and shall be authorized to provide an extended. Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation. The specific warranty program.lhat is acceptable for each solution is listed with the connectivity solution in specification-section 271100 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT. Contractors ghall provide; proof upon request that they have maintained the Manufacturers Certification in gdod standitg for at least six months prior to the overall project bid. Temporary or short term certifications' 1ess than the standard 12 month annual certification described above) or case-by-case certifications are not acceptable. B. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall meet one of the following two paragraphs and provide appropriate documentation in the 27 0010 submittals: 1. Contractor shall have BICSI Registered Installers and Technicians on staff and assign them to this project. The project shall be staffed at all times by Installers and Technicians who, in the role of lead craft-persons, will be able to provide leadership and technical resources for the remaining craft-persons on the project. A minimum of 30 percent of personnel shall be BICSI registered telecommunications installers. Of that number 15 percent shall be registered at the Technician Level, at least 40 percent shall be registered at the Installer Level 2, and the balance shall be registered at the Installer Level 1. Contractor shall provide BICSI certifications showing employee name, level, and expiration date. BICSI certificate for the highest level attained shall be submitted. 2. Contractor shall have employees on staff and assigned to the project that are currently indentured in or have successfully completed the IBEW/NECA three-year Telecommunications Installer/Technician registered apprenticeship program. Contractor shall maintain a ratio of 1 Technician to 1 indentured Apprentice. Contractor shall provide documentation verifying the indentured status of Apprentices, and the Department of Labor Certificates of Completion for the Installer/Technicians. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 -9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Contractor pulling the telecommunications cabling (if different from the prime Telecommunications Contractor) shall meet all the same BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements, and requirements of this specification, as the prime Telecommunications Contractor. D. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential two hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the drawing schedules, are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of usigg the alternate manufacturer. D. Where a-model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to:additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are nbtspecifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or accessories with a minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar to those specified below. 1.19 WARRANTY AND SERVICES A. The entire telecommunications system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties. B. A Manufacturer Product Warranty shall be provided which warrants functionality of all components used in the system for 20 years from the date of registration. The Manufacturers Product Warranty shall warrant the installed horizontal and/or backbone copper, and both the horizontal and the backbone optical fiber portions of the cabling system. C. Continuing Maintenance: The contractor shall furnish an hourly rate with the proposal submittal, which shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. This rate will be used when cabling support is required to affect moves, adds, and changes to the system (MACs). MACs performed by an approved Contractor shall be added to the warranty. D. Final Acceptance & System Certification: Completion of the installation, in-progress and final inspections, receipt of the test and as-built documentation, and successful performance of the cabling system for a two week period will constitute acceptance of the system. Upon successful completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the end user shall be provided with a numbered certificate registering the installation. TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 27 00 10 - 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.20 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Contract Change Order. B. Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. C. The cost or credit to Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures. D. It shall be the responsibility of Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of Owner. 1.21 GROUNDING AND BONDING OF SYSTEMS A. All low voltage systems shall be subject to the Telecommunications Grounding arid;Bonding specification section 27 10 00. For those systems which may require a specialized sub- contractor, the sub-contractor providing and installing systems shall also be,:responsible sfcir grounding and bonding per this specification. 1.22 COMPLETION `z z, B. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous artdready for normal use by Owner. r• C. When all the work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition. D. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 27 00 10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 27 00 10 - 11 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 0 c*-) mmerad THIS PAGE "' INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 12 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 27 11 00 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 27 00 10 — Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this structured cabling system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer and Contractor Certifications are required submittals in the division 27 General Provisions specifications section. The Manufacturer Certification is based on the material information listed below in the Acceptable Manufacturers paragraph. B. Submittal data for cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the materials. ~':' 7.-2t 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS yx. A. In general, the following is provided or is of note: c�-� � _; 11- 1. Electrical Contractor will provide field device back boxes and conduit pattfs:;for use by tl1e .- Telecom or other division 27 Contractor. 2. The project painter may not be aware that ANY paint overspray (or direct application) of paint of any type (latex, oil based and ALL other paint types) to the UTP (unh'ielded twisted pair, generally called data cabling) voids the manufacturer's warranty and violates this specification. Paint may not be chemically or physically removed in any way once applied to the data cabling. Any cabling with paint overspray shall be fully replaced (no splicing therefore the entire run). 1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for fire stopping all conduit sleeves (internally only) and cable tray where required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. The Contractor shall review architectural drawings to determine which walls have a fire and/or smoke rating. Any rating other than "non-rated" shall constitute a wall that requires fire stopping in all penetrations/openings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 COPPER UTP CABLE AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS A. Cabling and connectivity products (devices, cover plates, patch panels, insulation displacement connectors, etc.) must be part of a matched solution, provided by manufacturers that have been tested together and provide a fully certified end to end system. TELECOMMUNICATION CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CommScope Uniprise Cath UTP connectivity w/CommScope Uniprise UltraMedia 7504 series Cat6 cable, with Uniprise 20 year product and performance warranty. 2. Panduit Cat6 UTP connectivity w/General GS6000E Cat6 cable with PanGenPlus 25 year system warranty provided by a Panduit Certified Installer. 3. TE Connectivity Cat6 UTP Standard SL style connectivity with TE Connectivity 620 series Cat6 cable, with 25 year warranty provided by a ND&I. 4. Belden Cat6 UTP connectivity w/ Belden 3600 Series Cat6 cable with 25 year Belden IBDN Component Warranty and Application Assurance Program provided by a Belden Certified System Vendor (CSV). 5. Ortronics Cat6 UTP connectivity w/ Superior Essex Data Gain Cat6 cable, with the 25 year"nCompass" system warranty provided by an Ortronics CIP (Certified Installer Plus). C. Cable Jacket Rating: 1. Plenum Note: If the above selection is not edited down to only one cable jacket type. the Contractor shall provide plenum rated cabling. Q AdditionalCabling and Connectivity Requirements: 1. `-EUrnish and install cable between telecommunications room and field device locations as .41108.10 Cnoted on the drawings. Each field jack shall have a dedicated cable. Provide cable terminations at telecommunications room. Provide terminations at all field locations with an 8 pin, 8 conductor (RJ45 type) modular 11j jack and flush wall plate per drawings. 5. Terminate using T568B wiring schematic unless noted otherwise. 6. Provide thermoplastic wall faceplates from the same connectivity manufacturer per location requirements for all field devices. Faceplate shall match electrical receptacle faceplates (if stainless steel, then match with stainless steel, if thermoplastic, then match with same color thermoplastic). Verify color/material before submittal time with Design Professional and include faceplate color/material choice in submittals. 7. Removable snap on colored icons shall be used to distinguish jacks meant for voice service and data service. For thermoplastic faceplate projects, all jacks shall be the same color as the thermoplastic faceplate unless specifically instructed otherwise (ask Design Professional about jack color for stainless steel faceplate projects —all jacks shall be the same color [only one color] unless specifically instructed otherwise by the Design Professional). Provide at least 100 extra snap-on voice icons and at least 100 extra snap-on data icons to Owner. Contractor shall ask the Owner what two colors they want for voice and data icons respectively. 8. Configure faceplates as required for individual field locations per drawings. 9. Blanks shall be installed in all empty jack locations. 10. Provide terminations onto insulation displacement connectors for high pair count copper cables. 2.02 CABLE TELEVISION (CATV) CABLING AND AMPLIFICATION A. Provide and install CATV trunk and distribution cables, taps and/or splitters, amplifiers (if needed) and field devices as noted on plans. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CommScope 2275V, Series 6 Copper Clad Steel, 75 Ohm, 3GHz, Plenum. 2. CommScope 2227V, Series 6 Quad Shield Copper Clad Steel, 3GHz, Plenum. 3. CommScope 2285K, Series 11 Copper Clad Steel, 75 Ohm, 3GHz, Plenum. TELECOMMUNICATION CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 2711 00 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Additional Requirements: 1. Provide and install Ideal or Thomas and Betts longitudinal compression style F connectors at all field locations. 2. Provide and install Ideal or Thomas and Betts longitudinal compression style F connectors at the source end of the coaxial cabling (telecom room or distributed tap locations). 3. Provide and install Blonder Tongue active amplifier(s) as needed to keep signal level within mandated range (see below). 4. CATV signal strength at each television/tuner location shall be+10dB, plus or minus 3dB. 5. All CAN drops over 150' in length shall be Series 11 coaxial cable. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 UTP NO-PAINT WRITTEN NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENT A. Many painters do not know that paint overspray of any quantity on voice/data UTP cabling (called UTP from here on) voids the manufacturer's extended warranty required by the specification. The Telecom Contractor shall notify the General Contractor in writing that the UTP cannot be painted (not even the slightest bit of overspray) and inform him or her that mechanical or chemical removal of paint is not allowed but rather full replacement of any cable that has received any amount of paint or paint overspray shall be fully replaced (no splicing allowed). This notification shall occur at least 30 days prior to any UTP being installed in the facility or brought on-site for storage. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND LABELING A. Install telecommunication systems cables and auxiliary materials as indicated irt-accord [ice with manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices. 1. In general, all interior cables are installed in conduit. �. 2. D rings are allowed in telecommunications room as needed. . 3. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all UTP telecommunications fable: Tie wraps may be temporarily used loosely for dressing UTP cables during instalrafion if they are removed before final inspection. Any tie wrap found in place around UTP cable tight enough that a 0.5" wooden dowel cannot be inserted into the bundle at the tie, location shall therefore obligate the Contractor to replace those potentially damaged UTP cables at the Design Professionals discretion, whether they pass electronic testing or not. 4. Tie wraps may be used carefully on OSP and armored cabling at light tension levels which do not result in any visible cable jacket deformation. 5. If unarmored fiber is specified without innerduct for any reason, tie wraps are forbidden on that cabling. 6. Any and all tie wraps used in the project shall be trimmed flush at the locking device using a fully flush cutter tool for safety. Any tie wrap found with a sharp point shall be removed by the Contractor and replaced without additional compensation. B. Identify all fiber, copper, and coaxial cables that terminate in the telecommunication room as to field location. 1. Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of cable end. 2. Contractor shall not distinguish between UTP that is initially intended for voice or data use. The structured cabling plant is designed to be flexible and shall be numbered sequentially throughout the building. Room numbers shall not be used in the numbering scheme. For buildings with multiple Telecom Rooms (and/or per floor), an alphanumeric identifier shall identify the telecom room, followed by the sequentially numbered jack. For example, a jack labeled 2A-97 would terminate in the "A" Telecom Room on the second floor, and be connected to jack#97 on the patch panels. TELECOMMUNICATION CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 2711 00 - 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. All field device labeling shall match the telecom room labeling for the corresponding cable. 4. Jacks shall be numbered sequentially on the patch panel field, beginning at the top left, working across the row to the right, then down to the next row, etc. This will require Contractor to plan the installation and terminate sequentially on both ends through the building rather than terminate randomly which results in confusion for Owner. 5. When transitioning from one floor to another on a multi-floor installation served out of one telecom room (or a multi-floor section of a larger building), the patch panel at the end of the installation for a particular floor shall have at least 12 open jacks/slots for future growth on that floor. Also, a new patch panel shall always be started for each new floor. This means if a particular floor has 25 jacks (using 24 port patch panels), the Contractor shall leave the second patch panel with 23 openings and start a fresh patch panel for the next floor. C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested in accordance with the division 27 Testing and Documentation section. 1_. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2: Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the telecommunications system is complete and operational. 3_. .Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration. D. Atter completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and posted in each Telecom Room Within 3 days. =1+ Two hard copies shall be created for each Telecom Room detailing the entire structured =' cabling plant and labeling scheme after installation. One hard copy shall consist of (at a minimum) the Telecom plans marked with permanent ink to show the labeling used at each field location, and a table or spreadsheet (for example, an 8 1/2" x 11" printed Excel file) that lists all the patch panel jacks in a column sequentially, followed by a cross reference column identifying the room name/number that the corresponding jack is in. This is the only part of the labeling process in which room name/numbers are acceptable. The second hard copy shall be identical to the first one. One copy shall be posted in each corresponding Telecom Room, and the other copy shall be submitted to the Design Professional for review according to the submittal process identified in the shop drawing paragraph of Specification Section 27 0010. This second copy will then be forwarded to Owner. END OF SECTION 27 11 00 TELECOMMUNICATION CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 27 11 00-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 27 12 00 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PURPOSE A. The purpose of the testing is to ensure proper installation of the telecommunications cabling system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Submit product data for the following: 1. Hand-held testing equipment manufacturer, model, last calibration date/calibration due date and software version. 2. Injector equipment manufacturer, model, and software version. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The following Performance Standards shall be followed. Unless otherwise stated, where Performance Standards conflict with manufacturer's recommendations, the more restrictive shall be applied: .- 1. TIA-568-C.0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premi$es - "1' 2. TIA-568-C.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 3. TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and~Components— Standards ` „ 4. TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard -4r- -ta - rt1 :Jr. r.-M 1.04 TEST EQUIPMENT r== n] A. Test Equipment: JDSU Certififer40G, Fluke DSX-5000, Fluke DTX-1800 or TIA & Connectivity Manufacturer approved Level IV(or better) Certifier. B. The software version for the testers shall be the latest version available. C. The tester must have been calibrated within the last 12 months with calibration date noted on all test results. 1.05 LINK DEFINITION FOR THE PROJECT A. A link consists of up to 90 meters (295 feet) of horizontal cabling, a connection at each end, up to 2 meters of test equipment lead from the main unit of the hand-held tester to the local connection, and up to 2 meters of test equipment lead from the remote unit to the remote connection. A total length of up to 94 meters (308 feet). B. The connection to the equipment at each end of the link is not included in the link definition. 1.06 CHANNEL DEFINITION FOR THE PROJECT A. A channel consists of up to 90 meters (295 feet) of horizontal cabling, a connection at each end, up to 7 meters for the cross-connect and equipment cable, and up to 3 meters for the work area equipment cable. A total length of up to 100 meters(328 feet). TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. The connection to equipment at each end of the channel is not included in the channel definition. PART 2- COPPER CABLING ACCEPTANCE TESTING 2.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for twisted- pair cabling: 1. Wire Map (continuity). 2. Length. 3. Attenuation. 4. NEXT. 5. ACR-F 6. Delay and delay skew. 7. Return loss. 8. Power sum crosstalk(PSNEXT and PSACR-F). 2.02 TEST EQUIPMENT SET-UP AND TEST PARAMETERS A. Autotest: Use the Autotests to perform the required tests. Customize the Autotest as necessary to-satisfy testing requirements and parameters. :13.v; Cable:Ti%pe: Select the cable type being tested. Cable Type may vary. Always change the NVP for thetype of cable being tested. C. Fequency Range: The frequency range for category 6 tests shall be 1 MHz to 250 MHz. D. Cable Pairs: Test all cable pairs. Select all pairs for TEST and all pairs for Pass/Fail criteria for Autotest. E. Length Units: Cable length test results shall be in feet. F. Date Style. The date style shall show month, day, and year. Date shall be the date the test is conducted. G. Language: The language shall be English. 2.03 TEST PROCEDURE A. Testing shall be performed with the tester at the distribution frame and the remote unit at the Work Area Outlet. B. A Channel OR Permanent Link certification test will be performed as outlined in the specific job description. C. Test leads and test hardware have limited life-cycles. Inspect and replace the test leads as necessary. D. Use only test leads specified by the test equipment manufacturer. E. Strictly follow the test equipment manufacturer's instructions for equipment setup, initialization, and calibration. TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200-2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 PART 3-MULTIMODE DUPLEX FIBER TESTING 3.01 ACCEPTABLE TESTS A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for multimode fiber: 1. End to end attenuation & length testing at 850 nm and 1300 nm for horizontal links. 2. Optical time domain reflectometer(OTDR)testing. 3.02 TEST PARAMETERS A. The following test parameters shall be adhered to: 1. The transmit test port & test jumpers must be inspected and (if required) cleaned prior to testing. An image of the endfaces with endface condition pass/fail result must be included with the test report. Endface pass/fail conditions are outlined in TIA-568-C Annex E. 2. Test jumpers must be of the same fiber core size and connector type as the cable system (e.g., 50/125 urn jumpers for a 50/125 urn system). 3. As required in TIA-526-14, The testers must be referenced prior to testing by the one jumper method for Links and the three jumper method for channels. The reference method preferred must be noted in the job specifications prior to testing. 4. The power meter and the light source must be set to the same wavelength. 5. The power meter must be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute.for Standartf. and Technologies (NIST). n— ' 6. The light source or OTDR must operate within the range of 850+30 nm or 1300+20nm for... multimode testing in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-14. 7. All system connectors, adapters, and jumpers must be properly cleaned'::13efore measurements are taken. PART 4- TESTING DOCUMENTATION 6.01 DOCUMENTATION A. The Test Documentation requirements are the minimum requirements. Other details of presentation and recording methods will be discussed with Owner and Design Professional. Gain approval from Owner and Design Professional of the test documentation format and content prior to full-scale testing. Coordinate with Owner and Design Professional to get representative sample of the documentation format and content for review. B. Provide Owner with a printed copy of ONLY the summary report of all tests, the electronic file of the test results for each test on CD or USB, and the electronic copy of the summary report on CD or USB. Do not print out each report. 6.02 TEST REPORT A. The following header fields on each test report shall contain the appropriate information. These are minimum requirements. 1. Circuit ID 2. Test Result TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 3. Owner 4. Test Equipment Serial Number 5. Software Version 6. Calibration Date 7. Date 8. Cable Type 9. NVP 10. Building 11. Closet B. The information in each user definable header field on each test report shall contain the information as follows. 1. Circuit ID: Indicate the outlet location number and jack number under test 2. Owner: Indicate the owner of the test equipment 3. Date: Indicate the date of the test 4. Cable Type: Indicate the cable type being tested 5. NVP: Indicate the field measured NVP 6. Building: Indicate the building where the cable is being tested Closet: Indicate the closet identifier where the cable is terminated C, C. The minimum test result information on each report shall include the data for the tests identified in ,. 11 '' the Acceptance Tests paragraph of each applicable testing part. b'4 Qo itractbrshall provide the test data in a complete and consistent format. Printed test results ,.-3 shall be-INihted from a laser printer. The contractor shall verify that a report for each jack in the Project is contained in the file list. F. Two weeks (14 days) prior to scheduled telecommunications systems start-up date Design Professional shall receive from Contractor complete printed cable performance test results via the submittal process (see 27 0010). Start-up shall not commence unless test results are submitted. 6.03 ELECTRONIC COPY A. The electronic copy of the test results shall be on CD or USB. B. The electronic copy shall be labeled. The label shall read: Project Name building name (BLDG. No. x) "Copper/Fiber Test Results" "CD No."XofX date (month and year) C. The files shall not be altered from the original test equipment output. END OF SECTION 27 12 00 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 -4 o i C?'� tiD i in N COI DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY FILET 2015 MAR -9 Pit 1: 30 CITY CLEF.: I3INA CITY, I0't`': -v cn CD City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 28 00 10 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under this division. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Furnish, install, and terminate all system equipment and cabling as applicable and per drawings. 2. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and cable management as required and as indicated. 3. Furnish any other material required to form a complete and operational system. 4. Provide As-Built drawings per Division 0 and/or Division 1 specification. 5. Provide Owner training and testing documentation. 6. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. 7. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS c7 -g -{ 7 A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the fallowing rodesfartd standards: 1. National Electrical Code - - 2. Local Electrical Code 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 6. International/ Uniform Building Code as applicable 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act 8. Iowa Administrative Codes 9. TIA/EIA-568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard 10. TIA/EIA-569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 11. TIA/EIA-606 The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings 12. TIA/EIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications 13. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA-70), National Electrical Code (NEC) B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work. No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies and shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services. B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. 1.05 DRAWINGS A. Drawings for the work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment. B. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact quantities and locations for equipment. C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are not shown, but where such items are required by code or where they are required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed. r � 1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area. B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. C. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities and/or existing system wiring. B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays. B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various divisions shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and the decision will be final. D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition. E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the Contractor to work in areas previously finished by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect. G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the drawings are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most financially expensive products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Design Professional for final decision. 1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT j'' —a A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manrhcturecregularly1 engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by.�Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they sha1l'befurnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise. B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for. 1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. C. The Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. D. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 -3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. F. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. G. Submit required information on the following items: SPEC EQUIPMENT DETAIL PROD SAMPLES INSTALL 0& M CERTIFICATE OTHER SECTION DWGS DATA METHODS MANUAL OF SYSTEM (SEE DEMON- NOTES) STRATION 28 31 00 Fire Alarm and Detection X X X X Systems Notes: 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done: � 3 OPERATION AND - --A MAINTENANCE :) MANUAL FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE) SUBMITTED BY (NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR) B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract: 1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization. address, contact and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by the Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 -4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. 1. Provide adequate notice to the Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives. B. Equipment training: 1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. The Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment. 2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures. 3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. The Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance. 5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment ISed in the table below. C. System training: tet.. 1. Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system-wide,Iftart- .p, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures. !.=, - rn D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction: =, Section Description Hrs. on Site Hrs. off Site Presented By Others Present Remarks 28 31 00 Fire Alarm and Detection 2 0 Manufacturer's Contractor 1 Systems Representative Remarks: 1. Perform complete system test at time of instruction. E. The Contractor shall submit a certificate, signed by the Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows: ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 -5 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. A. Project: B. System(s): C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration: Contractor: NAMES DATE HOURS Fr t I ' tL LT') CJ D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction: Owner: NAMES DATE HOURS Acknowledgement of demonstration: E. Contractor's Representative: signature date Owner's Representative: signature date ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC. A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies. 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to the Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, the Design Professional will approve it in an addenda. The Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution. 1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS A. The Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer and service provider for the product submitted and installed. A copy of the Contractor's manufacturer certification must be submitted under this specification section for the Access Control Contractor and the Video Surveillance Contractor if applicable to the project. The Contractor is responsible for workmariship and installation practices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and must be:authorized to provide a Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation. B. The Contractor pulling the cabling (if different from the prime system Contracto "shanneet the BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements found in the Division 27 General Provisions,--fl C. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential two hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion. • 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plans are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to the Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals. B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer. C. If the Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer. ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 -7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met. 1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or accessories with a minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar to those specified below. 1.19 WARRANTY A. The entire telecommunications system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties. 1.20 CHANGES IN THE WORK A:"; A Contract Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and Contracto!7 issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time L. .. may be changed only by Contract Change Order. B. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. C. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures. D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of the Owner. 1.21 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the work is complete the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition. C. The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 28 00 10 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 SECTION 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00-Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -General Requirements and Section 28 00 10 — Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system installation and wiring shall comply with applicable provisions of the current issue of NFPA-72, International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Iowa State Building Code, Iowa Administrative Code, Americans with Disabilities Act, and codes and regulations of local authorities having jurisdiction. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of fire alarm and detection system components and accessories. C. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide fire alarm and detection system components which are UL-listed and labeled. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data for the fire alarm equipment shall consist of shop drawings showing line diagrams,full size drawings with device locations and addresses, quantities of equipment, catalog tits showing technical data necessary to evaluate the equipment and other descriptive data necessaryto describe fully the equipment proposed. Submittals shall show approval from Design Professiori E I B. In no instance shall the contract drawings be reproduced for shop drawing submittals.Jo r" C. Contractor is responsible for any fees associated with the review and approval of thefire aldrrh drawings and product data by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Contractor is also responsible for completion of the required fire alarm system submittal form and submittal of the final fire alarm shop drawings to the AHJ. 1.04 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Record drawings shall be provided prior to the time of scheduling of the final inspection. They shall include the location of the overcurrent protection that feeds any fire alarm related equipment and shall be clearly marked on the drawings. Include changes made during system testing and acceptance. 1. The following should be included: a. Alarm initiation devices with addresses. b. Alarm signal devices with module locations/addresses and circuit numbers. c. Door holders and smoke dampers with module location and addressed. d. Air handling units with module and relay locations and addresses. e. Junction pull boxes. f. Layout of conduit with circuit identification. g. 120 VAC power sources for control panels, door holders, and fire/smoke dampers. h. Location of all end of line resistors. Calculations for voltage drop on circuits, battery, and audio amplifier sizing. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00- 1 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 1.05 SYSTEM OPERATION A. Control of System: By the Fire Alarm Control Panel. B. System Supervision: Automatically detect and report open circuits, shorts, and grounds of wiring for initiating device, signaling line, and notification-appliance circuits. C. Priority of Signals: Automatic alarm response functions resulting from an alarm signal from one zone or device are not altered by subsequent alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals.An alarm signal is the highest priority. Supervisory and trouble signals have second-and third-level priority. Higher-priority signals take precedence over signals of lower priority, even when the lower-priority condition occurs first. Annunciate and display all alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals regardless of priority or order received. D. Noninterference: A signal on one zone shall not prevent the receipt of signals from other zones. E. System Reset: All zones are manually resettable from the Fire Alarm Control Panel after initiating devices are restored to normal. Equipment that has been by-passed in software shall not change `___ state of condition during a "reset". 1. --at_ire Alarm Control Panel shall be reprogrammed so that it can be reset only when a security IRVel access level of 3 or greater is used. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals to a remote alarm station by means of a digital alarm communicator transmitter and telephone lines. G. System Alarm Capability during Circuit Fault Conditions: System wiring and circuit arrangement prevent alarm capability reduction when a single ground or open circuit occurs in an initiating device circuit, signal line circuit, or notification-appliance circuit. H. Loss of primary power at the Fire Alarm Control Panel initiates a trouble signal at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the annunciator. An emergency power light is illuminated at both locations when the system is operating on the secondary power supply. Basic Alarm Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, operation of a manual station, automatic alarm operation of a smoke or flame or heat detector, or operation of a sprinkler flow device initiates the following: 1. Notification-appliance operation. 2. Initiation of voice alarm system except for individual sleeping rooms. 3. Identification at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the remote annunciator of the device originating the alarm. 4. Transmission of an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 5. Release of fire and smoke doors held open. 6. Release of fire and smoke doors hold open if a detector adjacent to the door is in alarm. 7. Recall of elevators if the alarm is initiated by a detector located in an associated machine room, hoistway, or elevator lobby. 8. Shutdown of fans and other air-handling equipment serving the fire zone where alarm was initiated. 9. Initiation of smoke control sequence(s). 10. Closing of smoke dampers in air ducts of system serving the fire zone where alarm was initiated. 11. Recording of the event in the system memory. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 283100 - 2 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 J. Alarm Silencing,System Reset and Indication: Controlled by switches in the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the remote annunciator. 1. Silencing-switch operation halts alarm operation of notification appliances and activates an "alarm silence" light. Display of identity of the alarm zone or device is retained. 2. Subsequent alarm signals from other devices or fire zones reactivate notification appliances until silencing switch is operated again. 3. When alarm-initiating devices return to normal and system reset switch is operated, notification appliances operate again until alarm silence switch is reset. K. Operating a heat detector in the elevator shaft shuts down elevator power by operating a shunt trip device in the circuit feeding the elevator. 1. A field-mounted relay actuated by the Fire Alarm Control Panel closes the shunt trip circuit and operates building notification appliances and annunciator. L. Smoke detection for zones or detectors with alarm verification initiates the following: 1. Audible and visible indication of an"alarm verification"signal at the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 2. Activation of a listed and approved"alarm verification"sequence Fire Alarm Control Panel" and the detector 3. General alarm if the alarm is verified. 4. Cancellation of the Fire Alarm Control Panel indication and system reset if the alarm is not verified. M. Sprinkler valve-tamper switch operation initiates the following: n_5 1. A supervisory, audible, and visible "valve-tamper" signal indication at Fire Alam Control Panel and the annunciator. 2. Transmission of supervisory signal to remote alarm receiving station. N. Low-air-pressure switch operation on a dry-pipe or preaction sprinkler system initiate-s the`ffllowitlg:._ 1. A supervisory, audible, and visible "sprinkler trouble" signal indication at the Fire Alarm • Control Panel arid the annunciator. _ 2. Transmission of trouble signal to remote central station. O. Remote Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Manipulation of controls at the Fire Alarm Control Panel causes the selection of specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display of their current status and sensitivity settings, and control of changes in those settings.Same controls can be used to program repetitive, scheduled, automated changes in sensitivity of specific detectors. Sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity-adjustment schedule changes are recorded in system memory and are printed out by the system printer. P. Removal of an alarm-initiating device or a notification appliance initiates the following: 1. A "trouble" signal indication at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the annunciator for the device or zone involved. 2. Transmission of trouble signal to remote alarm receiving station. Q. Fire Alarm Control Panel Alphanumeric Display: Plain-English-language descriptions of alarm, supervisory, and trouble events; and addresses and locations of alarm-initiating or supervisory devices originating the report. Display monitoring actions, system and component status, system commands, programming information, and data from the system's historical memory. 1. The upper line of the display shall indicate the zone in alarm according to the zone schedule on drawings. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00- 3 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2. The lower line of the display shall indicate the address of the device in alarm. R. LED Lights: 1. Only fire alarm zone lights and"device type"lights shall annunciate with a red LED. Device type, address and exact location shall annunciate on the digital readout. 2. Any by-pass, disable, or trouble condition shall annunciate with an amber LED, a trouble sounder and annunciate on the digital readout.A"trouble pending"control module shall be included. 1.06 ACTIVE SYSTEMS A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Existing equipment can be removed prior to new system installation. B. Equipment Removal: 1. Package operational fire alarm and detection equipment that has been removed and deliver c ; to-Owner. 2: Remove from site and legally dispose of existing material not designated for other disposition. '1 07 EXTRA MATERIAL S 'A. -- Furnish-extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with • . protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1 Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but not less than one unit. 2. Smoke Detectors and Heat Detectors: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than one unit of each type. 3. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than one unit of each type. 4. Keys and Tools: Five(5)extra sets for access to be locked and tamperproofed components. 1.08 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: A written warranty, signed by Contractor and manufacturer, agreeing to replace components that do not meet requirements or that fall within the specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Final Acceptance. Full warranty applies throughout the warranty period. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire alarm and detection systems of one of the following: 1. Notifier: NESCO Distributor 2. The equipment supplier shall provide the services of a factory trained representative. They shall supervise the system installation and final connections to the equipment and provide testing to assure that the system is in proper operating condition. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-4 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 2.02 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS A. General: Provide fire alarm and detection system products of types, sizes,and capacities indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components;construct in accordance with published product information, and as required for complete installation. Provide fire alarm and detection systems for applications indicated, with the sequence of operations, components and function features indicated. B. Materials and Equipment: 1. Wiring System Materials: Provide basic wiring materials which comply with 26 0010 — ' Electrical General Provisions, 26 0553—Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems,and 26 0519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables; types to be selected by Installer. a. Junction and Pull Boxes: 1) Junction and pull boxes shall be clearly marked. This shall be done by painting the covers red, and properly labeling them. 2) All junction and pull boxes located at or above 8'0"from the floor shall be a minimum size of 4-11/16". 3) No box extensions shall be permitted on new work. 4) All junction boxes shall be readily accessible. 5) No splicing in device mounting boxes. C. Manufacturer's Equipment: Provide manufacturer's standard construction equipment for material noted below: 1. Central Fire Alarm Control Panel is an existing intelligent analog system. a. Notifier 4100 1) All devices to be served from one (1) panel. 2. Manual Pull Stations a. Description: Fabricated of metal, and finished in red with molded, ratsed-letter operating instructions of contrasting color. " -• • 1) Double-action mechanism requires two actions, such as 'push and a pu1I to initiate an alarm. _ 2) Station Reset: Key or wrench operated; double pole, double throw; switch rated for the voltage and current at which it operates. - - 3) Indoor Protective Shield: Factory-fabricated clear plastic enclosure, hinged at the top to permit lifting for access to initiate an alarm. Lifting the cover actuates an integral battery-powered audible horn intended to discourage false alarm operation. Shield shall be Notifier STI Stopper II, Model STI1130. 4) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate manual-station status(normal, alarm, or trouble)to the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 5) When surface-mounting pull stations, fire alarm equipment provider shall provide back boxes to match pull stations. 3. Smoke Detectors a. General: Include the following features: 1) Operating Voltage: 24-V dc, nominal. 2) Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 3) Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components are mounted in a module that connects in a tamper-resistant manner to a fixed base with a twist-locking plug connection.Terminals in the fixed base accept building wiring. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-5 City Hall Lobby. Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 4) Sensitivity: Can be tested and adjusted in-place after installation. 5) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 6) Remote Controllability: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors are analog- addressable type, individually monitored at the Fire Alarm Control Panel for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition, and individually adjustable for sensitivity from the Fire Alarm Control Panel. b. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: Include the following features: 1) Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon-cell receiver. 2) Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268A. 3) Magnetically actuated test switch. 4) Integral Thermal Detector: Fixed-temperature type with 135 deg F setting. 4. Other Detectors f"J a. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature or rate of rise of temperature. rr c:' 1) Analog temperature measuring device with setpoint (rating) set by Fire L Q- �� Alarm Control Panel. rn vi— 2) Mounting: Plug-in base, interchangeable with smoke detector bases,where rc i available. , c` f---rr 3) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status '-- -` (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 5.. Notification Appliances a. Description: Equip for mounting as indicated and have screw terminals for system connections. 1) Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-mounting assembly. b. Visible Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights listed under UL 1971 with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens. Mount lens on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch- high letters on the lens. 1) Rated Light Output: 15/75 candela minimum per UL 1971 for ADA use unless otherwise indicated on drawing or required to meet NFPA 72 criteria. 2) Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 3) Synchronized operation. 4) Mounting: a) Ceiling: Flush with white baffle. b) Wall: Surface with red or white housing. c) Include skirt for surface mounted devices which do not conceal a standard 4-inch junction box. c. Tone Speakers: 1) High-Range Units: Rated 2 to 15 W. 2) Low-Range Units: Rated 1 to 2 W. 3) Size: a. Ceiling-Mounted Speakers: 8 inches. b. Wall-Mounted speakers: 4 inches. 4) Mounting: a) Ceiling: Flush with white baffle. b) Wall: Surface with red or white housing. c) Include skirt for surface mounted devices which do not conceal a standard 4-inch junction box. 5) Matching Transformers: Tap range matched to the acoustical environment of the speaker location. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 283100 -6 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 6. Magnetic Door Holders a. Description: Units equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching door plate. 1) Electromagnet: Requires no more than 3 W to develop 25-Ibf holding force. 2) Wall-Mounted Units: Surface mounted, unless otherwise indicated. 3) Contact Plate: Adjustable. 4) Armature Plate: Door mounted, adjustable 95 deg. horizontal, 5 deg. vertical. 5) Rating: 24-Vdc. b. Material and Finish: Match door hardware. c. Existing Units: Where existing units are shown for reconnection, provide necessary relays to operate at 24V dc. d. Mount units high on door. 7. Signal Circuit Remote Power Supply a. General: Filtered, regulated, power limited with trouble indication; with emergency power supply. b. Cabinet Lockable steel, surface-mounted enclosure, keyed to match, Fire Alarm Control Panel. 8. Battery Power Supply a. General: Components include valve-regulated, recombinant lead acid battery; charger; and an automatic transfer switch. 1) Battery Nominal Life Expectancy: 4 years as a minimum. b. Battery Capacity: Comply with NFPA 72 for supplying a minimum of 24 hours of operation in normal condition,followed by no less than 15 minutes in full alarm for a c. system operating without a backup generator. Battery Charger: Solid-state, fully automatic, variable-charging-rate type. Provide capacity for 150 percent of the connected system load while maintaining batteries at full charge. If batteries are fully discharged,the charger recharges them completely within four hours. Charger output is supervised as part of system.power supply supervision. d. Integral Automatic Transfer Switch:Transfers the load to the battWririthat loss of, signals or status indications when normal power fails. C) rw -13 Fri PART 3- EXECUTION (2) 3.01 GENERAL ry I `) A. Contractor/Installer shall meet with Owner prior to performing any work on existing/new system(s). Meeting shall determine existing building system functions and approach Contractor/Installer will take to remove the existing system. And, determine Contractor's/Installer's plan to install new system which includes raceway runs, typical wiring practices, and device and equipment installation,also to provide Contractor/Installer with Owner's expectations. B. The locations and spacing of alarm initiating devices and strobes indicated on the drawings are approximate. The equipment supplier shall verify device requirements and spacing and shall add devices as required to satisfy governing authorities. It shall be the responsibility of the equipment supplier or his representative to determine the type of detector required by local authorities for each type of installation. C. Install the fire alarm system in accordance with approved manufacturer's wiring diagrams.Furnish all conduit,wiring, outlet boxes,junction boxes,cabinets, and similar devices necessary for a complete installation. Boxes shall be installed in accessible spaces without requiring the removal of light fixtures or any other equipment. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-7 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 D. Coordinate system programming with the authority having jurisdiction. E. Provide 120 volt power to annunciator panels and remote signal circuit power supplies. F. Paint the fire alarm power supply disconnect red and label "Fire Alarm Circuit Control". Provide locking means. G. Coordinate the installation of equipment and devices that pertain to the work of other trades with the appropriate contractors. H. Provide switch and fuse stat's(type SOU)installed within the Fire Alarm Control Panel disconnect 120 VAC power and separately all battery power. 3.02 DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Provide devices as indicated on drawings and as required to perform specified functions. B. Initiating Devices: T: Smoke Detectors: a. Cover all smoke detection devices immediately after installation to maintain cleanliness. br- Install within five feet of each door held open by the fire alarm system. .L. _. Where adjacent to an air shaft, supply diffuser or return grille, install smoke detector 36 inches minimum from the edge of the diffuser or grille. " d. Provide a smoke detector within 10 feet of each remote power supply panel. C. Signaling Devices: 1. Where plans indicate a signaling device installed adjacent to a manual station, install the signaling device on the wall directly above the manual station. 2. Provide a minimum of two weatherproof audible signaling devices of the same type as other signaling devices provided with the system. The audible signaling devices will be located by the fire department connection to each building. Owner will determine the exact locations. Mount the devices on the exterior of the building. Provide a separate circuit for exterior audible signaling devices. 3. In sprinkled buildings, provide a 120 volt circuit to the fire sprinkler bell location. Provide manual bypass from the Fire Alarm Control Panel. 4. Set taps for toilet room speakers at 1/4 watt where toilet room is under 1000 square feet. 5. Signaling devices shall be completely deactivated by pressing "signal silence". 6. Audibles shall be placed so that they can be heard a minimum of 15 decibels above the ambient decibel level in all locations (refer to NFPA 72G and ISBC 17.705(12)). D. Control Devices: 1. All devices controlled by the Fire Alarm Control Panel(i.e. dampers, doors, elevators, etc.) shall be operated by the use of"control modules"and not by relay type device on detector bases. No auxiliary equipment shall be directly connected to LMX control modules. Control modules shall activate a 24VDC relay with LED when in the"alarm". 2. Elevators: Verify recall requirements with local codes, authorities, and installers prior to system programming. Provide control modules and relays as required. 3. Provide a control module and relay for each door or group of doors to be held open. 4. Provide control modules and relays as required to implement the required control sequences. 5. Provide control modules and relays for remote indication of alarm and trouble conditions. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00- 8 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 E. Door Holders: 1. Mount at the top of each door to be held open unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mount the magnet on the wall and the contact plate on the door. Provide extensions as necessary to assure proper mating between the magnet and contact plate. Magnet is to maintain hold of door under normal conditions. 3. Adjust so the door is held parallel to the wall on which the magnet is mounted. 4. Electromagnetic door holders which are indicated to be integral with a door closer shall be furnished by the Design Professional. Provide wiring so the door holders are normally energized from the fire alarm power supply. 3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 26, Section 26 0533-Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems. Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated. Surface-mounted wiremold shall be size 700 minimum. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as recommended by the manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated,spliced,or interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blcks, or plug connectors. Do not install spare conductors in conduits or junction boxes. • C. Cable Taps:All cables in the fire alarm control panel,junction boxes, and pull bo5ie shalhbe clearly marked in English (i.e. SLC 1, 3rd Floor Speakers, etc.). Label all junction box-eovers`t6 indicate, circuits and/or devices enclosed. Label inside cover of all junction boxes in finished area. Label outside cover of all junction boxes in unfinished/concealed areas. D. Color-Coding:Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building powerwrt ►g. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for supervisory circuits. Color-code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red and provide circuit labels on inside of cover. E. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1-inch conduit between the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting wiring as needed to suit monitoring function. F. Install end-of-line resistors at the farthest device from panel or module in a separate junction box clearly marked"End-of-Line Resistor. G. Conductors (minimum size and color) and raceways shall be provided as listed below, unless otherwise recommended by the system manufacturer or required by the authority having jurisdiction: 1. 120VAC 12AWG 2. Initiating circuits #18 tw/sh pair White (+) Black (-) 3. Audible signaling circuits a. Horns/bells #14AWG Red (+) Black (-) b. Speakers #14 tw/sh pair Red (+) Black(-) 4. Module power #14AWG Violet(+) Blue (-) 5. Resettable module power #14AWG Yellow(+) Gray(-) 6. Visual signaling circuits #14AWG Red (+) Black (-) 7. Door holder/smoke dampers #14AWG Brown (+) White (-) 8. Control circuits #14 AWG FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00-9 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 H. Conduit fill and box fill never to exceed 50%. I. No spare conductors shall be installed in conduits or junction boxes. J. 3M#130C rubber tape (or approved equal) shall be used to insulate grounding shields. K. If surface Wiremold is specified, it shall be no smaller than 700 size. L. All junction and pull boxes located at or above 8'-0"from the floor shall be a minimum size of 4-11/16" square by 2-1/8" deep. M. No box extensions shall be permitted on new work. N. All fire alarm devices, junction and pull boxes shall be installed so they are accessible without removing light fixtures, equipment, conduits,junction boxes or other items. O. No splicing will be allowed in device mounting boxes. P. :End of Line Resistors"shall be located at the device that is farthest away from the panel or module. Q. All devices being controlled by the fire alarm control panel (i.e. dampers, doors, etc.) shall be operated by the use of control modules and not by relay type devices in detector bases. No auxiliary egUipment;shall be directly connected to an addressable control module. Each control module shall activate-a.24 vdc relay with LED when in the"alarm"state. R. Back boxes shall be provided by equipment supplier for any surface-mounted pull stations or signaling devices. S. T-taps may be used for signaling line circuits if manufacturer's recommendations are followed. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26, Section Identification for Electrical Systems. B. Install instructions frame in a location visible from the Fire Alarm Control Panel. C. Paint power-supply disconnect switch or breaker serving all fire alarm equipment red and label "FIRE ALARM". Provide handle lock to lock circuit breakers in the closed position. D. Affix the name and telephone number of the local service organization to the inside of the door of the Fire Alarm Control Panel and each remote cabinet. E. Label each control module to indicate the equipment controlled. F. Maintain wiring color codes throughout the system. G. All labels shall be on the inside of the cover. 3.05 GROUNDING A. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's written instructions to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize,to the greatest extent possible,ground loops,common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00- 10 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 B. Ground equipment and conductor and cable shields. For audio circuits, minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. Provide 5-ohm ground at main equipment location. Measure,record,and report ground resistance. 3.06 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field- ' assembled components and connections and to supervise pretesting,testing,and adjustment of the system. Report results in writing. B. In preparation for the final test, Contractor shall: 1. Submit a "Test Log" and test forms from NFPA 72 and include a print out proving detector chamber values of less than 50% for all detectors. 2. 3. Provide a letter certifying pre-test compliance and a list of witnesses. Provide an up to date and complete printout of software at the time of final inspection and after any and all corrections or changes. C. Contractor shall perform a Final"Minimum System Test"per NFPA 72. 1. Contractor shall test all equipment per minimum system testing requirements and maintain a "Test Log". 2. Contractor to have sufficient personnel to conduct the test efficiently. 3. Upon completion of the Final Test Contractor will submit the Test Log. 4. Owner's representative has the authority to void the Final Test if it is proven during the Final Test that the Fire Alarm system installation is not complete. a. Voiding the Final Test will require Contractor to schedule another Find1 Test. 5. Upon approval of Final Test, successful owner training and submittal of completed"As-Built" drawings and O&M manuals, Owner will provide Contractor with accept nce of new Fire Alarm System. ` a. Owner acceptance does not constitute "Project Closeout" or.completion of "Final Punch List" b. Owner acceptance only relieves Contractor of testing requirements it does pot relieve Contractor of other contract requirements. c. Final Testing does not constitute Owner training. d. Owner acceptance provides approval to activate the new Fire Alarm System as the primary system. 6. Contractor shall perform final test in the presence of manufacturer's representative,Owner's representatives, and necessary local code authorities. D. Minimum System Tests' test the system according to procedures outlined in NFPA 72. Minimum required tests are as follows: 1. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. 2. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation-testing device. 3. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of the circuit and measure the circuit resistance with an ohm meter. Record the circuit resistance of each circuit on record drawings. 4. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual. 5. Test initiating and indicating circuits for proper signal transmission under open circuit conditions. One connection each should be opened at not less than 10 percent of initiating and indicating devices.Observe proper signal transmission according to class of wiring used. 6. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper response at the control unit. Test smoke detectors with actual products of combustion. FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00- 11 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project Rohrbach Associates PC City of Iowa City RAPC Project#1323 7. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation and maintenance manual. Systematically initiate specified functional performance items at each station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and using all communications options. For each item, observe related performance at all devices required to be affected by the item under all system sequences. Observe indicating lights, displays, signal tones, and annunciator indications. Observe all voice audio for routing, clarity, quality, freedom from noise and distortion, and proper volume level. 8. Test Both Primary and Secondary Power: Verify by test that the secondary power system is capable of operating the system for the period and in the manner specified. 9. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets Specifications and complies with applicable standards. 10. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests,and detailed test results in the form of a test log. Submit log on the satisfactory completion of test E. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform a 100% quality inspection of the final installation and in the presence of Contractor, Owner's Representative and local code and fire authorities, shall perform a complete finished test of all aspects of the system. A system certification verifying the proper system operation shall be required prior to acceptance. F. Audible sound level measurements shall be conducted throughout the entire building, and all spaces with the evacuation system off and sounding. 3.07 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A., Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marred finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by LI— Provide detector cleaning report proving a maximum chamber value of 50% for all detectors. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and maintaining equipment and schedules. Provide a minimum of 4 hours training. 2. Provide a minimum of 4 hours of software program training. 3. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance manual as a training aid. 4. Schedule training with Owner, with at least seven days advance notice. 3.09 MAINTENANCE A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls. and sensitivities to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three requested visits to Project site for this purpose. B. Provide a maintenance contract from the local service organization beginning on the date of Substantial Completion and remaining in force throughout the warranty period. Include required NFPA testing at times scheduled by Owner. C. Provide Owner with a proposal from the local service organization for a one-year maintenance contract beginning at the end of the warranty period. END OF SECTION 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM (ADDRESSABLE) 28 31 00 - 12 liq 11171111AAL ,...- PROFESSIONAL SEALS: I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared described below was prepared by me or under my direct by me or under my direct personal supernnsion and that I am a re +,+,,, duly licensed PROFE5510NAL EN NEER under the laws of the supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly registered ,, ►* ARCHITECT u laws of the State of Iowa. *�.`"(}�'�%Q'''•State of Iowa. Printed or n e Stev o achi!lll `(® DWIGHT :'f/,�� Signature:w . • •lir " 5i natu.oor -Date e 9 g ZO "? f =Z; CLOPTON •" Name: Dwight .Schumm ?s �� �fi i� : $Ctoo, IHUMM Date: ?1.oS. hi Reg. No.: 13694 IOVVIA Re ;ration Ex res Date Issued : nib e ,d 13694' My registration expires December 31, 2015 �` �tP ••, ° Pa es or She s covered by this seat ., •••., .••• .```i, R O H R B A C H A S S O C' ATE S FRED A G 9.5 �.lowp, Pages or Sheets covered by this seal: FXD 1 .2 THRU E5. I Date Issued: A R C H I T E C T S F WA CITY CITV UA U RAPC Project No. 1323 COVER Architect: G 1.00 SYMBOLS AND ABREVIATIONS FXD I .2 SECOND FLOOR FIRE SUPPRESSION DEMOLITION PLAN Rohrbach Associates PC G2.00 LEVEL I PHASING PLAN FX 1. I LOBBY LEVEL FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN 325 E Washington G2.0I LEVEL 2 Pf1A5ING PLAN FX 1.2 SECOND FLOOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN Suite 400 FA I. I FIRST FLOOR FIRE ALARM PIAN D 1.00 LEVEL I DEMOLITION PLAN FA 1.2 SECOND FLOOR FIRE ALARM PIAN Iowa City, Iowa D 1 .0 I LEVEL 2 DEMOLITION PLAN 319 338-9311 D4.00 LEVEL I REFLECTED DEMOLITION PLAN PIA FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLANS Fax: 319 338-9872 D4.01 LEVEL 2 REFLECTED DEMOLITION PLAN P 1.2 SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLANS P 1.3 THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING PLANS A 1.00 LEVEL I CONSTRUCTION PIAN P5.0 PLUMBING 5Ct1EDULE5 AND DETAILS Mechanical /Electrical Engineer A1.01 LEVEL 2 CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH PLAN D2SIgtl Ef1CjII122rS PC A 1.02 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS 11D 1.2 SECOND FLOOR HVAC PLAN 8801 Prairie View Lane Suite 200 A2.00 LEVEL I FINISH PLAN h I . I LOBBY LEVEL HVAC PIAN Cedar Rapids, IA A3.00 SIGNAGE PLANS, DETAILS, AND ELEVATIONS h 1.2 SECOND FLOOR HVAC PLAN p A3.0I SIGNAGE PLANS, DETAILS, AND ELEVATIONS f15.0 HVAC SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 319 841-1944 A4.00 LEVEL I REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Fax 319 841-1949 A4.01 LEVEL 2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EDI . I FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PIAN A7.00 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS EDI .2 SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN A7.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS E I . I FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM PLAN A7.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS E 1.2 SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL LIGATING AND FIRE ALARM PLAN A8.00 CASEWORK PROFILES F2.1 FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER AND TELECOM PIAN A9.00 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS E2.2 SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER AND TELECOM PLAN A9. 10 DETAILS E5.0 ELECTRICAL 5Ct1EDULE5 AND DETAILS A9.50 WALL TYPES F5.1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS MATERIAL CONVENTIONS DRAFTING CONVENTIONS GRAPHIC 5YM13OL5 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT5 (UNLE55 NOTED ON DRAWING.) And KOP Knockout Panel DOORS L Angle KPL Kick Plate I @ At LAB Laboratory ACOUSTICAL TILE OR Centerline LAD Ladder yz Diameter PANEL COLUMN LINE �--� # Pound LAM Lamination (A — r LAV Lavatory `✓ + Tolerance DimensionLB Pound I 7-011 d EQ. EQ. A Air LBL Label A.F.F. - A/E Architect/ Engineer LF Linear Foot DOOR WITH 180 HOLD d -- •• AB Anchor Bolt LG Length ALUMINUM OPEN ACBL Accessible (ADA Compliant) LH Left Hand ROOM NAME ACOU5Acou5tical LHR Left Hand Reverse 5'-01 ROOM # AFF Above Finished Floor UB Library SOUTH CEILING WEST VARYING LEAF AD ADA Access Door or Area Drain The Americans with Disabilities Act LIN LKK Linear Locker ... 0 O -' ... z �. w O - - c.o BOOK SHELF ROOM FINISH BLOCK WALLS -.ADJC AF ADBIL Adaptable (ADA Compliant) LLH Long Leg Horizontal BITUMINOUS ROOM NAME ROOM A.F.F. ADDL `Additional LLV Long 9 Le Vertical - AGGR AL ALT L ;A Aggregate gg • g Aluminum , Alternate LT L1WT LTG ' ROOM # NORTH FLOOR EAST BASE SOUTH CEILING WEST VARYING LEAF 5'-0" A.F.F. i N A.F.F. _ — ELEV HOUSE PHONE TOR 21.01 COUNTER W/ DOOF 1, SIZE ... .. U_ w p TELEPHONE CLO Claret NA Not Applicable UNIT CLR Clear NAT Natural SYSTEM MARK CLRM Classroom NIC Not In Contract PIAN SECTION CMP5TCompo5ite NO Number BOOR FIREFIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM ELECTRICAL LIGHTED EXIT WATERCOOLER CORNER CORNER CNTFG Centrifuge NOM Nominal EQUIPMENT 5YM50L ooa EQUIPMENT NUMBER OPENING EXTINGUISHER PULL STROBE 5PEAKER/5TROBE PANEL SIGN GUARD (CG) GUARD CNTR Counter NT5 Not To Scale — — — — — EARTH HARDWARE CABINET STATION CO Cased Opening OA Overalr: III -1 I I-1 I I-1 I I-1 I ISI (CG—S) COL Column OC On center 1-1 I I-1 11-1 I I-1 I I-11 COMP Computer OD Outside Diameter DOUBLE EGR -55 CONIC Concrete OF Outside Face q2 PARTITION TYPE CONN Connection OFCI Owner Furnished/ CON5TICon5truction Contractor Installed PARTITION TYPE 5YM50L CONT Continuous OFD Overflow Roof Dram FLA5HING CONTR Contractor OFF _ Office CORP, Corridor OPNG Opening pp CPRS 'Com ressible or Com pressi on pp OPP ' 0 osite CR d Reader soder OXY ` OxygenELEVATION MARKER TOP OF SLAB � CRPLAIvChemical Resistant Plastic Laminate O ::•.�:...�.._.:_~::, / PB Panic Bar �. :µ-,.r.... r».-- THERMOSTAT ELEV. 1 R Cold oiled Steel 00 00 CR5 C R P P r al m .. ., C e son Co uter GLASS OMIT AT _ _ / LIGHT SWITCH + C5 Cast Stone PERF_ Perforated: .. f9"'— ❑ _ :... , C5K ..:.Countersunk SMALLER SCALES} �-o I O O •. ;,•.,�r.;.,,-:,-�.;Y. PERIM Perimeter ROLL -DOWN CK C5MT Casement CSWK Casework PERP Perpendicular ❑ � p DATUMPOI N7 '1' PGBD' Pe Board p w LL \ ,� , u.. CW Cold Water PL Platte I.L: OLL_ — ¢ CYL Cylinder PLAM Plastic laminate o LL DBL Double PLA5 PlasterGYPSUM BOARD m d DEMO Demolition PLBG Plumbing .. .. DEPT Department PLYWD Plywood DET Detail PNEU Pnuematic X SECTION IDENTIFICATION DIA Diameter EXTERIOR ELEVATION DIM Dimension PNL Panel CASED OPENING SHEET NO. WHERE CARD COAT HOOK MARKER BOARD TACK/ BULLETIN BOARD LIGHT SWITCH/THERMOSTAT TYP. LIGHT DIMMER TYPICAL LAB WALL PNT Paint ® ® SECTION SHOWN READER OR COATRACK SWITCH SWITCH GA5 OUTLETS DI Deionized PNTD Painted DI5P Dispenser POL Polished INSULATION, BATT OR DIV Division POLY Polyethylene BLANKET DMBD Dry Marker Board PR Pair' M DMPF Dampproofing PRC5T Precast DN Down PREFABPrefabricated X SECTION IDENTIFICATION DO Ditto PREFIN Prefinished DOP Door Opening PTD Paper Towel Dispenser _ _•• • ,:: _ INSULATION, RIGID , D5 Downspout PTN Partition BUILDING SECTION SHEET N0. WHERE EXISTING DOOR SECTION SHOWN DSP D e B' Stand pi P PTR Paper Towel Receptacle D5T Door Stop PVC Polyvinyl Chloride DWG Drawing PVG Paving DWR Drawer, QT Quarry Tile m E East QTY Quantity METAL LATH ❑ EA Each QUAL Quality i>t X 0 ❑ ❑ e EIF5 Exterior insulation Finish System stem iii AX.XX ❑ EL Elevation R Riser .XX ELA5T Elastomeric RAD Radius O u- `� "- _ ,L POR Rubber r _i U_ = U_ = w = ¢ = U.: u. _ "- � ELEC Electric DEMOLITION DOOR O O O O RD Roof Drain : • :—.. ,. ¢ _ w LL. ELEV 'Elevator a ¢ ¢ e RFC Recessed ... ..... .., .. • .... .., .. . , ❑ = d- Q d- ¢ ❑ � �- d- �- ❑ �- EMER Emergency :::: •. ; ::: •. ; :: ••.:::: •.:.: MORTAR (OMIT AT X SECTION` IDENTIFICATION co O ENOL Enclosure REF Reference REFR Refrigerator SMALLER SCALES) Ax. SHEET N0. WHERE "- Q ENGR Engineer REG Register WALL SECTION SECTION SHOWN ENTR Entrance REINIF Reinforced or Reinforcing EP Electrical Panel REM Removable THERMOSTAT TYP. POWER OUTLET POWER OUTLET DATA DATA OUTLET DATA OUTLET GAS TELEPHONE TELEPHONE TELEPHONE EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer REQD Required. WALL INDICATION EPRF Explosion Proof POWER ABOVE 36" ABOVE OUTLET ABOVE 36" ABOVE VALVE OUTLET OUTLET WALL EQ Equal RESIIL Resilient PLASTER OUTLET BOX ABOVE 36 q RFG Roofing .. .. .. .. .. . • ...� 'WORKSURFACE CREDENZA, WORKSURFACE CREDENDA, „ EQUIP Equipment RH Right Hand FILES FILES WORKSURFACE ESCAL Escalator RHP, Right Hand Reverse E5MT Easement g TYPICAL NEW RLG Railing EW Each Way CONSTRUCTION EWG Electric Water Cooler < r a r I ----- DETAIL IDENTIFICATION RO Rou h `O Opening GYP. 50PFIT P 9 = EXC Excavate DETAIL _ }� n PLASTIC LAMINATE A o SHEET NO. WHERE DETAIL. ' EXH °:Exhaust RV Roo Vet SHOWN W/ LIGHT. FIXTURE i RWL Rain Water Leader EXP Expans an ; RC Ra = W in Water Conductor m EXST Exis t 9 i EXT Exterior 5 South F F face Face 5C 5a fetC Cabinet TYPICAL WINDOW MIRRORR MIRROR 5CBA IRRORSCBA Selfontained / O FA i Fie Alarm r FA CP Fire Alarm C ont r ol Pane l Breathing a th i n 9 ApPa r atu s Q a0 0 o 0 0 00 Q 0 PLYWOOD (OMIT IT A T 1`5 flat Bar SCHED 5che ule SMALLER SCALES)5) DETAIL IL I DENTIFICATION dm WALL SCRN Green _O , d FB E fire BIanke Extra u cher gE5HEET NO. WHER DETAIL HYDRANT 1 • SOLID 0 SD 50a Dis enserFCO Floor Clean Out SECT Section 00 o 0 PLAN DETAIL SHOWN SURFACE I'D floor Drain 0In �< SGL Sin Ie � oD0 CD00 0 oD a0 D u _- COUNTER \/ \ m _m 0 _. 1 dLLLL QLI>L_FDC Fite Department Connection Cao oo a0 O o0 O a SHR 5hower AND SPLASHFON Foundation SHT Sheet ROCK FILL WINDOWWALL cv¢ _ ¢ oGFEC fire Extin uish rCabinet SHTHG 5heathm9FE fire Ex in9ui h r SHV 5helvin 9 ELEVATION = FGL Fiber lass i I r l 6 O SIM 5 mi a g E IFI ATION UNFOLD FHC Fire Bose Cabinet ... @ NT C SK Sink • HC LAVATORY, WALL — FHP Full Height Partition ELEVATIONS CLOCKWISE V s TOILET ROOM g 5LV Sleeve , FLOOR MOUNTED URINAL AND WASTE F Y Fire Hydrant HUNG MIRROR H y w e NO ARROW MEANS NO COUNTER 5M Sheet Metal ' SAND - TOILET URINAL RECEPTACLE FIN Flay h SND 5anita Napkin Dis enser INTERIOR A- NO SHOWN} SOFFIT W/ LIGHT FL Flashing rY p p PARTITIONS SCREEN 5NR Sanitary Napkin Receptacle LOUVER ELEVATION FLP, Floor or Flooring s SHEET NO. WHERE FIXTURE FLUOR Fluorescent 5P Service Panel ELEVATION SHOWN FOC Face of Concrete SPEC 5pecification FOF Face of Firnsh 5Q 5quare F55K Service SinkOM Face of Masonry teelSTEEL FOS Face of Stud 5.5. Stainless 5 5T 5treetP777711711-17 N NOTE NOTE MARK FPRF fireproofing ` K�n DEMOLITION 1`5 Full Size 5TA Station RECESSED ITEM FSH Fire Sprinkler Head STAG Stagger 5TC Sound Transmission Class — PHOTOGRAPH FSTP Firestopping STD Standard 2'-7" FT Foot or Feet 5TL 5tee1 DEMOLITION PHOTOGRAPH IDENTIFICATION FTG Footing STONE 11 I'- ' FURN Furniture 5TOR Storage t tt t t { { 3 -0 ND PTD5TRUCT5tructural ? 7 i ? ? ? d SHEET NO. WHERE MISCELLANEOUS E FURR Furring I 5U5P 5uspended PHOTOGRAPH Ct o 0 - FUT Future - =N SYM S mbol LINETYPES FVC Fire Valve Cabinet y SHOWN 3'-G" 5YMM Symmetrical _ <o w O G Gas 5Y5 System tL = z _ i II _1 LL LL: _ 1 u: El = z u- GA Gage:T Tread FLOORING TRANSITION — OVERHEAD (QVERCOUNTER AND 11- _ O Z m m ¢ m ¢ m ¢ m ¢ O z GALV Galvanized T*B Top and Bottom <' . < . < TERRAZZO f b cry Ln 0 GB Grab Bar SOFFITS) m ¢ _1 c� w 4' 3.. N w N ¢ GEN Generator T*G Tongue and Groove I '-6" I '-6" GFRC ~ Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete TB Towel Bar GFRG Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum TBM Top of Beam FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLET BELOW AND BEYOND (UNDERCOUNTER AN TC To of Concrete TYPICAL TOILET, HANDICAP TOILET, GRAB BAR, TOILET PAPER HAND SOAP PAPER SANITARY SANITARY TOILET PAPER GL Glass p FOOTINGS) TEL Telephone WALL HUNG WALL HUNG, GRAB DISPENSER, SANITARY DRYER DISPENSER TOWEL NAPKIN NAPKIN GMMU Glass Mesh Mortar Unit DISPENSER GLMU Glass Masonry aTEMP Temporary WOOD FINISH B ( AR NAPKIN DISPOSAL NIC DI5PEN5ER DISPENSER DISPOSAL r TER Terrazzo GND Ground TF To of footing — — REFERENCE (COLUMNLINE, CENTERLINE, GR Grade TFF Top of Finished Floor ROOF DRAIN AND MATCHLINE) GRL Grille TG Laminated Glass GKTG Grating RD GSKT Gasket THK Thickness GT Grout THRE5 Threshold WOOD MILLWORK PROPERTY LINE EQ. EQ. GT Gravel THRU Through SHOWER 3" e CURTAIN ROD TKBD Tackboard TMPD Tempered HEAD GYP Gypsum SHOWER HEAD HB Hose Bibb TP Top of Pavement ® FLOOR DRAIN -- -- ---_ —_ -- — — — LIMIT OF WORK LINE - HC Hollow Core TPH Toilet Papper Holder FD HDBD Hardboard TSL To of Slab HDWD Hardwood T T T p f to l WOOD FRAMING HDWE Hardware 5 ep o S e I --- — --- --- -- -- —� TV Television THROUGH MEMBER` p HGR Hanger TW Top of Wall BREAK LINE CONTROL CONTROL HGT Helght TYP Typical EQ. EO. HM Hollow Metal UNEX Unexcavated CORNER GUARD DIMENSIONS HMinis D Hollow Metal Door UNFIN Unfhed (RECESSED) HNDRt Handrail � `� HN Hold Open LION Unless Otherwise Noted WOOD FRAMING C.G. m HORIZ Horizontal UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply INTERRUPTED MEMBER DIMENSION TO GRID HPT High Point UR Urinal LINE HR Hour UV Ultraviolet DIMENSION TO HVAC Heating, Ventilation, Air ConditioningVAC Vacuum CORNER GUARD �� CENTERLINE OF WALL/ g' VCT Vinyl Com osition Tile —I TTYPICAL SHOWER, TYPICAL SHOWER, - HW Hot Water VERT Vertical p WATERPROOFING (SURFACE MOUNTED) OPE_ 51 CONTROL WALL SIDE WALL H.W.S. Hose. WashStatlan DIME SION TO FACE OF HYDR Hydraulic VEST Vestibule C.G.-5 STUD / MASONRY UNLESS ICW Industrial Cold Water VIF Contractor to Verify in Field " ID Inside Diameter VNR Veneer NOTED OTHERWISE IF Inside Face W West Vapor Retarder BUMPER RAIL IN Inch or Inches IN5UL Insulation With MISCELLANEOUS WC INTR Interior WC Without Watercloset CORRESPONDING SHEET IWH Instantaneous Water Heater AN Janitor WD Wood NUMBERS JWILD welded 5 N EFT NUMBER JAN Joist JT Joint W5CT Wainscot WT Weight �• MATCH SYMBOL KIT Kitchen W` RPRfWaterproofmg J• H EFT NUMBER KO Knockout WWF Welded Wre Fabric %.,/I t t,..! V v /A %.,. I I I AR C H I T E CT S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. 0. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN .. j ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: SYMBOLSAND ABBREVIATIONS Issue Date Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: G1.00 ADH ADJ ,Adjustable Adhesive LNTL LONG Lintel Longitudinal CONCRETE VARYING LEAF 1 , = 0 3 � _ " A.F.F. 2 VARIES o Ct ... 0 O -' ... z �. w O - - c.o BOOK SHELF -.ADJC AF Adjacent Ad ce J Access Floor L P LPT Light roof L 9 , P Low Point ROOM NAME ROOM A.F.F. - _ d _ - u_ �D z = z O - J i= _ O z oC LU ' O i— O � _ -_ _ p _ O AGGR AL ALT L ;A Aggregate gg • g Aluminum , Alternate LT L1WT LTG ' i Light ` 9 Lightweight ht Lighting MM M BRICK ROOM IDENTIFICATION NAME .. v�� ROOM NUMBER � r _ , tL m w I—w _ , O Ln m E— i-- Z z Z _ � Z) U-1 w' cainv� � O � _ m _ , _ _ r� v- a ANO D Anodized LV R Lever or Louver `' AP ARCH CH Access Panel Architect MACH MAINT>Maintenance Machine >PLAN SECT ION DOUBLE ACTING DOOR SYMBOL �DOORMARK TYPICAL SHEET METAL ELEVATORHALLCALLBUTTON AND ELEVATOR HOUSE - ASC Above Sus ended Ceiling As halt MAS MATL Masonry Material BLOCKING MOUNTING HALL LANTERN @ PASSENGER CONTROL PANEL PHONEA5PH AWT Acoustical Wall Treatment MAX `' Maximum MIC TILE OMIT AT CERA { HEIGHT ELEVATOR BD Board MECH Mechanical SMALLER SCALES WINDOW MARK BITUM Bitummous MED <MediumDc' WINDOW 5YMBOL „_,....-•-- aoa ' CEILING LINE BLDG BuildingMEMS Membrane BLKG BM Blocking Beam MET MEZZ Metal Mezzanine EDIT a BOT BUR e Bottom Built-up Roofing MFG MH Manufacturer Manhole 4 4 a , CONCRETE CAST I N_PLACE NG SYMBOL GLAZED'OPENI GLAZED OPENING TYPE FA5 FASS CAB Cabinet MIN Minimum � CL CB Ca5in9 Bead MIR ' Mirror CG Corner Guard M15C Miscellaneous ; TYPICAL DOOR CEM Cement MIL Metal Lath -- LOUVER TYPE FAPSCEMTS ELEC. 26 Cementitious M DG MLWK Maldingg Mill or CONCRETE PRECAST LOUVER SYMBOL ® PANEL _-� L¢L O A9.o9 A9.o9 CER CHAN CHBD Ceramic Channel Chalkboard MO MTD ` Mason Y Opening Mounted PUSH PAD w iu 0 u_ + LL-:- O,O L— -= O ' O Chamfer MTR Mortar J OO oG L ' _Ln CJ Con tructi n Joint MULL Mullion tL zz w¢O � m- O LLp_MVBL ww , Ceiling Movable STAINLESS STEEL � IDENTIFICATION NUMBER m z dGLG w TOP OF BASE CLJ Control Joint N North or Nitrogen CONCRETE MASONRY PAIR INTERIOR WINDOW Ui— OCHFR -, CLO Claret NA Not Applicable UNIT CLR Clear NAT Natural SYSTEM MARK CLRM Classroom NIC Not In Contract PIAN SECTION CMP5TCompo5ite NO Number BOOR FIREFIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM ELECTRICAL LIGHTED EXIT WATERCOOLER CORNER CORNER CNTFG Centrifuge NOM Nominal EQUIPMENT 5YM50L ooa EQUIPMENT NUMBER OPENING EXTINGUISHER PULL STROBE 5PEAKER/5TROBE PANEL SIGN GUARD (CG) GUARD CNTR Counter NT5 Not To Scale — — — — — EARTH HARDWARE CABINET STATION CO Cased Opening OA Overalr: III -1 I I-1 I I-1 I I-1 I ISI (CG—S) COL Column OC On center 1-1 I I-1 11-1 I I-1 I I-11 COMP Computer OD Outside Diameter DOUBLE EGR -55 CONIC Concrete OF Outside Face q2 PARTITION TYPE CONN Connection OFCI Owner Furnished/ CON5TICon5truction Contractor Installed PARTITION TYPE 5YM50L CONT Continuous OFD Overflow Roof Dram FLA5HING CONTR Contractor OFF _ Office CORP, Corridor OPNG Opening pp CPRS 'Com ressible or Com pressi on pp OPP ' 0 osite CR d Reader soder OXY ` OxygenELEVATION MARKER TOP OF SLAB � CRPLAIvChemical Resistant Plastic Laminate O ::•.�:...�.._.:_~::, / PB Panic Bar �. :µ-,.r.... r».-- THERMOSTAT ELEV. 1 R Cold oiled Steel 00 00 CR5 C R P P r al m .. ., C e son Co uter GLASS OMIT AT _ _ / LIGHT SWITCH + C5 Cast Stone PERF_ Perforated: .. f9"'— ❑ _ :... , C5K ..:.Countersunk SMALLER SCALES} �-o I O O •. ;,•.,�r.;.,,-:,-�.;Y. PERIM Perimeter ROLL -DOWN CK C5MT Casement CSWK Casework PERP Perpendicular ❑ � p DATUMPOI N7 '1' PGBD' Pe Board p w LL \ ,� , u.. CW Cold Water PL Platte I.L: OLL_ — ¢ CYL Cylinder PLAM Plastic laminate o LL DBL Double PLA5 PlasterGYPSUM BOARD m d DEMO Demolition PLBG Plumbing .. .. DEPT Department PLYWD Plywood DET Detail PNEU Pnuematic X SECTION IDENTIFICATION DIA Diameter EXTERIOR ELEVATION DIM Dimension PNL Panel CASED OPENING SHEET NO. WHERE CARD COAT HOOK MARKER BOARD TACK/ BULLETIN BOARD LIGHT SWITCH/THERMOSTAT TYP. LIGHT DIMMER TYPICAL LAB WALL PNT Paint ® ® SECTION SHOWN READER OR COATRACK SWITCH SWITCH GA5 OUTLETS DI Deionized PNTD Painted DI5P Dispenser POL Polished INSULATION, BATT OR DIV Division POLY Polyethylene BLANKET DMBD Dry Marker Board PR Pair' M DMPF Dampproofing PRC5T Precast DN Down PREFABPrefabricated X SECTION IDENTIFICATION DO Ditto PREFIN Prefinished DOP Door Opening PTD Paper Towel Dispenser _ _•• • ,:: _ INSULATION, RIGID , D5 Downspout PTN Partition BUILDING SECTION SHEET N0. WHERE EXISTING DOOR SECTION SHOWN DSP D e B' Stand pi P PTR Paper Towel Receptacle D5T Door Stop PVC Polyvinyl Chloride DWG Drawing PVG Paving DWR Drawer, QT Quarry Tile m E East QTY Quantity METAL LATH ❑ EA Each QUAL Quality i>t X 0 ❑ ❑ e EIF5 Exterior insulation Finish System stem iii AX.XX ❑ EL Elevation R Riser .XX ELA5T Elastomeric RAD Radius O u- `� "- _ ,L POR Rubber r _i U_ = U_ = w = ¢ = U.: u. _ "- � ELEC Electric DEMOLITION DOOR O O O O RD Roof Drain : • :—.. ,. ¢ _ w LL. ELEV 'Elevator a ¢ ¢ e RFC Recessed ... ..... .., .. • .... .., .. . , ❑ = d- Q d- ¢ ❑ � �- d- �- ❑ �- EMER Emergency :::: •. ; ::: •. ; :: ••.:::: •.:.: MORTAR (OMIT AT X SECTION` IDENTIFICATION co O ENOL Enclosure REF Reference REFR Refrigerator SMALLER SCALES) Ax. SHEET N0. WHERE "- Q ENGR Engineer REG Register WALL SECTION SECTION SHOWN ENTR Entrance REINIF Reinforced or Reinforcing EP Electrical Panel REM Removable THERMOSTAT TYP. POWER OUTLET POWER OUTLET DATA DATA OUTLET DATA OUTLET GAS TELEPHONE TELEPHONE TELEPHONE EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer REQD Required. WALL INDICATION EPRF Explosion Proof POWER ABOVE 36" ABOVE OUTLET ABOVE 36" ABOVE VALVE OUTLET OUTLET WALL EQ Equal RESIIL Resilient PLASTER OUTLET BOX ABOVE 36 q RFG Roofing .. .. .. .. .. . • ...� 'WORKSURFACE CREDENZA, WORKSURFACE CREDENDA, „ EQUIP Equipment RH Right Hand FILES FILES WORKSURFACE ESCAL Escalator RHP, Right Hand Reverse E5MT Easement g TYPICAL NEW RLG Railing EW Each Way CONSTRUCTION EWG Electric Water Cooler < r a r I ----- DETAIL IDENTIFICATION RO Rou h `O Opening GYP. 50PFIT P 9 = EXC Excavate DETAIL _ }� n PLASTIC LAMINATE A o SHEET NO. WHERE DETAIL. ' EXH °:Exhaust RV Roo Vet SHOWN W/ LIGHT. FIXTURE i RWL Rain Water Leader EXP Expans an ; RC Ra = W in Water Conductor m EXST Exis t 9 i EXT Exterior 5 South F F face Face 5C 5a fetC Cabinet TYPICAL WINDOW MIRRORR MIRROR 5CBA IRRORSCBA Selfontained / O FA i Fie Alarm r FA CP Fire Alarm C ont r ol Pane l Breathing a th i n 9 ApPa r atu s Q a0 0 o 0 0 00 Q 0 PLYWOOD (OMIT IT A T 1`5 flat Bar SCHED 5che ule SMALLER SCALES)5) DETAIL IL I DENTIFICATION dm WALL SCRN Green _O , d FB E fire BIanke Extra u cher gE5HEET NO. WHER DETAIL HYDRANT 1 • SOLID 0 SD 50a Dis enserFCO Floor Clean Out SECT Section 00 o 0 PLAN DETAIL SHOWN SURFACE I'D floor Drain 0In �< SGL Sin Ie � oD0 CD00 0 oD a0 D u _- COUNTER \/ \ m _m 0 _. 1 dLLLL QLI>L_FDC Fite Department Connection Cao oo a0 O o0 O a SHR 5hower AND SPLASHFON Foundation SHT Sheet ROCK FILL WINDOWWALL cv¢ _ ¢ oGFEC fire Extin uish rCabinet SHTHG 5heathm9FE fire Ex in9ui h r SHV 5helvin 9 ELEVATION = FGL Fiber lass i I r l 6 O SIM 5 mi a g E IFI ATION UNFOLD FHC Fire Bose Cabinet ... @ NT C SK Sink • HC LAVATORY, WALL — FHP Full Height Partition ELEVATIONS CLOCKWISE V s TOILET ROOM g 5LV Sleeve , FLOOR MOUNTED URINAL AND WASTE F Y Fire Hydrant HUNG MIRROR H y w e NO ARROW MEANS NO COUNTER 5M Sheet Metal ' SAND - TOILET URINAL RECEPTACLE FIN Flay h SND 5anita Napkin Dis enser INTERIOR A- NO SHOWN} SOFFIT W/ LIGHT FL Flashing rY p p PARTITIONS SCREEN 5NR Sanitary Napkin Receptacle LOUVER ELEVATION FLP, Floor or Flooring s SHEET NO. WHERE FIXTURE FLUOR Fluorescent 5P Service Panel ELEVATION SHOWN FOC Face of Concrete SPEC 5pecification FOF Face of Firnsh 5Q 5quare F55K Service SinkOM Face of Masonry teelSTEEL FOS Face of Stud 5.5. Stainless 5 5T 5treetP777711711-17 N NOTE NOTE MARK FPRF fireproofing ` K�n DEMOLITION 1`5 Full Size 5TA Station RECESSED ITEM FSH Fire Sprinkler Head STAG Stagger 5TC Sound Transmission Class — PHOTOGRAPH FSTP Firestopping STD Standard 2'-7" FT Foot or Feet 5TL 5tee1 DEMOLITION PHOTOGRAPH IDENTIFICATION FTG Footing STONE 11 I'- ' FURN Furniture 5TOR Storage t tt t t { { 3 -0 ND PTD5TRUCT5tructural ? 7 i ? ? ? d SHEET NO. WHERE MISCELLANEOUS E FURR Furring I 5U5P 5uspended PHOTOGRAPH Ct o 0 - FUT Future - =N SYM S mbol LINETYPES FVC Fire Valve Cabinet y SHOWN 3'-G" 5YMM Symmetrical _ <o w O G Gas 5Y5 System tL = z _ i II _1 LL LL: _ 1 u: El = z u- GA Gage:T Tread FLOORING TRANSITION — OVERHEAD (QVERCOUNTER AND 11- _ O Z m m ¢ m ¢ m ¢ m ¢ O z GALV Galvanized T*B Top and Bottom <' . < . < TERRAZZO f b cry Ln 0 GB Grab Bar SOFFITS) m ¢ _1 c� w 4' 3.. N w N ¢ GEN Generator T*G Tongue and Groove I '-6" I '-6" GFRC ~ Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete TB Towel Bar GFRG Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum TBM Top of Beam FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLET BELOW AND BEYOND (UNDERCOUNTER AN TC To of Concrete TYPICAL TOILET, HANDICAP TOILET, GRAB BAR, TOILET PAPER HAND SOAP PAPER SANITARY SANITARY TOILET PAPER GL Glass p FOOTINGS) TEL Telephone WALL HUNG WALL HUNG, GRAB DISPENSER, SANITARY DRYER DISPENSER TOWEL NAPKIN NAPKIN GMMU Glass Mesh Mortar Unit DISPENSER GLMU Glass Masonry aTEMP Temporary WOOD FINISH B ( AR NAPKIN DISPOSAL NIC DI5PEN5ER DISPENSER DISPOSAL r TER Terrazzo GND Ground TF To of footing — — REFERENCE (COLUMNLINE, CENTERLINE, GR Grade TFF Top of Finished Floor ROOF DRAIN AND MATCHLINE) GRL Grille TG Laminated Glass GKTG Grating RD GSKT Gasket THK Thickness GT Grout THRE5 Threshold WOOD MILLWORK PROPERTY LINE EQ. EQ. GT Gravel THRU Through SHOWER 3" e CURTAIN ROD TKBD Tackboard TMPD Tempered HEAD GYP Gypsum SHOWER HEAD HB Hose Bibb TP Top of Pavement ® FLOOR DRAIN -- -- ---_ —_ -- — — — LIMIT OF WORK LINE - HC Hollow Core TPH Toilet Papper Holder FD HDBD Hardboard TSL To of Slab HDWD Hardwood T T T p f to l WOOD FRAMING HDWE Hardware 5 ep o S e I --- — --- --- -- -- —� TV Television THROUGH MEMBER` p HGR Hanger TW Top of Wall BREAK LINE CONTROL CONTROL HGT Helght TYP Typical EQ. EO. HM Hollow Metal UNEX Unexcavated CORNER GUARD DIMENSIONS HMinis D Hollow Metal Door UNFIN Unfhed (RECESSED) HNDRt Handrail � `� HN Hold Open LION Unless Otherwise Noted WOOD FRAMING C.G. m HORIZ Horizontal UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply INTERRUPTED MEMBER DIMENSION TO GRID HPT High Point UR Urinal LINE HR Hour UV Ultraviolet DIMENSION TO HVAC Heating, Ventilation, Air ConditioningVAC Vacuum CORNER GUARD �� CENTERLINE OF WALL/ g' VCT Vinyl Com osition Tile —I TTYPICAL SHOWER, TYPICAL SHOWER, - HW Hot Water VERT Vertical p WATERPROOFING (SURFACE MOUNTED) OPE_ 51 CONTROL WALL SIDE WALL H.W.S. Hose. WashStatlan DIME SION TO FACE OF HYDR Hydraulic VEST Vestibule C.G.-5 STUD / MASONRY UNLESS ICW Industrial Cold Water VIF Contractor to Verify in Field " ID Inside Diameter VNR Veneer NOTED OTHERWISE IF Inside Face W West Vapor Retarder BUMPER RAIL IN Inch or Inches IN5UL Insulation With MISCELLANEOUS WC INTR Interior WC Without Watercloset CORRESPONDING SHEET IWH Instantaneous Water Heater AN Janitor WD Wood NUMBERS JWILD welded 5 N EFT NUMBER JAN Joist JT Joint W5CT Wainscot WT Weight �• MATCH SYMBOL KIT Kitchen W` RPRfWaterproofmg J• H EFT NUMBER KO Knockout WWF Welded Wre Fabric %.,/I t t,..! V v /A %.,. I I I AR C H I T E CT S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. 0. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN .. j ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: SYMBOLSAND ABBREVIATIONS Issue Date Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: G1.00 — LOADING DOCK STAIR FOR CONTRACTOR ACCE55 TO LEVEL 2 1� F7 77r1H 7T7 11 11 11' 11FIF77 "!!`7F, X N _ _ L IN Slil FIN15H REPLACEMENT IN TH15 AREA TO BE FI -1-T-1 _ - _.... 1_1- I r COORDINATED WITH OWNER'S NORMAL ACTIVITIES. ACCESS TO BE MAINTAINED TO ALL ADJACENT AREAS DUREl El ❑ E-1 E-1 ° ° 5301 PM MONDAY THROUGH NG NORMAL BUSINESS H RLIDAY.RS 7:00 AM TO 1 j _ V L 1 VT ❑ 1 I 1 r' ORRI R/ R ORRI I I 1310 10 6 OWNER TO THIS AREA W ❑ MAY BE R W REST ICTED FOR UP TO TWO WEEKS ~ALLOW -FOR 107 107 FINISH REPLACEMENT. 1 1 --1 WO .RK 1 7 WORK 1 , 1 1' r OFFICE OFFICE AREA OFFICE OFFICE i AREA i RE 1 1 1 r _ 113 II 113 IIG (1 G 112 - 2 o CORRIDO 1 1 CORRIDO 1 1 1 1 + + 1` ! ! 2A _ :17711 03� 112A Ell 03� 1(`70 LF 1 1 WAITIN IVAITI1 nSTO GE ' T RA S ORAGE — OFFICE WORK OFFICE E WORK 1 7 1 I09 AREA AREA r 1 1 _ 1 1 r OFFICE OFF CE � ___.� �I 1 1 1 1 1 ; 1 1" 1 - _ 1 RECEPTION 1 RECEPTION CEIN _ _. -_ _ CE N' 1' 1 UP P 1 110 1 IOOA ` I10 I0 A . + 0 .._._...�._._. �. y C____� CORRIDO 1 1 ..CORRIDOR ST�i1�- -�-, 1 R + _ I 1 -__ LOBBY \ + LOBBY" + • OFFICE _..-- _ r OFFICE • _ ' - - - - - - £ FERENCE DOWN , - - - - FERENCE 100 �oWN , 100 OFFICE 120 r ___� -- OFFICE 120 1 rr ROOM ` � 123 ROOM r 123 rli • 1 • 1 1 _ CO CIL OFFICE OFFICE i rr CHA ERS 12G + CNA' ERS 126 1 L------� • 101 ' COUNCIL MEETING i i COUNCIL MEETING i ROOM ROOM i WORK IN CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS % I25 i 125 i TO BEGIN ON JUNE I G, 2015. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO BE i MONUMENT SIGN INSTALLATION MAY BEGIN AT EARLIEST i • • 1 1 ACHIEVED BY JULY 24,2015. A CITY r CONVENIENCE AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED: NEW SIGN • r ------- ----------------------- UNDER ALTERNATE BID. • COUNCIL MEETING 15 SCHEDULED TO • 1 • - ._ __ BE HELD IN THIS ROOM ON JULY27TH, 2015. ••+ j I 1 5 PROJECT LIMITS PROJECT L M T ---------------- ---------------- PHA51 NG NOTES: 1. * INDICTATES AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID N N LEVEL I - PHA5E I PLAN LEVEL I - PHA5E 2 PLAN „ 2 13 �J TAT T (1 N - 1 V V T. 1 MIA ❑ 1 1 FINS REPLACEMENT S ARE I H P EMENT IN,THI A TO BE WR ORRI ORRI R/ R �� COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. FURNITURE 10 AND EQUIPMENT TO BE MOVED BY OWNER 10; G 1 W ON A ROOMBY ROOM BASIS TO ALLOW W d SEAL OPENINGS TO PROTECT ADJOINING OFFICES TO BE OCCUPIED. R EXISTING ADJACENT AREAS _--�------------- ---------- ---------1---=� 10 - - 107 7 - ---- ------ ------- ------ d '1 Com+ + 1 — 1 WORK —_.:; 1 1 ORK 1 ' 1 1 TEMPORARY OWNER ACCESS TO - _- — --- 1 AREA OFFICE OFFICE AREA OFFICE OFFICE 1 s 1' POLICE DEPARTMENT � � r r 113 I16 I13 I16 r� II2 1 CORRIDO n II2 CORRIDO 1 1 ❑ 1 _ 103- , 1 12A 1 103 II2A 1 -- 1 1 .� 1 _ ___.__ 1 1 1 1 1 1- 1 i 1 1 rd AITI 1 � 1 WAITING t� n ❑ + D 1 STORAGE s-rORAGE OFFICE + WORK + _.'_._......_.....,...— �— OFFICE + WORK 1 1 109 109 AREA „R - AREA 0 + c� 1 RE 1 0 1 , 1; 1 . 1 OFFICE -- LCEiiN RECEPTION + CEI)N RECEPTION 1 1 UP __.. _ + UP 1 110 1 ---_-- 1 CORRIDOR IOOA �,�_z�._�.ST�--.�� 110 + --- CORRIDOR... � � 100A _��r.,STAlRS�:t�-��, + L J 1 �f, . , r--- r LOBBY OFFICE ���_�, LOBBY � -- ---� RENCE 100 DOv�1 OFFICE 120 _ OFFICE C ROOMN E t 100 DOWw OFFICE OFFICE 1 1 ROOM r ® 123 0 it i 1 1 r_ _ CO CIL OFFICE + CO CIL OFFICE 26 i � + CHA ERS I� ' _.� CHA' ER5 I26 i � COUNCIL MEETINGZE • 1 + i COUNCIL MEETING i r ROOM i WORK IN THIS AREA TO BEGIN ON NOVEMBER I 1 ,2015. ALL PUBLIC AND ROOM 1 1 OWNER ACCE55 WILL BE RESTRICTED BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 1, 2015 AND • i r 1 DECEMBER 10, 2015. PUBLIC AND OWNER ACCE55 MUST BE RESTORED BY • r DECEMBER 1 1, 2015. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO BE 13Y JANUARY 28, ,201 6 • FINAL COMPLETION TO FEBRURAKY 2G, 20161 • J ___ ____________-___________—_—__� • "` ------------------______________ TEMPORARY PARTITION SEE DETAIL 10 / A9. 1 O • '.- PROJECT LIMITS • i � � PROJECT LIMITS r � --------------------------------- PHASING NOTES: PHA51 NG NOTE: 1. * INDICTATES AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 1. * INDICTATES AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID W N N r�LEVFEL I - PHA5E 3 PLAN LEVEL I - PHA5E 4 PLAN I/ I G" = 1'-0" w [Project R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC ARC H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 TeL 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: r)FS %a ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL:319.841.1944 FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: LEVEL 1 PHASING PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: 62.00 P V ' 235 234 233 I 231 NOTES: 23s 232 PHA51NG NOTES: AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 1. * INDICTATE5 AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 236 I I 235 234 233 NN LEVEL 2 - PHASE I PLAN - SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN 12 WEEKS FROM NOTICE TO PROCEED LEVEL 2 - PHASE 2 PLAN - SUBSTANIAL COMPLETION IN 4 WEEKS AFTER COMPLETION OF PHASE I ri® DEV. SER. COORD. w TRAFFIC A55 TRAN5. USE NORTH STAIR FOR ENGINEER PLANNER PLANNER RE5TROOM 2I4 i OFFICE --------. , 1 RESTROOM CONSTRUCTION SITE ACCESS, NER 219 n21A5515T. 8 � DELIVERIES, AND REMOVAL MAINTAIN OWNER ACCE55 TO ALL i El� OFFICE ONFERENC 207 C-- -- - rRE5TR00M LEVELS DURING NORMAL>BU51NE5S DEV. SER. RESTROOM HOURS 7:00 RM TO 5:30 PM, 222 i < MONDAY 1HROI IGH f-RIDAY DEV. SER. � 212 i COORD. COORD. TRAFFIC A55. TRAN5. SENIOR CORRIDOR i ADMIN. J ELEV. FLOOR TO CEILING COORD. TRAFFIC A55. TRAN5. SENIOR ELEV. OFFICE ENGINEER PLANNER " PLANNER OFFICE SER. COORD. 5TOR: =— -- -- 241----------�_ — BUILDING INSPECTION 209 . STOR. 200A 242 ENGINEER PLANNER PLANNER , 221 STAIRS -202 ONFERENC �-=- p f 5TAIR5 20d i RESTROOM CONFERENCE 200 221 240 � 220 215 214 --- POLYETHELENE FILM MAINTAIN USER ACCE55 TO o ELEV. DUST PARTITION FROM - MAINTAIN OWNER ACCE55 AND U5E OF • 5TOR. 220 2I 5 2 I4 "" """"" ""-'- "--"' % OFFICES DURING NORMAL )OR TO CEILING 23s 0 230 t `------------� 1 PROJECT LIMITS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY 200 241 `% REMAINING FLOOR DURING NORMAL BU51NE55 HOURS 7:00 AM TO 5:30 PM AdnAlflAV THPnI IGH F=Plr)A\/ r 1 BU51NF55 HOURS 7;00 AM TO 1 POLYETHELENE FILM ASSIST. 5:30 PM MONDAY THROUGH A5515T. DU5T PARTITION FROM PLANNER FRIDAY PLANNER i FLOOR TO CEILING 218 218 DIRECTO USE EXI5TING WALL FOR DIRECTOR i DUST PARTITION -SEAL - ALL OPENING5 AND FU 0 _, 2I3 i PENETRATIONS PROGRAM i 7 PROGRAM :COMM. DEV. {" :COMM. DEV. 212 i COORD. , 2I2 i COORD. IOU NG G 211 ❑❑ HOU NG p I 211 SPE ION � � INSPE ION i 217 217 CORRIDOR i BREAK CORRIDOR 2I6 NEIGHBORHOOD ROOM 216 NEIGHBORHOOD `OFFICE SER. CQORD, � OFFICE SER. COORD. 209 206 � 210 209 231 NOTES: 23s 232 PHA51NG NOTES: AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 1. * INDICTATE5 AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 236 I I 235 234 233 NN LEVEL 2 - PHASE I PLAN - SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN 12 WEEKS FROM NOTICE TO PROCEED LEVEL 2 - PHASE 2 PLAN - SUBSTANIAL COMPLETION IN 4 WEEKS AFTER COMPLETION OF PHASE I ri® DEV. SER. COORD. w TRAFFIC A55 TRAN5. SENIOR ENGINEER PLANNER PLANNER RE5TROOM 2I4 i OFFICE --------. , 1 RESTROOM NER 219 n21A5515T. 8 � ,. 202 MAINTAIN OWNER ACCE55 TO ALL i El� OFFICE ONFERENC 207 C-- -- - rRE5TR00M LEVELS DURING NORMAL>BU51NE5S RESTROOM HOURS 7:00 RM TO 5:30 PM, 222 i � 203 MONDAY 1HROI IGH f-RIDAY DEV, � 212 i COORD. p 21 I POLYETHELENE FILM CORRIDOR i ADMIN. J ELEV. FLOOR TO CEILING 21620I 5UPPORT o ELEV. OFFICE 5ER. COORD. OFFICE SER. COORD. 5TOR: =— -- -- 241----------�_ — BUILDING INSPECTION 209 . STOR. 200A 242 � i 205 , 200A STAIRS -202 ONFERENC �-=- p f 5TAIR5 20d i RESTROOM CONFERENCE 200 240 � SUPPORT --- POLYETHELENE FILM 201 o ELEV. DUST PARTITION FROM - MAINTAIN OWNER ACCE55 AND U5E OF • 5TOR. REMAINING FLOOR DURING NORMAL LENS FILM DU5T PARTITION � -- t ------------------' . BUSINESS HOURS 7.00 AM fi0 5.30 PM )OR TO CEILING 23s 0 230 t `------------� 1 PROJECT LIMITS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY 231 NOTES: 23s 232 PHA51NG NOTES: AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 1. * INDICTATE5 AREA OF WORK UNDER ALTERNATE BID 236 I I 235 234 233 NN LEVEL 2 - PHASE I PLAN - SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN 12 WEEKS FROM NOTICE TO PROCEED LEVEL 2 - PHASE 2 PLAN - SUBSTANIAL COMPLETION IN 4 WEEKS AFTER COMPLETION OF PHASE I ri® DEV. SER. COORD. w TRAFFIC A55 TRAN5. SENIOR ENGINEER PLANNER PLANNER 220 215 2I4 - - _ ---------- ------ --------. , 1 ASSIST. NER n21A5515T. 8 � DIRECTOR -- - 213 ffPKOGRAM:COMM. i DEV, 212 i COORD. p 21 I POLYETHELENE FILM DU5T PARTITION FROM CORRIDOR FLOOR TO CEILING 0 21 NEIGHBORHOOD 2I6 OFFICE 5ER. COORD. OFFICE SER. COORD. 210 209 RESTROOM 202, ONFERENC - -202 ONFERENC �-=- _.. i 207 i RESTROOM 203 DMI . �IL203 SUPPORT --- POLYETHELENE FILM 201 o ELEV. DUST PARTITION FROM FLOOR TO CEILING 5TOR. STAIRS CONFERENCE _ 200 241 MAINTAIN OWNER ACCE55 AND U5E OF REMAINING FLOOR DURING NORMAL BU51NE55 HOURS 7:00 AM TO 5:30 PM AdnAlflAV THPnI IGH F=Plr)A\/ r 235 234 233 N LEVEL 2 - PNASE 3 PLAN 5UB5TANIAL COMPLETION IN 12 WEEKS AFTER COMPLETION Of PHASE I 3 1 / 1 G" = 1 '-0" /I Gil = 1 '-0" LEVEL 2 - PHASE 4 PLAN I/ I G" = 1,-0" DEV. SER. COORD. w TRAFFIC A55. TRAN5. SENIOR ENGINEER PLANNER PLANNER 220 215 214- --------------- ----- -. 1 ASSIST. PLANNER 218 DIRECTOR -- - 213 PROGRAM i 1COMM., DEV. 212 i COORD. p � 211 CORRIDOR 2I6 � NEIGHBORHOOD OFFICE SER. COORD. 210 209 RESTROOM -202 ONFERENC �-=- _.. 207 i RESTROOM 203 DMI . [Project r? R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC ARC H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. 0. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com Sheet Title: LEVEL 2 PHASING PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: G2.01 LOBBY .� _ U C==T rDEMO WR ISTINGI 1 MATCHLINEI "n OORING 1FLOORING t / II f7107 1 ' I 1 I 01 - VEST. 1 II 1 105 1 r CORRIDOR 714 ---� 17 _ 014 5 5 I EXISTING r DEMO GORING I TLOOTING I OFFICE If L 11WORKMEN5 Hr AREA R/R il17 7`1 jl li tt 106 WAITING I = = » _� (( i PROJECT L rr I� (i fl LIMITS I` f (( WR , I( ff I 17 i12A � I _- 2G r 1 T ��1�T- 1 1 1 _J T Ir >1 OFFICE i. 1 0 1 CORRIDOR i----- ; ® �■ 1 I03 1 NO WORK CORRIDO I -1 114 1 I 1 EXISTING DEMO I —. -► R r � RI 17 jr -T N � 11 �-- M _ TC � N ORI ....FLOOR INC O N t 11 1 r .. _OFFICE I I II C7FFICE, I 1 r1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 _I I, I 1! Y I r 1 DEMOLITION PLAN ..LEVEL I Ir r II I1 „ „ I ,z 1 1,1/4 I 0 1 H 1 1 t i -----, I I I! I `li i 1 II (1 KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES: Ot -II IT n ! I i WAITING 1 I REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION COMPLETE tl 1 STORAGE t t I It 1 2 EXISTING PARTITION FOR NEW DOOR/ OPENING. NO WORK REMOVE PORTION OF I T RECEPTION H. 1 I I (j- -, _,11 1 r _..__rte U U REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME * HARDWARE. SALVAGE HARDWARE TO OWNER. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: ame: I J I () RACEWAY ELECTRICAL BULLET NBOARDS CHAK BOARDS WORK (b ) 15 I AREA (c) WALL CABINETS 3 5II I I 1 �7 '-- � 11 i III L (d) BASE CABINETS INCLUDING SINKS, GARBAGE DISPOSALS, ETC. F1 (c)WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES A550CIATED WITH MECHANICAL FIXTURES. (f) WALL MOUNTED TV / VCR BRACKET, OFFICE 10 '� • x,11 I 11 I j j f ( PATCH EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. — PROJECT H I I I { L SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS. ------- ------------ -- I LIMITS — — — ii 1 1 I------------ ------------ =--'� I 11 PATCH EXISTING WALLS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. 4 F 1�75 1 . 1t - 1 !1 ( G REMOVE EXISTING SHELVING, STANDARDS, AND BRACKETS AND SALVAGE STANDARDS 1 1 ii l`. II I I O AND BRACKET TO OWNER. 1 L--- ----- _- - — — I1�` - (( I ( REMOVE EXISTING VINYL TILE FLOORING, VINYL BASE AND ADHESIVE COMPLETE TO 1 RECEPTION 4 1` 1 t 1 1 1 1 I �� 1 7 1 �- ----- 4 I I 17 18 � 4 19 I 1 I 1 ��. I II (( O SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES. FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION.. .� i `_ I OOAi� � �` �- EXISTING CONTROL �i i I 1 i I 1 I �� R Q H R B A C H t ------------- I JOINT TO REMAIN 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I �� REMOVE EXISTING SEAMLESS FLOORING, VINYL OR INTEGRAL BA5E AND ADHESIVE -""--_I 1p - -� 8 ASSOCIATES P C I 1 1 1 1 1 I I - --- � ( (( COMPLETE TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. ,00 *" 1 1 1 1 I I I I7 - SCOUR, SHOT BLAST, OR GRIND EXISTING SLAB AND APPLY LEVELING COMPOUND TO 1 O PROVIDE SMOOTH AND STABLE SUBSTRATE PER FLOORING MANUFACTURERS 10 5 �\ ,,, '� 13 i i i i 1 I I I 1 RECOMMENDATIONS. NO WORK O l 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 J. \ \ � ..�' ' �" ( I I CORRIDOR I3 \ r� 10 1 \ t t ,,' ~� 4 ---.__=.-------- --===--.�-- . �- -- 1 17 1 NO WORK 1 15 REMOVE EXISTING TERRAZO TILE FLOOR AND TERRAZO BASE COMPLETE INCLUDING A R C H I T E C T S t � CORRIDOR 1 \ \\ ,,.'"''%' I �.-�'' 21 �J STAIRS 1 10 MORTAR BED. PREPARE REMAINING CONSTRUCTION FOR NEW FINISHES. \ t r-----, Commerce Center �` �: g `_ 102 21 -1 - I EXISTING ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. i DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF CEILING TILES, CEILING GRID, LIGHT FIXTURE5, ETC. REFER 3 2 5 E. Washington %t \ %\% \ TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Suite 400 \ \ \ \ \ \ 10 , \ t \ \ t / / ! j 1 / / \ \ � \ \ 1 � 12 SEAL AROUND DOOR TO CONTROL DUST DURING DEMOLITION. P. O. Box 2238 �� Iowa City, Iowa 52244 O �O t t t \ t t 13 REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW SASH, GLAZING, AND FRAME COMPLETE N \ ,./ , , / t t t \ \ t PROJECT Tel: 319 338 9311 `\ �,� /� 19 t V \i \ \ r \ LIMITS OFFICE 14 EX15TIING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE Fax: 3 1 9 338 9872 LOBBY (,3�) 19 \ \•r O PLUM NG F XTURE5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES AND r____-, , i 120 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. E -M a 11: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com 17 OFFICE 15 EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER 4 10 I I IS N. , REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING PARTITION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO NEW ` (23 16 CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 1NFORMATION. EXISTING GUARD Jf RAIL TO REMAIN REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND RUBBER BASE AND ADHESIVES COMPLETE CONFERENCE � .-- — -.� 17 TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION ROOM ` / 10` j IS REMOVE; EXISTING MECHANICAL DIFFU5ER - SEE MECHANICAL 14 i ! 17 CORRIDOR REMOVE EXISTING HANDRAIL. PATCH AND REPAIR i. j/ i2`I 19 EXISTING 5URFACE AS REQUIRED \\ 20 REMOVE EXISTING GUARD RAIL - PREPARE SURFACE FOR EXISTING 4 \ 22 CONVECTOR TO - ' INSTALLATION OF NEW GUARD RAIL. 1 REMAIN - PAINT REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY_ GRILLE AT LOBBY WINDOW COMPLETE 19 � 22 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING REVOLVING DOOR A5 \ REQUIRED FOR FLOORFINI5H REPLACEMENT \ 23 REMOVE EXISTING COUNTERTOP AND PREPARE FOR NEW COUNTER TOP t t .. REM AKIN T SALVAGE TO OWNS F E - E R DO10 t 24 REMOVE EXISTING WALL C E R OR R USE T .. OffICE fC EXISTINGT BE EFINISHED. COORDINATE ----- -- 20 17 COUNCIL DESK O R OORD COUNCIL 25 !2G t NNECTION OF ALL UTILITIES IES DISCO EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER T AND N Q 1 �C t- CHAMBERS 1 T r , 1 1' REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING WATER COOLER AND PORTION OF O I ' 1 1 1 IOC 2G I 1 0 EXISTING WALL FOR ACCESS TO PLUMBING BEHIND VOID._REPAI R WALL 2 I< o t Ir TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES: AND REINSTALL WATER COOLER. 4 1I 1 18 \ \ 7 \ L L --- ---------------- j I0 1 t \ F 1 1 t t T;AL DTM LITION NOTTS \ GENE O tt t t_ t \ t \ . CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VER1 FYALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ELATED CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING \ \ DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. t \ t \ \ t t Y \ \ TEMPORAR t\ \ 2. ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE 'DISRUPTION WALL PARTITION - OF THE NORMAL DAILY FUNCTIONING OF THE OWNERS OCCUPIED AREAS.. NOISE DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE KEPT SEE DETAIL ` \l 20 TO A MINIMUM. t tt t i\ 20 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS \ 20 ADJACENT TO NEW CONSTRUCTION OR OCCUPIED AREAS WHERE VARIOUS SYSTEM CONNECTIONS OR EXTENSIONS t t \ \ \\ \ ARE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR ALL DISTURBED ELEMENTS AT CONSTRUCTION ACCESS AND ACCESS ROUTE. - --_-® __--_ COUNCIL MEETING --- - __...._____ .� 20 ROOM 4. THE OWNER WILL RETAIN ALL SALVAGE THAT 15 OF VALUE AS DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE \ ...• t ,,,,.• "` ,,�,, \� �,,.•r ~.•`� 125 OWNER WILL DIRECT THE CONTRACTOR AS TO THE LOCATION OF SALVAGE STORAGE AREA FOR VARIOUS ITEMS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM THE CONSTRUCTION 51TE AND THE BUILDING ALL DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 5. TEMPORARY BARRICADES, OTHER THAN TEMPORARY DUST PARTITIONS, AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACTORS ACTIVITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONS IN AND AROUND DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION 1 17 AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 05HA REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. G. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUST PARTITION OF 3-5/8" METAL STUD5 I G O.C. AND 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE A5 0000 I 17 I S O INDICATED. TAPE AND PAINT OCCUPIED SIDE AND FIRE TAPE CONSTRUCTION SIDE- WALL TO BE FR FROM FLOOTO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 7. ALL ACOUSTICAL AND METAL PAN CEILINGS AND RELATED SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO BE REMOVED SHALL INCLUDE CEILING 19 TILES CEILING GRID AND SUPPORTS, LIGHT FIXTURE5, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. tj\ \\ b�!� �,,•- `�`w/ r� 8. WALL5 TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND TO INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, EQUIPMENT, ETC. PREPARE DISTURBED AREA FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. \\ \� 9. REMOVAL OF EXISTING HVAC TO INCLUDE DUCT WORK HANGERS, GRILLES, DIFFU5ER5, THERMOSTATS, ETC., AS REQUIRED. ,SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. TH15 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. \ 10. REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL INCLUDE CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, CABLE SUPPORTS, WIRING DEVICES, PROJECT SAFETY SWITCHES, SPEAKERS, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. ALL EXISTING WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. OR LIMITS PORTIONS THEREOF, REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT BE REUSED. 'TURN ALL ' LIGHTING FIXTURE5 AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT OVER TO OWNER (REASSEMBLE BEFORE DELIVERY). BRANCH CIRCUIT REMOVAL SHALL BE BACK TO PANEL BOARD OR FIRST REMAINING ACTIVE JUNCTION BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS • / FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. TH15 WORK BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 1 ALL EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO ADJACENT DEPARTMENTS OR AREAS THAT ARE IN • - OPERATION AND SERVED BY THE5E UTILITIES AND SERVICES. COORDINATE ALL DISRUPTIONS OR D15CONTINUATION5 •n Of UTILITIES AND SERVICES WITH OWNER. • __ __ _ ___ _.._._._. _. _ _ _ T • 12. ALL AREAS TO BE DFMOL15HED OR DISTURBED BY ANY DEMOLITION ARE TO BE PATCHED AND PAINTED (OR PREPARED FOR NEW WALL' COVERING). IF PAINTING 15 REQUIRED, ENTIRE WALL SHALL RECEIVE PAINT TO AVOID M15MATCH OF COLOR. 13. ALL OPENINGS AND VOIDS LEFT BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, ETC. SHALL BE PROPERLY CLOSED OFF AND PATCHED TO MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF WALL OR PLOOR/CEILING. PREPARE PATCHES TO RECEIVE NEW PIN151-1E5 AS REQUIRED. 14. WHEN PATCHING OF EXISTING FLOOR 15 REQUIRED, SLOPING OR RAMPING IN EXCESS OF 1/8" PER 10 FEET MAXIMUM WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL I 15. COMPLETELY CL05E ALL ABANDONED EXISTING FLOOR OPENINGS AND MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR RATING- 2 HR. I G. WHERE A RATING HAS BEEN GIVEN TO AN EXISTING WALL, ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW) MUST BE SEALED AND PROPERLY FIREPROOFED PER THAT RATING REQUIREMENT. 17. DARK, DASHED LINES INDICATE WALLS AND ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT, SCREENED LINES INDICATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, 18. FLOORING REMOVAL INCLUDED REMOVAL OF ALL TRANSITION STRIPS, THRESHOLDS, AND MISCELLANEOUS FLOOR TRIM. IT SHALL AL50 INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES FROM THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB IN PREPARATION TO RECEIVE A NEW FLOOR FINISH 19, OWNER WILL REMOVE ANY FURNITURE FROM THE PROJECT AREA PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF THE CONSTRUCTION. DEMOLTION PLAN - LEVEL 2 IM" = 1'-0" KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES: GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 0 13. I . CONTRACTORSHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION RELATED CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION COMPLETE REMOVE EXISTING HANDRAIL. PATCH AND REPAIR DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. SHALL 13F PKOPEKLY CLOSED OFF AND PATCHED TO MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF WALL OK FLOOR/CEILING. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING PARTITION FOR NEW DOOR / OPENING. 2. ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION EXISTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED REMOVE EXISTING GUARD RAIL - PREPARE 5URPACE FOR REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME * HARDWARE. SALVAGE HARDWARE TO OWNER. PREPARE PATCHES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED. WHEN PATCHING OF EXISTING: FLOOR IS REQUIRED, SLOPING OR RAMPING IN EXCESS OF I/8" PER 10 FEET Of THE NORMAL DAILY FUNCTIONING OF THE OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS. N015E DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. O REMOVE ALL EXISTING ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: (a) RACEWAY - 5EE ELECTRICAL 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS (b) BULLETIN BOARDS * CHALK BOARD5 ADJACENT TO NEW CONSTRUCTION OR OCCUPIED AREAS WHERE VARIOUS SYSTEM CONNECTIONS OR EXTENSIONS REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING REVOLVING DOOR AS (c) WALL CABINETS COMPLETELY CL05E ALL ABANDONED EXISTING FLOOR OPENINGS AND MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. ARE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR ALL DISTURBED ELEMENTS AT (d) BA5E CABINETS INCLUDING SINKS, GARBAGE DISPOSALS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR FLOOR FINISH REPLACEMENT CONSTRUCTION ACCESS AND ACCESS ROUTE. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR RATING- 2 HR. (e) WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES ASSOCIATED WITH MECHANICAL FIXTURES. 23 REMOVE EXISTING COUNTERTOP AND PREPARE FOR NEW COUNTER TOP (f) WALL MOUNTED TV/ VCR BRACKET. 4. THE OWNER WILL RETAIN ALL SALVAGE THAT 15 OF VALUE A5 DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE PATCH EXI5TINGWALL5 TO REMAIN TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. REMOVE EXISTING RE USE OWNER WILL DIRECT THE CONTRACTOR AS TO THE LOCATION OF SALVAGE STORAGE WHERE A RATING HAS BEEN GIVEN TO AN EXISTING WALL, ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW) MUST BE SEALED AND SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS. AREA FOR VARIOUS ITEMS, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE O PATCH EXISTING WALLS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. PROPERLY FIREPROOFED PER THAT RATING REQUIREMENT. AND THE BUILDING ALL DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. OREMOVE EXISTING SHELVING, STANDARDS, AND BRACKETS AND SALVAGE STANDAKD5 5. TEMPORARY BARRICADES OTHER THAN TEMPORARY DUST PARTITIONS, AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES AND BRACKET TO OWNER. - SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONS 1N AND AROUND DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION OREMOVE EXISTING VINYL TILE FLOORING, VINYL BASE AND ADHE51VE COMPLETE TO DARK, DASHED LINES INDICATE WALLS AND ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT, SCREENED LINES INDICATE EXISTING AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. G. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUST PARTITION OF 3-5/8" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. AND 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE AS (� REMOVE EXISTING 5EAMLE55 FLOORING, VINYL OR INTEGRAL BASE AND ADHE51VF INDICATED. TAPE AND PAINT OCCUPIED SIDE AND FIRE TAPE CONSTRUCTION SIDE- WALL TO BE FROM FLOOR TO v COMPLETE TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. STRUCTURE ABOVE. SCOUR, SHOT BLAST, OR GRIND EXISTING SLAB AND APPLY LEVELING COMPOUND TO PROVIDE SMOOTH AND 5TA13LE5U55TKATE PER FLOORING MANUFACTURERS 7. ALL ACOUSTICAL AND METAL PAN CEILINGS AND RELATED SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO BE REMOVED SHALL INCLUDE CEILING TILES CEILING GKID_AND SUPPORTS, LIGHT FIXTURES, GRILLES,, DIFFU5ER5, ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. FLOORING REMOVAL INCLUDED REMOVAL OF ALL TRANSITION STRIPS, THRESHOLDS, AND MISCELLANEOUS FLOOR RECOMMENDATIONS. TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. AND REINSTALL WATER COOLER. 8. WALLS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND TO INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, 10 REMOVE EXISTING TERRAZO TILE FLOOR AND TERRAZO BASE COMPLETE INCLUDING ELECTRICAL, EQUIPMENT, ETC. PREPARE` DISTURBED AREA FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. MORTAR BED. PREPARE REMAINING CONSTRUCTION FOR NEW FINISHES. EXISTING ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 9. REMOVAL OF EXISTING HVAC TO INCLUDE DUCT WORK HANGERS, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, THERMOSTATS, ETC., I I DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF CEILING TILES, CEILING GRID, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. REFER AS REQUIRED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. THI5 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10. REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL INCLUDE CONDUIT; BOXES, WIRE, CABLE SUPPORTS WIRING DEVICES, 12 SEAL AROUND DOOR TO CONTROL DUST DURING DEMOLITION. SAFETY SWITCHES, SPEAKERS, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. ALL EX15TING WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. OR Commerce Center PORTIONS THEREOF, REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION, UNLE55 SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT BE REUSED. TURN ALL 13 REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW SASH, GLAZING, AND FRAME COMPLETE 325 E. Washington LIGHTING FIXTURES AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT OVER TO OWNER"(REASSEMBLE BEFORE DELIVERY). BRANCH CIRCUIT REMOVAL SHALL BE BACK TO PANEL BOARD OK FIK5T REMAINING ACTIVE JUNCTION BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 14 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL TOILET ACCE550RIE5 AND FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. THI5 WORK BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MISCELLANEOU5 SPECIALTIES. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION." 1 1. ALL EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES SHALL, BE MAINTAINED TO ADJACENT DEPARTMENT5 OR AREAS THAT ARE IN 15 EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER OPERATION AND 5EKVED'BY THESE UTILITIES AND 5ERVICE5. COORDINATE ALL D15KUPTION5 OR DISCONTINUATIONS Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 931 1 PORTION OF EX15TING PARTITION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO NEW OF UTILITIES AND SERVICES WITH OWNER. GREMOVE 16 CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Fax: 319 338 9872 12. ALL AREAS TO BE DEMOLISHED OR DISTURBED BY ANY DEMOLITION ARE TO BE PATCHED AND PAINTED (OK PREPARED REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND RUBBER BASE AND ADHE51VE5 COMPLETE E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com FOR NEW WALL COVERING). IF PAINTING 15; REQUIRED, ENTIRE WALL SHALL RECEIVE PAINT TO AVOID M15MATCH OF 17 TO SUBSTRATE.. PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW CON5TR.UCTION COLOR. REMOVE EXISTING MECHANICAL DIFFUSER 5EE MECHANICAL 2 PARTIAL DEMOLTION PLAN - LEVEL 3 N (D Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: C ESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: LEVEL 2 DEMOLITION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: D1.01 18 - 13. ALL OPENINGS AND VOIDS LEFT BY THE REMOVAL OF EX15TING CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, ETC. 19 REMOVE EXISTING HANDRAIL. PATCH AND REPAIR SHALL 13F PKOPEKLY CLOSED OFF AND PATCHED TO MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF WALL OK FLOOR/CEILING. 20 EXISTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED REMOVE EXISTING GUARD RAIL - PREPARE 5URPACE FOR 14. PREPARE PATCHES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED. WHEN PATCHING OF EXISTING: FLOOR IS REQUIRED, SLOPING OR RAMPING IN EXCESS OF I/8" PER 10 FEET INSTALLATION OF NEW W GUARD RAIL R -MAXIMUM WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 21 REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY GRILLE AT LOBBY WINDOW COMPLETE REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING REVOLVING DOOR AS 15. COMPLETELY CL05E ALL ABANDONED EXISTING FLOOR OPENINGS AND MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. 22 REQUIRED FOR FLOOR FINISH REPLACEMENT PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR RATING- 2 HR. 23 REMOVE EXISTING COUNTERTOP AND PREPARE FOR NEW COUNTER TOP REMOVE EXISTING RE USE I G. WHERE A RATING HAS BEEN GIVEN TO AN EXISTING WALL, ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW) MUST BE SEALED AND 24 WALL CABINET SALVAGE TO OWNER FOR - PROPERLY FIREPROOFED PER THAT RATING REQUIREMENT. EXISTING COUNCIL DE5K TO BE REFINI5HED. COORDINATE 25 DISCONNECTION OF ALL UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER 17. DARK, DASHED LINES INDICATE WALLS AND ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT, SCREENED LINES INDICATE EXISTING R O H R B A C H CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING WATER COOLER AND PORTION OF 26 EXISTING WALL FOR ACCF55 TO PLUMBING BEHIND VOID. REPAIR WALL 18. FLOORING REMOVAL INCLUDED REMOVAL OF ALL TRANSITION STRIPS, THRESHOLDS, AND MISCELLANEOUS FLOOR ASSOCIATES PC TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. AND REINSTALL WATER COOLER. TRIM. IT SHALL AL50 INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES FROM THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB IN PREPARATION TO RECEIVE A NEW FLOOR FINISH. 19. OWNER WILL REMOVE ANY FURNITURE FROM THE PROJECT AREA PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF THE CONSTRUCTION. A R C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 — E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com 2 PARTIAL DEMOLTION PLAN - LEVEL 3 N (D Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: C ESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: LEVEL 2 DEMOLITION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: D1.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1 '-0" ey MENS IT T FP Name: ' PROJECT ' LI M IT5 - _ Hall a' 01-- -- City Lobby, - _0 E Revenue, Harvat Hall & OFFI _ - 5 (D5_ NDS 2015 _ --. - Renovation ----MA�CH-"--[,N-- h' � I—� -. a�_i■��M� r r r r ��'i r ��r r Projecf,-',il r - � 107 TI. ur 2 LEVEL I DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEYED DEMOLITION `NOTES: O REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION COMPLETE Iowa City, Iowa REMOVE PORTION OF EX15TING PARTITION FOR NEW DOOR/ OPENING. RAPC Project Number. - REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME * HARDWARE.SALVAGE HARDWARE TO OWNER. 2 REMOVE ALL EXISTING ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 3 (a) RACEWAY- 5EE ELECTRICAL M BULLETIN BOARDS * CHALK BOARDS (c) WALL CABINETS (d) BASE CABINET5 INCLUDING 51NK5, GARBAGE D15P05AL5, ETC. (e) WALL MOUNTED ACCE550RIE5 A550CIATED WITH MECHANICAL FIXTURE5. (f) WALL MOUNTED TV / VCR BRACKET. PATCH EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. 5EE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWING5 POR ADDITIONAL ITEMS. Q PATCH EX15TING WALLS AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. OREMOVE EXISTING SHELVING, STANDARDS, AND BRACKETS AND SALVAGE STANDARDS AND BRACKET TO OWNER. REMOVE EXISTING VINYL TILE FLOORING, VINYL BASE AND ADHE51VE COMPLETE TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE EXISTING SEAMLESS FLOORING, VINYL OR INTEGRAL BASE AND ADHESIVE R O H R B A C H `—� COMPLETE TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. ASSOCIATES PC SCOUR, SHOT BLAST, OR GRIND EXISTING SLAB AND APPLY LEVELING COMPOUND TO PROVIDE SMOOTH AND STABLE SUBSTRATE PER FLOORING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. D REMOVE EXISTING TERRAZO TILE FLOOR AND TERRAZO BASE COMPLETE INCLUDING ARCH I T E C T S MORTAR BED. PREPARE REMAINING CONSTRUCTION FOR NEW FIN15HE5. EXISTING ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. Commerce Center I I DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF CEILING TILES, CEILING GRID, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. REFER 325 E. Washington TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Suite 400 12 SEAL AROUND DOOR TO CONTROL DUST DURING DEMOLITION. P. O. Box 2238 13 REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW SASH, GLAZING, AND FRAME COMPLETE Iowa City, Iowa 52244 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 14 PLUMBING FIXTURES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES AND Fax: 3 1 9 338 9872 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com 15 EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER I G REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING PARTITION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO NEW CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 17 REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND RUBBER BASE AND ADHESIVES COMPLETE ' TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION ' 18 REMOVE EX15TING MECHANICAL DIFFUSER - SEE MECHANICAL REMOVE EXISTING HANDRAIL. PATCH AND REPAIR ' I9 EXISTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED 20 REMOVE EXISTING GUARD RAIL - PREPARE SURFACE FOR INSTALLATION Of NEW GUARD RAIL. ' 21 REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY GRILLE AT LOBBY WINDOW COMPLETE ' 22 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING REVOLVING DOOR AS REQUIRED FOR FLOOR FINISH REPLACEMENT ' 23 REMOVE EXISTING COUNTERTOP AND PREPARE FOR NEW COUNTER TOP -- 24 REMOVE EXISTING WALL CABINET SALVAGE TO OWNER FOR RE - USE 25 EXISTING COUNCIL DESK TO 13F REFINISHED. COORDINATE DISCONNECTION OF ALL UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER 26 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING WATER COOLER AND PORTION OF EXISTING WALL FOR ACCESS TO PLUMBING BEHIND VOID. REPAIR WALL TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. AND REINSTALL WATER COOLER. I GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES I . - CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION RELATED CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING ' DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. -- ) 2. ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF THE NORMAL DAILY FUNCTIONING OF THE OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS. N015F DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. T --r 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS ' ADJACENT TO NEW CONSTRUCTION OR OCCUPIED AREAS WHERE VARIOUS SYSTEM CONNECTIONS OR EXTENSIONS ARE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR ALL DISTURBED ELEMENTS AT ' CONSTRUCTION ACCF55 AND ACCESS ROUTE. m 4. THE OWNER WILL RETAIN ALL SALVAGE THAT 15 OF VALUE AS DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRE5ENTATIVE. THE OWNER WILL DIRECT THE CONTRACTOR AS TO THE LOCATION OF SALVAGE STORAGE AREA FOR VARIOUS ITEMS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM THE CONSTRUCTION 51TE IAND THE BUILDING ALL DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 5. TEMPORARY BARRICADES, OTHER THAN TEMPORARY DUST PARTITIONS, AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACTORS ACTIVITIES ' SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT POSSIBLE INJURY TO PERSONS IN AND AROUND DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. ' G. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUST PARTITION OF 3-5/8 METAL STUDS I G O.C. AND 5/8 GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE AS -- INDICATED. TAPE AND PAINT OCCUPIED 51DE AND FIRE TAPE CONSTRUCTION SIDE- WALL TO BE FROM FLOOR TO ' STRUCTURE ABOVE. ' 7.' ALL ACOUSTICAL AND METAL PAN CEILINGS AND RELATED 5UPPORT SYSTEMS TO BE REMOVED SHALL INCLUDE CEILING TILES CEILING GRID AND SUPPORTS, LIGHT FIXTURES, GKILLE5, DIFFUSERS, ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 8. WALLS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND TO INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, EQUIPMENT, ETC. PREPARE DISTURBED AREA FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 9. REMOVAL OF EXISTING HVAC TO INCLUDE DUCT WORK HANGERS, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, THERMO5TAT5, ETC - AS REQUIRED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, THI5 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 10. REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL INCLUDE CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRE, CABLE SUPPORTS, WIRING DEVICES, SAFETY SWITCHES, SPEAKERS, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. ALL EX15TING WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. OR PORTIONS THEREOF, REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT BE REUSED. TURN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT OVER TO OWNER (REA55EM13LE BEFORE DELIVERY). BRANCH CIRCUIT REMOVAL SHALL BE BACK TO PANEL BOARD OR FIR5T REMAINING ACTIVE JUNCTION BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. TH15 WORK BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 1 . ALL EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO ADJACENT DEPARTMENTS OR AREAS THAT ARE IN OPERATION AND SERVED BY THESE UTILITIES AND SERVICES. COORDINATE ALL DISRUPTIONS OR DISCONTINUATIONS OF UTILITIES AND SERVICES WITH OWNER. 12. ALL AREAS TO BE DEMOLISHED OR DISTURBED BY ANY DEMOLITION ARE TO BE PATCHED AND PAINTED (OR PREPARED FOR NEW WALL COVERING). IF PAINTING 15 REQUIRED, ENTIRE WALL SHALL RECEIVE PAINT TO AVOID MISMATCH OF COLOR. 13. ALL OPENINGS AND VOIDS LEFT BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, ETC. SHALL BE PROPERLY CLOSED OFF AND PATCHED TO MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF WALL OR FLOOR/CEILING. PREPARE PATCHES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED, 14. WHEN PATCHING OF EXISTING FLOOR 15 REQUIRED, SLOPING OR RAMPING IN EXCE55 OF 1/8" PER 10 FEET N MAXIMUM WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 15. COMPLETELY CL05E ALL ABANDONED EXISTING FLOOR OPENINGS AND MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR RATING- 2 HR. I G. WHERE A RATING HAS BEEN GIVEN TO AN EXISTING WALL, ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW) MUST BE 5EALED AND PROPERLY FIREPROOFED PER THAT RATING REQUIREMENT. 17. DARK, DASHED LINES INDICATE WALLS AND ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT, SCREENED LINES INDICATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. 18. FLOORING REMOVAL INCLUDED REMOVAL OF ALL TRANSITION STRIPS, THRESHOLDS, AND MISCELLANEOUS FLOOR TRIM. IT SHALL AL50 INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES FROM THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB IN PREPARATION TO RECEIVE A NEW FLOOR FINISH. 19- nWNFR WII I RFMnk/F ANY FURNITI IRF FRnM THF PRO IF( -T ARFA PRIOR TO RFrINNINr nF THF cnN�iTRI IF'TInRI C DEMOLITION DEFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 2 1/4" = 1'-0" KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES: Dc� /�OLIT'ONR �OTESO GENERAL REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION COMPLETE I . CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION RELATED CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING O REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING PARTITION FOR NEW DOOR/ OPENING. DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION O REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME * HARDWARE. SALVAGE HARDWARE TO OWNER. OF THE NORMAL DAILY FUNCTIONING OF THE OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS. N015E DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE KEPT O REMOVE ALL EXISTING ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: TO A MINIMUM. (a) RACEWAY - SEE ELECTRICAL (b) BULLETIN BOARDS t CHALK BOARD5 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO OWNER'S OCCUPIED AREAS (c) WALL CABINET5 ADJACENT TO NEW CONSTRUCTION OR OCCUPIED AREAS WHERE VARIOUS SYSTEM CONNECTIONS OR EXTEN510N5 (d) BA5E CABINET5 INCLUDING 51NK5, GARBAGE D15PO5AL5, ETC. ARE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR ALL DISTURBED ELEMENTS AT (e) WALL MOUNTED ACCE550RIE5 A550CIATED WITH MECHANICAL FIXTURES. CONSTRUCTION ACCESS AND ACCF55 ROUTE. (f) WALL MOUNTED TV / VCR BRACKET. PATCH EX15TING WALLS TO REMAIN TO MATCH EXISTING FIN15HE5. 4. THE OWNER WILL RETAIN ALL SALVAGE THAT IS OF VALUE AS DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE 5EE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS. OWNER WILL DIRECT THE CONTRACTOR AS TO THE LOCATION OF SALVAGE STORAGE AREA FOR VARIOUS ITEMS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE 5 PATCH EXISTING WALL5 AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. AND THE BUILDING ALL DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ITEMS NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER'5 REPRESENTATIVE. (� REMOVE EXISTING SHELVING, STANDARDS, AND BRACKETS AND SALVAGE STANDARDS AND BRACKET TO OWNER. 5. TEMPORARY BARRICADES, OTHER THAN TEMPORARY DUST PARTITIONS, AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT P05515LE INJURY TO PERSONS IN AND AROUND DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION OREMOVE EXISTING VINYL TILE FLOORING, VINYL BASE AND ADHESIVE COMPLETE TO AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 05HA REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE EXISTING SEAMLESS FLOORING, VINYL OR INTEGRAL BASE AND ADHESIVE G. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUST PARTITION OF 3-5/8" METAL STUDS I G" O.C. AND 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH 51DE A5 8 0 COMPLETE TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE REMAINING SURFACES FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. INDICATED. TAPE AND PAINT OCCUPIED 51DE AND FIRE TAPE CONSTRUCTION SIDE- WALL TO BE FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SCOUR, SHOT BLAST, OR GRIND EXISTING SLAB AND APPLY LEVELING COMPOUND TO 9 PROVIDE SMOOTH AND STABLE SUBSTRATE PER FLOORING MANUFACTURERS 7. ALL ACOUSTICAL AND METAL PAN CEILINGS AND RELATED SUPPORT 5Y5TEM5 TO BE REMOVED SHALL INCLUDE CEILING RECOMMENDATIONS. TILES CEILING GRID AND SUPPORTS, LIGHT FIXTURES, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 10 REMOVE EXISTING TERRAZO TILE FLOOR AND TERRAZO BASE COMPLETE INCLUDING 8. WALLS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND TO INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, MORTAR BED. PREPARE REMAININGCONSTRUCTION FOR NEW FINISHES. ELECTRICAL, EQUIPMENT, ETC. PREPARE DISTURBED AREA FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. I I EXISTING ACOOSTICA CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTON. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF CEILING TILES, CEILING GRID, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. REFER 9. REMOVAL OF EXISTING HVAC TO INCLUDE DUCT WORK HANGERS, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, THERMOSTATS, ETC., - AS REQUIRED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. THI5 WORK BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12 SEAL AROUND DOOR TO CONTROL DUST DURING DEMOLITION. 10. REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL INCLUDE CONDUIT, `BOXES, WIRE, CABLE SUPPORTS, WIRING DEVICES, SAFETY SWITCHES; SPEAKERS, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. ALL EXISTING WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. OR 13 REMOVE EXISTING; WINDOW SASH GLAZING AND FRAME COMPLETE PORTIONS THEREOF, -REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT BE REUSED, TURN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND FIRE ALARMEQUIPMENTOVER TO OWNER (REASSEMBLE BEFORE DELIVERY): BRANCH CIRCUIT 14 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES AND REMOVAL SHALL BE BACK TO PANEL BOARD OR FIRST REMAINING ACTIVE JUNCTION BOX. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. THIS WORK,BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. M15CELLANEOU5 SPECIALTIES. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. ! 5 EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED BY OWNER 1 1. ALL EX15TING SERVICES AND UTILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO ADJACENT DEPARTMENTS OR AREAS THAT ARE IN OPERATION AND SERVED BY THESE UTILITIE5 AND SERVICES. COORDINATE ALL D15RUPTION5 OR D15CONTINUATION5 I G REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING PARTITION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, REFER TO NEW OF UTILITIES AND SERVICES WITH OWNER. CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND RUBBER BASE AND ADHESIVES COMPLETE 12. ALL AREAS TO BE DEMOLISHED OR DISTURBED BY ANY DEMOLITION ARE TO BE PATCHED AND PAINTED (OR PREPARED 17 TO SUBSTRATE. PREPARE5URFACE5 FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION FOR NEW WALL COVERING). IF PAINTING 15 REQUIRED, ENTIRE WALL SHALL RECEIVE PAINT TO AVOID M15MATCH OF I8 REMOVE EXISTING MECHANICAL DIFFUSER - SEE MECHANICAL COLOR. REMOVE EXISTING HANDRAIL. PATCH AND REPAIR 13. ALL OPENINGS AND VOIDS LEFT BY THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, ETC. 19 EXISTING SURFACE A5 REQUIRED SHALL BE PROPERLY CL05FD OFF AND PATCHED TO MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF WALL OR FLOOR/CEILING. PREPARE PATCHES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQUIRED. 20 REMOVE EXISTING GUARD RAIL -'PREPARE SURFACE FOR 21 INSTALLATION OF NEW GUARD RAIL. REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY GRILLE AT LOBBY WINDOW COMPLETE 14. WHEN PATCHING OF EXISTING FLOOR !S REQUIRED, SLOPING OR RAMPING IN EXCESS OF 1/8" PER 10 FEET MAXIMUM WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 22 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING REVOLVING DOOR AS REQUIRED FOR FLOOR FINISH REPLACEMENT 15. COMPLETELY CLOSE ALL ABANDONED EX15TING FLOOR OPENINGS AND MAINTAIN PROPER FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. 23 REMOVE EXISTING COUNTERTOP AND PREPARE FOR NEW COUNTER TOP PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR RATING- 2 HR. 24 REMOVE EXISTING WALL CABINET SALVAGE TO OWNER FOR RE -'USE I G. WHERE A RATING HAS BEEN GIVEN TO AN EXISTING WALL, ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW) MUST BE SEALED AND 25 EXISTING COUNCIL DESK TO BE REFINISHED, COORDINATE PROPERLY FIREPROOFED PER THAT RATING REQUIREMENT. DISCONNECTION OF ALL UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER 17. DARK, DASHED LINES INDICATE WALLS AND ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT, SCREENED LINES INDICATE EXISTING 26 REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING WATER COOLER AND PORTION OF CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. EXISTING WALL FORACCF55 TO PLUMBING BEHIND VOID. REPAIR WALL TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. AND REINSTALL WATER COOLER. 18. FLOORING' REMOVAL' INCLUDED REMOVAL OF ALL TRANSITION STRIPS, THRESHOLDS, AND MISCELLANEOUS FLOOR TRIM. IT SHALLAL50 INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES FROM THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB IN PREPARATION TO RECEIVE A NEW FLOOR FINISH. 19. OWNER WILL REMOVE ANY FURNITURE FROM THE PROJECT AREA PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF THE CONSTRUCTION. Project Name: r? I R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC AR C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS 'IOWA 52404-4850 TEL:319.841.1944 FAX:319.841.1949 Sheet Title: DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: SWIM, - Sheet Number: D4.01 0 107 LOBBY--�---- -- Project Name: MATCHLINT i- CTTLP LIP 14 lip . T smear I'rll 1 LIMIT Of ( ti E5T 4 NEW PAINT 105 — CITY ITY O'F �Oil Wr lr�lr A uw CIT, OF - CORRIDOR WAITING WORK N0 r__-__�.____lARA City Hal 2 MENS A7.o1 Lobby 0 Revenue, T COR IDOR CORPIDOR Harvat Hall & . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L I 470AAWT,11 I E5T. Ix 1 I03 i)4 T�=T F T I OF ICE I t 2015 PAINT: EXISTING i 1 NVS 1 STAIR HAND RAILS of ICE > I 1 F L 1— 1 AND TREADS R SERS R 1 -1 Renovation 3 0 I NEW STAIR I 1 I T 1 I I II • 1 r, I I 1 1 TREAD NOSING a_ WOMEN ` 1 1 1 1 Pr a e ct I RIR , I 1 1 1 1l L 1 1 1 1 I 1 Io 1 et 7 1 1 � MAT HLIN _ 1 C E _. r 1 WAITING � 1 I ■ -r�-rr n OLOMI�■.._rr� ,,., ■ter�r � rr��■err r 1 I II 5 TORAGE 1 L rrrr r- 1 Al 2 . 105" v �`r 1 E l 1 1 I --_T 1I1111 l 1f ma_ I II ,�II1ILI1 11I11,r - 11rf " _ IIIIII LIMIT OF Iowa City, Iowa c N RECEPTION AREA C NSTRUCTION AND FINISH PIAN RAPC Project Num ber. rr110 I14, I1-011323 OFFICE REMOVE EXISTING F1 F HANDRAIL FOR NEW FINISHES -REINSTALL WHEN COMPLETE IoOA 1 A9.00 1 ! 1 EI GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES: ,. > �� I REMOVE AND REINSTALL 1 I 1 1 �'\� RECEPTION �� A9.00 EXISTING FLOOR I I ( 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS, AND REPORT ANY ® � 1 EXPANSION JOINT AS I I DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. REQUIRED FOR NEW 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS OF OTHER DIVISIONS TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS FLOOR''INSTALLATION �.---------�.--�®—�.--- ..—.. U _ __ _ .__ ___ __. _ __ __ __ _ AND TYPES OF BLOCKING AND BRACING REQUIRED FOR ALL ATTACHED EQUIPMENT AND CABINET WORK (INCLUDING ITEMS INDICTATED TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER). A9. I o EXTENT OF CORRIDOR R O H R C3 A C H �� ,•" _ ._ _.__:__.._._ 4.__ _ u_ ___ _: __ ___ _.__ _ ..___ NEW PAINT 3. REFER TO SHEET A9.00 FOR OPENING AND FRAMING SCHEDULE. T � ,,,,• I � 9 9 4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS. EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS. FACE OF SHEATHING OR FACE OF ASSOCIATES PC �u5TAIR5 A9.10 -% EXISTING DOOR A9. 10 MASONRY INTERIOR DIMENSIONS: FACE OF WALL OR FACE OF MASONRY AND CONCRETE. 1 ,,-'f I A9.10 F 102 = AND FRAME NO A - 1 WORK 5. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE TYPE A2 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ARCH I T E C T S 1 T I G. DASHED LINES INDICATE OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. 7. ALL EXISTING DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES IN PROJECT AREA ARE TO BE REFINISHED Commerce Center 1 325 E. Washington 1 I 10/8 DOS OFFICE Suite 400 � � !20 -- ----- ----� P. 0. Box 2238 OFFICE Iowa City, Iowa 52244 I23 Tel: 319 338;9311 � LOBBY �.} MOVE EXI TING Fax: 3 1 9 338 9872 PAINT EXISTINGT��l �._ I I 100 ANDRAIL FOR NEW CMU BASE E -M a il: raocCa-rohrbachassociates.com ' CON5TRUCTION AND NN15H PIAN 1/4" = 1'-0" r r NEW HAND RAIL CORRIDOR 124 5TORAGE OFFICE IOTA 126 COUNCIL MEETING PIOOM EXISTING DOOR 1,5 AND FRAME - PAINT FRAME rh 16—W 6I LIA EXISTING E GNAGE TO 7 NEW CURTAIN ON BE REMOVED -- A'3'' o L ---J EXISTING TRACK - SEE SPECIFICATIONS 6 < A9.fO N \`1-N PARTIAL 51TE PLAN I n s" = P -a' �o 0 0 0 0 Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: ESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404-4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 31 9.841.1 949 Sheet Title: LEVEL 1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A1.00 I OFFICE 219 A FB -5 A A CA A OFFICE 222 A FB -5 A DA A CA A 'CONSTRUCTION AND FIN15H PLAN - LEVEL 2 114" = P-0" TQ�Z� !TTt� QCT GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES: DIRECTOR i I. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS, AND REPORT ANY i 21 m DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. A FB- A -13A 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS OF OTHER DIVISIONS TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS A AND TYPES OF BLOCKING AND BRACING REQUIRED FOR ALL ATTACHED EQUIPMENT AND CABINET WORK (INCLUDING ITEMS INDICTATED TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER). j 3. REFER TO SHEET A9.00 FOR OPENING AND FRAMING SCHEDULE. 4. ALL DIMEN51ON5 ARE AS POLLOW5: EXTERIOR DIMEN51ON5: FACE OF SHEATHING OR FACE OF MASONRY INTERIOR DIMEN51ONS: FACE OF WALL OR FACE OF MASONRY AND CONCRETE. 30"x25" 5. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE TYPE A2UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE G. DASHED LINES INDICATE OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. 7. ALL EXISTING DOORS AND DOOR FRAME5`IN PROJECT AREA ARE TO BE REFINISHED PROGRAM FINISH LEGEND: 212 A F13-5 BASE: WALLS: A 5A BA VINYURUBBER A PAINT A - BD` CERAMIC TILE D CERAMIC TILE BG EPDXY TERRAZO PRECAST E EPDXY FAINT BY EXISTING TO REMAIN K ACRYLIC PLASTIC WAINSCOT FLOOR: X EXISTING TO REMAIN FB CARPET TILE CEILING: FC VINYL TILE FD '` CERAMIC TILE CA ACOUSTICAL LAY -1N 2 x 2 COMM. DEV. FH STONE TILE CA- I ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN 2 x 2 COORD, FT EPDXY FLOOR SYSTEM CA -2 ACOUSTICAL LAY -1N 2 x 6 211 FG' EPDXY TERRAZO OVER EPDXY SAND BASE CG PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD FV RUBBER STAIR TREADS CT PAINTED CONCRETE A 15A A f13-5 FY EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN CX NO FIN15H A CY —� ROOM FIN15H TEMPLATE CY EXISTING TO REMAIN ROOM 'NAME ROOM NUMBER N. WALLS. WALL CEILING' . WA W. WALL OFFICE 210 A FB- A 13A A NEIGHBORHOOD SER. COORD. 209 A FB -K A DA A RESTROOM � I 203 � IFJD FD �-_fJQ 13D HALL If CA NO WORK 4 A7.Oo / j' T Z Cfxx3 00 C X UJ PAINT EXISTING HANDRAIL/ GUARDRAIL, STOR. EXISTING DOOR AND RI5ER5 AND TREADS 171 200A FRAME TO REMAIN X_, FY BY X NEW 5TAIR TREAD N051NG EXISTING ACCESS PANEL -PAINT PAINT EXISTING STAIRS HANDRAIL / GUARDRAIL X300 RISERS AND TREADS A FB- A DA / NEW STAIR: q / TREAD NOSING N CON5TRUCTION AND PIN15H PIAN - LEVEL 3 Ti"�I /4" = P-0° N m w Project Name: rate. RRi iR _ r? R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC AR C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. 0 Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i 1: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: Am. DESIGN ENCINETRb MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 — 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1 944 FAX: 31 9.841 .1 949 Sheet Title: LEVELS 2 & 3 CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP _ Sheet Number: A1.01 4" 41-117/511 lo S Q� — 28 16 2' A9.00 A8.00 4'-03/4' i' -G3/8, —------------- -- --- -- -_- 14 o� P� A9.00 i ♦ d CV I I 15 ♦ + ♦ �5 I I A8.00 --------.` 1 1 \ \\ +r,♦ 9 �`'O, �' ..f/ r ' 8 20 i `9- �1 18 i 14 1 3 A9.IO A9.00 A7.01 E i I A8.00 ell goo A9.00 17 12 /r / A7.o1 N\ 'P \ \ A9.00 / // 6 O ,�', ,/ _ NEW COLUMN COVER i i \ ECEPTION 0, 5' C . A 700 , 1. l FTOOA \ „ A8.00 GROMMET VERIFY - I 1 , LOCATION WITH 1 s l \\ �,21 -G" OWNER I O-5 /4 2 Oil 00\10 \ 1 \ >, 1 \ .CIO WRECEPTION \ ,. 24 A L N \ 1 \ 1 I _ V \ .r GROMMET' VERIFY 1 G 1 1 LOCATION WITH i AZaa \ 1 J. OWNER \ J J 12 A5.00 A15 7 19 A7.01 Cf) 14 5 - I 1 A8.00 \� JJ I I A7.00 I i / (D i R 0 H R B A C H I G '7'"6N — AB.00 ASSOCIATES PC 2 5 A7.01 ARCH I T E C T S 6'-G" 2'-8" 3'-93/4' 2'-0.1 Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 N N P. O. Box 2238 all LARGE LOBBY PLAN ENLARGE LOBBY PLAN Iowa City, Iowa 52244 = 1'-a l iz„ = I ,_a„ Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i 1: rape@rohrbachassociates.com REMOVE AND REPLACE REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING PLASTIC LAMINATE EXISTING PLA5TIC LAMINATE 6 6 A8.0o A8.00 REMOVE AND REPLACE REMOVE VE AND REPLACE EXISTING LAS P TIC LAMINATE EXISTING P LA5T1C LAMINATE 'REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING PLASTIC LAMINATE N 5' AB.00 N 3 ENLARGE LOBBY PLAN 1/2..= 1-0.. FINISH LEGEND: UtA-) L: VV/ALL-.I; BA VINYUKUBBER A PAINT BD CERAMIC TILE D CERAMIC TILE BG EPDXY TERRAZO - PRECAST E EPDXY PAINT BY EXISTING TO REMAIN K ACRYLIC PLASTIC WAINSCOT FLOOR: X EXISTING TO REMAIN FB CARPET TILE FC VINYL TILE CEILING: PD CERAMIC TILE CA ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN 2 x 2 FH STONE TILE CA- I ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN 2 x 2 FT EPDXY FLOOR SYSTEM CA -2 ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN2 x G T T- FG ' " EPDXY TERRAZO OVER EPDXY SAND BASE CG PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD FV RUBBER STAIR TREADS CT PAINTED CONCRETE FY EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN CX NO FIN15H ROOM FINISH TEMPLATE CY EXISTING TO REMAIN _ _:._ ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER N. WALL E. SE -- _ S. WALL CEILING Ely El_/� W: WALL. 110 T T I C 1 TTTTT TT T 0 CORRIDOR r 104 T T A FB -1 A 13A A -vEST. _ 105 A F5-4 TY fB. fB A f I a I I ❑ WORK WORK AREA OFFICE --- AREA OFFICE „_ 112 —III 116 X FB -2 FY X FB- ._ _ fz X FB -3 X FB 3 A X X __ X _._...� ❑ - — -- - — - - fa oNC FIG RK OFFICE 117 CORRIDO X FB -3` 103 A A --- - ❑ FB- I X -- L T ° A - OFFICE T30 i FY ID X i i I STAIRS I f� � I ❑ F, No fB RECEPTION I I10 X - � FB -3 00( I . --- i 1 fB fG CO D OR � RRI CORRIDOR _4\4 E UP t 119 r, fG X " FB_3 i WORK � X BA A 13G T� X /'-- T .. iFFICC r ; o f s z Officif FFICE 120 121 T _f G 123 X _ FB. X FB -3 ._.. DOWN e x -- OFFI E C F c \ X f13-3 1 _I fG 0131-011 31-011 a X i PAINT EX15TI NG fB fB_z fB z CMU BASE OFFICE 126 X FB 3 X T_ J 0 CENTER LINE RECEPTION LOBBY ..,. ITI_ _zSTAIRS - -Of ROOM IOOA 00 102 —_ OFFICE A FB- I A I FG 1`134 A FG I A 13G X FB - q A A_ 3 X 5A XCY X -- � I WIt i I COUNCIL MEETING CITY MANAGER'S COUNCIL ROOM RIR OFFICE CHAMBERS 125 125A 101 i / X F5-3 X FY X 1`13-3 CY I X X A 13A I X X I 5TOKAGE ICIIA A FB -I A DA A - IV I FIN15H PLAN Project Name: 17 R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC A R C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 31'9 338 9872 E -M a 11: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consulfan s: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: E IGN Ir ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841. 1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: LEVEL 1 FINISH S PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A2.00 /8 tac tile copy, Slate Sid, Condensed, . . . . . . . . . . ......... ...... 4, color 5 T_ _11`� J v", ------- - ----- first surface hexagon, color 4 EQ 1.5" ............. first surface header, color I silkscreened gender symbol, (olor6 �T, firstsurface hexagon, color 1 J k_G E first surface hexagon, color 4 first surface header, color 2 Fit, Z 24pt "'T Z 6rade 11 Braille, color 1 silkscreened gender symbol, color 6 6 I'silkscreened copy, Clarendon BT Roman, printed first surface, color6 5/8silkscreened copy State Std Cond., color 5 ... . ....... '",0-lat 0 ell first surface background, color I slort for 5.5 x 8.5 insert behind first surface header background, color 2 �4 clearcover ��A __­ 4 "Ill,�i��'ll"�""Il""IlIl�ll,�,'��"1.1, ­ silks(reened hexagon, first surface, color 6 silkscreened access symbol, color 6 9 "I�,�ll""I"""�ll""�"-l""'I �'11'i,_1,1'111'11,�1,11111 I'dW �K 875"ssilkscteened copy, Slate 00 to 00 Standard Medium Condensed, color 5 5/r tactile copy Slate Std Cond. , color 5 J� first surface header background, color 2 IT, silkscreened gyph, first surface, Ln lkscreened access symbol, color 6 Nl� 24pt Grade 11 Braille, color 1 colors5,6am:17 1/2" silkscreened copy, Slate Std Cond. 5/8" tactile copy, State Std Cond, color 5 first surface footer, color 3 t first surface, color 5 .625ossikcreened copy, Slate 24pt Grade 11 Braille, color 1 24pt Grade It Braille, color I second surface footer, color 6 Standard Medium Condensed, color 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . first surface footer, color I first surface fociter, color I similar rB rc rc V;V V;9,r 1�v viv SIGN TYPE 1.3 SIGN TYPE 2.1 SIGN TYPE 2.2 SIGN TYPE 3.3 SIGN TYPE 3.8A 3/8"=l" 3180=1# 3/8",-10 3/8"=l" 3/8"-l" 8,5" 100 8.5" I ,Project Name: E ulty Loamy and NDS Remode.� M'0� City H 11 .7V hexagon, color 6, with OR code, color 5 N', T_ first surface background, color 6 5/rtactile copy, Slate Std. Condensed, �,4,11111111111,f . . . . . . I 5/8"tactile copy, Slate Sid, Condensed, color 5 tm color 5 I'silkscreened copy, Slate Std Cond., 24pt Grade 11 Braille, color 1 MA I M ou" printed first surface, color 7 JL^ �Q - - first surface header, color I first surface header, color I I'silks(reened copy, Slate Std Cond, first surface header, color 1 24pt Grade 11 Braille, color I NOT A printed first surface, color 7 �N C& U PA N Cow- Y �___OA In = Ma or: AOW46L first surface background, color 6 1 Mat Hayek 00:2 EXIT 00 1 slortfor8.5 x 141nsert behind R 0 H R B A C H OAD slot for 5.5 x 8.5 insert behind Ma or Pro Tenn: dear cover L IS95 slot for 4.5 x 5.5 insert behind Susin Mims clear cover dearcover A S S 0 C I A T E S PC City Couniii Members: 8.5 x 14 paper insert by Others BY ORDEROF THE FIRE MARSHALL-, .375'silkscreened copy, Slate Std Cond., Kiisley Botchway 11 printed first surface, color 7 IOWA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT A R C H IT E C T S ____J6- Annommmoll second surface footer, color 6 second surface footer, color 6 Ter Dickens Commerce Center Rij Dobyns 325 E. Washington rA%similar I Suite 400 V -V P. 0. Box 2238 Midhelle Payne Iowa City, Iowa 52244 1 SIGN TYPE 3.813 SIGN TYPE 3.8C SIGN TYPE 4.1 SIGN TYPE 4.2 Jit Throgniorton Tel: 319 338 9311 3/8"=l 3/8"=Iff 3/8"=l" 3/8"=l" Fax: 319 338 9872 second surface footet, color 6 E -M a i 1: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com r -A'% similar 26" Color 1: match Matthew Paint El Champagne Grey Metallic C o n s u I t a n t s 11 (acrylic window sign) Color 2: match Matthew Paint Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: Medium Bronze 1/40(ut-out acrylic chevron, color 1 3 '51 101, .51 -1 Color 3: PMS 124C .5 101, 5 Ai� 111111111111L am first surface header. color 2 3/4!lTsilkscreened copy, Clarendon BT 3Xsllkscreeped (opg, Clarendon OT first surface header, color 1 1. Color 4. PUS Warm Gray 7 rmSIGN Roman, printed first surface, color 5 3/4"silkscreened copy', Clarendon BT Roman, printed first surface, color 6 first surface header, color 1 ENGINEERS Color 5: black Roman, printed first surface, color 5 a, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSVLTANTS 1. 1 25'silkscreened glyph, color 6 symbol Color 6: white 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SQITF 200 1.125"silkstreened glyph, color 6 symbol C Ri, I'll, on color 4 background first surface header, color 3 on color 4 background TEL�310,8.41,1944 FAX:319�841�1949 SIGN TYPE 4.3 3/4"silliscreened copy, Slate Std. Medium, ......... . Color 7: PMS 7597C L k first surface, color 6 1 self-adhesive vinyl copy, Slate 3 8 =1 Signage Design and Programming: h .-B'u"iEffig gjgp�c fioC, Accounting, LL Accounting, LL 0 1 1219 Zimmerman Drive S, Building Inspection, L Standard Condensed, color 5 COLOR SCHEDULE first surface stripe, color 3 Cashier, 91 A Gfirmell, Iowa, 50112 Cashier, LIA Building Inspection, L2 -6616 t City Attotlney, LL slow (641)236 Cashier, Ll A City Attorney, ILL City Coulcil, Ll A b City Clerk, Ll City Attorney, LL 14.75" City Man1ger, Ll A City Council, Ll A City Council, L I A 3.25" 2,7V MT1, i"I", iTl Civil/Hurtan Rights, L3 City Manager, LIA 11.5" aluminum T mount, color 1 City Manager, Ll A L3 T� 1.1250 digitally printed self-adhesive vinyl CiVil/Human lZights, 11 x 17 paper Insert behind dear face Civil/Human Rights, L glyph, color 6 symbol on color 4 background Council Chambers, Ll "I, . . . . . . . Inspection Services, LL Housing � i by Others - 1/2"Slate Std Condensed Finance, L1A Finance, LlA 11 x 17 paper !risen behind dear face first surface background, color 2 I n 0"T Inform t' & copy shown 4�6 6,11 by Others - 1/2" State Std Condensed Housing Authority, Ll Housing & Inspection S�rvices, LL Techn IT Services, LL I copy shown 0 gy & first surface dievrort, color I Human Resources, LI Information, Ll Information T� MPOJC, Lg Technology Services, Ll PC 11x 17 paper insert by Others - information Vechnology Sery Ces, LL MPOJC, L2 T� Commuhity Development, L2 1/2"Slate Std Condensed copy shown Vl� . . . . . . . .... i�"'TT: Inspection Services, 1.2 Planning & TT IcW rks, L3 MPOJC, LL Pubt Community Develop+t, L2 Purchalg, LL Neighborhood and Developme it Services, L2 Public Works, L3 Police Station, Ll Revenue,iLlA Sheet Title Purchasing, LL Public Works, L3 F surface background, color I Revenue, UA Purchasing, LL second surface footer, color 6 iR�T S I N A G E se Revenue,LIA 11W cond surface footer, color 6 1 second surface footer, color 6 oil= PLANS,DETAIL rt*� similar s i m i I a r first surface sliksicreened glyphs, color 6 1 /-1 VVrD similar \--fi'rst surface hexagon, color 4 AND SIGN TYPE 6.1 SIGN TYPE 6.2 SIGN TYPE 6.3 1�iv SIGN TYPE 10.2 ELEVATIONS 1 4 1 114"=l" continuous backer mounting stud 228"(IT-0") lXcut-out acrylic arrow 216.625-(V4625") 7--114' acrylic arrow 108.25" photopolymer tag With raised base -mounted fabricated aluminum letters, EQ. EQ, lot, 12" continuous 1/4'aluminum text and braille Clarendon BT Roman, painted finish, base, color 2 or as selected by Owner ELEVATION color 2 or as selected by Owner 12" A", .375"acrylic face Amino[ 1/8"photopolymer Issue Date: face r4 face of %'clecends .080'clear acrylic Number Date Description i below baseline r W clear acrylic 1 03/09115 BID DOCS 118"acryll(face, .177"blacka(rylic backer 060" acrylic blocking OWa(ryli( blocking le�'an�'ri'g'h't"v'Vi't'h""CIT"Y" U 1/8" acrylic Insert to mask fasteners, color 2 M countersunk fastener into expansion anchor-----" UA ELEVATION f D \ ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION SIGN TYPE E.1 3/8"=10 U, 3/8`=111 3/8"=l" 3/8"=l" 3/8114-0" Drawn By: Checked By: Sheet Number: A3.00 location 120 lobby - ti t a � � r' _r r r r 14rILJ Calor 3:: PMS 124( Calor 4: PMS Warm Gray? DESIGN Color S: black ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS Color 6.. white 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE. SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS. IOWA 52404 —4850 TEL 319.841,1944 EAX.3 19.841,1949. Calor 7: PMS 757C Signage Design and Programming: COLOR SCHEDULE : 1 1219 Zimmerman Drive S, t*�04=Grinnell, Iowa, 50112 I sal 236-6616 IIOtiS l; ELEVATION 3f' 21 N l fP 1 4N1 O i {`w ✓ _ { UA SE CTION g .and .,/j //j L I 19-10.2 WOMEN' 117-2.2 116-3.3 N/ 1 9 1 Sheet Title: PERSONNEL OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE. ....11.5 1.3 ..._.� 114-I^iy2` OFFICE 216-4.1 SIGNAGE 219 4.1 217- 1 CITY � TAIL CLERK I 220 .1 8 21 4 ,1 �yy ....: 4 215-4.1 PLANS, - OFFICE iA :221 1': 1.:. 7 110 SING V AND 113-1.3 _ €_ INSPECTION .1.12 �1 t __ 222-:7 _ 214-4.1 k: OFFICE11-3.8 .. _ _ REVENUE INFOR AT - 1..08 1. � 1 �_ INTERNS 11� 5..24 �. � �- r FINANCE 1045,24 107 5.24. CITYMANAGER .C} a {OFFICE 103-5.24'3,0105-4.3 -. 102-4.2 2 1-4. °'� �y{�"` as � k _ OFFICE 06J 3.86 aI CONFERENCE 210 4t.109-4.2 4.2 OFFICE k { r r { { { { 2 4 "j)k 0� . 1 1 WOMEA Cild~lL {c ��1 BREAKROOM" OM I CHAMBERS { 206-2.1 { MEN t ix .. I 208 4.2 _ --04-10.2 s ....-..... 203 3a3 t Issue Det. I CONFERENCE�, _....-w- \1202-6.2 Number Date. Description BtIlLl7l 201 1.3 N RECEPTION 4 CI3i49/1 Bl ©CICS INSPECTION _ -- -.. 207-4,2 I --- w a` `-T u >. «. { 1 CONFERENCE E1 Drawn By: Checked By: ENTRANCE LEVEL SIGN LOCATION PLAN LEVEL TWO SIGN LOCATION PLAN NO SCALE NO SCALE Sheet Number: A3.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 1 1/4" = 1'-0" IVR 112A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 1 1/4" = 1'-0" w CCRR-IDV MENS 104 81-01 IOG L L 5!� 7- ------- - - 0 WROSD �___� N U REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL I C2_ 1/4" = 1 1-01, (b =���Lvnmj I XG FLUORESCENT UPLIGHT SMOKE DETECTOR OSD RETURN DIffU5FR F71 SUPPLY DIFFUSER EXHAU5T DIFFUSER SPRINKLER HEAD __*_S_H UTILITY COLUMN 1171 V\J SMALL ROUND LED FIXTURE 2x2 fLUORE5CENT TROFFER EXIT 51GN EXIT 51GN (DIRECTIONAL) (8f-0") CEILING HEIGHT 5URfACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE SPEAKER 2XG LAY -IN CEILING TILES 2X2 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TI LES GYP. BOARD CEILING/ 50ff IT LINEAR SURFACE UP LIGHTING LARGE ROUND LED FIXTURE CEILING SYSTEM 01 VERTICAL END PANEL RECESSED CAN LIGHT @ GENERAL REFLECTED CEILING NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR 5HALL MELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING AND NEW CONSTRUCTION CONDITION5 PRIOR TO START Of CEILING FABRICATION/INSTALLATION. 2.TH15DIVISION LOCATES CEILING MOUNTED ITFM5, -REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC TYPE5 AND REQUIREMENT5. 3. DARK, 50LID LINF5 INDICATE NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION, LIGHT, SCREENED LINE5 INDICATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. 4. ALL MATERIAL5 REU5ED FROM DEMOLITION SALVAGE ARE TO BE CLEANED AND IN ACCEPTABLE USABLE CONDITION BEFORE INSTALLATION. 5. CFILING5 5HOWN 1N CORRIDOR TO BE REMOVED A5 NEEDED FOR MECHANICAL * ELECTRICAL WORK * REINSTALLED. REPLACE ANY BROKEN OR DAMAGED TILES A5 NEEDED. G. ALL CFILING5 5HALL BE BRIGHT WHITE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 7. ALL WORK 5HALL BE COORDINATED WITH EXISTING TECHNOLOGIES IN PLACE AT THE TIME Of CON5TRUCTION. Project Name: a 0 RAPC Project Number� it 103no R 0 H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC AR C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319`338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i 1: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE SUITE 20� CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 5�404 - 485 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .194' v. 3heet Title: _EVEL 1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Issue Date : Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By SWP Sheet Number: AA.00I lk-T ()ffICE E _12G 101-011 w CCRR-IDV MENS 104 81-01 IOG L L 5!� 7- ------- - - 0 WROSD �___� N U REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL I C2_ 1/4" = 1 1-01, (b =���Lvnmj I XG FLUORESCENT UPLIGHT SMOKE DETECTOR OSD RETURN DIffU5FR F71 SUPPLY DIFFUSER EXHAU5T DIFFUSER SPRINKLER HEAD __*_S_H UTILITY COLUMN 1171 V\J SMALL ROUND LED FIXTURE 2x2 fLUORE5CENT TROFFER EXIT 51GN EXIT 51GN (DIRECTIONAL) (8f-0") CEILING HEIGHT 5URfACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE SPEAKER 2XG LAY -IN CEILING TILES 2X2 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TI LES GYP. BOARD CEILING/ 50ff IT LINEAR SURFACE UP LIGHTING LARGE ROUND LED FIXTURE CEILING SYSTEM 01 VERTICAL END PANEL RECESSED CAN LIGHT @ GENERAL REFLECTED CEILING NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR 5HALL MELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING AND NEW CONSTRUCTION CONDITION5 PRIOR TO START Of CEILING FABRICATION/INSTALLATION. 2.TH15DIVISION LOCATES CEILING MOUNTED ITFM5, -REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC TYPE5 AND REQUIREMENT5. 3. DARK, 50LID LINF5 INDICATE NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION, LIGHT, SCREENED LINE5 INDICATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. 4. ALL MATERIAL5 REU5ED FROM DEMOLITION SALVAGE ARE TO BE CLEANED AND IN ACCEPTABLE USABLE CONDITION BEFORE INSTALLATION. 5. CFILING5 5HOWN 1N CORRIDOR TO BE REMOVED A5 NEEDED FOR MECHANICAL * ELECTRICAL WORK * REINSTALLED. REPLACE ANY BROKEN OR DAMAGED TILES A5 NEEDED. G. ALL CFILING5 5HALL BE BRIGHT WHITE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 7. ALL WORK 5HALL BE COORDINATED WITH EXISTING TECHNOLOGIES IN PLACE AT THE TIME Of CON5TRUCTION. Project Name: a 0 RAPC Project Number� it 103no R 0 H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC AR C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319`338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i 1: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANT 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE SUITE 20� CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 5�404 - 485 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .194' v. 3heet Title: _EVEL 1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Issue Date : Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By SWP Sheet Number: AA.00I lk-T REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND 2x2 FLUORESCENT 2X4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER O TROFFER ® EXIT SIGN I XG FLUORESCENT UPLIGHT SMOKE DETECTOR O EXIT SIGN (DIRECTIONAL) SD (8'-0") CEILING HEIGHT RETURN DIFFUSER E---- ____ SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE SPEAKER SUPPLY DIFFUSER 2X6 LAY -IN CEILING TILES r EXHAUST DIFFUSER 2X2 LAY -IN SPRINKLER HEAD ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES UTILITY COLUMN VN OG SMALL ROUND LED FIXTURE t;< ,... },..,:.`:,;: �.�;::�,. • a..,�.,,.�, GYP. BOARD CEILING/ SOFFIT LARGE ROUND LED FIXTURE LINEAR 5URFACE UP LIGHTING CEILING SYSTEM VERTICAL END PANEL _�-...�.i REGE55ED CAN LIGHT COMM. D COORD. Project Name: SH REST ZOOM 23 '77771111 - EXTEND EXISTING CEILING GRID AND TILES RI Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: >SWP - Sheet Number: A4.01 { 2 I --a►-� B•OI� , GENERAL REFLECTED CEILING NOTES N: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING AND NEW CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF CEILING '.�_. FABRICATION/INSTALLATION. OFFICE I 2. TH15 DIVISION LOCATES CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS. REFER TO R O H R B A C H MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND 5PECIFICATION5 _ SIW I FOR 5PECIFIC TYPES AND REQUIREMENTS. A S S 0 C I A T E S PC 3. DARK, 50LID LINES INDICATE NEW CEILING CONSTRUCTION, LIGHT, SCREENED LINES INDICATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION' TO REMAIN. 4. ALL MATERIALS REUSED FROM" DEMOLITION 5ALVAGE ARE TO BE A R C- H I T E C T S CLEANED AND IN ACCEPTABLE USABLE CONDITION BEFORE INSTALLATION. Commerce Center `�— 5. CEILINGS SHOWN IN CORRIDOR TO BE REMOVED AS NEEDED FOR 325 E. Washington MECHANICAL * ELECTRICAL WORK * REINSTALLED. REPLACE ANY NEIHBORH O j ( 6ROKEN OR DAMAGED TILES AS NEEDED. Suite 400 5 R. GOO P. O. Box 2238D 209 G. ALL CEILINGS SHALL BE BRIGHT WHITE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE � Iowa City, Iowa 52244 ' ___ 7. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH EXISTING TECHNOLOGIES Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 IN PLACE AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. F a x: 3 1'' 9 338 9872 E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com SH REST ZOOM 23 '77771111 - EXTEND EXISTING CEILING GRID AND TILES RI Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: >SWP - Sheet Number: A4.01 F 3'-5" 3'-6" 3'-53/811 2'-1 IYz" F 4 10 CITY MAP, BY OWNER, TELEVISION, BY OWNER, I 0 3 A5.00 4' X 4' MARKER BOARD CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SIDE LIGHT a9.00 SIDELIGHT—� AB.00 PAINT, TYP. A9.00 6 X 4 TACKBOARD PAINT, TYP. SUPPORT BACKING SUPPORT BACKING i 10 CENTER ON, WALL 1 I ..ifI l u n 1 1 L; 1_ .. O O O BARN -STYLE .. o a 11 I_ n ALL `GLASS 1 DOORS O r 1 1 I CENTER ON WALL 18" 4'-0" 4 0tI t8 - _ 1 L 0 OO t m m m PLASTIC LAMINAT ,✓ UPPER CABINETS r , t ! ! ! , � I I REF. BY , 1 , _LOWNER :a_�ea_� O ,I t I I BRA 'N STYLE SIN K N _ - 1 1 ALL; GLASS 1 1 t DOORS - I 0 1 1 t m 1 RESILIENT BASE TYP. wooD DOOR,wOOD I "" 2 _. 1 SPECS I r I GLASS ENCLO� 1 1 I FRAME STAIN TO , I i LAMINATE ' 1 , , I , 1 , MATCH EXISTING I 1 MATCH EXISTING A9. 10 PLASTIC LAMINAT ,✓ UPPER CABINETS r , t ! ! ! , � I I REF. BY , 1 , _LOWNER :a_�ea_� O ,I t I I BRA 'N STYLE SIN K N _ - 1 1 ALL; GLASS 1 1 t DOORS - I 0 1 1 t m 1 1/4" = P-0" RESILIENT BASE TYP. wooD DOOR,wOOD DDDR *\ "" 2 _. 1 SPECS PLASTIC GLASS ENCLO� F ME `STAIN TO RA FRAME STAIN TO Ae:oo AB.00 LAMINATE ' MATCH EXISTING MATCH EXISTING A9. 10 COUNTERTOP _-- SEE SPECS t tt - - F 51NK 9 19 1 li t tt � ,� 3 - - I -8/ 9 19 8 P TI 'REF. LAS C " THERMOSTAT NEW 51GNAGE - SEE 1 LA (NATE M '\ EAST N `JOUT ti WEST NORTH EAST 5C7UTt1 WEST CABINETS TYP. 3 ONFERENCE ELEVATIONS 01-CI7-1 BREA M ELEVATIONS K ROOM 2a 1 „ _ ,; 4-I-0 _ NEW SIGNAGE SEE = 14 td 1 1 ------- CERAMIC SHEET A3:00 2'x 3' URINAL 1_ TILE PAPER HEATER TO GYPSUM -M I RROR ♦ 1 AB:oo AB.00 BOARD SECu RITY SECURITY e N w PAPER 42" GRAB O 1 SOFFIT GRILLE GRILLE TOWEL 1 CERAMIC .SECURITY DOOR. TOILET CERAMIC NEW PLASTIC 1 � 1 I 1 GRILLE �r SOLID 1 TOWEL BAR, LAVATORY 1 I I 1 1 DISPENSER TILE LAVATORY I PARTITION TILE 1 TOILET r -1 ' 1 i 1 1 ` COUNTER DISPENSER _ TOILET PAPER / I 1 ,I I 1 S ID OL PA 5UE R C f PLYWOOD L OO 2 x 3 y_ OFCI ` � L ,- _1 1 I I 36 t GRAB RECEPTION � , , f PLYWOOD 1 36 .GRAB " - 42 GRAB t 1 it PARTITION � _ COUNTER , 1 GATE VENEER � � � OFCI DISPENSER / .. 1 1 MIRK OR LAVATORY t N � � BAR ,BAR BA R `. PLYWOOD a' 14 PLYWOOD VENEER. N R 27 LAMINATED NEW 50LID SURFACE VENEER GATE A SO P A9.do PANEL SYSTEM tt 42 GRAB BAR MAP PANEL HANDRAIL WOOD BASE COUNTER TOP METAL STOP PLATES � 3/4" PLYWOOD 42" GRAB — PANEL REVEALS - SEE E _: 42 GRAB 36 „ VENEER I I DETAIL 12 / A9.00 � NOT IN TRUE ELEVATION DISPENSER - 36 GRAB NORTHEAST LOBBY RECEPTION ELEVATIONS LAVATORY :LOBBY RECEPTION ELEV ATIONS' E EVATIONS LOBBY RECEPTION L BAR BBYRECEPTIONA ELEV TONS &I/C4" „_ 10 „ I)4 I O , „ I/4 I Od _ _; BAR 1 - TELEVISION CZ OFCI BAR SOLID SURFACE �.--%' MONITOR ` EXISTING GLA55 ,' COUNTER TOP _ 1 �, = Od TOILET PAPER p TOILET 1 ,� DISPENSER ,' �t a d AElAfI d 1 1 '/ , LAVATORY SOAP �'Jill LL TOILET PAPER L------- DI5PEN5ER TOILET PAPER DISPENSER TOILET - OFCI DI5PEN5ER TOILET CERAMIC TILE NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST RESTROOM ELEVATIONS 3 RESTROOM ELEVATIONS 4 1/4" = P-0" 1/4" = P-0" SEE SPECS GLASS ENCLO� 12 BULLETIN BOAF A9. 10 _-- SEE SPECS .� THERMOSTAT NEW 51GNAGE - SEE 1 '\ N SHEET A3.00 1 1 1 2a 1 _ NEW SIGNAGE SEE A9.00 1 1 ------- SHEET A3:00 1_ HEATER TO GYPSUM ♦ 1 AB:oo AB.00 BOARD SECu RITY SECURITY e N w �, O 1 SOFFIT GRILLE GRILLE SIGNAGE 1 .SECURITY DOOR. 1 - SEE 1 NEW PLASTIC 1 � 1 I 1 GRILLE �r SOLID 1 SHEET' 1 A3.00 1 I I 1 1 `SURER E C I , 'I I RECEPTION 1 r -1 ' 1 i 1 1 COUNTER / I 1 ,I I 1 S ID OL PA 5UE R C , PLYWOOD L OO I L ,- _1 1 I I I RECEPTION � , , ...R VENEE PLYWOOD 1 t 1 it COUNTER , 1 GATE VENEER 1 1 / .. 1 1 1 I t N PLYWOOD 14 PLYWOOD VENEER. N R 27 LAMINATED NEW 50LID SURFACE VENEER GATE A9.do PANEL SYSTEM A9.00 MAP PANEL HANDRAIL WOOD BASE COUNTER TOP METAL STOP PLATES 3/4" PLYWOOD TOP AND BOTTOM PANEL REVEALS - SEE E RELOCATED 21-011 I -O VENEER DETAIL 12 / A9.00 ATM NOT IN TRUE ELEVATION NORTHEAST LOBBY RECEPTION ELEVATIONS :LOBBY RECEPTION ELEV ATIONS' E EVATIONS LOBBY RECEPTION L BBYRECEPTIONA ELEV TONS &I/C4" „_ 10 „ I)4 I O , „ I/4 I Od TELEVISION PLASTIC FILE ON SOLID SURFACE �.--%' MONITOR ` EXISTING GLA55 COUNTER TOP 8 7 TACK Ae.00 AB.00 SURFACE EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE REMOVED — FIRE GLASS ENCLOSED ALARM BULLETIN BOARD - STROBE li SEE SPECS GLASS ENCLO� — FIRE GLASS ENCLOSED ALARM BULLETIN BOARD - STROBE SEE SPECS GLASS ENCLO� BULLETIN BOAF _-- SEE SPECS THERMOSTAT '\ N EXISTING WALL HEATER TO REMAIN �, O , cn NEW PLASTIC EXISTING WALL CABINETS NEW COUNTER AND BACK SPLASH EXISTING BASE REMOVABLE r 17 LAMINAI c r r c,Holwc l BA I5TI WRITING LL C PANELS N LS AB.00 WOOD BASE SURFACE F EO. EQ, EO. EQ, F NOT IN TRUE ELEVATION SOUTHEAST WEST EAST 9 LOBBY RECEPTION ELEVATIONS! LOBBY ELEVATIONS I LOBBY ELEVATIONS 12 EXISTING CONFERENCE ROOM ELEVATIONS 1/4" = 1'-O" 1!4" = I' -o" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/4" = I' -d" Project Name: r? R0 H R B A C H ASSOCIATES SSt�GIA S P C ARC H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 33.8 9872 E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: E ElS I uAl" N ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841.1944 -FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. DrawnBy: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A7.00 1 TRANSLUCENT TRANSLUCENT TRANSLUCENT /Ij PANEL PANEL PANEL i PLYWOOD PLYWOOD I - ' PLYWOOD VENEER VENEER 0 � VENEER PANEL PANEL PANEL 50LID SOLID SOLID OSURFACE SURFA E SURFACE COUNTER COUNTER COUNTER � O N _ TOP TOP _ TOP 1 � N z_ 28 A9.00 A .00 8 -.SEEN ENLARGED PLAN ON SHEET A I . 2 SEE ENLARGED. PLAN ON SHEET A 1.02 1 01 51-011 MEET -A 1.02 E LA 0 SEE ENLARGED PLAN 0N 5 FAST SOUTH WEST NORTH A5 R AE LOBYVON = FI ANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FI ANCE LOBY ELEVATION FNANCE` LOBBY ELEVATION (3 / I I4 10 G -2 6 -2 11 1 n21-53/411 i_ 3 - 3L. _ 3 (� 4 4 4 2 EP E 1 2 IG 15 , VENEER ;14 25 eA9M PLYWOOD R EXISTING 00 A8:O0 - A&00 A9.00 A8.00 WALL CABINETS COLUMN EXISTING WALL TO EXISTING MAP REMOVE AND WITH NEW W A ,_ TRANSLUCENT OPEN OPEN .NT REMAIN -PAINT REINSTALL 5 REQUIRED FOR PANEL TO TO COLUMN NEW FIN15HE5 COVER CORRIDOR CORRIDOR PLYVrod6C2ItEENT I TRANSLUCENT VENEER _NT PANEL TRANSLUCENT PANEL PANELS 50L ROD SUR GE COUER TOP D FA E O NT 0 � N 1 I II 1 WINDOWS ,- BEYOND J _ I PLYWOOD II I 1 1 VENEER I � � PANEL OP 50LI D t SOLID SURFACE O SURFACE — — COUNTER — — i COUNTER — — TOP a TOP PLYWOOD VENEER Project Name: I Ir R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES P SSt3CIA C 28 PLYWOOD VENEER PANELS A9.00 SOLID SURFACE _ DRAWER CABINET NEW BASE AND FLOORING 2 2 6 2 6 2 G 2 G— ! 2 3'-G° -SEE FINISH PLANS ARCH � T. E `.r T S \ 'COUNTER TOP CURVED 31-9/41' 6'-2' -2" 21-511 2'-G11 CURVED CURVED e 01 01 11PLYWOOD VENEER CURVED DESK11 11 1 Commerce Center NORTH DESK EAST BASE CABINETS 7 SOUTH WEST DE5K DESK 325 E. Washington FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION CORRIDOR ELEVATION S u i t e 4 0 0 I I /4.. = I '_O° I /4" 1 _O ) 1/4" = I' -O" 2 0 I /4" = I'-0° I 1 /4" = 1 '-O° P. o. BOX 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a 11: rape@rohrbachassociates.com EXISTING J J WINDOWS Project Name: I Ir R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES P SSt3CIA C 28 PLYWOOD VENEER PANELS A9.00 SOLID SURFACE _ DRAWER CABINET NEW BASE AND FLOORING 2 2 6 2 6 2 G 2 G— ! 2 3'-G° -SEE FINISH PLANS ARCH � T. E `.r T S \ 'COUNTER TOP CURVED 31-9/41' 6'-2' -2" 21-511 2'-G11 CURVED CURVED e 01 01 11PLYWOOD VENEER CURVED DESK11 11 1 Commerce Center NORTH DESK EAST BASE CABINETS 7 SOUTH WEST DE5K DESK 325 E. Washington FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION FINANCE LOBBY ELEVATION CORRIDOR ELEVATION S u i t e 4 0 0 I I /4.. = I '_O° I /4" 1 _O ) 1/4" = I' -O" 2 0 I /4" = I'-0° I 1 /4" = 1 '-O° P. o. BOX 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a 11: rape@rohrbachassociates.com EXISTING N T N U NOTI TRU ELEVATION ELEVATION SOUTH SOUTH COUNCIL CHAMBERS ELEVATION (or COUNCIL CHAMBERS ELEVATION EAST COUNCIL CHAMBERS ELEVATION ._ON Il4" = I' -o" ` � � J I/4N _ I �_ON Consultants Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: _DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA'52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841.1 944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet- Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03J09/15 .CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A7.01 WINDOWS BEYOND REPLACE EX15TING CURTAIN ON EX15TING CURTAIN TRACK _ EXISTING COUNCIL CASE WORK TO BE REFINISHED EXISTING GLA55 PANEL COUNCIL:. SYSTEM CASE WORK GLASS NEW - TO BE PANELS HANDRAIL SYSTEM S M J REFINISHED 18 A9.00 NEW GLASS PANEL I9 r — — NEW SYSTEM HANDRAIL :SYSTEM BOTTOM RAIL A9:00 SYSTEM " GLASS _ 1 PANEL ,r EX15TING G EX15TING , SYSTEM RAMP EXISTING < RAMP EXISTING r WITH NEW RAISED WITH NEW RAMP WITH .J G__ -FLOOR WITH FLOGRING NEW A8.00 NEW I8 FLOORING I 9 FLOORING - EXISTING WIRE =' 5 EXISTING WIRE A9.00 PAINT MOLD PAINT MOLD _ PAINT A9.00 8-I 15/ u 5 o 2 4/8 NOT IN TRUE ELEVATION 5-1 1 51-0v4" u 9-4 h 2-4 3-1 WEST SOUTH 10 lo NOT IN TRUE ELEVATI 0 N CHAMBERS RR MP ELEVATION 2 COUNCIL CHAMBER RAMP ECFVAT[ON 23 COUNCILIL CHAMBERS ELEVATI N2COUNCIL 24 "'= /4NN I/4, 1 . 4 -0N EXISTING PLASTIC LAMINATE PANELING EX15TING CONCRETE BLOCK WALL - PAINT EXISTING COUNCIL CASE WORK TO BE REFINISHED EXISTING COUNCIL CHAMBERS EXISTING CASE COUNCIL WORK TO CHAMBERS B CASE WORK NEW REFINISHED TO BE HANDRAIL REFINISHED • SYSTEM GLA55 PANEL SYSTEM GLA55 PANEL -- GLA55 PANELS BOTTOM RAIL EXISTING BOTTOM RAIL EXISTING RAMP EXISTING RAISED FLOOR WITH NEW 6 RAISED FLOOR WITH NEW FLOORING Ag.00 WITH NEW FLOORING - FLOORING - PAINT O I TRE PAINT N E N T N U NOTI TRU ELEVATION ELEVATION SOUTH SOUTH COUNCIL CHAMBERS ELEVATION (or COUNCIL CHAMBERS ELEVATION EAST COUNCIL CHAMBERS ELEVATION ._ON Il4" = I' -o" ` � � J I/4N _ I �_ON Consultants Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: _DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA'52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841.1 944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet- Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03J09/15 .CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A7.01 3 A8.00 \ _ \_ I i \ 26 1 COPIER 18 PLASTIC LAMINATE ! 8 PLASTIC LAMINATE A9.00 3'-1 O" Aa.00 3'- i O" PLASTIC LAMINATE ON Aa.00 RECEPTION COUNTER AB.00 ON CORE BOARD NOT IN TRUE CORE BOARD CABINET NORTHEAST ELEVATION EAST Ir SOUTH WEST RESTROOMELEVATIONS ND5 RECEPTION ELEVATION ND5- RECEPTION ELEVATION N4 D5 I RE CEPTION ELEVATION 2 29 30 31 ! -O„ f/4 i14 I/4 6'-6” PLASTIC LAMINATE l F 3'- 2Y2 3'- 2)z CABINET ON 3/4" CORE BOARD I PLASTIC LAM I NATE ON CORE \ BOARD / co \ \ / 1- r / \ / N N 1 1... M \ (� / N \ N Ul 777J T_ 25 PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 18 Ag:oo CABINET ON 3/4" CORE BOARD AB.00 NOT IN 71-0" CORE BOARD BASE AS SCHEDULED ie NORTH TUE FLEVATI N EAST SOUTH WEST &321\/4" STROOM ELEVATIONS RE5TROOM ELEVATIONS RESTROOM ELEVATIONS RESTROOM ELEVATIONS - I 0 i14 - I -0 /4 3 5l4 17 RO H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC A R C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. 0. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 3-38 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i L rape@rohrbachassociates.com Consultant`s: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A7.02 f \ f \ J \ f J \ r J \ f \ 25 PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 18 Ag:oo CABINET ON 3/4" CORE BOARD AB.00 NOT IN 71-0" CORE BOARD BASE AS SCHEDULED ie NORTH TUE FLEVATI N EAST SOUTH WEST &321\/4" STROOM ELEVATIONS RE5TROOM ELEVATIONS RESTROOM ELEVATIONS RESTROOM ELEVATIONS - I 0 i14 - I -0 /4 3 5l4 17 RO H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC A R C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. 0. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 3-38 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i L rape@rohrbachassociates.com Consultant`s: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A7.02 2'-7" EXISTING PLASTIC 2' LAMINATE TO REMAIN STAINLESS STEEL SINK REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" x PLASTIC LAMINATE I' I ° I' 3/4" TRIM. PREPARE COUNTER TOP AND EXISTING 5URFACE FOR BACK SPLASH _ NEW FINISH r.. DOOR PULL - TYP. PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 3/8" CORE cn BOARD - I x WOOD - 13LOCKING PLASTIC LAM I NATE CABINET ON PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTER I X WOOD TOP AND BACK SPLASH 0 0 N 0 0 0 0 PLASTIC LAMINATE ON PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 0 0 0 0 3/4" CORE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOARD 0 0 00 DOOR PULL - TYP. 0 0 ° ° DOOR PULL - TYP. 0 0' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2'-511 ° ° ADJUSTABLE PLASTIC 0 o LAMINATE SHELF ON 3/4" o, 0 CORE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE �` m ° ° CABINET, ON 3/4" CORE , 2'-0" BOARD DOOR AND SIDES` ' 0 0 t` ° ° PLASTIC LAMINATE " ° ° CABINET, ON 3/8" CORE 0 0 BOARD o O CONT: I x WOOD 0 BLOCKING c� BASE AS SCHEDULED 2'-G" STAINLESS STEEL SINK REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" x PLASTIC LAMINATE I' I ° I' 3/4" TRIM. PREPARE COUNTER TOP AND EXISTING 5URFACE FOR BACK SPLASH _ NEW FINISH r.. DOOR PULL - TYP. PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 3/8" CORE cn BOARD - I x WOOD - 13LOCKING PLASTIC LAM I NATE CABINET ON REMOVE EXISTING ,, CONT. I x WOOD PLASTIC LAMINATE:- BLOCKING -� PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/8" CORE BOARD ADJUSTABLE PLASTIC N LAMINATE ON 3/4" CORE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR, 1 1/2" = 1'-0° I X WOOD o 0 0 0 8 1 1/2' _ I'-0., 0 0 0 0 0 0 PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 0 0 0 0 0 ON 3/4" CORE 0 BOARD 00 DOOR PULL - TYP. 0 0 REMAIN 0 0 0 0' 0 0 0 0 REMOVE EXISTING ,, CONT. I x WOOD PLASTIC LAMINATE:- BLOCKING -� PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/8" CORE BOARD ADJUSTABLE PLASTIC N LAMINATE ON 3/4" CORE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR, PREPARE EXISTING 5URFACE FOR NEW FIN15H EXISTING WOOD TRIM TO REMAIN PREPARE FOR NEW FIN15HE5 EXISTING DESKo STRUCTURE TO REMAIN nl m REMOVE EXISTING - PLASTIC' LAMINATE - PREPARE EXISTING AND: SIDES ON 3/4 CORE 5URFACE FOR NEW FIN15H BOARD CONT. I x WOOD NEW VINYL. BASE 13LOCKING TO REPLACE THE :]],,�DOOR FULL - TYP EXISTING01 r. -I 34rr CORE REMOVE EXISTING BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE PREPARE EXISTING BASE AS SURFACE FOR NEW PIN15H " d SCHEDULED r rr -I BASE AS SCHEDULED TYPICAL BA5E CABINET DETAIL TYPICAL SINK CABINET DETAIL TYPICAL WALLCAB INET DETAIL WALLL ABINET DETAIL EXISTING COUNCIL CHAMBERS MAIN DES -0 i2 1 _o i2 a i2" 0„ 12 1' 0„1 l 1 I - (:D- 31-011 3-0-�i . 50LID SURFACE 3/4r' x 3/4 r0rr COUNTERTOP _ r rr WOOD TRIM I -0 PLYWOOD --- 3/4” x 2 SHEATHING _ WOOD TRIM.: PLASTIC LAM NATE rr REMOV L AB E BA • LLISTIC . COUNTER TOP 2 -4 PANELS _ : TRANSACTION TOP N _ PLASTIC LAMINATE CASE WORK ON CORE BEYOND -SOLID 5URFACE BOARD TACK SURFACE RETURN SOLID TRANSLUCENT SOLID 5URFACE 5URFACE ACRYLIC PANEL 1j% 00 000 wo 1150LID SURFACE _� ♦ REMOVABLE REMOVALABLE SEALANT 114” REVEAL -PAINT j, BALLISTIC PANELS BALLISTIC PANELS --- _ .--- SOLID SURFACE _ 2 x G WOOD CABINET - � PLAN DETAIL OF ACRYLIC PANEL STRUCTURE >< LOBBY RECEPTION COUNTER TOP NOSE DETAIL �► _ I 6 = 1'-0" PLYWOOD VENEER 3/4" PLYWOOD R O H R B A C H VENEER RADIUS 2Y4 CM DRAWER2 x 4 WOOD m 9 130ARD ASSOCIATES P C STUDS @ I G" O.C. A8.00 = 2 x 4 WOOD I/2" TRANSLUCENT I._0.. STUDS @ I Of O.C. 2 x 3 WOOD CABINET N LAMINATE ACRYLIC PANEL STRUCTURE N SEALANT PLASTIC ON RRCHI -TECTS O b 50LID WOOD TRIM 3/4" CORE BOARD r N N 3/4" WOOD VENEER = Commerce Center PLYWOOD m 1691 325 E. Washington 04 PLASTIC WEDGE TO PLASTIC LAMINATE ON Suite 400 HOLD ACRYLIC CORE BOARD PANEL IN PLACE 2 x WOOD BLOCKING P. O. Box 2238 = BASE, AS ----_ Iowa City, Iowa 52244 SCHEDULED RUBBER BASE BASE AS FABRIC WRAPPED SECURE TO WALL J� SCHEDULED v TACK PANEL AS REQUIRED Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 3/4" CORE BOARD F a' x: 3 1 9 338 9872 _ PLASTIC LAMINATE END 3° .314" WOOD oil 3/4" WOOD ON 3/4" CORE BOARD E -M a i L rape@rohrbachassociates.com IY4" BLOCKING IY4" BLOCKING EXISTING COUNCIL Ct1AMBER5 EAST AND WEST. DESK DETAIL LOBBY RECEPTION COUNTER SECTION LOBLOBBY RECEPTION COUNTER TRANSLUCENT PANEL DETAIL BY RECEPTION COUNTER SECTION "' � � EXISTING 6 1 ail' = I• -o" 1 1/2" = 1'-0° I X WOOD 8 1 1/2' _ I'-0., BLOCKING = 1' 0" PLASTIC LAMINATE BACK ON 3/8" CORE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE 51DE5 AND DOOR ON 3/4" CORE BOARD DOOR PULL - TYP. REMAIN PREPARE EXISTING 5URFACE FOR NEW FIN15H EXISTING WOOD TRIM TO REMAIN PREPARE FOR NEW FIN15HE5 EXISTING DESKo STRUCTURE TO REMAIN nl m REMOVE EXISTING - PLASTIC' LAMINATE - PREPARE EXISTING AND: SIDES ON 3/4 CORE 5URFACE FOR NEW FIN15H BOARD CONT. I x WOOD NEW VINYL. BASE 13LOCKING TO REPLACE THE :]],,�DOOR FULL - TYP EXISTING01 r. -I 34rr CORE REMOVE EXISTING BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE PREPARE EXISTING BASE AS SURFACE FOR NEW PIN15H " d SCHEDULED r rr -I BASE AS SCHEDULED TYPICAL BA5E CABINET DETAIL TYPICAL SINK CABINET DETAIL TYPICAL WALLCAB INET DETAIL WALLL ABINET DETAIL EXISTING COUNCIL CHAMBERS MAIN DES -0 i2 1 _o i2 a i2" 0„ 12 1' 0„1 l 1 I - (:D- 31-011 3-0-�i . 50LID SURFACE 3/4r' x 3/4 r0rr COUNTERTOP _ r rr WOOD TRIM I -0 PLYWOOD --- 3/4” x 2 SHEATHING _ WOOD TRIM.: PLASTIC LAM NATE rr REMOV L AB E BA • LLISTIC . COUNTER TOP 2 -4 PANELS _ : TRANSACTION TOP N _ PLASTIC LAMINATE CASE WORK ON CORE BEYOND -SOLID 5URFACE BOARD TACK SURFACE RETURN SOLID TRANSLUCENT SOLID 5URFACE 5URFACE ACRYLIC PANEL 1j% 00 000 wo 1150LID SURFACE _� ♦ REMOVABLE REMOVALABLE SEALANT 114” REVEAL -PAINT j, BALLISTIC PANELS BALLISTIC PANELS --- _ .--- SOLID SURFACE _ 2 x G WOOD CABINET - � PLAN DETAIL OF ACRYLIC PANEL STRUCTURE >< LOBBY RECEPTION COUNTER TOP NOSE DETAIL �► _ I 6 = 1'-0" PLYWOOD VENEER 3/4" PLYWOOD R O H R B A C H VENEER RADIUS 2Y4 CM DRAWER2 x 4 WOOD m 9 130ARD ASSOCIATES P C STUDS @ I G" O.C. A8.00 = 2 x 4 WOOD I/2" TRANSLUCENT I._0.. STUDS @ I Of O.C. 2 x 3 WOOD CABINET N LAMINATE ACRYLIC PANEL STRUCTURE N SEALANT PLASTIC ON RRCHI -TECTS O b 50LID WOOD TRIM 3/4" CORE BOARD r N N 3/4" WOOD VENEER = Commerce Center PLYWOOD m 1691 325 E. Washington 04 PLASTIC WEDGE TO PLASTIC LAMINATE ON Suite 400 HOLD ACRYLIC CORE BOARD PANEL IN PLACE 2 x WOOD BLOCKING P. O. Box 2238 = BASE, AS ----_ Iowa City, Iowa 52244 SCHEDULED RUBBER BASE BASE AS FABRIC WRAPPED SECURE TO WALL J� SCHEDULED v TACK PANEL AS REQUIRED Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 3/4" CORE BOARD F a' x: 3 1 9 338 9872 _ PLASTIC LAMINATE END 3° .314" WOOD oil 3/4" WOOD ON 3/4" CORE BOARD E -M a i L rape@rohrbachassociates.com IY4" BLOCKING IY4" BLOCKING EXISTING COUNCIL Ct1AMBER5 EAST AND WEST. DESK DETAIL LOBBY RECEPTION COUNTER SECTION LOBLOBBY RECEPTION COUNTER TRANSLUCENT PANEL DETAIL BY RECEPTION COUNTER SECTION "' � � EXISTING 6 1 ail' = I• -o" 1 1/2" = 1'-0° 8 1 1/2' _ I'-0., = 1' 0" MECHANICAL TO REMAIN 2'-511 2'-5" 2'-0" 5" 2'-0" 5" t` c� 2'-G" I '- I" I r I rr I'-1 IY2' 5" TRANSLUCENT WOOD < WOOD ACRYLIC = VENEER VENEER WIRE PULL PANELS - - N WALL CV WALL N - _ - C ABINET , - CABINET CONTINUOUS L 'r► WOOD j TRIM I I 10 A8.o0 A8.00 j _ _r 2x4 2 x 4 ° 0 ° WRITING5U FAcE I7 WOOD WOOD _o I.1iz_I'-U' STUDS '�-�. - c9 2x4 STU D5 ° o M ,r I G O.G. � m WOOD I G O.G. `o ° fr 3 -0 3/4 rl _ STUDS a TACK S U FA E _ PLYWOOD D 2r -6 3 'r =o 3 4 WOOD 16rr O,G.- ° ` o 0 'r VENEER SOLID ' VENEER 314rWOOD o Irr 5�� 6�� 21-011 RADIUS . . .SURFACE -PLYWOOD 3/4rWOOD _ VENEER SOLID 5URFACE - BOARD COUNTER - VENEER - .. PLYWOOD PLASTIC C LAM I NATE . COUNTER TOP _ / TOP TACK N PLYWOOD o 'COUNTER TOP ON- ,. 5URFACE 0 0 BOARD 44 1411 KERF _ S -.. WOO D1/4 0 .CORE PAINT .:. SOL D SURFACE --... `TACK SUR CE ...```, V TALL n ° TACK 5URFA E SURFACE COUNTER SOLID _ CABINET ° o 11 3/4 . . PANELS _ _ TOP . .... ... > .: <...... ..... .....:........ SURFACE - 0 , 0 0 . ,..... ..:.. _ .. ... .......... PLYWOOD .: _ N o 0 PLASTIC LAMINATE ON VENEER R r —. DRAWER._ COUNTER ° 0 _ - �r 3 CORE BOARD / 4 :• - TOP RADIUS 3/411 _ O O _ BOARD PLYWOOD U �: - U , ° 0 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOP RADIUS `:..: .., ::...a .... -' 3/4 VENEER ° ° COUNTER TOP ON ......::.. _:•.-. .. , _ � :,. , ._. BRACKET z ., BOARD %COUNTER _` PLYWOOD ° O CORE BOARD : WOOD SHELVING VENEER o 0 - 0 0 WITH 3/4" x o ° COUNTER TOP BASE ° ° : WOOD o o 3/4 WOOD ° o C __T_.___....._ �,` BRACKET = 2 x 4 cv 1 3/41 CABINET o o VENEER V R o 0 N051 NG 0 0 , WOOD -' n7 PLYWOOD _ ° 0 BASE o a 5 STUDS @ VENEER 3/4" VENEER o 0 CABINET 0 0 ° ° I G O.C. RADIUS m PLYWOOD o 0 0 0 HOLES @ 0- o BOARD= p SHELVING o 0 3/4" VENEER 0 0 32 MM 0 o = cD r` SUPPORT nj =N WITH 3/4" x o o _N PLYWOOD ° ° O.C. O ° BRACKET _ 3/4" WOOD _ SHELVING o 0 , o - N N051NG o _ o _i WITH 3/4" x 0, ° 0 ° N — 3/4" WOOD _ 0 5 MM o O ° N051NG--. 0 ° ° ° ° -- ._— — 2 x 4 STUDS HOLES @ 0 -' 0 ° 0 0 0 o -' N @ I G O.C. 32 MM 5 MM O.C. 0 o 0 o HOLES @ ° ° 0 ° 0 ° 0 KERF - ° 32 MM o 0 0 0BASE A5 1/4" KERF - PAIN T o ° O.C._ ° ~�.. 0 0 0 SCHEDULED PAINT 3/4" WOOD 3/4" BASE AS BASE AS BASE BASE WOOD �t d- SCHEDULED V SCHEDULED d AS BASE SCHEDULED 2 x WOOD 2 x WOOD 2 x WOOD BOX FRAME BOX FRAME BOX FRAME FINANCE COUNTER SECTION Z FINANCE TRANSACTION COUNTER SECTION 13 = 14 FINANCE CABINET SECTION�j 15 FINANCE CABINET LOWER SECTION I G FINANCE CABINET TALL STORAGE EXISTING NDS RECEPTION COUNTER SECTION 18 1 112" = 1'-01 1 1/2" = 1'-0„ 1 1/2' = I '_a' 1 1/2" = P-0° 1 112" = 1'-0" 1 1/2" = 1'-0 Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: Sheet Title: CASEWORK PROFILES Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A8.00 k AS AS AS SCHEDULED Of_AS Project Name: CHEDULE CHEDULE CHEDULE DOOR AS DOOR AND F�\/'1�� SCHEDULE 35/8"METAL STUD5 SCHEDULED A �� 1 5 �l HOLLOW METAL DOOR 6 3 � - GLAZING -SEE -DOOR FRAME A4.00 3" s @ 16" O.C. HOLLOW METAL FRAME - PAINT LIGHT SPECIFICATIONS SIZE DETAIL FIRE ____---------- STYLE u (2) METAL DOOR FRAME - PAINT ANCHOR CLIP" `rr•.re .. ALUMINUM >> STUD HEADER 3 5/8" METAL STUDS GLASS STOP RATING HARDWARE NOTES - A 1 DOOR% x Ii GROUT FRAME Soup MARK ROOM NAME MAIL EL GLAZING MATL EL D RN 1 I - ANCHOR CUP @ I G 0. C. WD HGT THK HEAD :JAMB SILL LABEL 5r 1 5/8 GYPSUM BOARD �'` 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD •. • -�e-, 4,. F s,; , � p 1 1 � �: GROUT FRAME a �� o a J HARDWARE 1 1 �� o _ , J , � J _ � I I _ , J t. 100A CLOSET T-0" T-0" 1314" WD 1A/A9.00 - HM HM -1 3/A9.00 4/A9.00 _ 3 _ �� p SLIDING ,' ;.,::; .,` • :. " " " 1 , a , Q w GLA55 i 1 -' :'`. r;.,=.-4;.3�..,.. �....,,` HOLLOW METAL r 101A COUNCIL CHAMBERS 3-8 7-0 13/4 AL 1D/A9.00 S-3 AL AL -1 - -- _ _ - *._• r ` _ ` = U DOOR i i HOLLOW METAL i DOOR FRAME -PAINT CITY O ` IOWA CITY 101B COUNCIL CHAMBERS T-8" T-0" 13/4" AL 1D/A9.00 S-3 AL AL -1 -- - - 1 U U '"`" 7717' "'=`` " " " Ln cn 1 1 ct� FRAME PAINT r 103 CORRIDOR 3-6 7-0 13/4 WD 1B/A9.00 S-2 HM HM -2 3/A9.00 4/A9.00 60 MIN. 2 - 1 1 ` r3'' 3 518 METAL STUDS � � � N � i ._ .. � � I ..�.. DOOR AS " 104 CORRIDOR T-6" T-0" 1314" WD /B/A9.00 S-2 HM HM -2 3/A9.00 4/A9.00 60 MIN. 2 d ` d DOOR d -'it "-' -' "' 1 1 = -- DOOR A5 SCHEDULED @ I G" O.C. GLA55 �` SCHEDULED 202 RESTROOM T-0" T-0" 13/4" WD 1A/A9.00 - HM HM -1 3/A9.00 4/A9.00 60 MIN. 4 - \ `� STOP 1 i N ` ANCHOR CLIP GLA55 STOP 203 RESTROOM 3'-0" 71-0" 13/4" WD 1AIA9.00 - HM HM -1 3/A9.00 41A9.00 60 MIN. 4 ------------- ` -CITY HALL GROUT FRAME SOLID 206A BREAK ROOM 3'-0" T-0" 13/4" WD 1B/A9.00 S-3 WD WD -1 7/A9.00 8/A9.00 - - 5 - A B PLASTIC FILM C D 206B BREAK ROOM T-0" T-0" 13/4" WD 1B/A9.00 S-3 WD WD -1 7/A9.00 81A9.00 - 5 - 207 CONFERENCE ROOM 6'-0" T-0" 1314" GLASS 1C/A9.00 S-1 S.S. - 5/A9.00 -- - - 6 1 LOBBY 219 OFFICE T-0" T-0" 13/4" WD 1B/A9.00 S-3 _WD WD -2 7/A9.00 8/A9.00 - 7 - DOOR ELEVATIONS TYPICAL DOOR HEAD DETAIL �1 TYPICAL DOOR JAMB DETAIL TYPICAL DOOR MULLION DETAIL TYPICAL WINDOW JAMB DETAIL I 222 OFFICE 3'-0" T-0" 13/4" WD 1B/A9.00 S-3 WD WD -2 7/A9.00 8/A9.00 - 7 - I 1/4" = 1'-a' 3 1 1/2" = 1'-011 4 r 112" = 1'-0" 1 1/2" = i �-o° 1 112" = 1'-0" ABBREVIATIONS: GLA55 TYPES: NOTES: REVENUEI AL ALUMINUM 5-1 TEMPERED SINGLE 1/2" THICK I . SLIDING BARN DOOR _ _ 3 5/8 METAL STUDS 1i HARVAT HALL I II l: EX EXISTING 5-2 FIRE RATED GLAZING _ @ I G O.C. THICK 8 8 MATCH EXISTING SINGLE 14 H CK � ' '' HM HOLLOW METAL S 3 TEMPERED S "••:. � � :• O ! it .. 1 i, .. x 18.. it .. . 2 2 G WOOD i ( ) 2 2 A AS 5 5.5. THIN S TESL it Ir .. ..� S LE S S 2 2 BLOCKING 1 11 1 „NDS2015 _ _ _ NTINU U ... CONTINUOUS 5 HED ED REDUCED, I . WD W 4 5 G 2 5C UL SC WOOD 5 O N _ WOOD q00 .. .. . OO R 1 1 ,.. GYPSUM BOARD 58 D TRIM I II 'WOO R 11 11 1 i 1 11 S ESCHEDULE rl 1 E A`` 5 MET L 3 8 2 2 2.. :.. • II 2 Z .. 1 11 AS _ .. 01 AS A5 as 2 8 STUDS I O.C. CONTINUOUS @ G 2 x WOOD - _RENOVATION SCHEDULE SCHE ULE 38 28 .. .. SCHEDULE SCHEDULE D _ WOOD TRIM .... 11 1 1 l A BLOCKING ., :.. 26METL , 3 7 11 STUD HEADER R CONTINUOUS WOOD.,. CO ;� °21 1r 11; 22 ;1 ... c� ' 2 2 5 8 GYPSUM BOARD _ as.00 As ao _ A9.00 2 2 _ z I , A9.00 A9.00 W NDOW FRAME 5 8 .GYPSUM . . _ PROJEf'" N A x BOARD 3 5 8 METAL cn Y I STUDS CONTINUOUS D _ - U S I G O.C. C0 O 5 WOO _ _ _ - .E .:.. BARN STYLE DOOR` N N N N ).. r s .....4) n ,{ ,....... . ..,.. 2 x WOOD .... LAS , . G 5 STOP HAD A E SEE 3 z R W R _ BLOCKING 9.00 U :•. �. SPECIFICATIONS..,. A _a o - a 6 23 N a a ..r a . As.o1 1CONTINUOUS N o _ _I _ _ . w _ w - �+x A9.00 A9.00 WOOD TRIM .w. ,. ' A9.00 w D 9.00. , A N N N _ ., iz LU w _ w LU O WOOD DOOR _ z N CONTINUOUS " z 1 _ _ __A 5 ' _ CORNER BEAD - TYP. �/ U 4 U U FRAME , 9 = _ (OWa City, �OWa . ; 2 WOOD TRIM ;; , a R ct) ct� l A9.00 - A9.00 _ N N 00 DOOR A9.oQ _ GLASS GLASS u7 u7 WOOD a N N' N 00 DOOR N N d a TEMPERED GLA55 d 1 LU i ,1 _ _ SEE SCHEDULE As.00 _ TYPE _ E TYP F E , 1 RAM m m 2 x WOOD BL OGK NG � S-2 - RAPC Project Num Ns 3 Number: w J 211 CONTINUOUS WOOD o a DOOR FRAME ' U RA 3 - - - - - A --_.w_w_.._ __...�..___ _ m _vim- � WD 2 A 1 B HM 1 H 1 � _ - 23 FLOOR MOUNTED GLASS GUIDE WOOD D D DETAIL WOOD DOOR ;JAMB DETAIL WOOD DOOR. MULLION DETAIL ,FRAME ELEVATIONS C70R (IEA OD R " IJ4 I O 7 l 112° = I' -O" `-' I I/2" = I' -O" � I I12°,= i'-0" 11-7411 21-031a" 11-57/51 2 112" METAL WOOD FRAME NEW PLASTIC 3 5I8 METAL STUDS __.._ �_._ _ _ STUDS @ -- AND DOOR I O BARN STYLE DOOR HEAD DETAIL LAMINATE WALL CAP r INFILL EXISTING OPENING I G11 O.C. f T -� 11 @ � ,r%' � I G" O.C. WITH 3 518 METAL / , r r �� PLYWOOD VENEER 2 x WOOD BLOCKING STUDS @ I G O.C. 518 GYPSUM rr 3 5/8",METAL PANELS EXISTING WALL r r r rr BOARD - f ` STUDS' 5/8" GYPSUM r O ` `� SOLID WOOD r� // r „ rrr ,r r TO REMAIN rr f CONTINUOUS I G O.C. BOARD NEW PLASTIC r,! r r r r ; r TRIM AT CORNERS M......., 3,�. ,. ..:r...,.,zR 0 H R B Q C H ,, / rf , r : ,/ r 314 PLYWOOD r'r' � ATE SKIRT r / r HORIZONTAL ZEE f i 5/811GYPSUM LAM N K RT INFILL WALL OPENING `, " VE rf r f!' / / r ' NEER / f , WOOD BLOCKIN CONTINUOUS METAL ZEE rr �'r' f :..FURRING @ I G O.C. rr i / fJ,.,j/ BOARD ,L WITH 3 5/8 METAL " / F � FURRING. I G O.C. HORIZ. rr rf � ✓rr @ CONTINUOUS r r Q5SOCIQTES PC EXISTING GYPSUM 5TUD5 IG O.C. /` ..r.,,..>..,a...�.. , :,..,,: _,,,.. :. r @ f �� . NEW METAL STUD TRACK r, t HORIZONTAL dBOARD " r f A r , • , .... - fr ' r'/ ff , W LL TO ,-;r 3 518... METAL „ r:/ /_ ON EXIST NG STUDS METAL FURRING / ,r � � � N 5 8 GYPSUM BOARD / �/ / 1i ! ... r REMAIN r 2 ETA STOPPING .:.. r .... 4. ., . f (} METAL 5 O G .� STUDS @ I G O.C. i 1 EXISTING METAL f f „ : r BASE AS PLATES WITH r CONTINUOUS 1 1 N ,.:...•," .:., CONT N 5 / 3 5/8 METAL i , ....,.. , . . <r , EX15TING COLUMN STUD WALL ,:.. HORIZONTAL ZEE SCHEDULED f STUDS @ I G" O.C. - �� � SOLID WOOD CUSHION PADS G" " // ARCH I T E C T S 1 FURRING @ 16 O.C. 5/8 GYPSUM BOARD TRIM PLYWOOD 5/8 GYPSUM 1 1 EXISTING GYPSUM 514 CONTINUOUS 5/8 GYPSUM`50ARq TO ALIGN WITH f \ BOARD BOARD 3/4" PLYWOOD PLASTIC LAMINATE REVEAL WOOD TRIM EXISTING WALL TO PIANO HINGE VENEER GATE 1 i EXISTING WALL r CONTINUOUS METAL Commerce Center i VENEER REMAIN / ; ON 114 PLYWOOD r ' --- •- PLASTIC LAMINATE ZEE FURRING @ 16 � � SauO WOOD 325 E. Washington 3/4" VENEER REVEAL ON 114" O.C. HORIZ. �� SECURITY COLUMN DETAIL AT WALL PLYWOOD PANELING TRACK DOOR I P, = 1'-0" Suite 400 PLYWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER �`�\ PANELS P. 0. Box 2238 �\\ Iowa City, Iowa 52244 EXISTING WALL TO � � �� Tel: 319 338 9311 INFILL DETAIL LOBBY RECEPTION INFILL CORNER DETAIL LOBBY RECEPTION INFILL BASE DETAIL REMAIN 94" EXISTING WALL CAP DETAIL 'LOBBY "RECEPTION� z ,_ „ 12 13 „= 1,_ „ 14 1 112 1'-a' �� �_ `_ Fax: 3 1 9 338 9872 I IJ2 I O I IJ2 1 O 1 .IJ2 0 �� \\ E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com CUT AND REMOVE „ ` 3 5/8" METAL EXISTING GYPSUM 3 5/8 METAL STUDS @ I G" O.C. i�� r SECURITY GRILLE STUDS BOARD AS REQUIRED 5/8" GYPSUM �>>f TRACK ABOVE FOR INSTALLATION OF s I 1 /// Consultants; ._� NEW LINTEL 1 1 BOARD `��� '' h � _� CONTINUOUS -'' 5/8" GYPSUM c� Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: EXISTING WALL CUT �� (2) G" METAL � � SOLID WOOD -1 HAND RAIL STUD HEADER `�`� TRIM LINE OF SOLID w BOARD AND REMOVE A5 A LII' �` `' SURFACE RECEPTION X. REQUIRED ' GROUT FRAME ��`�� �\ COUNTER ABOVE NEW 5/8" GYPSUM WOOD BLOCKING f 50LI D BOARD TO MATCH \ PLYWOOD VENEER....4 ADJACENT GLASS STOP �` �'- NEW 3/8" THICK HOLLOW METAL r ----- ----------r STEEL PLATE LINTEL FRAME t STAINLESS STEEL it LOBBY RECEPTION GATE' DETAIL RI GLASS MOUNTED r 2 LAYERS of 5 8 R O L COLUMN DETAIL 1_ %5 1 - 1-0 1 - 1- HAND RAIL BRACKET 1 TYPE XGYPSUM o I BOARD i 1 3/4" STAINLESS I r 2 '1 2 CH METAL. 1 11,. I it STEEL I I GA. CAP ETA WINDOW HEAD DETAIL 21-G11 2 G 1 SHAFT WALL STUDS ...HOLLOW METAL 1 , �;1 ,_ 1 12 -1-0 I i G O.C. / _ i 1 0 1 m 1 ATM MACHINE - i 1 " 1 -- 2 E CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS 1 LAYERS OF 5 8 N i ( it ' L ,, WOOD ' METAL WOOD 1 3 58 _ TYPE X ;.GYPSUM N 1 1 Gil CONTINUOUS. . -RIM TRIM 1 STUDS I G O.C.>a.C. ' 1 BOARD 1 -.. D , .I W00 TRIM ' D = 2 METAL Woo = G cwy m I _ 11 ..�_ STOP „ _ G , GLASS S O ' 12 THICK TEMPERED GYPSUM CORE 12 THICK TEMPERED /METAL ! STUD HEADER STUDS 1 358 I / A B A A GLASS PANELS , ORD.. . GLASS PANELS TEMPERED I G O.C. RE 5/8" ;GYPSUM @ .I ALUMINUM - ' i BOARD GLASS ALUMINUM 1 1 - 1 i t 34 PLYWOOD ! 4 KERF BASE SHOE / LYWaa / BASE SHOE 2 x WOOD 1 1 c e• ; 1 < '• PAINT 1 VENEER TOP AND `ESLOCKING R t BB N I i :M RU ER OS NG BBE NOSING I. RUBBER i I 1 � .:CONTINUOUS SIDES WITH 3!4 _A T 1 I 50LI D <WOOD X. ANCHOR BOLTS ANCHOR BOLTS i q T IM = 1 WOO R TEMPERED GLASS d_ I NOSING ' Sheet Title: i 1 D WINDOW i PLASTIC LAMINATE 1 WOO W DO ,1 ` I (NATE ON 1 PLASTIC LAM I 14 E F i / K R FRAME 2 x WOOD BLOCKING ON VERTICAL ti 1 RAM URFACE PL VERTICAL 5 PAINT I CONTINUOUS 'W D ct� i ` ED O0 LU ,SURFACE<PL - I TEMPERED _ _ "I 1 3/411- _ WINDOW FRAME GLA55 W O RAm m 1 1 OPENING E BASE V IV RUBBER R B S PLYWOOD _ d BASE A S i ' CMED VENEER t S U LED RADIUS I " SCHEDULE & 1 1/4" KERF - 1 F - BOAR C) 5C>LID SURFACE PAINT COUNTER TOP a _ DETAILS a o TION A it MP HANDRAIL SECTION A B SS PANELS SEC TM AREA DETAIL CHAMBERRA CH M ER GLA WOOD WINDOW HEAD DETAIL WOOD': WINDOW JAMB DETAIL 114 KERF - 18 „=19 20 „_ „_ I IJ2 1 O J IJ2 1 0 I IJ2 I O �� 1 IJ2 - I -CT �� I IJ2 - I -O PAINT 21-011 it 3/4 3/4 „ L. 11 ,L,yi_Glr 3I4 PLYWOOD.. PLASTIC LAMINATE 10 PLYWOOD PLYWOOD COUNTER TOP NEW EPDXY TERRAZO VENEER VENEER SIDES VENEER - WITH 3/4" 50LID N RADIUS RADIUS a BOARD WOOD N051NG BOARD REMOVE EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT AND SOLID SURFACE t•. REINSTALL WITH NEW DRAWER COUNTER TOP FLOORING .................:......... . WIRE PULL LEGAL FILE NEW EPDXY TERRAZO COUNTER TOP, PLASTIC LAMINATE EPDXY SAND BASE SOLID SURFACE 2 x 4 t�I BRACKET 2 x 4 ni ON CORE BOARD PLASTIC LAMINATE ,' COUNTER TOP p� ``} WOOD @ @ -DRAWER FRONT, AND NOSING I G O.C. I G O.C. BACK AND SIDES " 11 ON CORE BOARD PLYWOOD m SHEATHING EXISTING SUBSTRATE TO SUBSTRATE - REMAIN - PREPARE LEGAL FILE - Issue Date: PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE AS REQUIRED SHELF ON 3/4" FOR NEW FINISHES ij PLYWOOD Number Date Description m CORE BOARD m _ VENEER 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Z� CABINET -- -- -- 2 EXISTING FLOOR EXPAN5ION JOINT DETAIL 7 3" = 1'-0' " „ -- -- -- /4 KERF - 114 KERF - FAINT PAINT -- -- -- STEEL COLUMN 3/4" WOOD 3/4" WOOD -- -- -- N SUPPORT AND BASE d BASE �t PLATE BEYOND -- -- -- 2 x WOOD -- -- -- 13OX FRAME 3/411 WOOD 2 x WOOD FINANCE DEPARTMENT SHELF 5ECTION FINANCE DEPARTMENT PRIVACY AREA SECTION BASE A5 24 1 112" = 1'-0" 25 1 112° = P -o" SCHEDULED Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - �8 ADA COUNTER i IJ2° = I' -o" NDS RECEPTION COUNTER SECTION Sheet Number: 1 112° = 1'_O° A9.00 '7 ACOUSTICAL CEILING I " CHAMFER SYSTEM SUSPENSION WIRE 1 -project Name: ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM SUSPENSION TEE v CAST CONCRETE >IIlab --- - n ri SIGN BASE ACOUSTICAL CEILING ro ". SYSTEM PREFINISHED METAL SOFFIT ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM CEILING TILE i i ° t i a CITY OF IOWA CITY ii a II 4 SUSPENDED o II 1i i� ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM i i v i iv CITY HALL EXISTING GYPSUMI r ° 4 a CEILING DETAIL BOARD 50FFIT 1i i /2" i �-o" TO REMAIN - ` a IjI II GRADE LOBBY, PAINT EXISTING CONCRETE EXISTING STUD REVENUE, FRAMING TO a i i©SIDEWALK TO REMAIN ii m lie a oil — _ REMAIN I t I I — O 5/8" GYPSUM - 1. }, BOARD I 1 I 1 I 1 LI I I HARVAT HALL SUSPENDED , EX( S TI N, G M ETA L ACO U . TICAL _ 35 /8 M E TA L v- 1 I CHAMFER STUDS @I Gu O.C. WALL CEILING SYSTEM EXISTING wooD CAST CONCRETE IIibIIiIrIlIIi - v `.riIIIi itIrII II IL ( NDS 2015 5 811 GYTRIM TO REMAIN _ SUM (2} LAYERSOf SIGN BASE Ell EXISTING GYPSUM PAINT • 130ARD , PLYWOOD SHEATHINGATH(NG d BOARD RENOVATION v II— CORNER SEE EFLECTED CEILING 3 5/811 METAL o }F ,R BEAD TYP. I ,I c�i vIi PLAN FOR CEILING LAYOUT STUDS @61 O.C. t CORNER BEAD 4 II , (( III I I III PROJECT TYP. .. II �i E I GRILLE f 5 SECURITY ... .,. . . . . . . . . . . . AN I 1-O it %: II' II — TRACK L1 - II I1 11 Ii SUSPENDED f 2 LAYERS OF'S 8 l it4 i I ( I — II d ,..... In ACOUSTICAL II US CAL A YPSUM BO RD iii it I I I ( I I CEILING YS TEM U NEW CORNER BEAD u I-11 I I f I I BOARD 4 h NEW 5/8 GYPSUM .NEW METAL STUD TRACK Iowa Cit IA J 2 BULKNEAD DETAIL EXI STING COUNCIL CHAMBERS CEILING DETAIL 4LOBBY CEILING DETAIL J- SECURITY GRILLE CEILING DETAIL MONUMENTENT 51 N ELEVATION DETAIL MO NUM ENT 51GN 5ECTION RAPC Project Number. I 2„ I_ I/2 I0LI/2 Io 4 L_0 1 1/2 10 1323 *r EXISTING STAIR RAILING TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY AND � R_ H B","A C+ H EXISTING STAIR RAILING TO BE R REMOVED COMPLETELY AND REINSTALLED AS REQUIRED FOR THE . �. REINSTALLED AS REQUIRED fOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW STAIR FINISHES A S' S` Q C` A T . -s S P_ C INSTALLATION OF NEW STAIR FINISHES -- EXISTING STAIR EXISTING HANDRAIL TO BE STRUCTURE TO REMAIN REMOVED COMPLETE AND — -0 Y EXISTING STAIR REINSTALLED AS REQUIRED D FOR STRUCTURE TO REMAIN NEW STAIR AND LANDING INSTALLATION OF NEW STAIR FIN15HE5 - SEE FINISH PLAN FINISHES A R C H I T E C T S b6 NEW STAIR FINISHES - FOR FINISHES SEE FINISH PLAN FORREMOVE: EXISTING STAIR FINISHES FINISHES. REPLACE WITH NEW Commerce Center REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING STAIR AND LANDING STAIR FIN15HE5 - 5EE FINI5H325 E. Washington REMOVE AND REPLACE F.. FINISHES A5 REQUIRED. PLAN FOR FINISIi y: a a EXISTING STAIR � Suite 400 e :.. FINISHES -AS REQUIRED. a d d '........:••,. NEW SETTING BED Q d a a P. O. Box 2238 (, ., -.x..,..., - •: 2} 2 x 4 WOOD Iowa Ct Y, Iowa 52244 a TOP PLATES Tel: 3 1 9 338 9311 .... . . . . ...... . a Fax: 319 338 9872 a d 112” PLYWOOD E -M a i L• ,rape@rohrbachassociates.com _.. •,... ,., ,,` a SHEATHING d d d BOTH SIDES 2 x 4 WOOD q STUDS @ I Of a d EXISTING STRUCTURE O.C. Consultants p M :• Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: :TO REMAIN CONTINUOUS 2 x 4 BOTTOM PLATE d _DESICN ba a 2° 1W ENGINEERS " MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW. LANE,. SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 - TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319 41 194 LOBBY STAIRS DOWN TO LOWER LEVEL LOBBY STAIRS GOING UP TO'FINANCE DEPARTMENT LOBBY STAIRS STAIR EDGE DETAIL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION PARTITION �$ 9 1 II „ 12" = I'- i/2 - I -O � I 172 - I -O I F!2 - I -0 i 0 i I E` I� i I WALK OFF i CARPET TILE NEW SUSPENDED 1 EXISTING WALL EXISTING WALL ALUMINUMACOU5 ACOUSTICAL CEILING V ABOVE TO REMAIN ABOVE TO REMAIN - ' I TRANSITION TR P 5Y5TEM -SEE.. REFLECTED S I EPDXY TE I CEILING PLANS O RRAZO If NEW ALUMINUM � EXISTING STOREFRONT ALUMINUM t LUM Y STOREF PONT �. Sheet TItle. EPDXY SAND' 1 BASE z NEWACOUSTICAL NEW ACOUSTICAL I CEILING SYSTEM TO CEILING SYSTEM TO; ALIGN T N WI H BOTTOM_ DETAILS ALIGN WITH BOTTOM OF NEW OF NEW RAAZO R TE TO CARPET TRANSITION DETAIL i _ STOREFRONT HEAD STOREFRONT HEAD 1 3 - I -o I i NEW ACOUSTICAL NEW ACOUSTICAL I � WALK OFF CEILING SYSTEM SET CEILING SYSTEM SET VERITICALLY VERITICALLY CARPET TILE EXISTING GYPSUM ALUMINUM BOARD TO REMAIN - NEW ACOUSTICAL NEW ACOUSTICAL TRANSITION STRIP NEW SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PAINT CEILING SYSTEM IN CEILING SYSTEM IN STONE TILE CEILING SYSTEM - SEELOBBY - SEE LOBBY- SEE CEMENTIOUS REFLECTED CEILING PLANS EXISTING STRUCTURE REFLECTED CEILING ' REFLECTED CEILING FLOOR FILLER TO REMAIN PLAN FOR HIEGHT _. _____,. _-____ ___._ PLAN FOR HIEGHT EPDXY SAND BASE EI DETAIL AT FRONT ENTRY STONE TILE TO CARPET TRANSITION DETAIL EXISTING LOBBY BULKHEAD LOBBY CEILING DETAIL AT COUNCIL CFIAMBERS LOBBY CEILING ING ET 12 1 1/2" = P-0" 1 3 1 1/2" = 111 14 1 1/2" = P-0" I G T II Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: SWP - Sheet Number: A9.1 0 m SIDES STUD _ YP. TWO T ETAL 1 G E EXIS ING M YE 5 8 UVEN A � I L.A R 1 �j -HR RATED (UL "U4G9") l - NON RATED NON RATED 1 NON -RATED / - a �" CMU WALL WITH 'BG" TYPE FURRING " 1. RETE MASONRY UNIT G MU L _ " '� - HAPS 2OGA STUD AT I G O.C. WITH I CORE BOAR[ 6 NOM. CONCRETE 3.518 22 GA STUD AT I G O.C. 7/8 22 GA HAT CHANNEL AT I G O.C. 4 CH S F O PLANS FOR IF R, RATING OF CMU WALL I -LAYER 5/8" GYP TWO SIDES. I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. I -LAYER 5/8"`TYPE-X<GYP. ON FINISHED 51DE NON CLASSIFIED SEE LO R LAZ I ?ID2�- NON -RATED l - NON -RATED / - ❑ ! -HR RATED (UL "U438"} / - NON RATED G" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. 1/2"22 GA RESILIENT CHANNEL AT I G" O.C. (RC -1) 2-1/2" CH -SHAPE 20 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. WITH I " CORE BOARD 8" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT8" CMU WALL WITH "BG" TYPE FURRING I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. TWO SIDES [�2 ! -LAYER 518° GYP. 3 2 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. ON FINISHED 51DE D NON CLA551fIED SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR F.R. RATING OF CMU WALL NON -RATED/ - NON -RATED/ - R RATED UL "U438" ❑ NON RATED ❑2 H ( }/- 2-112" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 1-112" 22GA Z -FURRING AT I G" O.C. 4" CH -SHAPE 20GA STUD AT I G" O.C. WITH I " CORE BOARD 10" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 1011 CMU WALL WITH 'BG' TYPE FURRING [A4,.11 -LAYER 5/8 GYP. TWO 51DE5[E�33]I-LAYER 5/8 GYP. 2 -LAYERS 518" TYPE -X GYP, ON FINISHED SIDE NON CLAS5IFIED MG45EE FLOOR PLANS FOR F.R. RATING OF CMU WALL NON -RATED / - NON -RATED / - "t "" NON RATED C�_� 2 -HR RATED (UL U438 } l - A5 3-5/8" 22GA STUD AT I G" O.C. /SOUND BATT IN5UL 2" 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G" O.C. 12" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 1 2 CMU WALL WITH'BG' TYPE FURRING f1r5' I -LAYER 5/51, GYP. TWO SIDES. V I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. NON CLA551FIED 5f FLOOR PLANS FOR F.R. RATING OF CMU WALL NON -RATED / - ❑ NON -RATED / - L.f G 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 3" 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G" O,C. ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT �W_�_. � NON RATED �� , G'" .NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT I -LAYER 5/8 GYP. TWO SIDES I -LAYER 5/8 - GYP: A� � _ _ � D-2 CLASSIFICATION ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT NON RATED / §� NON -RATED / - CW� 2 -HOUR -RATED (UL "U900) 2-112" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 1- 12" 22 Z -FURRING AT `I G" O.0 W1 I 1/2" RIGID INSULATION. [A 7/ 1 -LAYER 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES I =LAYER 5/8" GYP. 8" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT I -HR RATED (UL "U4G5") NON -RATED / - D-2 CLA551FICATION �� �� �" C__� 2 -HOUR RATED (UL "U9t�G") 3-5/8 22 GA STUD AT I.G O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 2" 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G Q.C. W1 2 RIGID INSULATION I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES �� i -LAYER 5/8" GYP. 10"NOM: CONCRETE MA50NRY UNIT I HR RATED (UL "U4G5"} / NON -RATED / - [D�88D-2 CLASSIFICATION 6" 22 GA STUD AT I G O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 3 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G O.C. W/ 3 RIGID INSULATION 2 -HOUR RATED (UL "U90G") I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP. TWO 51DE5 l.r I -LAYER. 5/8" GYP. 12 NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT I -HR RATED (UL "U4G5") NON -RATED / - - 12" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 2" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. D -HOUR RATED A UL "U90G'") 2 / 2 I/ A 101 2 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES B I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. 2 -HR RATED (UL "U41 I "} / - � NON -RATED / - 8" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT TYPE 'G' WALL NOTES: 8" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. /SOUND BATT IN5UL. 3-5 8" 22GA STUD AT 16" O.C. B-4 CLASSIFICATION I • PROVIDE! BOND BEAMS AT OPENINGS.3-5 / / 4 -HOUR RATED (UL "U901 "} 2 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO 51DE5 I -LAYER 5/8" GYP 2: PROVIDE I - #4 DOWELED INTO CONC. SLAB @ 24" O.C. All B10 2 -HR RATED "{UL U41 I } 1- NON -RATED I - 10" NOM. CONCRETE MA50NKY UNIT Es AND IN5UL. 22 GA STUD AT i G O.C. B-4 CLA551FICATION 3• CONCAVE TOOL ALL EXPOSED JOINTS. STRIKE JOINTS AT CONCEALED FRC 4 -HOUR RATED (UL "U90 ! FACES TO RECEIVE A FURRED WALL 6" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. /SOUND BATT INSU A 12 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES I -LAYER 5/8" GYP 2 -HR RATED (UL 'U41 I "} / - NON -RATED / - 12" NOM, CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 4. EXTEND ALL WALLS DOWN TO CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. 2 112" 22 GA STUD AT 1 G" O.C. W/ BATT INSULATION B-4 CLASSIFICATION 5. WHERE WALLS ABUT NEW OR EXISTING WALLS AND COLUMNS, PROVIDE WIRE " 3/8' 4 -HOUR RATED (UL "U90 I-") ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT I `LAYER 518 GYP. EXPANSION ANCHORS TO WALLS AND COLUMNS AT 24" O.G. VERTICAL LEAVE ` NON RATED / VERTICAL JOINT AND SEAL JOINT AT BOTH FACES OF WALL. 3-5/8" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. W/ BATT INSULATION ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT G. FIRE RATINGS ARE AN INDICATION OF THE RATING OF THE REQUIRED WALL Q I -LAYER 5/8" GYP CON5TRUCTION FIRE RATINGS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS INDICATE THE LJ NON -RATED / REQUIRED FIRE RATING BY BUILDING CODE. DOORS AND OPENINGS SHALL BE RATED AT THE RATING INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. Ji G" 22 GA STUD AT 101 O.C. WI BATT INSULATION 1 -LAYER 5/8" GYP. NON -RATED / - ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT C M U WALLS W FURRING C; SCALE: (none) 1. 3" "B8 (SIMILAR) WALL A55EMBLY ON � CORRIDOR SIDE. PROVIDE TYPE -X . TYPE A WALL NOTES. TYPE 'B' WALL NOTES: TYPE C WALL NOTES. TYPEDWALL NOTES. GYP. AND FIRE SEALANT FOR I 41 WALL ASSEMBLY. SEE B -TYPE WALL "" "" A 24" O.C. W i . PROVIDE BOND BEAMS AT OPENINGS. SCHEDULE. RESILIENT CHANNELS AND Z FURRING DIRECTLY TO I . 25 -GA. METAL J SHAPED TOP TRACK ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE T ! STANDARD GYP.` BD: AT INTERIOR FACE OF ALL TOILET I : ATTACH HAT CHANNELS, „ I . USE TYPE US IN LIEU OF ST "" F I " +L 2- I /4" LENGTHS. DO NOT ATTACH' GYPSUM, BOARD TO UNEQUAL LEGS O CUSTODIAL CLOSETS, AND AREAS WITH SINKS CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALL SUBSTRATE AT 16 O.C.OPROVIDE SHIMS AS "" - ID CREATED FOR ROOMS, C 2. PROVIDE I - #4 DOWELED INTO CQNG: SLAB @ 24 O.C. VQ - FINISHED WALL OUTERMOST TOP TRACK. TOILET/URINAL CARRIERS. NECESSARY TO PLUMB 2. USE INSULATION STICK PINS TO SUPPORT ALL INSULATION IN 57Uq SPACES TO FACES AND "" - A " " APED BOTTOM TRACK ATTACHED AT 24 O.C. 3.CONCAVE 700E ALL EXPOSED JOINTS. STRIKE JOINTS AT CONCEALED 2. PROVIDE 25 GA. BASE AND HEAD TRACKS ANCHOR TO FLOOR AT 24 O.C. AND 2 25 G . MTL J 5H AVOID SAGGING. „ FACES TO RECEIVE A FURRED WALL A TO STRUCTURE AT 48 O.C. AT ONE-SIDED WALL TYPES. 15" PLUMBING CHASE WALL BRACE BACK 3. TERMINATE WALL SYSTEM L/2" FROM STRUCTURE UNLE55 GREATER DEFLECTIONS HAVE _ "" DETAIL 70 � � I LAYER 5/8 GYP. EACH SIDE ARD PER SCREW PATTERN REQUIRED BY U.L.E7 3. ATTACH GYPSUM BO REQUIREMENTS. 4. EXTEND ALL WALLS DOWN TO CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. BEEN DETERMINED REQUIRE NON -RATED I FIT ALL INSULATION AND USE SIDE MOUNTED STICK PINS ON BATT. � MAINTAIN .REQUIRED RATING: 3. FRICTON INSULATION. PROVIDE WIRE - AN COLUMNS, WALLS q 5. ABUT NEW OR .EXISTING , OTHERWISE NOTED. THICKNESS TO WHERE WALLS F RATED BATT UNLESS OT : T T BE IRE AT 4 INSULATION O .r` IDESLEAVE BOTHE V TRACKS O VERTICAL 3/ M TRA O.C..C. V BOTTOM AT 24 O e T TOP AND A AND COLUMNS NTA ANCHORS TO LLS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT - EXPANSION C 4 PROVIDE ACOUST STICKPINS FOR SUPPORT _ 4: USE TYPE WR IN LIEU OF STANDARD GYP. BD: AT {NTERtOR FACE OF ALL TOILET MAXIMUM TO FIT IN STUD SPACE, USE ST CKP ACOUSTICAL RATED WALLS VERTICAL JOINT AND SEAL JOINT AT BOTH FACES OF WALL: AREAS WITH SINKS. ROOMS CUSTODIAL CLOSETS,: AND RE ' ARD SET IN CH -SHAPE STUD AT UNFINISHED (SHAFT) SIDE 5. USE I :SHAFT WALL CORE BO " A FACES SCHEDULED FOR TING OF THE REQUIRED WALL 5. USE 5!8 WALL BOARD IN LIEU OF GYP. BD. ON ALL WALL G. FIRE RATINGS ARE AN INDICATION OF THE RA WALLS. OF WALL. CERAMIC TILE AND SOLID SURFACING WAINSCOTING FINISHES: 5: PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIERS AT MASONRY OR CONCRETE EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTION FIRE RATINGS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS INDICATE THE G. EXTEND ALL TYPE 'B' WALL5 FROM CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE G. ATTACH ALL LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD AND CORE BOARD WITH SCREWS USING REQUIRED FIRE RATING BY BUILDING CODE. DOORS AND OPENINGS SHALL BE RATED NOTED. SCREW PATTERNS CONSISTENT WITH U.L. DETAILS. AT THE RATING INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. 7. USE 5/8" WALL BOARD IN LIEU OF GYP. BD. ON ALL WALL FACES SCHEDULED FOR 7. WALL TO EXTEND FROM CONCRETE SLAB TO CONCRETE STRUCTURE ABOVE. CERAMIC TILE AND SOLID SURFACING WAINSCOTING FINISHES. 8. SEE BASE DETAIL GAB.O I FOR PARTITION TYPE C8. 9. WALLS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE WELDED WALL SYSTEM FINISH, DELETE THE REQUIREMENT FOR VENEER PLASTER FOR THAT SIDE, METAL STUD WALLS METAL STUD FURRING FIRE RATED CHASE WALLS CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WALLS MISCELLANEOUS WALL TYPES SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) Project Name: R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC ARCH I T EC T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319338 9311 Fax: 319 338'9872 E -M a 11: rape@rohrbachassociates.com Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWID - Sheet Number: A9.50 UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE. STRUCTURE ABOVE. GENERAL NOTE: �- STRUCTURE ABOVE. �- STRUCTURE ABOVE. - EDGE OF 5HAFT ABOVE - PROVIDE FINISH BEAD WHERE FXP05Eq STEEL ANGLES EACH SIDE TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING. PROVIDE FINISH BEAD WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. SEALANT AT SOLID BOLD WALL TYPES ARE o -PROVIDE FINISH BEAD WHERE w o Q TO VIEW. REVERSE ANGLES WHERE EXPOSED GAP. REFERENCED. REFER TO PLANS Q EXPOSED TO VIEW. SEALANT AT w _ TO VIEW OR AT SHAFT: DEFLECTION TRACK. FOR LOCATIONS. _ Liu GAP. DEFLECTION TRACK. _ DEFLECTION TRACK. - FIRE SEALANT: SEALANT EACH 51DE o SCREENED WALL TYPES ARE ALLOWANCE AS DEFLECTION ALLO DEFLECT ION ALLOWANCE AS DETAILED.. DEFLECTION ALLOWANCE AS DETAILED. {REFER TO STRUCTURAL.) o Q w 3 8" MIN. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER `� w _ RESERVED. FOR POSSIBLE. `FUTURE USE AND ARE LISTED DETAILED. (REFER TO STRUCTURAL.) (REFER TO STRUCTURAL.) ( � ) .. :TYPICAL..ALLOW ,, 2 12 J RUNNER CONT. -TOP * BOTTOM.HERE OF FOR CLARIFICATION.- - - MIN. 3" _ACOUSTICAL BATT IN5UL --''^-SECURE ACOUSTICAL BATT IN5UL. OR RI GID IN5UL. - TRACK @ 2'-(Y'O.C. MAX 4 TOLERANCES. (REFER 70 (SEE WALL TYPE):.: BOARDAT • : WITHIN I"FROM ENDS. -STRUCTURAL.) cD BOTTOM TRACKS. SEE WALL TYPE SCHEDULE. z SUSPENDED CEILING WHERE z z - - . SCHEDULED -U SUSPENDED CEILING WHERE w SUSPENDEDCEIU NG WHERE SCHEDULED Uw SUSPENDED CEILING WHERE SCHEDULED BOND BEAMS OVER OPENINGS. : SPENDED EI ING WHERE r . SCHEDULED. REFER TO OPENING SCHEDULE AND ;SU SCHEDULED -C TYPE METAL STUDS. EE WALL HT TO WALL UD LDTIC WHERE METAL 5T CLEAR LINEP`PROJEGTIONATSHAFT. V" a STRUCTURAL. a • SCHEDULE. 5C A PLUMB. AND MAKE ' z - VE TICAL HQR IZONTAL REINPORC ING 24 O.C. R - � (TYP GYPSUM BO ARD (TYPE -X ' .. - STIFFENER CANNEL. TIF EMIN: 4 SP CONTINUOUS 3/w �.. F. E SCH EDULE ALL TYPE .. .. .: _ TYPE -X GYPSUM BOARD. -; U „ , 'LADDER TYPE LA 14 � U -.., �a WHERE 'RATED AND SEE WALL TYPE 5 CHEDULE. - WHERE RATED). GYPSUM BOARD (TYPE -X ) . �..-- - X WHERE RATED . GYPSUM BOARD (TYPE ) , . SEE -WALL TYPE SCHEpULE; �,. c.7, `fib . VERTICAL @.48 O.C. HORIZONTAL C7 e . E SCHEDULE. SEE WALL TYPE z z , c OPENINGS WIDER 7H AN -1G", @ EACH SIDE OF O- z ENDS D CO RNERS OF WALLS. AND AT z --d . - BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED n_ CH SHADE SH FTWALL STUD. az. O PROVIDE IW#4 REBAR PER CELL, TIE RE 6AR TO DOWEL, AND GROUT CELL SOLID. ' w RNER ALL FINISH ANGLE A7 CORNER FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND CASEWORK. SEE IH EQUIPMENT AND CASEWORK (SEE PIANS} . CONTROL JOINT PROVIDE CONTROL SIDES OF OPENING. PLANS) NS) A :GYP. CORE BOARD IP.R.R JOINTS NT5 @ 40_ 0` O'.C. MINIMUMIMUM AND AS INDICATED. SEALANT AT FRA ME ALL SIDES :. `, BOTTOM. J RU NNER AT BO . OF OPENING. t LU TRACK. BOTTOM RA u� .r•. BASE , �d DTOSUCTURE R DOWELS T LED BASE SCHEDULED w LU BOTTOM TRACK. • �p -- . - SCHEDULED SC ULE cc m ' SCHEDULED B ASE ' SCHEDULED BASE. Q m -� BASE SCHEDULED cn .; -- FIRE SEALANT. 70P OF STRUCTURE. • FLOOR. FLOOR... EDGE OF SHAFT. EDGE Of SLAB AT SHAFT EDGE OF SLAB AT SHAFT CONDITION CONDITION- ��20 A O.C.OL ' D T I�Of STUD 12.22 G A T 2 / �� �� GYP. I -LAYER. 5 8 GR L 1SEE G YP BD CI C� 2 12 �t 1 - E I LAY �i �� BOARD B R � i CORE O A STUD AT F G O.C. WITH CH H G 5 U n _ N FINISHED SIDE -X R 58 TYPE X GYP. O I TE 4 NOM, CONCRETE NO CLASSIF FED N MASONRY UN IT " FG F ING 1 B TYP E PURR WA' WITH 'BO 4 U TYPE LL I O FL00R PLANS FO F. R RA TNG. m SIDES STUD _ YP. TWO T ETAL 1 G E EXIS ING M YE 5 8 UVEN A � I L.A R 1 �j -HR RATED (UL "U4G9") l - NON RATED NON RATED 1 NON -RATED / - a �" CMU WALL WITH 'BG" TYPE FURRING " 1. RETE MASONRY UNIT G MU L _ " '� - HAPS 2OGA STUD AT I G O.C. WITH I CORE BOAR[ 6 NOM. CONCRETE 3.518 22 GA STUD AT I G O.C. 7/8 22 GA HAT CHANNEL AT I G O.C. 4 CH S F O PLANS FOR IF R, RATING OF CMU WALL I -LAYER 5/8" GYP TWO SIDES. I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. I -LAYER 5/8"`TYPE-X<GYP. ON FINISHED 51DE NON CLASSIFIED SEE LO R LAZ I ?ID2�- NON -RATED l - NON -RATED / - ❑ ! -HR RATED (UL "U438"} / - NON RATED G" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. 1/2"22 GA RESILIENT CHANNEL AT I G" O.C. (RC -1) 2-1/2" CH -SHAPE 20 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. WITH I " CORE BOARD 8" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT8" CMU WALL WITH "BG" TYPE FURRING I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. TWO SIDES [�2 ! -LAYER 518° GYP. 3 2 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. ON FINISHED 51DE D NON CLA551fIED SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR F.R. RATING OF CMU WALL NON -RATED/ - NON -RATED/ - R RATED UL "U438" ❑ NON RATED ❑2 H ( }/- 2-112" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 1-112" 22GA Z -FURRING AT I G" O.C. 4" CH -SHAPE 20GA STUD AT I G" O.C. WITH I " CORE BOARD 10" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 1011 CMU WALL WITH 'BG' TYPE FURRING [A4,.11 -LAYER 5/8 GYP. TWO 51DE5[E�33]I-LAYER 5/8 GYP. 2 -LAYERS 518" TYPE -X GYP, ON FINISHED SIDE NON CLAS5IFIED MG45EE FLOOR PLANS FOR F.R. RATING OF CMU WALL NON -RATED / - NON -RATED / - "t "" NON RATED C�_� 2 -HR RATED (UL U438 } l - A5 3-5/8" 22GA STUD AT I G" O.C. /SOUND BATT IN5UL 2" 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G" O.C. 12" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 1 2 CMU WALL WITH'BG' TYPE FURRING f1r5' I -LAYER 5/51, GYP. TWO SIDES. V I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. NON CLA551FIED 5f FLOOR PLANS FOR F.R. RATING OF CMU WALL NON -RATED / - ❑ NON -RATED / - L.f G 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 3" 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G" O,C. ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT �W_�_. � NON RATED �� , G'" .NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT I -LAYER 5/8 GYP. TWO SIDES I -LAYER 5/8 - GYP: A� � _ _ � D-2 CLASSIFICATION ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT NON RATED / §� NON -RATED / - CW� 2 -HOUR -RATED (UL "U900) 2-112" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 1- 12" 22 Z -FURRING AT `I G" O.0 W1 I 1/2" RIGID INSULATION. [A 7/ 1 -LAYER 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES I =LAYER 5/8" GYP. 8" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT I -HR RATED (UL "U4G5") NON -RATED / - D-2 CLA551FICATION �� �� �" C__� 2 -HOUR RATED (UL "U9t�G") 3-5/8 22 GA STUD AT I.G O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 2" 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G Q.C. W1 2 RIGID INSULATION I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES �� i -LAYER 5/8" GYP. 10"NOM: CONCRETE MA50NRY UNIT I HR RATED (UL "U4G5"} / NON -RATED / - [D�88D-2 CLASSIFICATION 6" 22 GA STUD AT I G O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 3 22 GA Z -FURRING AT I G O.C. W/ 3 RIGID INSULATION 2 -HOUR RATED (UL "U90G") I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP. TWO 51DE5 l.r I -LAYER. 5/8" GYP. 12 NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT I -HR RATED (UL "U4G5") NON -RATED / - - 12" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. / SOUND BATT IN5UL. 2" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. D -HOUR RATED A UL "U90G'") 2 / 2 I/ A 101 2 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES B I -LAYER 5/8" GYP. 2 -HR RATED (UL "U41 I "} / - � NON -RATED / - 8" NOM. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT TYPE 'G' WALL NOTES: 8" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. /SOUND BATT IN5UL. 3-5 8" 22GA STUD AT 16" O.C. B-4 CLASSIFICATION I • PROVIDE! BOND BEAMS AT OPENINGS.3-5 / / 4 -HOUR RATED (UL "U901 "} 2 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO 51DE5 I -LAYER 5/8" GYP 2: PROVIDE I - #4 DOWELED INTO CONC. SLAB @ 24" O.C. All B10 2 -HR RATED "{UL U41 I } 1- NON -RATED I - 10" NOM. CONCRETE MA50NKY UNIT Es AND IN5UL. 22 GA STUD AT i G O.C. B-4 CLA551FICATION 3• CONCAVE TOOL ALL EXPOSED JOINTS. STRIKE JOINTS AT CONCEALED FRC 4 -HOUR RATED (UL "U90 ! FACES TO RECEIVE A FURRED WALL 6" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. /SOUND BATT INSU A 12 -LAYERS 5/8" TYPE -X GYP. TWO SIDES I -LAYER 5/8" GYP 2 -HR RATED (UL 'U41 I "} / - NON -RATED / - 12" NOM, CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 4. EXTEND ALL WALLS DOWN TO CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. 2 112" 22 GA STUD AT 1 G" O.C. W/ BATT INSULATION B-4 CLASSIFICATION 5. WHERE WALLS ABUT NEW OR EXISTING WALLS AND COLUMNS, PROVIDE WIRE " 3/8' 4 -HOUR RATED (UL "U90 I-") ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT I `LAYER 518 GYP. EXPANSION ANCHORS TO WALLS AND COLUMNS AT 24" O.G. VERTICAL LEAVE ` NON RATED / VERTICAL JOINT AND SEAL JOINT AT BOTH FACES OF WALL. 3-5/8" 22 GA STUD AT I G" O.C. W/ BATT INSULATION ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT G. FIRE RATINGS ARE AN INDICATION OF THE RATING OF THE REQUIRED WALL Q I -LAYER 5/8" GYP CON5TRUCTION FIRE RATINGS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS INDICATE THE LJ NON -RATED / REQUIRED FIRE RATING BY BUILDING CODE. DOORS AND OPENINGS SHALL BE RATED AT THE RATING INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. Ji G" 22 GA STUD AT 101 O.C. WI BATT INSULATION 1 -LAYER 5/8" GYP. NON -RATED / - ADDITION CUSTOM WALL TYPES PER PROJECT C M U WALLS W FURRING C; SCALE: (none) 1. 3" "B8 (SIMILAR) WALL A55EMBLY ON � CORRIDOR SIDE. PROVIDE TYPE -X . TYPE A WALL NOTES. TYPE 'B' WALL NOTES: TYPE C WALL NOTES. TYPEDWALL NOTES. GYP. AND FIRE SEALANT FOR I 41 WALL ASSEMBLY. SEE B -TYPE WALL "" "" A 24" O.C. W i . PROVIDE BOND BEAMS AT OPENINGS. SCHEDULE. RESILIENT CHANNELS AND Z FURRING DIRECTLY TO I . 25 -GA. METAL J SHAPED TOP TRACK ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE T ! STANDARD GYP.` BD: AT INTERIOR FACE OF ALL TOILET I : ATTACH HAT CHANNELS, „ I . USE TYPE US IN LIEU OF ST "" F I " +L 2- I /4" LENGTHS. DO NOT ATTACH' GYPSUM, BOARD TO UNEQUAL LEGS O CUSTODIAL CLOSETS, AND AREAS WITH SINKS CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALL SUBSTRATE AT 16 O.C.OPROVIDE SHIMS AS "" - ID CREATED FOR ROOMS, C 2. PROVIDE I - #4 DOWELED INTO CQNG: SLAB @ 24 O.C. VQ - FINISHED WALL OUTERMOST TOP TRACK. TOILET/URINAL CARRIERS. NECESSARY TO PLUMB 2. USE INSULATION STICK PINS TO SUPPORT ALL INSULATION IN 57Uq SPACES TO FACES AND "" - A " " APED BOTTOM TRACK ATTACHED AT 24 O.C. 3.CONCAVE 700E ALL EXPOSED JOINTS. STRIKE JOINTS AT CONCEALED 2. PROVIDE 25 GA. BASE AND HEAD TRACKS ANCHOR TO FLOOR AT 24 O.C. AND 2 25 G . MTL J 5H AVOID SAGGING. „ FACES TO RECEIVE A FURRED WALL A TO STRUCTURE AT 48 O.C. AT ONE-SIDED WALL TYPES. 15" PLUMBING CHASE WALL BRACE BACK 3. TERMINATE WALL SYSTEM L/2" FROM STRUCTURE UNLE55 GREATER DEFLECTIONS HAVE _ "" DETAIL 70 � � I LAYER 5/8 GYP. EACH SIDE ARD PER SCREW PATTERN REQUIRED BY U.L.E7 3. ATTACH GYPSUM BO REQUIREMENTS. 4. EXTEND ALL WALLS DOWN TO CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. BEEN DETERMINED REQUIRE NON -RATED I FIT ALL INSULATION AND USE SIDE MOUNTED STICK PINS ON BATT. � MAINTAIN .REQUIRED RATING: 3. FRICTON INSULATION. PROVIDE WIRE - AN COLUMNS, WALLS q 5. ABUT NEW OR .EXISTING , OTHERWISE NOTED. THICKNESS TO WHERE WALLS F RATED BATT UNLESS OT : T T BE IRE AT 4 INSULATION O .r` IDESLEAVE BOTHE V TRACKS O VERTICAL 3/ M TRA O.C..C. V BOTTOM AT 24 O e T TOP AND A AND COLUMNS NTA ANCHORS TO LLS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT - EXPANSION C 4 PROVIDE ACOUST STICKPINS FOR SUPPORT _ 4: USE TYPE WR IN LIEU OF STANDARD GYP. BD: AT {NTERtOR FACE OF ALL TOILET MAXIMUM TO FIT IN STUD SPACE, USE ST CKP ACOUSTICAL RATED WALLS VERTICAL JOINT AND SEAL JOINT AT BOTH FACES OF WALL: AREAS WITH SINKS. ROOMS CUSTODIAL CLOSETS,: AND RE ' ARD SET IN CH -SHAPE STUD AT UNFINISHED (SHAFT) SIDE 5. USE I :SHAFT WALL CORE BO " A FACES SCHEDULED FOR TING OF THE REQUIRED WALL 5. USE 5!8 WALL BOARD IN LIEU OF GYP. BD. ON ALL WALL G. FIRE RATINGS ARE AN INDICATION OF THE RA WALLS. OF WALL. CERAMIC TILE AND SOLID SURFACING WAINSCOTING FINISHES: 5: PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIERS AT MASONRY OR CONCRETE EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTION FIRE RATINGS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS INDICATE THE G. EXTEND ALL TYPE 'B' WALL5 FROM CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB UNLESS OTHERWISE G. ATTACH ALL LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD AND CORE BOARD WITH SCREWS USING REQUIRED FIRE RATING BY BUILDING CODE. DOORS AND OPENINGS SHALL BE RATED NOTED. SCREW PATTERNS CONSISTENT WITH U.L. DETAILS. AT THE RATING INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS. 7. USE 5/8" WALL BOARD IN LIEU OF GYP. BD. ON ALL WALL FACES SCHEDULED FOR 7. WALL TO EXTEND FROM CONCRETE SLAB TO CONCRETE STRUCTURE ABOVE. CERAMIC TILE AND SOLID SURFACING WAINSCOTING FINISHES. 8. SEE BASE DETAIL GAB.O I FOR PARTITION TYPE C8. 9. WALLS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE WELDED WALL SYSTEM FINISH, DELETE THE REQUIREMENT FOR VENEER PLASTER FOR THAT SIDE, METAL STUD WALLS METAL STUD FURRING FIRE RATED CHASE WALLS CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WALLS MISCELLANEOUS WALL TYPES SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) SCALE: (none) Project Name: R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC ARCH I T EC T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319338 9311 Fax: 319 338'9872 E -M a 11: rape@rohrbachassociates.com Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS. Drawn By: Checked By: SWID - Sheet Number: A9.50 Project Name: W. -M AMP-Giia UMMOt VA faw CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT Iowa City, Iowa RAPC Project Numbed: 11323 _ T -- T11 III ®I I®M0. ■I I.1I ■I I®®E 0 rll I 0 a 0 c� ASSOCIATES PC PUN NER PW NER ? NER 26 26 24 0 RRCH I T E C T S 0 �, 2 3 5N Commerce Center STANDR� ..:_r�.—l...� O 325 E. Washington — _ pRRIpO ORRIDO _ •— — — Suite 400 x202 t4 - L —I— — —I— — P. 0. Box 2238 4_T�" I 11� I �� f I �(_ _ Iowa Cit , Iowa 52244 -- y _1_�IIITI���l(T I I1- -I -I- I- -H N- -I- 1- -N l I- -F -1- }-I j R� 0 Fax: 319 338 9872 L JILL_ I i, L AL .I I J_Is 2t2ri .. E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com 2s I lIII I 2i 1 II{I I 25 - �IICI -=-1=-1-(-1H -A F- -}I 4 -1- -{-- -}1}} -I F- -}j!- j -I -Il --I -I- -1T� I�IL1_-LJ14- 1-LJJiL 1 LJJ 1 I-11 I f_,L IIL_I _�_i-J.II MM De -1- 4 — — — �— cooRD. FXD-2 1 II Lr I I -tl I 1- I 231 — -- C I_1=Z �_ Z �I 22 --� - t- -I I-� 5 I I I- � � R1D R t- t -1 a �_I_LJ 2 7 I� I _ I_ -44 - - -1- --I I-1- -I I I� � -fi -I fi -! Imo- �- � -1 � -� a -J V I I I 1 �PRCE _ (IMPU I _ I� I I !- �I- I - !- I- _ _ _ _ ► _ _ 2.0 11— - �--1I- _ -, C 2 2 i 1- I I I I 1 6 ! _1 — Nel naORn D I r� -1 I-- I I I ! I I I I I r� I 1- fi y I-fil -I T^1 (-T-I IFF I- rt to _I EaC I- -�- I -�-- ---I I � I_�-. a-.- -1- 225 F1 x2oi I as J M I ! II I -__ I I I _ ��NPE NCE I I I I: I I Q I IIII L !. I 1 T-._ N _. L %201 --- -- - �t I� �{— R. Rb. � I rt 1 1- -r ^I I I '�.. �..� 1 FXD 1 +I- + --i 1--1 ,ter. 1 I I I{ I I I II I I L I I _ �-1 � L��-L�- . _ -� T 1 i ! I t -I T T fi FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM �.. % — SPR SPRINKLER LINE ,n I - J _ _ 11- -WSP— WET STANDPIPE sn I I I I!I — fi -I DSP DRY STANDPIPE — _ � Al 1111, –7- C RRIDOR L SU. oRr V- l.J �^`� ID SPRINKLER HEAD SIDEWALL'SPRINKLER HEAD e O I �j FLOW SWITCH l MDO 0 -L i—I --:1 6 >— � FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) T n BACKFLOW PREVENTER fly II U C? 04. ==h 1 -0 - FIRE FIRE SUPPRESSION DEMOLITION NOTES: II FXD-3 FXD-2 FXD-1 Demo sprinkler branch piping back to main: All sprinkler mains to remain. FXD-2 Perimeter offices and stairwells will remain occupied. Maintain sprinkler service to these spaces during demolition of other sprinkler heads on same main. FXD-3 Sprinkler heads in the reception area and conference room are to remain. FXD-4 Demo sprinkler heads and branch piping back as necessary to facilitate installation of new sprinkler heads in new ceiling. SECOND FLOOR PL, SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" HEAD'SPIFUNKLER KEY DEMO �iEXISTING III IIID MOL�� ! KEY TO BE REMOVED/ �� TO REMAIN REVISED Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: EMF TRL Sheet Number: FXD1.2 7T1 03 3 I OFFICE EE C t7 N .a Q II7 ROOM O LO O N O Q M O N O d E v 00 N O 1 L2 0 N ( O i v -v a� w =v O M 0 rn 3 v X I.i ti t` O I c 0 >v O c (D E Z rn C �3 v FIRST F L ii iii i� r� r� !!R DEMOLITION SCALE 1/8" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,_0), TO BE r .rid 4:'ri TO FEMM SINGLE LINE SINGLE DOUBLE7777 LINE ®. DOUBLE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,_0), Project Name: r.. ii Aug ®_ DOUBLE LINEEQUIPMENT ® DOUBLE LINE ® EQUIPMENT Project Name: r.. Project Name: � � 1 c O 0 v a� 0 CL E a I 0 N .Q a� U_ -o Cn a� 0 n 0 J 3 C�1 X W r� 0 d - I 0 _ v O C S ECO N D F LOO R PLAN SPRINKLER Hyo KEY O 0 U H E Z ,3 v d •s ONE OR TWO HOUR RATED possible and along walls to maximize space available for other trades. 1' DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER CP 25SA OR 25N/S CAULK 1. INDIVIDUAL DETAILS APPLY ONLY TO » " CITY OF IOWA CITY " ur, WK. R . ro°Ro-. CITY HALL TYPES, AND CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN. d. Coordinate routing of piping to maintain access to filters, motors, electrical, equipment,81 6 RIGID STEEL » 1 DEPTH MINERAL WOOL LOBBY, REFER TO MANUFACTURERS SYSTEM BOTH SIDES OF WALL : PACKING REVENUE, AND'APPLICA71ON DETAILS FOR Q Q HARVAT HALL and controls. In no case, shall piping pass directly over electrical panels or: *•• FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ►** NDS 2015 CONFIGURATIONS. •.. ,' .. ;.: • • - RENOVATION 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL .. PROJECT disconnects or restrict access to any electrical equipment including junction boxes. —SPR— SPRINKLER` LINE • •:; Iowa Cit Iowa O a Y NECESSARILY APPLY TO ANY OR ALL ' RAPC Pro1ject,m um .fir: N b FIRE STOPPING REQUIREMENTS ON 11323 N, , THE PROJECT. Yl 5. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular --•WSP— WET STANDPIPE 0' MIN., 2-3/8' MAX. -1» ° 2 3. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ANNULAR SPACE I 1/2 DEPTH CP-25WB GENERAL FIRE SUPPRESSION NOTES: FIRE SUPPRESSION NOTES: RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL ALL FIRE WALL SECTION 1" MINERAL WOOL PACKING 1. Provide new sprinkler heads for designated areas in accordance with NFPA 13. FX -1- Suggested sprinkler head location. Contractor to verify exact ANNULAR SPACE STOPPING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO a. Coordinate final sprinkler head placement with ceiling, exposed structure, lights, location and quantity of heads as required per NFPA 13 and field ductwork, and piping. Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plan. Unless noted conditions. Unless otherwise noted, all areas with suspended 28 GAUGE STEEL SLEEVE c� R A C H O H R B otherwise, all sprinkler heads are to be centered in ceiling tiles. ceilings to be provided with semi -recessed pendant heads, areas WITH 2' MIN. OVERLAP 3M SYSTEM ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS. b. Provide sprinkler inspector's test stations as required b code. Field coordinate p p q Y with no ceiling to be provided with upright heads and/or sidewall — DSP — DRY STANDPIPE -4. MODEL NUMBERS AND MATERIALS ARE I BASED ON 3M PRODUCTS. NOTE: NOTE: 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN BREACH SEALING DETAIL 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN FLOOR SEALING DETAIL 6. Coordinate locations andsizesof openings in new structure with General Contractor. Q ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJ1OO1 E P ASSOCIATES C . locations with general contractor and architect. Dram to nearest janitors sink or floor g J heads. Refer to architectural lens and sections far obstructions. p FX -1420a FX -1420b Ci C� Q Q Q Q O sIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD Q _. (F11) (1.4) " �a'_G'; {8.8,405r, drain. Sprinkler heads shall be quick response type heads. Coordinate failure to coordinate this work, it shall be the Fire Suppression Contractor's responsibility pp p Y to provide the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations as Occupancy shall be Light Hazard except for mechanical rooms and storage rooms which sprinkler head locations with lights. s2. kNG WER PW NER required. MA'ER ru NMI shall be OrdinaryHazard Group 2': p FX -2 Suggested sprinkler head°location. Contractor to verify exact . Provide all required support steel for piping and equipment. 2 NEC"aoRn 0 2 v 2 5 _ BACKFLOW PREVENTER Q o ARCH I T E C T S 3. Provide coverage above and below ductwork in mechanical rooms as required. See g q location and quantity of heads as required per NFPA 13 and field 8. Where there is no ceilingindicated new piping will be routed exposed within room. All P p g p N . r . .; P09 shall be: painted to match adjacent wall/ceiling color. " exposedpipingp_ _ P J 9 z,9 mechanical plans for ductwork sizes and locations. conditions. Unless otherwise: noted, all areas with suspended � , :. Q 9. h inn nearly all r v ceilings is extremely limited Contractor shall note that ea a areas then ace above ce Y p 9 Y O Q O . Q D, oR 210 and coordination of work is mandato rY FX -1 ; 0 ". • • • 4. Drawings are m part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, and to indicate :: ceilings to be provided with flat cover late concealed pendant g p p co N " ; . f, KE REST 00M FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 222 is 2.53 - � — SPRINKLER LINE SPR Commerce Center • •Contractor shall field v I '' the general locations of equipment, piping. enfy a I dimensions and heads, areas with no ceiling to be provided with upright heads v a� —WSP— WET STANDPIPE 325 E. Washington layout his own work according to the following guidelines: Y 9 9 and/or sidewall heads. Refer to architectural plans and sections Q Suite 400 a. Contractor shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and for obstructions. Sprinkler heads shall be quick response type ADM - PT 2 VF 0 P. O. Box 2 2 3 8 rough ins and the exact routin of i in riot to construction so as to best fit the g _ g pp 9p heads. Coordinate sprinkler head locations with lights. FX - 3 20 " " Iowa City, Iowa 52244 layout of the work. Coordinate final layout with all trades. FX -3 Remove and replace sprinkler main over 217Housing Inspection (D SPRINKLER HEAD TeL 319 338 9311 .'i b. Where offsets in piping are required to coordinate the work of other trades, with r at higher elevation to avoid conflict with fixtures ceiling. PR°G 0 Q Fax: 319 338 9872 structure, piping, conduit, ductwork etc, or to maintain required ceiling heights, they shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner, $„ 0 S IDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD ' E -M a i 1: rape@rohrbachassociates.com c. Unless otherwise noted, all piping to be routed concealed in walls or chases or above "OU 31NG suspended ceiling. Water piping shall not be routed in exterior walls. Coordinate FLOW SWITCH T &• a layout with existing conditions and all other trades. Route all piping as high as c O 0 v a� 0 CL E a I 0 N .Q a� U_ -o Cn a� 0 n 0 J 3 C�1 X W r� 0 d - I 0 _ v O C S ECO N D F LOO R PLAN SPRINKLER Hyo KEY O 0 U H E Z ,3 v d •s ONE OR TWO HOUR RATED possible and along walls to maximize space available for other trades. 1' DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER CP 25SA OR 25N/S CAULK 1. INDIVIDUAL DETAILS APPLY ONLY TO » " " ur, WK. R . ro°Ro-. TYPES, AND CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN. d. Coordinate routing of piping to maintain access to filters, motors, electrical, equipment,81 6 RIGID STEEL » 1 DEPTH MINERAL WOOL STEEL SLEEVE (OPTIONAL) REFER TO MANUFACTURERS SYSTEM BOTH SIDES OF WALL : PACKING AND'APPLICA71ON DETAILS FOR Q Q and controls. In no case, shall piping pass directly over electrical panels or: *•• FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ►** CONFIGURATIONS. •.. ,' .. ;.: • • - ::; .: `, .:.' ; . 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL .. . ; :. • disconnects or restrict access to any electrical equipment including junction boxes. —SPR— SPRINKLER` LINE • •:; •.. ► •: NECESSARILY APPLY TO ANY OR ALL ' FIRE STOPPING REQUIREMENTS ON THE PROJECT. Yl 5. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular --•WSP— WET STANDPIPE 0' MIN., 2-3/8' MAX. -1» ° 2 3. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ANNULAR SPACE I 1/2 DEPTH CP-25WB 4-1/2" MIN. SOLID 1' MAX. RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL ALL FIRE WALL SECTION 1" MINERAL WOOL PACKING OR CP-25N/S CAULK CONCRETE FLOOR ANNULAR SPACE STOPPING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. All work shall be performed0" THE MANUFACTURER' INSTRUCTIONS 28 GAUGE STEEL SLEEVE TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROPRIATE WITH 2' MIN. OVERLAP 3M SYSTEM ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS. in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. — DSP — DRY STANDPIPE -4. MODEL NUMBERS AND MATERIALS ARE I BASED ON 3M PRODUCTS. NOTE: NOTE: 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN BREACH SEALING DETAIL 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN FLOOR SEALING DETAIL 6. Coordinate locations andsizesof openings in new structure with General Contractor. SPRINKLER HEAD ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJ1OO1 TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP FIRE -STOPPING DETAILS FX -1420a FX -1420b Ci C� i n Or' When. additional cutting and patching is required due to Fire Suppression Contractors s O sIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD _. (F11) (1.4) " �a'_G'; {8.8,405r, failure to coordinate this work, it shall be the Fire Suppression Contractor's responsibility pp p Y to provide the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations as FLow SWITCH required. >_ FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION (FDC) 7. Provide all required support steel for piping and equipment. NEC"aoRn 0 _ BACKFLOW PREVENTER Q 8. Where there is no ceilingindicated new piping will be routed exposed within room. All P p g p N . r . .; P09 shall be: painted to match adjacent wall/ceiling color. " exposedpipingp_ _ P J 9 z,9 � , :. 9. h inn nearly all r v ceilings is extremely limited Contractor shall note that ea a areas then ace above ce Y p 9 Y . and coordination of work is mandato rY FX -1 ; 0 ". co DOR A. T' { co N " ; . f, KE REST 00M FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 222 is 2.53 - � — SPRINKLER LINE SPR v a� —WSP— WET STANDPIPE _ DSP DRY STANDPIPE ADM - PT 2 VF 0 E 20 a (D SPRINKLER HEAD 0 • • 0 0 S IDEWALL SPRINKLER HEAD FLOW SWITCH T UILDING C3 (FDC) T CONNECTION FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT K� i pea,o N -Fu 8-0 "amu c O 0 v a� 0 CL E a I 0 N .Q a� U_ -o Cn a� 0 n 0 J 3 C�1 X W r� 0 d - I 0 _ v O C S ECO N D F LOO R PLAN SPRINKLER Hyo KEY O 0 U H E Z ,3 v d •s ONE OR TWO HOUR RATED 6' RIGID STEEL 1' DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER CP 25SA OR 25N/S CAULK 1. INDIVIDUAL DETAILS APPLY ONLY TO » GYPSUM WALLBOARD ASSEMBLY THE MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION 1J4' BEAD OF TYPES, AND CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN. CP-25WB CAULK, .. 6 RIGID STEEL » 1 DEPTH MINERAL WOOL STEEL SLEEVE (OPTIONAL) REFER TO MANUFACTURERS SYSTEM BOTH SIDES OF WALL : PACKING AND'APPLICA71ON DETAILS FOR OTHER MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION OR CONFIGURATIONS. •.. ,' .. ;.: • • - ::; .: `, .:.' ; . 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL .. . ; :. • APPLICATIONS AND DO NOT • •:; •.. ► •: NECESSARILY APPLY TO ANY OR ALL ' FIRE STOPPING REQUIREMENTS ON THE PROJECT. Yl 0' MIN., 2-3/8' MAX. -1» �.-- 3. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ANNULAR SPACE I 1/2 DEPTH CP-25WB 4-1/2" MIN. SOLID 1' MAX. RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL ALL FIRE WALL SECTION 1" MINERAL WOOL PACKING OR CP-25N/S CAULK CONCRETE FLOOR ANNULAR SPACE STOPPING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THE MANUFACTURER' INSTRUCTIONS 28 GAUGE STEEL SLEEVE TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROPRIATE WITH 2' MIN. OVERLAP 3M SYSTEM ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS. -4. MODEL NUMBERS AND MATERIALS ARE BASED ON 3M PRODUCTS. NOTE: NOTE: 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN BREACH SEALING DETAIL 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN FLOOR SEALING DETAIL TYPICAL FIRE SUPPRESSION ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #WL.1003 ONE AND TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJ1OO1 TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP FIRE -STOPPING DETAILS FX -1420a FX -1420b FX -1420 SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" ,,Ohl r rr v NEW WORK KEY EXISTING NEW/REVISED Sheet Title SECOND FLOOR TIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: EMF TRL Sheet Number: FX1.2 Project Name: 1 11 1 dmm 00-11L low OFFICE LOW FA -1 Q V/ H MENS L=L El 0- J 1 F---, wR 106 -R 0 H R B A C H 0 ASSOCIATES PC OFFICE OFFICE FA -2 WOMEN ARCH I T E G T S 0 ❑ �:- Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 OFFICE 111 I) I P. O. Box 2238 _ OFFICE OFFICE WNTING FA -2E T 3 6 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,_0), REFER TO SHEET FA1.2 FOR FIRE ALARM NOTES NEW WOW KEY EXISTING NEW/REVISED E -M a 1 I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: Am DESIGN . r ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR FIRE ALARM PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03109/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: FA1.1 13 Project Name: 1 11 1 dmm 00-11L low OFFICE LOW FA -1 Q V/ H MENS L=L El 0- J 1 F---, wR 106 -R 0 H R B A C H 0 ASSOCIATES PC OFFICE OFFICE FA -2 WOMEN ARCH I T E G T S 0 ❑ �:- Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 OFFICE 111 I) I P. O. Box 2238 _ OFFICE OFFICE WNTING FA -2E T 3 6 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 338 9872 FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,_0), REFER TO SHEET FA1.2 FOR FIRE ALARM NOTES NEW WOW KEY EXISTING NEW/REVISED E -M a 1 I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: Am DESIGN . r ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR FIRE ALARM PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03109/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: FA1.1 FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS GENERAL FIRE ALARM NOTES: FIRE ALARM NOTES: (NOTE ALL SYMBOLS .SHOWN MAY NOT BE REQUIRED 1. System is an existing Notifier system. FA -1 Furnish and install new notification device. New device *** FIRE ALARM SYSTEM *** 2. Provide all programming for a complete and operational shall be tied to existing notification circuit serving the M MANUAL PULL STATION 46" ABOVE FLOOR system, verify all room numbers and names with Owner area. 0 ALARM AUDIO DEVICE 8O" ABOVE FLOOR prior to programming. FA -2 Furnish and install new initiation device. New device shall OR AS NOTED 3. Install all surface mount fire alarm devices with remold be tied to existing initiation circuit serving the area. B - CHIME V700 series. FA -3 Electrical Contractor shall replaceexisting surface H -HORN S - SPEAKER 4. New initiation devices and notification devices shall be tied mounted horn/strobe device with new device. Reuse to existing circuits. in new work. existing .wiring.. 01 VISUAL ALARM LIGHT 80" ABOVE FLOOR OR AS NOT ED 5. Furnish and install J -hook or other cable support dedicated FA -4 Furnish. and install a notification extention power supply to (F THERMAL DETECTOR, RATE OF RISE TYPE to fire alarm cabling in new work. Do not use exisitng data support additional notification devices the floor. Tie 200=200 DECREE TYPE cabling or pathways for fire alarm cabling. power supply to existing notification circuit. Provide ® SMOKE DETECTOR _supports dedicated 120V, 20A circuit for power from Panel LC. E - ELEVATOR Paint circuit breaker RED. B - SOUNDER BASE a ELECTROMAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER ' REMOTE LED FOR DETECTOR ANNUNCIATION SMOKE DETECTOR IN DUCT a TEST SWITCH F FAN SHUT -DOWN OR CONTROL RELAY FIRE ALARM VOICE PHONE JACK F SPRINKLER ALARM FLOW SWITCH T SPRINKLER ALARM TAMPER SWITCH MINI -HORN OR BUZZER 0 MM MONITOR MODULE 1121CONTROL MODULE CM BEAM SMOKE DETECTOR T - TRANSMITTER R - RECEIVER FSD SMOKE OR FIRE OKE DAMPER CONNECTION DAMPER INDICATING LIGHT R 0 H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC A55.TRAN5. SENIOR PLANNER PLANNER .. t _.. A -RCH I T E C T S DIRECTOR 213 Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 jMGMFax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassoeiates.eom COW DEV. CooRD. Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN OFFICE ENG I N EERS 210 _ a� CMECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841-.1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 NEIGHBORHOOD FB-0 7 FA -1 FA - PANEL L A-PANEL'L FA -2 PANEL LCL STAIRS 200 NAC FA -4 Sheet Title: SECOND B3� A IffFLOOR FIRE ALARM PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ V-011 N rn IOW WORK KEY EXISTING NEW/REVISED Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: FA1.2 C v .d M O C) N ic: Q v C 0 'v N -o-+ -a+ _O tL E CL M G7 O N t-- N <L N t~ "O O J 3 v 0 1 0 4- 0 v 0 C: 0 0 .n 0 U i E v z rn c •3 v 0 -- --� 1 1/2- 2' /2"2 SAN UP I 2 SAN DO I 3" ST UP, PD -1 PD -1 1-1/2- VENT UP / , _J 3 ST DOWN, 2 SAN PD -1 UP 3/4° CW UP OFFICE 1 174 0 OFFICE D OFFICE OFFICE 0 OFiCE CO( `` V COMDOR CONFERENCES- .. RWM I' FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITI SCALE: 1/8" = V-011 E - -,- FIXTURES, PD -1 2" VENT UP, PD -1 II AREA II E". II N rr . « TO EE FEWVM/FEVEM TO FEMM SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE /i -,® DOUBLEEQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT////i EQUIPMENT 3" ST UP, P-1- (- SINK, P-1 I LI II L - - ❑ I 71��:2" SAN DOWN, R O H R B A C H P-1 0 ASSOCIATES PC jj A R C H I T E C T S I Yo 1 1/2 SAN UP TO LAV MEN5 0 2" SAN UP TO UR Commerce Center 325 E. VVashington J,.�' 1/2" CW SUPPLY UP Suite 400 ' 2° VENT UP 1/2* vim_ 2" SAN U P. O. Box 2238 » CE 4" SAN UP TO WC 3/4 3 SAN UP � Iowa City, Iowa 52244 L _ �' TO FD _o � Tel: 319 338 9311 11/2' 1 /2" SAN _ J SEN 4" SAN DOWN Fax: 3 1 9 338 9872 1 1/2" VENT UP UP TO LAVI° ❑ --� p 3" SAN UP TO FD E -Mail: rapt@rohrbachassociates.com 3/4" CW UP, C==''10 1 1/2* SAN UP Q 2" VENT UP, -- ----- P-1 II ( wNTING EN, P-1 13 Project Name: Wflffflu*7 1 1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" V-01) Now • -, E)WTM SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE DOUBLE LINE DOUBLE LINE EQUIPMENT////i EQUIPMENT - O E EV 5 R TRAFFIC A5515T. A55. TRANS. SENOR COORD, ENGINEER PLANNER - PLANNER PLANNER 221 220 ^• 218 1 21C 1 214. DIRECTOR 5TAIR5 .CORRIDOR me H fin I •-- --- � II �-J II Ll II �_JI 'g PROGRAM OFFICE i� II A5515T. I) INTERN II A5515T. I zlz 222. ....Itdt PLANNER OFFICE PLANNER 219 I I1 217 I I 4" I]MM I I 4" STORM II II UP, PD -1 II 1-1/4" GAS, 1-1/4" GAS, /$ (I 1 � 1/4" GASII� ( II 2 NWS/HWR 2" HWS/HWR UP, P-1 2 HWS II 2 HWS/H11 � `1 II O UP; P-1 DOWN, P-1 UP, PD 1Z DOWN, PC) J_1) GOMM.DE '''p — cooRn. o » PLANNER 1 121 1 " 3 ST DOWN, 3 ST DOWN, �� P-3 �N DOWN I - PD -1 `` � I) P 1 n – CORRIDOR – _ '_ T 4 STORM DOWN PD 1 4 STORM DOWN, P-1 II II x20 I FF- 1- RJ nI2 SAN UP, P 1 Q n 2D 2 SAN �� PD -1 � » »_ 1 1 2 vENTDaN 227-"� 1 2 cW Hw uP 3 ST UP PD 1 / (� 3 ST UP � / / "1/2 CW/NW UP oFF1cE P-1 P-3 TO SINK, P-1 ASS►OCi ATES PC MPPOC II �TO'SINK, PD -1 210 Fr--�" L _ _ - ..... 1 ; � �iD 1-1/2" VENT UP, P-1 ARCH I T E C T S UP, FD- xzoz NEIGHBORHOOD 5ER COORD. 1 1/2* SUPPLY II I I (P_ W Commerce ommerce Center 20DOWNEXISTINGEEWH 2"REE 325 E. Washin9ton Lei ABOVE CILING 1 1 Suite 400I TO BE RELOCATED,IL I I EaC ( II P - II I I " WC P. O. Box 2238 WORK 225 I D 2 2 SAN D ROOM I I I I CONFERENCE -1 I 1-1/2' VE DOWN 1 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 II`P I CORRIDOR II I 207 I , LI xzol II WIGHHBO $ 2 T e I: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 II (III L 208 �_ 1, Fax: 319 338 9872 �� h\ F—FD-1 EWH E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com LL t7 (: EXISTING EN t 2" VENT DOWN, RELOCATED, P-2 2" VENT DOWN, COURD. -� ( I PD -1 ( P-1 5TAIR5 200 — CORPJDOR I SUPPORTL CE Is xzoD I I ( z r _ Ju al ( 2" VENT UP, PD -3» NEW 3" VENT UP, P-5 2 IN5P. \ 205 STORM UP, I STORM UPS PD -1 (I I PD -1 I --7 Ji I II' I 11 STORM UP, STORM UP, PD -1 PD - 1 II I CONFERENCE 204 ....OFFICE 203. it P N SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/8" _ V-01", Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: BAL: TRL Sheet Number: P1.2 TO BE -, E • E. TO REMAIN SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE DOUBLE ... DOUBLE PPPPPfi,EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: BAL: TRL Sheet Number: P1.2 X67 c DOUBLE �, DOUBLE EQUIPMENTEQUIPM Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: BAL: TRL Sheet Number: P1.2 } Li Li Ej Li 1 354 353 352 351 350 354 353 352 35 350 n 349 348 349 348 355 1/2" CW Hw 355 2" CW/HW, 1 1/2- VENT 1 1/2" VENT DOWN, PD -1 DOWN, P-1 _._._.._�1...._ 113. 113 347 - — 347 356.:. 356 R 0 H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC r � 1 '1 2" VENT UP II 1 1/2" VENT UP /» 357 » 357 TO 3 V.T.R., T4 3 V.T.R., I; o— � o— PD-1 P-1 346 � 346 ' ARCH I TLCTS UP 2 _ _ __ " VENT 1-1/2„ VENT ;- » 1-1/2” VENT -___ j 3" VENT UP Commerce Center DOWN, PD -1 TO 3 V.T.R. DOWN, P-1 TO 6 V.T.R. 325 E. Washington 0 13 Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 I Ifi ' Iowa City, Iowa 52244 ;; 345 I 345 0 0 11 ,� TeL 319 338 9311 Fax: 319 3389872 I) E -M a i I. rapc@rohrbachassoclates.com » 341 I 341 1 2" VENT DOWN, PD -3 I 3 VENT DOWN, P-5 2" VENT DOWN, 2" VENT DOWN, r 1 1/2- VENT . ... ...... 1 1/2- VENT DOWN TO DOWN TO EWC L EWC PD -1 P-1 „ i .342 343 344 i 342 343 344 i a LOa A M O LO i O N CO O i C O O CL E O LO M - O 0 N CO O N O N N Q 3 THIRD FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN THIRD FLOOR PLAN -v i O O SCALE: 1/8" = 1,_011 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" CD _ o 0 C O J s i -a . TO BE FEMOVED/REMSED TO FEMM SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE DOUBLE �■ DOUBLE EQUIPMENTEQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT . MW/FEVOM E)USTM SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE LLDOUBLE LINEDOUBLE O EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT PI IApJf; RtlLiYll R C•� (NOTE. ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN NOT BE REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT.)MAY •ss PLUMBING SYMBOLS Sas HOSE BIBB - HB SANITARY WASTE BELOW GRADE. -I -1'-- AW -ACID WASTE SHOWER - SH SANITARY SEWER ABOVE GRADE. PITCH DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW AW - ACID WASTE, UNION STORM SEWER BELOW GRADE. STRAINER . ST • STORM, STO - OVERFLOW �F® STORM SEWER ABOVE GRADE. All asbestos to be abated under a separate contract. Coordinate with Owner as ST - STORM, STO - OVERFLOW 1I-- 0- CLEANOUT - CO. WALL CLEANOUT - woo CO Co YARD CLEANOUT - YCO Notify the University of Iowa Planning, Design, and Construction prior to creating any PLUMBING VENT. V -VENT, VTR -VENT Concealed arm support system, THRU ROOF, AV -ACID VENT. heights, they shall be provided at n0 additional cost to the Owner. COLD WATER - CW Shut down of "existing water, natural gas, compressed air or other systems to be HOT WATER - HW -" (120 DEG. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) --- HOT WATER CIRCULATING - HWC G GAS - NATURAL OR MANUFACTURED LP GAS - LIQUID PROPANE A COMPRESSED AIR MFLOOR DRAIN - FD 0 \.1 ROOF DRAIN RD, DOWNSPOUT DS C•� WALL HYDRANT - WH CROP shall not be located above ceilings. For cleanouts that are required, but not 9 q -F- HOSE BIBB - HB --�►-- ARROW IN _LINE INDICATES DIRECTION b SHOWER - SH existing. PITCH DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW -I F- I UNION -F� i-- STRAINER . ---I t-- DIELECTRIC IELE IC UNION 4. All asbestos to be abated under a separate contract. Coordinate with Owner as final layout with all trades. as per roofing manufacturer requirements. SHUT-OFF VALVE b. Where offsets in piping are required to coordinate the work of other trades, with 5. Notify the University of Iowa Planning, Design, and Construction prior to creating any existing structure,, piping, conduit, ductwork etc, or to maintain required ceiling Concealed arm support system, smoke, heat, moisture, vapors or dust around any fire alarm equipment. heights, they shall be provided at n0 additional cost to the Owner. 114 BEAD OF Shut down of "existing water, natural gas, compressed air or other systems to be ANGLE SHUT-OFF VALVE_ Water Closet requested through Owner's representative. Refer to the Special Conditions in the CP 25WB' CAL cap. Patch wall and, floor to match existing. P 9 Specifications for more information regarding the shutdown of existing systems. exact size and configuration prior to construction. deck mounted, with Chicago Faucet BOTH SIDES ( d. Unless otherwise noted, all piping to be routed Concealed in walls, Chases or BALANCING OR SHUT-OFF COCK Coordinate schedule for relocation of all piping with Owner, downtime for all systems P P 9 above suspended ceiling. Water piping shall not be routed in exterior walls. to be minimized. Coordinate layout_ with <existing conditions- and all other trades. Route oil piping exposed piping 12"e MAX 8. FLOW CONTROL VALVE r-^ra MAYEXTEND AS to receive new finishes. STEEL. PIPE. equipment, and controls. '' In no case shall piping pass directly over electrical panels or disconnects or restrict access to any electrical equipment including 6. n sequencing notes -f r more information.re regarding scheduling f specificationsa d 0 9 9 h 9 o junction boxes. SCH. 1a MIN. () work. When additional cutting and patching is required due to Plumbing Contractor's failure WASTE:. OR ;VENT, • = • � .. For existing piping -shown to be removed to below slab slab to be cut -and piping to 9 P P 9 ,: P P 9 f. Verify exact size and location of all existing systems requiring connection to new . •-Y 9 YS q 9 i m nor. to commencing work. pP9,P 9 to coordinate this work, it shall be the Plumbing Contractors responsibility to provide AUTOMATIC. CONTROL VALVE _i .+ 1 i height the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations as SAFETY i r CHROME WALL WALL AR C H I T E C T S 7. RELIEF OR VALVE .. Single compartment, Chicago Faucet 2301-8ABCP single handle removal and replacement of all ceiling tile as required to accomplish the work. Commerce Center COVER & SCREW, ; Plumbing Contractor shall provide all required support steel for piping. 325 E. Washington faucet with 10" swing spout with side hose pI-- PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Suite 400 stainless steel sink Owner's representative a minimum of three days prior to shutdown. P. 0. Box 2238 10. All asbestos shall be abated under separate contract, PLUGGED TEE WITH Sioux i Hydra -Rester 650 Series Sou Chef Hyd a 11. -- fi.,�--- CHECK VALVE - - Fixture Units/Size. A (4 11), B (12 32), fixtures. Fax: 319 338 9872 CLEANOUT. Where there" is no ceiling indicated new piping will be routed exposed within room. All E -M a i L rapc@rohrbachassociates.com - •{�''`!"{'`�,�- BACKFLOW PREVENTER a F (155-330) FLOOR LINE Guy Gray BIM875 galvanized Top supply •. ice maker outlet box 1/2" NPT sweat 1/2- MIN., 1-1 1 2 1 WC -1 Kohler K-4368 Highcliff Elongated, floor mount Sloan 8111-1.6 Optima system battery 1.6 gpf Open front seat, less cover with ANNULAR SPACE VALVEINRISER Handicapped height ;., �.°'••• BACKEROD PA( and fixture 3 -WAY AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE with override button I PRESSURE -TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE NOTES: 1. In general, refer to Architectural elevations for mounting heights of all fixtures. Contractor to confirm which fixtures are to comply with the requirements of ADA prior to rough -in of piping --�W --- HATER METER .' ,NOTE: G METER Gas WALL CLEANOUT 1. MATERIA DETAIL ARE FOR sws PIPING SPECIALTIES P -t90 0--- ELBOW TURNED UP OR TOWARDS GI ELBOW TURNED DOWN OR AWAY 0-- TEE TURNED UP OR TOWARDS ^ TEE TURNED DOWN OR AWAY CROP shall not be located above ceilings. For cleanouts that are required, but not 9 q RISE t:. DRQ OR RISE --�►-- ARROW IN _LINE INDICATES DIRECTION field verify all dimensions and layout his own work according to the following guidelines: OF FLOW existing. PITCH DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW 3. CAP OR PLUG , -F� i-- STRAINER . Q , CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING A >` v 0 I LO N cti 0 v 0 a� 0 E '2 C> 0 N 0 v v 0 J v� 3 -v ( 0 i i i 0 0 0 J v T. s ci E 0 Z 3 P 0 GENERAL 1. PLUMBING DEMOU11ON NOTES: In general, all equipment and piping shown in dark line is to be removed, light line is GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES: 1. Drawings are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, and to shall not be located above ceilings. For cleanouts that are required, but not 9 q to remain. indicate the general locations of equipment, piping and ductwork. Contractor shall 2. Where piping through a floor or a wall is removed, patch all remaining holes to match field verify all dimensions and layout his own work according to the following guidelines: , 3. All elements of the construction shall be performed b workmen skilled m the P Y existing. particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that <particular craft.' All work 3. Where existing piping to be removed is routed in an existing wall or floor slab to a• Contractor shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough -ins and the exact routing of piping prior to construction so as to best standards of the craft. remain, piping to be capped and abandoned in wall and/or slab. fit the layout of the work. Space above ceilings is extremely limited; coordinate 4. All asbestos to be abated under a separate contract. Coordinate with Owner as final layout with all trades. as per roofing manufacturer requirements. required. b. Where offsets in piping are required to coordinate the work of other trades, with 5. Notify the University of Iowa Planning, Design, and Construction prior to creating any existing structure,, piping, conduit, ductwork etc, or to maintain required ceiling Concealed arm support system, smoke, heat, moisture, vapors or dust around any fire alarm equipment. heights, they shall be provided at n0 additional cost to the Owner. 6. Shut down of "existing water, natural gas, compressed air or other systems to be c. All existing piping routing shown is intended t0 indicate approximate size, number Water Closet requested through Owner's representative. Refer to the Special Conditions in the and location of piping branches for bidding purposes only. Contractor to verify cap. Patch wall and, floor to match existing. P 9 Specifications for more information regarding the shutdown of existing systems. exact size and configuration prior to construction. deck mounted, with Chicago Faucet Actual shutdown is to be scheduled at Owner's convenience. d. Unless otherwise noted, all piping to be routed Concealed in walls, Chases or 7. Coordinate schedule for relocation of all piping with Owner, downtime for all systems P P 9 above suspended ceiling. Water piping shall not be routed in exterior walls. to be minimized. Coordinate layout_ with <existing conditions- and all other trades. Route oil piping exposed piping as high as possible and along walls tomaximize space available for other trades. ' 8. Schedule for all work impacting adjacent occupied areas shall be coordinated with the ' .. • - Owners representative. Work to be performed in a manner that minimizes the , ,-, , e. Coordinate 'routing of piping to maintain access to filters, motors, electrical to receive new finishes. , , interruptions and inconvenience to the Owners occupancy of these spaces. Refer to ' equipment, and controls. '' In no case shall piping pass directly over electrical panels or disconnects or restrict access to any electrical equipment including 6. n sequencing notes -f r more information.re regarding scheduling f specificationsa d 0 9 9 h 9 o junction boxes. Sloan 8186-0.5 Optima system batterY work. When additional cutting and patching is required due to Plumbing Contractor's failure 9. • = • � .. For existing piping -shown to be removed to below slab slab to be cut -and piping to 9 P P 9 ,: P P 9 f. Verify exact size and location of all existing systems requiring connection to new . •-Y 9 YS q 9 i m nor. to commencing work. pP9,P 9 to coordinate this work, it shall be the Plumbing Contractors responsibility to provide be removed to :below slab as required. Floor to be then be etched as required to eq p eq ' Piping - . 2, Because of the scale ;of the drawings, certain piping or items such _as unions fittings, provide :flush finish for 'floor. PI m shown o be removed`` below slab may .remain: to , , p_ 9 9 P P 9 9 P Y ' routing or valves cleanouts may not be shown but where such items are required b be abandoned in lace except 'where removal is required to facilitate the routin of or Y q y P P 9 9 ' code the specifications, or "where the are required by the nature of the work the new piping. Patch surfaces to match adjacent surfaces at removed devices, p y q y piping, .I� objects, etcetera. shall be furnished and installed. 'a. 10. Detailed plans have been provided for reference b the contractor.. In general, P P Y. Unless specifically shown otherwise Cleanouts shall be located in walls. Cleanouts sP Y ` ' " i ' however, all existing piping and equipment merit not shown to remain.. on the new work 9PP9 qP shall not be located above ceilings. For cleanouts that are required, but not 9 q lens shall be removed. Where there: is a question as to whether the piping should ' ' "' P q PP 9 shown on fans coordinate exact locations with Architect and Engineer prior to ' , P _9 ,_ remain, the contractor shall review with Owner's representative prior to removal of the installation. `, i in and. equipment. PP9 , 3. All elements of the construction shall be performed b workmen skilled m the P Y b. Seal around all piping penetrations with non -shrink grout or similar material. particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that <particular craft.' All work 2.5 8 shall beerformed in a neat, workmanlike `manner in keeping with the `hi hest 9 9 Where penetrations are in fire rated construction, Plumbing Contractor shall fire standards of the craft. PD -2 Remove above ceiling electric water heater and dram pan and save for reinstallation 4. - Coordinate installationvents and all other items penetrating the exterior building P 9 9 stop to match the fire rating. Refer to architectural plans for required fire envelope with General Contractor. All items penetrating the roof are to be installed P P 9 in new location. as per roofing manufacturer requirements. ratings. See details and specifications for fire stopping requirements. 5. Cut and patch walls and floors as required for installation of new systems. PD -3 Demo 2' vent pipe from 2nd up through 3rd floor up to and including vent through a. All openings in concrete or masonry construction shall be core drilled or saw cut. Project Name: I 110, I I PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ITEM NO. Coordinate with existing structure and General Contractor as required to maintain IIs Dela i PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES, Water Usage 9 structural integrity and minimize size of openings. Color PD -1 Existing to remain. Wafts Series FD -200-A a b. Seal around all piping penetrations with non -shrink grout or similar material. EWHA 2.5 8 80 Where penetrations are in fire rated construction, Plumbing Contractor shall fire 120/60/1 PD -2 Remove above ceiling electric water heater and dram pan and save for reinstallation strainer stop to match the fire rating. Refer to architectural plans for required fire 1/2" 1/2" in new location. 1 1/2" ratings. See details and specifications for fire stopping requirements. r? PD -3 Demo 2' vent pipe from 2nd up through 3rd floor up to and including vent through Faucet 116.201.AB.1 H Tronic _ - h General C. Patching.and firestoppmg of abandoned existing openings shall be by the 9 Concealed arm support system, roof penetration. ; Note 3rd floor routing for installation of new vent pipe. = P 9 P P 1/2" - Contractor. drilled for concealed PD -4 Remove existing electric water cooler and all associated piping back to mains and Water Closet grid strainer, P -trap, angle le 4" cap. Patch wall and, floor to match existing. P 9 d. When patching openings in areas which are not to receive new finishes, Plumbing P 9 oP 9 9 deck mounted, with Chicago Faucet supplies with stops, insulate all Contractor patching shall match adjacent finish. e. Refer to architectural plans for information portions f he existing a ormat on on which ort o s o t P ., ,P 9 C H exposed piping structure are to be removed and which are to remain as well as which areas are R O H R B A _ Leonard 170 -LF mixing valve to receive new finishes. 6. Coordinate locations and sizes of openings in new structure with General Contractor. ASSOCIATES PC Sloan 8186-0.5 Optima system batterY 0.5 9Pf When additional cutting and patching is required due to Plumbing Contractor's failure white e vitreous china urinal to coordinate this work, it shall be the Plumbing Contractors responsibility to provide powered, sensor operated flush valve height the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations as required. AR C H I T E C T S 7. for all work required above existing ceilings to remain,' Contractor is responsible for Elkay LR -1918 Single compartment, Chicago Faucet 2301-8ABCP single handle removal and replacement of all ceiling tile as required to accomplish the work. Commerce Center 8. Plumbing Contractor shall provide all required support steel for piping. 325 E. Washington faucet with 10" swing spout with side hose 9. Shutdown` of existing water, natural gas, or other systems to be coordinated through Suite 400 stainless steel sink Owner's representative a minimum of three days prior to shutdown. P. 0. Box 2238 10. All asbestos shall be abated under separate contract, Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Sioux i Hydra -Rester 650 Series Sou Chef Hyd a 11. Provide isolation valves for all equipment and all branch lines serving two or more Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 - - Fixture Units/Size. A (4 11), B (12 32), fixtures. Fax: 319 338 9872 12. Where there" is no ceiling indicated new piping will be routed exposed within room. All E -M a i L rapc@rohrbachassociates.com exposed piping shall be painted to match adjacent wall/ceiling' color. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ITEM NO. . Base Fixture IIs Dela i `Trim Water Usage 9 Accessories /Notes i Color FD 1 -' Wafts Series FD -200-A a R nickel aurid 6 nic bronze e EWHA 2.5 8 80 1.5 kW 120/60/1 floor drain strainer 1 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1 1/2" L-1 Kohler K-2005Kin9st n Wall hung, 4Chicagocenters, Faucet 116.201.AB.1 H Tronic 1.5 9Pm Concealed arm support system, White 1/2" - vitreous china lavatory drilled for concealed electronic faucet, 0.5 9pm battery operated,open Water Closet grid strainer, P -trap, angle le 4" 2" arm carrier deck mounted, with Chicago Faucet supplies with stops, insulate all 240.627.21.127.21.1 chrome plated cover plate, exposed piping Leonard 170 -LF mixing valve UR -1 Kohler K4904 -ET Bardon Washout flushing action Sloan 8186-0.5 Optima system batterY 0.5 9Pf Wall carrier, mount at handicapped white e vitreous china urinal 3/4" top spud, wall hung powered, sensor operated flush valve height with override button S-1 Elkay LR -1918 Single compartment, Chicago Faucet 2301-8ABCP single handle LK -99 Basket strainer, P -trap, angle 19" x 18" x 7-1/2" deep Four hole punched faucet with 10" swing spout with side hose supplies with stops stainless steel sink and spray _ SA 1 Sioux i Hydra -Rester 650 Series Sou Chef Hyd a - - Fixture Units/Size. A (4 11), B (12 32), piston -type water hammer arrester C (33-60), D (61-113), E (114-154), F (155-330) VB -1 Guy Gray BIM875 galvanized Top supply ice maker outlet box 1/2" NPT sweat WC -1 Kohler K-4368 Highcliff Elongated, floor mount Sloan 8111-1.6 Optima system battery 1.6 gpf Open front seat, less cover with White seat vitreous china toilet Handicapped height powered, sensor operated flush valve check hinges. Flange package with and fixture with override button I setting sealandbolt caps. NOTES: 1. In general, refer to Architectural elevations for mounting heights of all fixtures. Contractor to confirm which fixtures are to comply with the requirements of ADA prior to rough -in of piping and install all piping and fixtures as required per ADA. PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE ITEM NO. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE PLAN MARK STORAGE GALLONS RECOVERY TEMP RISE DEG. F. POWER INPUT ELECTRIC SUPPLY MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES EWHA 2.5 8 80 1.5 kW 120/60/1 Rheem EGSP2 1 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1 1/2" UR -1 Urinal 11/4" - 2" 11/2" NOTES: 1. Provide expansion tank 1/2" - PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION OF PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTIONS CW HW WASTE VENT FD -1 Floor Drain" - - 3" 2" L-1 Lavatory 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" S-1 Sink 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1 1/2" UR -1 Urinal 11/4" - 2" 11/2" VB -1 Ice Maker Outlet Box 1/2" - - - WCA Water Closet 1 1/4" - 4" 2" 13. Controctor shall note that in nearly all areas the space above ceilings is extremely limited, .and coordination of work is mandatory. 14. All mechanical room floor drain locations shall be coordinated with equipment_ submittals and room equipment layout, Locate drains to accommodate equipment condensate .drains to minimize drainpipe length and avoid trippingand.-wet floor 9 hazards. PLUMBING NOTES: P-1 Existing t0 remain. P-2 Above ceiling water heater shall be relocated from 'previous location on second floor, P-3 Reconnect cold and hot water supply to ` third floor sink. Route sanitary fromthird floor sink to new location near break room sink. P-4 This area has several' large ducts running through it. Coordinate possible temporary ductwork removal in this area with mechanical contractor. P-5 Install new 3' vent pipe from 2nd floor up' through 3rd to 4' vent -through -roof. Follow routing"of demolished` vent in and expand existin penetration through piping P 9 p 9 roof. M 1 r 1 s- 1 1 / 4 T 1 + 5 1 A + 1 N► 1 3 r ,E 14 4 E 1 0 r r 1 I A Ile_1 L �°`� f 4 1 3 A r r 1 • 1/Z 4 1 k 3/ URI M ., L . iiV4r Ji L , r 000 RES TF 105 E LS �1 j� 3/4 �E 1, 104 & 19 , P TBY OGM INC E L� P: R I GRQU Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN W,ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS; IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS / ~'V E0,P,t II E ( Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Nk ,z Z ' p oovf.1 -- -- -- Ro GEIS SCALE: NONE Drawn By: Checked By: BAL TRL Sheet Number: P5.0 Project Name: � r NOW _ rLtl :rl�[qT'1 Al L CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL NDS 2015 � RENOVATION PROJECT Iowa City, Iowa RAPC Project Nu�r1 ber. 1323 17 R a H R B A c H ASSOCIATES PC DEV. 5EK :. TRAFFIC A5515T. A55. TRANS. 5ENIOR DEV SER. TRP 'FIG A5E 5T. *5. , N5. ..NIpR COORD. ENGINEER PLANNER PLANNER FANNER ENGI EER.. P,A 'ER P` !ER , uWNE2 221 220 218 215. ,214 2 1 2 0 21 2 . 214 a.a1 a.9 a,O, 6.Q. a,1), 8 a' a ti a�. , a1� A R C H I T E C T S ® [=S= HD-1 8'� VAV-22 Commerce Center AIRS T T H@�� AIRS HD-1 325 E. Washington VAV-23 HD-1 VAV-22 _ H%D-4 Suite 400 EZZZ.��_7_T-�Lj1�L P. C?. Box 2238 - __-- Iowa City, Iowa 52244 _ � N � 71NN11� __VAV 23VA 21 - -1 VAV 21 R HD-1 TeI: 319 338 9311 CiJ PROfRAMHD-1 I ��7/PK0GKAM A55i T. INT N € A, 7' {6'IERNC22� 5 ER as 82 S H4 — Fax. 319 33$ 9$72 C 97 '0HD4Zic' a PR EICEVAV- r VAHD E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com / C _-C �- L - - 17 03 E 13 1 � - \ cOMM. DEv. HD -3 caM>n. DEv. ASS. TRANS. 21 i .A55 TRANS PLANNER 6'-0` 2 I I 1 223 INTERN �. INTERN .. b{r OFFICE ;- 1 22,E -1 I I I 11 227 HD -2 C:227:] C� k I I L HD- -0PE(GE I OFFICE VAV-25 T 210 MPOG ( ( HD-1 a HD-25 II C224� II HD-1 MPQC I HD -4 a'r I _ ,-- t HD -2 L RAOPENTO _ II 11 1� VAV 26 - PLENUM '7 VAV. 26 HD 1 NEIGBF30RFIaQD NEtGtiEK7Rt1�D 9ER. COORD. .�. $ER. COORP. I— I 1' f N= �'l II ZJ a.a _ a cr 11� \ HD 4 I I 1 1211 - HD -4 I 0 'R CDG EDCI M 225225.-..C C_CC GarOONFERENGE 2Q�C 1 E Rti00D NEGNPC1RtiGiOD N iGNB6 11 I I I 0 I aoa 2 a 11 1 I � s A � jII) II L. , I \ I HI II I ' qq I I� II II r VAV 31 v0 \ \ HD-1 11 HD-1 GCQRD. —1 - 14x10 EA UP TO EXHAUST FAN II HD 1 1i as T a HD -2 _ VAV HD 1 - V 27 VAV � 1410 OA UP nADMI11 STAIRS AD 2Q0I. _ � sD VAV 2VAV 2 a10x8 EA UP ,TO EXHAUST FANE HD-1_ �. HD 4 = T 8x A DOWN.. 8E I I aEQ . — auy 0 HD 1 - N \ JVAV-VAV....5P 245-.;. ..205,CCHD 1C�'= ; VAV V-28 _ 26x16 RA HD 1 .— DOWN 0 N II° HD -2 HD-1 I° CtONPERENCC I I CONFCRENCF N RA OPEN II II TO PLENUM UFYIu L2 i 0 N I� '6 'D O to a 3 CV REFER TO SHEET H5.0 0 FOR DEMOLITION i NOTES 0 0 N SECOND FLOOR DIFFUSER DEMOLITION PLAN SECOND FLOOR DUCTWORK DEMOLITION PLAN 0 SCALE: 1/8" 1,_0„ SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0' 0 r • • �h�•I�I �r -II�����IIIW TO BE .� ,- ti—r III II M'�� • REMAN 777] DOU J DOUBLE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT cN G Z C ,3 v 0 OFFlCF HD -2 N c v N .a v 0 0 r N 0 v O 0 a_ E v 00 M O 0 (V t CD `v -v v w O 4 W v J cn 3 r r. 0 r1- a 0 c oc T .O O J O i E v z �3 v HD -6 FT HD-1 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" UH -2 HD-1 EMOLITION PLAN REFER TO SHEET H5.0 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES -rte Project Name: 1 I CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT'.'' Iowa City, Iowa RAPC Project Number'. ILII SII ^ 'i7 �I 1323 FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" REFER TO SHEET H5.0 N FOR NOTES TO BE MOVW/FEVEM TO FEMM SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE "O DOUBLEEQUIPMENTEQUIPMENTwig= Vmm� EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT Project Name: 1 I CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT'.'' Iowa City, Iowa RAPC Project Number'. ILII SII ^ 'i7 �I 1323 FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" REFER TO SHEET H5.0 N FOR NOTES 9 r4 R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC ARC H I T E CT S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 "Tel: 319 338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1 944 FAX: 319.841 . 1949 Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR HVAC PLANS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: EMF TRL Sheet Number: H1.1 �: IIIIII��I�IIIIIIIIIIIII ti c �® DOUBLE LINE ■ DOUBLE Vmm� EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT 9 r4 R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC ARC H I T E CT S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 "Tel: 319 338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1 944 FAX: 319.841 . 1949 Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR HVAC PLANS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: EMF TRL Sheet Number: H1.1 Project Name: 06 � � l ..... r` tri mf�� p` +it OI CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL &` NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT Iowa City, Iowa RAPC Project Number: 1323 , R O H R B A C H cO o 0 O o ASSOCIAT S PC Li r r DEV SER. TRA FIC ::. A55 5T. A55. N5. NOR C RD. ENG NEER F[A. 'tR tR PI NER 1. CO RD. Sri 1EER PLA ER PLAN 'ER :TANNER 21 2 0 2 a 215 14 I 2 f 2, 0 _21 2142157 ARCH I T E;.,C �``. S a OO O o 8 O 3 JAIR5 -Al+r A*5 L Commerce Ce.ri{ter V -2 325 E. Washington 8O H VA _ VAV-22 -�..,�' Suite 400 L F1 120 If P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 9311 IAN k�p 8 PROGRA 6� g� H-4 PROGR U O 22 O -- Fax. 319 338 9$72 a' 80C;1 R=60 H-4 a a — E M a i I. rape@rohrbachassociates.com HOL MG . �.. HOUSING INSP. TION INSPECTION 8' a VA 24 VA - 24 SECOND FLOOR DIFFUSER PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1'-0" N GR Ur= AND DIFFUSE GRILLE OR DIFFUSER 1a 10 PLAN MARK 500 (SEE SCHEDULE) ,r CFM —/ COORDINATE CEILING DIFFU WITH REFLECTED CEILING F H-3 12x12, H-6 REFER TO SHEET H5.0 FOR NOTES SECOND FLOOR DUCTWORK PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,-0„ 0WILOA, NEW/FEVOM `r e H—2Q.—./ SINGLE LINE DOUBLE DOUBLE LINE OMM: b EQUIPMENT WORK AR[A +— ❑ COMM. DEV. COORb: V<Eji216 2ti 0 PIG b . g.{2 6-81 LJJ asp^ 1a 1a 6 I 6 8� C DOR 8 1a 8 .8 2.6 80 2Ifi as ___ 6x6 VA 2 -, O FI E C Off[Cf OF CE e,;� VA V 25 6-Q Ll ,c a_ { ) { ) 1 a 2 x2 1 2 2 H 1 { ) r z >11 1 ....8x8 FG RA OPEN TO H-4 IVU PLENUM 13 20` 6 � VAV 26 3 6x6 -- /-� lJ H 2< f: _ V 2 NEI H�R,YC DD S R. COO } - . NSI H RN G BO 004 ': SER. 1a 8 .>1 0 I_ 2 9 .209._. a' D _Fn1 H �: 4 c 8 . a .. a_ 6 H-4 ; ,1 fi60. V5 J2 1 Z 60 CONFERENCE r 2 I _ pp 8x f _2D G, O.. COPJ IIXJR , 4 ' a 0D X v C DOR: I . 6 1 . - C ' 00 n I a' i. Oa 0 RCAK flOM '. , 150 RES: DOM ':' 1a z I o�F ce 2 �l ". ,:: ROOM....` .. ..RFS ;OOM R zos V AV 30 1 3 :J . 2 20 8 a4' a„ (y , _ ea ) _ aD ma ys ) s t ) 7 -..__.... VAV-31 VAV-27 _ 1 1 1410 EA UP TO EXHAUST FAN v 1 1410 OA UP 0 ADM '. L VA H-4 � ... VAV : 2 ,. 1( 10x8 EA UP TO EXHAUST FAN v 1a 1 8 24 2 i 8x8 EA DOWN. 0 .. 10 05 AV 2 9 H 1 - AV 29 0 r 00 X 1 a 8 x 00 26x16. RA, u� .- 10 1 � _ 8�_ IN5 - N 8 DOWN OWN 0 N T 00 EA UP THROUGH o - H 1 11 X LEVEL 3 :. VAV-28" 'ERENt � 8x8 CONFERiN .. 1 a 8 CO zoo � $f� zaa oTO 10 108 �► %�, _N PLENUM ----T-- T7�— 1J -T— - I I I I SECOND FLOOR DIFFUSER PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1'-0" N GR Ur= AND DIFFUSE GRILLE OR DIFFUSER 1a 10 PLAN MARK 500 (SEE SCHEDULE) ,r CFM —/ COORDINATE CEILING DIFFU WITH REFLECTED CEILING F H-3 12x12, H-6 REFER TO SHEET H5.0 FOR NOTES SECOND FLOOR DUCTWORK PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,-0„ 0WILOA, NEW/FEVOM `r e SINGLE LINE SINGLE LINE DOUBLE DOUBLE LINE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR -RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL:319.841 .1 944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: SECOND FLOOR HVAC PLANS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: EMF ' TRL Sheet Number: H1.2 c v E v M O I N Cv 0 O a� 0 Q E a CV LO 0 N a� U_ -U 0 v v� C7 LO r r.. r� c 0 v o 0 T ' v T U i E v Z c '3 v ALL INSULATION - PIPE, SADDLE HASFLAREDEDGES PASSES THROUGH HANGER UNBROKEN NOTCHED TO FIT PIPE HANGER PIPE HANGER :NGTH=TWIC INSUL. O.D. DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE FIN TUBE RADIATION SCHEDULE PLAN TUBE < FIN- FINS PER <AVG. WATER ENT. AIR SNCL - NO CAPACITY Supply Air MANUFACTURER &' General MARK SIZE SIZE FOOT TEMP. F TEMP. F HEIGHT ROWS H BTU/ / FT GPM MODEL NUMBER NOTES _ FT 1 n 3/4 n r.:. n 2.75 x 4 40 170 65 ' 14 1 880 1:50 Rittlin BGVL5 g 12 , NOTES: 555 1. Provide enclosure of sufficient length to cover existing control valve. Provide enclosure with access door at control valve. g g 2. Field verify finned length based on existing fin tube to be removed prior to ordering. ALL INSULATION - PIPE, SADDLE HASFLAREDEDGES PASSES THROUGH HANGER UNBROKEN NOTCHED TO FIT PIPE HANGER PIPE HANGER :NGTH=TWIC INSUL. O.D. DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE (Note 1) Space Type VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINALS WITH HOT WATER REHEAT Construction Type Duct Liner (Note 3) Duct Covering (Note 4) Preinsulated (Note 5) TERMINALS FOR RTU -4 Supply Air Round General PLAN MARK INLET SIZE Existing MIN CFM CFM New MIN CFM CFM SP (IN. W.C.) (NOTE 2) REQ'D MBH MBH COIL (NOTA GPM LAT WPD NOTES VAV-21 6 460 150 355 150 -- -- 9.2 0.5 111.6 0.09 VAV-22 6 555 150 555 150 -- -- 10.4 0.7 118.9_ 0.13 VAV-23 5 240 150 240 150 -- -- 8.3 2.3 106 0.62 VAV-24 5 255 150 240 150 -- -- 7.5 0.9 101.1 0.17 VAV-25 6 675 150 335 150 -- -- 12.7 1.8 133.1 0.43 VAV-26 5 320 150 190 150 -- -- 9.5 0.5 113.4 0.1 - VAV 27 7 225 ` 150 260 150 -- -- 7.4 0 9 100.5 .1 0 5 VAV-28 8 600 150 620 150 -- -- 14.7 0.6 109.2: 0.13 VAV-2 9 10 5 00 2 0 5 500 250 -- -- 18.2 1 .1 122.1; 0.28 VAV-30 8 600 250 ' 480 250 -- _- 16.3 0.7 115 .1 0 .18 - VAV 31 5 185 150 185 150 -- -- 6.3 0.4 93 7 0.08 VAV-32 6 515 150J 515 150 -- -- 10.8 0.$ 121.4 0.15 NOTES: 1. 2. 3. All VAVs are existing to remain. Original and new airflows are listed for all boxes for balancing purposes. Reheat CFM to remain the same. Static pressure drop at listed airflow through VAV box including coil (damper 100% open). ` Coil performance for existing conditions. ALL INSULATION - PIPE, SADDLE HASFLAREDEDGES PASSES THROUGH HANGER UNBROKEN NOTCHED TO FIT PIPE HANGER PIPE HANGER :NGTH=TWIC INSUL. O.D. DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE (Note 1) Space Type Service (Note 2) Construction Type Duct Liner (Note 3) Duct Covering (Note 4) Preinsulated (Note 5) Rigid Covering Uninsulated (Note 4) Conditioned or Supply Air Round General - 1-1/2" - - Double wall, between layers - - 1-1/2" - - Tempered (Note 6, 7) NOTES Oval General - 1-1/2"_ - - Double wall, between layers - - 1-1/2" - - Surface 24", 2 -1" slots, 1 -way throw Rectangular General 1" - - - - Upstream of VAVs / reheat coils - 1-1/2" - - - Downstream of VAVs / reheat coils 1" - - - - Exhaust Grille PDDR Flex Duct - - - 1-1/2" - - NA Existing Grille to Remain Flex Connector - - 1-1/2" - - - 1. Return Air Round General - - - - Uninsulated b. Wall `grilles/diffusers to be coordinated with architect prior to ordering either white or prime coat. COUPLING Rectangular General c. Prime coat finish's tobe field aint ed color b.yArchitec . f. Refer to architectural plans for information on which portions of the existing structure are to be removed P P 9 DUCT TO `FLEX CONNECTION - d. Duct mounted grilles/diffusers to match duct color and/or finish. 18. Flex Duct - - - 1-1/2" - - Coordinate T -grid style/size for lay -in diffuser/grilles with Ceiling Contractor. INSTALLATION Flex Connector - - - - - Uninsulated Provide diffuser/grille with 1-1/8" border and concealed fasteners. Exhaust Round General - - - - Uninsulated provide continuous appearance border. / Relief Air Rectangular General V, - - - - Provide diffuser/grille with 1/2" internally insulated custom length plenum as shown on plans. FLEX DUCTWORK . Flex Duct _ - R 1-1/2" - - Remove thermostat and save for reinstallation in new location. NOTES: Existing to remain. Flex Connector - - - - - Uninsulated P and seal at point removal. H-4 General Downstream of ERU, AHU or EF - 1-1/2" - - - _ `' all duct .connection sizes for new elle and diffuser sizes. 9 Transfer Air Round General`-` - - - -'= Uninsulated Demo fin tube element and P enclosure. Leave control valve in lace for connection to new fin tube element. �-` Rectangular General on 3M products. :.. •" ' • SOLID CROSS - OWARDS DASHED'CROSS -NAWY A / - NOTES: 1, Unless; listed above as "None", all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined or covered. If type or thickness is not indicated, it shall be 1-1/2 covering. Refer to plans for ductwork designations. Pnations. 9- .. S ecification Section 23 3113 - HVAC Metal Ducts. 3. See p See Specification ification Section 23'0700 - HVAC; Insulation. 4. p Specification Section 23 3300 - Air Duct Accessories and - AC Metal Ducts. -See S' ec /or 23 3113 HV 5. P 6.` Conditioned Sace: an area inside the buildingwhich is heated and/or cooled. m ered Space: anarea inside the building which is notdire I h cooled, but is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with Te directly sated or coo e 7. p p 9 Y J p no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g, ceiling Plenums . 3 PIECE 45 DEG. ELBOW DIFFUSER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE Refer to demolition key for items to be removed versus items to remain. FITTING 2. All penetrations to be patched and fire stopped to match the fire rating of the surrounding structure. Refer to MODEL ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE " 2 DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER architectural plans for <required fire ratings. Coordinate patching and fire stopping requirements of existing 1/4" BEAD OF :: PLAN TAKEOFF NUMBER` Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned MOUNTING SCREW Where ductwork or piping through a floor or a wall is removed, patch all remaining holes to match existing. MARK TYPE Note 1 DESCRIPTION (Note 2) REMARKS NOTES 1a Supply Diffuser SCD Steel louvered Diffuser Lay -in 24" x 24" 3 2a 5. SDS Aluminum Adj. Linear Diffuser Surface 24", 2 -1" slots, 1 -way throw 4, 5, 6 2b I C' OF RIGID DUCT (MINIMUM) Lay -in 72" 2 - 1" slots, 2 -way throw 4, 5, 7 10a Return Grille PDDR Steel Perforated Grille Lay -in 24" x 24" ALL BRANCH TAKEOFFS TO BE 20a Exhaust Grille PDDR Steel Perforated Grille Lay -in 24" x 24" convenience. _ Existing Grille NA Existing Grille to Remain NA Rebalance existing grille as indicated on plans SINGLE EXPANSION JOINT NOTES: of piping branches for bidding purposes only. Contractor to verify exact size and configuration prior to Commerce Center FLEX DUCT 1. . Selections based an Price. ce. Finish to be powder electro coatprocess. Coordinate diffuser color and finish with Architect. CONCRETE FLOOR CONCENTRIC REDUCER OR INCREASER a. Ceiling grilles/diffusers to be white. Slot diffusers to be white with black interior. CLAMP SCREW CONNECTION NEW TO EXISTING b. Wall `grilles/diffusers to be coordinated with architect prior to ordering either white or prime coat. COUPLING Schedule for all work impacting adjacent occupied areas shall be coordinated with the .Owner's representative. 28 GAUGE STEEL. SLEEVE c. Prime coat finish's tobe field aint ed color b.yArchitec . f. Refer to architectural plans for information on which portions of the existing structure are to be removed P P 9 DUCT TO `FLEX CONNECTION DUCT d. Duct mounted grilles/diffusers to match duct color and/or finish. 18. and which are #a remain as well as which areas are to receive w finishes. ecce a ne n configurations shown. Ref e. Floor grilles/diffusers to be clear anodized aluminum. SPIRAL DUCT DUCT TO DUCT TO DUN 2. Coordinate T -grid style/size for lay -in diffuser/grilles with Ceiling Contractor. INSTALLATION C C N 1 Provide optional 4th cone. details:: for materials, :construction In general, all wall mounted make-up and exhaust registers to be mounted high on wall, top of register at 6" 4. Provide diffuser/grille with 1-1/8" border and concealed fasteners. below finished ceiling. .other or configurations. 5. For grilles/diffusers shown end to end, provide splines for a continuous appearance, otherwise M-1370` MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER notations shall match the adjacent notated sizes (larger size if the don't match). All h ronic piping is to be J ( 9 Y ) Yd P�P� 9, provide continuous appearance border. DIFFUSER_ OR GRILLE BELOW DUCT 6. Provide diffuser/grille with 1/2" internally insulated plenum as shown on plans. ..._ PITCH DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW 7. Provide diffuser/grille with 1/2" internally insulated custom length plenum as shown on plans. FLEX DUCTWORK . HD-1 3 PIECE 45 DEG. ELBOW LATERAL REDUCER Refer to demolition key for items to be removed versus items to remain. FITTING 2. All penetrations to be patched and fire stopped to match the fire rating of the surrounding structure. Refer to BEAD ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE " 2 DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER architectural plans for <required fire ratings. Coordinate patching and fire stopping requirements of existing 1/4" BEAD OF :: MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS TAKEOFF structure with General Contractor. Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned FIRE DAMPER = FD SMOKE DAMPER . SD SCREW Where ductwork or piping through a floor or a wall is removed, patch all remaining holes to match existing. CARBONOR DIOXIDE SENS BOTH SIDES OF WALL COM6IMATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER - F/SD 4. DUCT GENERAL HVAC NOTES: °s e.. 24 t 9 /� �e.g.) (TRIANGLE m ACTUATOR LOCATION FOR SD AND F/SD. DUCT TO FITTING k 0 STEEL PIPE aq F/SD CONNECTION 5. Notify the owner's representative prior to creating any smoke, heat, moisture, vapors or dust around any fire to the following guidelines. W 0 HIGH VELOCITY, DUCT THREE DUCT DIAMETERS L allow for internal insulation if a licable. pp C' OF RIGID DUCT (MINIMUM) exact routing of piping and ducts prior to construction so as to best fit the layout of the work. Space _A $ .Ci 0 C I A T E ` S P C -0-- A above ceilings is extremely limited; coordinate final layout with all trades. 6. Shut down of existing water, steam, condensate, natural gas or other systems to be requested through Owner's SINGLE DUCT b. Where offsets in piping or ductwork are required to coordinate the work of other trades, with existing ALL BRANCH TAKEOFFS TO BE representative a minimum of seven working days prior to shutdown. Actual shutdown to be scheduled at Owner's 14. TERMINAL - CHWR- CHILLED do HOT WATER RETURN 45 DEG. OR ALTERNATE > SHOWN OR RISE convenience. REHEAT UNIT -►- ABOVE, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE THICKNESS TURNING VANES -��-- SINGLE EXPANSION JOINT FS-195:WRAP STRAP of piping branches for bidding purposes only. Contractor to verify exact size and configuration prior to Commerce Center FLEX DUCT DUCT construction. CONCRETE FLOOR CONCENTRIC REDUCER OR INCREASER STRAINER325 CLAMP SCREW CONNECTION NEW TO EXISTING DUCT COUPLING Schedule for all work impacting adjacent occupied areas shall be coordinated with the .Owner's representative. 28 GAUGE STEEL. SLEEVE 12"0 MAX. STEEL PIPEE�~```� f. Refer to architectural plans for information on which portions of the existing structure are to be removed P P 9 DUCT TO `FLEX CONNECTION DUCT Work to be performed in a manner that minimizes the interruptions and inconvenience to the Owner's occupancy 18. and which are #a remain as well as which areas are to receive w finishes. ecce a ne n configurations shown. Ref SPIRAL DUCT DUCT TO DUCT TO DUN �P -- PRESSURE SENSE INSTALLATION C C N For all 'work required above existing ceilings to remain, Contractor is responsible for removal and replacement of AND CONNECTIONS details:: for materials, :construction In general, all wall mounted make-up and exhaust registers to be mounted high on wall, top of register at 6" DETAIL ... NOTES: below finished ceiling. .other or configurations. 1. L ="1/4 W- (4" MIN.) both existing and new ceilings throughout project. - - M-1370` MECHANICAL SYMBOLS GENERAL HVAC DEMOLITION NOTES: (NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN MAY NOT BE EWIRED FOR THIS PROJECT.) 1. Refer to demolition key for items to be removed versus items to remain. **: SHEETMETAL ** 2. All penetrations to be patched and fire stopped to match the fire rating of the surrounding structure. Refer to 3. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and " 2 DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER architectural plans for <required fire ratings. Coordinate patching and fire stopping requirements of existing 1/4" BEAD OF :: MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS (H -O structure with General Contractor. Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned FIRE DAMPER = FD SMOKE DAMPER . SD 3. Where ductwork or piping through a floor or a wall is removed, patch all remaining holes to match existing. CARBONOR DIOXIDE SENS BOTH SIDES OF WALL COM6IMATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER - F/SD 4. All asbestos to be abated under a separate contract. GENERAL HVAC NOTES: °s e.. 24 t 9 /� �e.g.) (TRIANGLE m ACTUATOR LOCATION FOR SD AND F/SD. 1. Drawings are i s e n art diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work' and to indicate the general locations , n , 9 P 9 P Y k 0 STEEL PIPE aq F/SD COORDINATE WITH FIELD CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED) 5. Notify the owner's representative prior to creating any smoke, heat, moisture, vapors or dust around any fire to the following guidelines. ;.': R O H R B A K.,1C H 0 ELBOW TURNED UP OR TOWARDS alarm equipment. allow for internal insulation if a licable. pp C' TRANSITION PIECE exact routing of piping and ducts prior to construction so as to best fit the layout of the work. Space _A $ .Ci 0 C I A T E ` S P C -0-- A above ceilings is extremely limited; coordinate final layout with all trades. 6. Shut down of existing water, steam, condensate, natural gas or other systems to be requested through Owner's I --3A b. Where offsets in piping or ductwork are required to coordinate the work of other trades, with existing ---�E- representative a minimum of seven working days prior to shutdown. Actual shutdown to be scheduled at Owner's 14. piping, conduit, ductwork etc, or to maintain required ceiling heights, they shall be provided at no - CHWR- CHILLED do HOT WATER RETURN MITERED ELBOW WITH SINGLE OR RISE convenience. ARCH 1 T E C T S -►- ARROW IN LINE INDICATES DIRECTION OF FLOW THICKNESS TURNING VANES -��-- SINGLE EXPANSION JOINT FS-195:WRAP STRAP of piping branches for bidding purposes only. Contractor to verify exact size and configuration prior to Commerce Center 7. Contractor to be responsible for the removal and replacement of all existing ceilings outside of the new project' construction. CONCRETE FLOOR CONCENTRIC REDUCER OR INCREASER STRAINER325 area as needed for associated work. PRW CONNECTION NEW TO EXISTING RADIUSED ELBOW - Ra1.5 x W 8. Schedule for all work impacting adjacent occupied areas shall be coordinated with the .Owner's representative. 28 GAUGE STEEL. SLEEVE 12"0 MAX. STEEL PIPEE�~```� f. Refer to architectural plans for information on which portions of the existing structure are to be removed P P 9 moterials construction types, and oto 4 Work to be performed in a manner that minimizes the interruptions and inconvenience to the Owner's occupancy 18. and which are #a remain as well as which areas are to receive w finishes. ecce a ne n configurations shown. Ref 6. of these spaces. �P -- PRESSURE SENSE GRILLE OR DIFFUSER ON SIDE OF DUCT. 9. For all 'work required above existing ceilings to remain, Contractor is responsible for removal and replacement of -MPR- CONDENSATE RETURN - MEDIUM PRESSURE RETURN details:: for materials, :construction In general, all wall mounted make-up and exhaust registers to be mounted high on wall, top of register at 6" BEYOND WALL all ceiling the as required to accomplish work. Refer architectural reflected, ceiling plans for types and extent of below finished ceiling. .other or configurations. NOTE• both existing and new ceilings throughout project. - - E I + MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER notations shall match the adjacent notated sizes (larger size if the don't match). All h ronic piping is to be J ( 9 Y ) Yd P�P� 9, -HPR- CONDENSATE RETURN - HIGH PRESSURE RETURN DIFFUSER_ OR GRILLE BELOW DUCT - PD - CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE 2. Details shown are for typical applications ..._ PITCH DOWN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW HVAC DEMOLITION NOTES. FLOOR SEALING DETAIL FLEX DUCTWORK . HD-1 Existing to remain. ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJ5001 TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP fire stopping requirements on the project. HD -2 Remove thermostat and save for reinstallation in new location. NOTES: Existing to remain. SUPPLY C�iDIIION AIR.. DUCT. ` ND -3 HD Remove diffuser/grille ave f r_ reinstallation in new location. and o ` Ca 'ductwork of M -1420a - SOLID Cf�OSS UP (}WARDS -4 P and seal at point removal. H-4 DASHED CROSS -'DOWN AWAY HD 5 , Demolish ceiling nlles and diffusers in the council... chambers .the entrance Jobb and he main reception desk. Nate 99 Y P Provide new supply diffusers and return grilles in the council chambers, the entrance lobby, and the main reception UST OR RELIEF AIR DUCT. EXHAUST R CONCRETE WALL• : ::... - 1 DEPTH 3M FIRE _ `' all duct .connection sizes for new elle and diffuser sizes. 9 j� SOLID CROSS - UP OWARDS CROSS - DOWN/AWAY DASHED - HD 6 Sidewall diffusers in bulkhead to remain. INSTALLED FOIL SIDE DOWN AND SECURED BY 2 MIN. OVERLAP HD -7 Demo fin tube element and P enclosure. Leave control valve in lace for connection to new fin tube element. �-` AIR DUCT. RETURN OR IRANMrAu on 3M products. :.. •" ' • SOLID CROSS - OWARDS DASHED'CROSS -NAWY A / „ „ 1/4 DIA. BY 1-1/2- UNCONDITIONED OU7QOOR ATR DUCT. SOLID CROSS - UP OWAA DASHED CROSS OWN/AWAY *** CONTROLS *** l.!.J-_- THERMOSTAT Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations a e wo , ey s a e 1110 a an ins a e . H HUMIDISTAT 3. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and " 2 DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER THERMOSTAT - SURFACE MOUNT 1/4" BEAD OF :: regularly employed in that particular craft. All `work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping (H -O HUMIDISTAT - SURFACE MOUNT Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned with the highest standards of the craft. _ » 1 2 Fi9ERGLASS CO2 CARBONOR DIOXIDE SENS BOTH SIDES OF WALL INSULATION NO2 NITROGEN DIOXIDE SENSOR GENERAL HVAC NOTES: °s e.. 24 t 9 /� �e.g.) COMBINATION THERMOSTAT AND HUMIDISTAT 1. Drawings are i s e n art diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work' and to indicate the general locations , n , 9 P 9 P Y k 0 STEEL PIPE All exposed round ductwork shall be double wall spiral with 1 insulation between outer wall and internal of a_ui ment, piping and ductwork. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions and layout his own work according 3 -WAY AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE PIPING SPECIALTIES **t to the following guidelines. ;.': R O H R B A K.,1C H 0 ELBOW TURNED UP OR TOWARDS a.ntrac r Co to shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment .and rou h ins and the P_ 99 allow for internal insulation if a licable. pp C' ELBOW TURNED DOWN OR AWAY, exact routing of piping and ducts prior to construction so as to best fit the layout of the work. Space _A $ .Ci 0 C I A T E ` S P C -0-- TEE TURNED UP OR TOWARDS above ceilings is extremely limited; coordinate final layout with all trades. ^ TEE TURNED DOWN OR AWAY b. Where offsets in piping or ductwork are required to coordinate the work of other trades, with existing ---�E- DROPstructure, 14. piping, conduit, ductwork etc, or to maintain required ceiling heights, they shall be provided at no - CHWR- CHILLED do HOT WATER RETURN RISE -DROP OR RISE additional cost to the Owner. ARCH 1 T E C T S -►- ARROW IN LINE INDICATES DIRECTION OF FLOW c. All existing piping and ductwork routing shown is intended to indicate approximate size, number and location -��-- SINGLE EXPANSION JOINT FS-195:WRAP STRAP of piping branches for bidding purposes only. Contractor to verify exact size and configuration prior to Commerce Center CAP OR PLUG construction. CONCRETE FLOOR CONCENTRIC REDUCER OR INCREASER STRAINER325 d. Unless otherwise noted, all ductwork and piping to be routed concealed in walls, chases or above suspended E. Washington CONNECTION NEW TO EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN - FD ceiling. Water piping shall not be routed in exterior walls. Coordinate layout with existing' conditions and all Suite 400 other trades. Route all piping and ductwork as high as possible and along walls to maximize space P. 0. Box 2 2 3 8 UNION available for other trades. Iowa City, Iowa 52244 SHUT -OFF -VALVE e. Coordinate routing of piping and ductwork to maintain access to filters, motors, electrical equipment, and Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 -C- BALANCING COCK controls. , In no case, shall piping' or ductwork pass directly over electrical panels or disconnects or restrict access to any electrical equipment including junction boxes.. Fax: 319 3 3 8 9872 Flow CONTROL VALVE E -M a i I: rape@rohrbaehassociates.eom f. Coordinate exact ductwork connection sizes with equipment' and transition as required. AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE 2. Because of the scale of thedrawings,' certain piping or items such as unions, fittings, or valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code, the specifications, or where they are required by the nature fth rk th hllb fu 'hd d' tlld H-6 Install new 12 x 12 transfer duct between conference room and reception. H-7 Clean existing sidewall diffusers. H-8 Existing convector to be repainted. Coordinate painting and protection with general contractor. H-9 Connect new fin tube to existing control valve to remain. Valve will reside inside fin tube enclosure. Route existing control valve wiring behind architectural wall panels to new thermostat location.- RELIEF OR SAFETY VALVE Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations a e wo , ey s a e 1110 a an ins a e . -{-- PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 3. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and " 2 DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER CHECK VALVE 1/4" BEAD OF :: regularly employed in that particular craft. All `work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping 1 2 " TO 2" FIBERGLASS CP 25 N/S CAUUC Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned with the highest standards of the craft. _ » 1 2 Fi9ERGLASS BACKFLOW PREVENTER ALL SIZES IN INCHES BOTH SIDES OF WALL INSULATION 4. Coordinate installation of exhaust fans, louvers, and all -other items penetrating the exterior building envelope with Shutdown of existing water, steam condensate natural as or fire protection systems to be coordinated through 9 j 9 P Ys 9 12"0 MAX.- e.. 24 t 9 /� �e.g.) General Contractor. All items penetrating the roof are to be installed as per roofing manufacturer requirements. ---� VALVE IN RISER STEEL PIPE All exposed round ductwork shall be double wall spiral with 1 insulation between outer wall and internal PIPING ABBREVIATIONS ** 3 -WAY AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE 5. Cut and patch walls and floors as required for installation' of new systems. 1L . Duct dimensions shown on drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase sheet metal size for Tined ductwork to 9 -- -- ..CHR CHILLED WATER RETURN a. < All openings " in concrete or masons construction shall be core drilled or saw cut. Coordinate with existing Y 9 allow for internal insulation if a licable. pp PRESSURE -TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE 12. structure' and General Contractor as required to maintain structural integrity and minimize size of openings. W WATER METER be installed as close to take -off as possible. Dampers at grilles, registers, or diffusers are not acceptable b. Seal 'around all ductwork and piping penetrations with non -shrink grout or similar material. Where unless otherwise noted. Provide remote regulators for all inaccessible volume dampers. -HPWR- HEAT; PUMP WATER RETURN " penetrations are in fire rated construction, Mechanical Contractor shall fire stop to match the fire rating. P P 9 ---�E- PIPE ANCHOR 14. Refer to architectural plans for required fire ratings. See details and specifications for fire stopping - CHWR- CHILLED do HOT WATER RETURN PIPE GUIDE requirements. - STEAM DRIP ASSEMBLY -c - CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY c. ` Patching and fire stopping of abandoned existing openings shall be by the General Contractor. -��-- SINGLE EXPANSION JOINT FS-195:WRAP STRAP d. Mechanical Contractor shall provide lintels for duct penetrations of existing - walls as required to support P P 9 q PP - 1 2 -MIN. > 2 3 8 MAX. 1 ANNULAR SPACE structure. Coordinate with General Contractor. CONCRETE FLOOR CONCENTRIC REDUCER OR INCREASER NOTES: e. WhenPatc patchingopenings in areas which are not to receive new finishes, Mechanical Contractor patching shall 1" DEPTH CP-25WB CAULK CONNECTION NEW TO EXISTING match adjacent finish. RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID 28 GAUGE STEEL. SLEEVE 12"0 MAX. STEEL PIPEE�~```� f. Refer to architectural plans for information on which portions of the existing structure are to be removed P P 9 moterials construction types, and oto 4 THERMOMETER 18. and which are #a remain as well as which areas are to receive w finishes. ecce a ne n configurations shown. Ref 6. Coordinate locations and sizes of openings in new structure with General Contracfor When additional cutting and �P -- PRESSURE SENSE - LPR - CONDENSATE' RETURN - LOW PRESSURE STEAM patching is required due to Mechanical Contractor's failure to coordinate this work, it shall be the Mechanical H-6 Install new 12 x 12 transfer duct between conference room and reception. H-7 Clean existing sidewall diffusers. H-8 Existing convector to be repainted. Coordinate painting and protection with general contractor. H-9 Connect new fin tube to existing control valve to remain. Valve will reside inside fin tube enclosure. Route existing control valve wiring behind architectural wall panels to new thermostat location.- ONE OR TWO HOUR RATED Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations *** SHEETMETAL ABBREVIATIONS as required. GYPSUM WALLBOARD ASSEMBLY 7. " 2 DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER TA -- TRANSFER AIR EXHAUSTAIR 1/4" BEAD OF :: all tile as required red to accomplishIish the work.EA 1 2 " TO 2" FIBERGLASS CP 25 N/S CAUUC Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned CP -25w6 CAULK a _ » 1 2 Fi9ERGLASS INSULATION ALL SIZES IN INCHES BOTH SIDES OF WALL INSULATION e.g. 24x12 - 1*» DEPTH MINERAL WOOL Shutdown of existing water, steam condensate natural as or fire protection systems to be coordinated through 9 j 9 P Ys 9 12"0 MAX.- e.. 24 t 9 /� �e.g.) Owner's representative a minimum of three da prior to shutdown. P Ys 0 - ROUND 240 STEEL PIPE All exposed round ductwork shall be double wall spiral with 1 insulation between outer wall and internal PIPING ABBREVIATIONS ** .. perforated wall. : SCH. 10 MIN. 1L . Duct dimensions shown on drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase sheet metal size for Tined ductwork to 9 -- -- ..CHR CHILLED WATER RETURN allow for internal insulation if a licable. pp - HWS - HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY 12. Provide volume dampers in all `ductwork serving individual grilles, registers, or diffusers for balancing. Dampers to -HWR- HEATING HOT WATER RETURN be installed as close to take -off as possible. Dampers at grilles, registers, or diffusers are not acceptable -HPWS- HEAT PUMP WATER SUPPLY unless otherwise noted. Provide remote regulators for all inaccessible volume dampers. -HPWR- HEAT; PUMP WATER RETURN " 13. Provide a minimum of one elbow and ten feet of lined ductwork between diffuser/grille/register and.. duct _main. - CHWS- CHILLED do HOT WATER SUPPLY 14. .. .. . Refer to architectural reflected ceding plan for exact locations of ceding mounted diffusers and grilles. - CHWR- CHILLED do HOT WATER RETURN D CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE`" 15. All control wiring in finished spaces is to be routed concealed in walls or above ceilings unless specifically noted -c - CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY otherwise. Concealed control wiring where accessible may be installed without conduit. All concealed control »4-1 . .. _ �rI 1/2 MIN., 1 1/2 MAX. FS-195:WRAP STRAP / 2 MIN. SO -ID - 1 2 -MIN. > 2 3 8 MAX. 1 ANNULAR SPACE -HRS- - HEAT RECOVERY SUPPLY CONCRETE FLOOR ANNULAR SPACE NOTES: WALL SECTION BACKEROD PACKING MATERIAL 1" DEPTH CP-25WB CAULK RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION GAS 1. Individual details apply only to the RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID 28 GAUGE STEEL. SLEEVE 12"0 MAX. STEEL PIPEE�~```� -RHG= REFRIGERANT HOT GAS moterials construction types, and oto All asbestos shall be abated under separate contract. -SMS- SNOW MELTING SYSTEM SUPPLY 18. ` Coordinate installation of ductwork running through or between trusses and Joists with Structural configurations shown. Ref » WALL SLEEVE 1/2 (MIN.) (SCH. 10 MIN.) manufacturers system and application - LPR - CONDENSATE' RETURN - LOW PRESSURE STEAM -MPR- CONDENSATE RETURN - MEDIUM PRESSURE RETURN details:: for materials, :construction In general, all wall mounted make-up and exhaust registers to be mounted high on wall, top of register at 6" BEYOND WALL below finished ceiling. .other or configurations. NOTE• Hydronic pipe sizes are indicated on the plans only where pipe size changes occur. All pipe sections between size NOTE• notations shall match the adjacent notated sizes (larger size if the don't match). All h ronic piping is to be J ( 9 Y ) Yd P�P� 9, -HPR- CONDENSATE RETURN - HIGH PRESSURE RETURN minimum 3/4" diameter unless noted otherwise. - PD - CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE 2. Details shown are for typical applications 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN BREACH SEALING DETAIL 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN FLOOR SEALING DETAIL and do not necessarily apply to any or all ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #WL5010 ONE AND TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP: ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJ5001 TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP fire stopping requirements on the project. HVAC H-1 NOTES: Existing to remain. 3. It is the Contractor s responsibility to Reinstall previously removed thermostat. M -1420a H-3 M-1 420b install all fire stopping in strict accordance to the manufacturer instructions H-4 Cap and seal duct opening left by removed ductwork. 4-1/2- MIN. , .. 1" THICK MINERAL WOOL H-5 Provide new supply diffusers and return grilles in the council chambers, the entrance lobby, and the main reception to comply with the appropriate 3M CONCRETE WALL• : ::... - 1 DEPTH 3M FIRE CS -195 COMPOSITE SHEET System assembly requirements. STEEL SUPPORT r'• A'::. �' .; .: BARRIER CAULK CP 25 INSTALLED FOIL SIDE DOWN AND SECURED BY 2 MIN. OVERLAP 4. Model numbers and materials are based CLIPS :: ::: ,> ' : on 3M products. :.. •" ' • o o „ „ 1/4 DIA. BY 1-1/2- 60 - - - LONG MIN. MASONRY 3M- FIRE BARRIER CP 25 FASTENERS WITH CAULK OR MOLDABLE PUTTY SHEET METAL o o WASHERS SCREW, TYP. RECTANGULAR o o ,.... : ,; - `• STEEL HVAC n DUCTdb 0" MIN., 4" MAX. ,'... ANNULAR SPACE OPTIONAL ANGLE76' ONT VIS` IRON SUPPORT 4-1/2" MIN. CONCRETE WALL SECTION FRAME DUCTEL FASTENERS 6"O.C. SUPPORT CLIPS FLOOR SLAB MAX.`' 36" MAX. LENGTH, 750 SQ. IN. O.C. MAX. MAX. OPENING SIZE GULAR STEEL NOTES: HVAC DUCT S:. 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN BASED ON 3M SYSTEM #CAJ7016 BREACH SEALING DETAIL ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJDO04 FLOOR SEALING DETAIL TYPICAL MECHANICAL 2. THIS DETAIL DOES NOT APPLY TO FIRE 'DAMPER TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP 2. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS THREE-HOUR FIRE -STOP FIRE -STOPPING DETAILS ASSEMBLIES. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS PER FOR COMPOSITE SHEET SEAMING DETAILS MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. M -1420c M-14204 M-1420 H-6 Install new 12 x 12 transfer duct between conference room and reception. H-7 Clean existing sidewall diffusers. H-8 Existing convector to be repainted. Coordinate painting and protection with general contractor. H-9 Connect new fin tube to existing control valve to remain. Valve will reside inside fin tube enclosure. Route existing control valve wiring behind architectural wall panels to new thermostat location.- Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional cutting and patching. Seal and/or fire stop all penetrations *** SHEETMETAL ABBREVIATIONS as required. SA -- SUPPLY AIR RA RETURN AIR 7. For all work required above existing ceilings to remain,Contractor responsible for removal and replacement of TA -- TRANSFER AIR EXHAUSTAIR all tile as required red to accomplishIish the work.EA OA'-- OUTDOOR AIR_ 8. Mechanical "Contractor shall _Provide all required support steelforpiping,ductwork and equipment including.finned *** DUCT SIZE NOMENCLATURE tube cabinet unit heaters fan cod units air handling units air separator, expansion tank, etc. ALL SIZES IN INCHES x= RECTANGULAR e.g. 24x12 - 9. Shutdown of existing water, steam condensate natural as or fire protection systems to be coordinated through 9 j 9 P Ys 9 = OVAL /_ e.. 24 t 9 /� �e.g.) Owner's representative a minimum of three da prior to shutdown. P Ys 0 - ROUND 240 10. All exposed round ductwork shall be double wall spiral with 1 insulation between outer wall and internal PIPING ABBREVIATIONS ** perforated wall. : CH - S - CHILLED WATER SUPPLY 1L . Duct dimensions shown on drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase sheet metal size for Tined ductwork to 9 -- -- ..CHR CHILLED WATER RETURN allow for internal insulation if a licable. pp - HWS - HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY 12. Provide volume dampers in all `ductwork serving individual grilles, registers, or diffusers for balancing. Dampers to -HWR- HEATING HOT WATER RETURN be installed as close to take -off as possible. Dampers at grilles, registers, or diffusers are not acceptable -HPWS- HEAT PUMP WATER SUPPLY unless otherwise noted. Provide remote regulators for all inaccessible volume dampers. -HPWR- HEAT; PUMP WATER RETURN " 13. Provide a minimum of one elbow and ten feet of lined ductwork between diffuser/grille/register and.. duct _main. - CHWS- CHILLED do HOT WATER SUPPLY 14. .. .. . Refer to architectural reflected ceding plan for exact locations of ceding mounted diffusers and grilles. - CHWR- CHILLED do HOT WATER RETURN D CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE`" 15. All control wiring in finished spaces is to be routed concealed in walls or above ceilings unless specifically noted -c - CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY otherwise. Concealed control wiring where accessible may be installed without conduit. All concealed control -CWR- CONDENSER WATER RETURN wiring which is not accessible shall be routed in conduit. Control wiring in unfinished spaces may be routed exposed but shall be in conduit. -HRS- - HEAT RECOVERY SUPPLY -HRR- HEAT RECOVERY RETURN 16. Thermostats, humidistats, speed switches, and timers, to be mounted at +46" A.F.F. to center line. RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION GAS Thermostats, humidistats, speed switches, and timers located in vestibules, restrooms, corridors, and other RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID general` public areas, to be provided withlockingclear plastic guard. -RHG= REFRIGERANT HOT GAS 17. All asbestos shall be abated under separate contract. -SMS- SNOW MELTING SYSTEM SUPPLY 18. ` Coordinate installation of ductwork running through or between trusses and Joists with Structural - SMR - SNOW MELTING SYSTEM RETURN , Contractor/Engineer prior to fabrication or installation of structural steel. Items to coordinate include,but are - LPS - LOW PRESSURE STEAM not limited to, openings in and bracing between trusses and joists. 9" - LPR - CONDENSATE' RETURN - LOW PRESSURE STEAM -MPR- CONDENSATE RETURN - MEDIUM PRESSURE RETURN 19. In general, all wall mounted make-up and exhaust registers to be mounted high on wall, top of register at 6" - MPS- 'MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM, below finished ceiling. GAUGE PRESSURE IN PSI IF APPLICABLE HIGH PRESSURE' STEAM 20. Hydronic pipe sizes are indicated on the plans only where pipe size changes occur. All pipe sections between size -HPS--- GAUGE PRESSURE IN P§I IF APPLICABLE notations shall match the adjacent notated sizes (larger size if the don't match). All h ronic piping is to be J ( 9 Y ) Yd P�P� 9, -HPR- CONDENSATE RETURN - HIGH PRESSURE RETURN minimum 3/4" diameter unless noted otherwise. - PD - CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE 21. Reinstall all transfer ducts that have been disconnected or have fallen out of wall openings. 22. All return is by plenum. Provide transfer ducts as noted and where required to prevent isolating any portion of the plenum. HVAC H-1 NOTES: Existing to remain. H-2 Reinstall previously removed thermostat. H-3 Reinstall previously removed linear slot diffuser/return grille. H-4 Cap and seal duct opening left by removed ductwork. H-5 Provide new supply diffusers and return grilles in the council chambers, the entrance lobby, and the main reception desk. Coordinate new duct connection sizes to match existing diffusers/grilles that were removed. H-6 Install new 12 x 12 transfer duct between conference room and reception. H-7 Clean existing sidewall diffusers. H-8 Existing convector to be repainted. Coordinate painting and protection with general contractor. H-9 Connect new fin tube to existing control valve to remain. Valve will reside inside fin tube enclosure. Route existing control valve wiring behind architectural wall panels to new thermostat location.- Project Name: � � 1 � .lo *i �r CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, OFFICE OFFICE 117 r� N o II s . LJ -- N II WAITING �. STORAGE LP J I log I I10 N N C 0 j— OFFICE ---= 118 WOW AREA III o OFFICE N N O II II • Q — r 11 A Ac 0 c O SJ _ i.._ . ..-- U — — ED 1 ` CORRIDOR i I15 CORRIDOR STAIRS 1 ./' __ ATM: o_ L_J o OFFICE 8Y LOB a.. 120 <o R ED 11 10 _ >. ED 11 +84 _.ED 11 S C~� S J' `�- OFFICE 23 O ED—4 I- _J E ED 4 "CONFERENCE r � C O ROOM. 0 L _ J DOR M CORK! EXISTING J N PANEL LOBBY 1 ED -3 0 O 0 LO L ED- S S S O R, R N C ED -10 P 0 O COUNCIL ED -11, OFFICE .:CHAMBERS I26 L v t 013 O L�J L�J . I._J L -x EXISTING a ADA -DOOR PANEL CHAMBER v - - WIREM OLD, ED -7 ED 6 _ ED 3 © S � C ED 4 .O .� � R S .�.. COVE. LIGHTING EXISTING FIRE a ALARM CONTROL ED -9 r ED -14 � ED—a PANEL. r ® J .. 00 COUNCIL�M�^EETING hJ 125 —5H Er, ED -8, WIREMOLD, ED -7 C) TYP. JJ`' N C) � I � / ED L_ J' _ ED -4 0 C` C C J ED -4 ED -4 rn it3 CLc v 1 0 w co r� CL CL i E w r Q U O N REFER TO SHEET ED1.2 FOR ELECTRICAL o FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES r SCALE: 1 f it = 1' 8 -Q» Consultants Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: r DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE "200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 314.841.1444 FAX: 319.841.1449 Sheet . Title . FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: ED1.1 REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015_ RENOVATION PROJECT Iowa City, Iowa 13 RAPC Project Number: r. 1323 OFFICE LOBBY PO.JDOR C� ❑0� I J IF I r� '.MENS 06 R O H R B A C.. H ❑ OFFICE L -O—! °� D A S S O C 1 AT E: S PC �Lo1 WOMEN o ARCH I T E C T S _...._......_�= Commerce Center (" ®E I 325 E. Washington OFFICE i ELEV. D C� 0 Suite 400 WORK® P. 0. Bax 2238 WAITING OFFICE Ith 113 OFFICE fl6 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 ® © II TeL 319 338 9311 R� ��++ Fax: 319 338 9872 LO �IoaR -v I --- E -M a i l: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com ❑D� I ( CORRIDOR 83- 114 OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE 117 r� N o II s . LJ -- N II WAITING �. STORAGE LP J I log I I10 N N C 0 j— OFFICE ---= 118 WOW AREA III o OFFICE N N O II II • Q — r 11 A Ac 0 c O SJ _ i.._ . ..-- U — — ED 1 ` CORRIDOR i I15 CORRIDOR STAIRS 1 ./' __ ATM: o_ L_J o OFFICE 8Y LOB a.. 120 <o R ED 11 10 _ >. ED 11 +84 _.ED 11 S C~� S J' `�- OFFICE 23 O ED—4 I- _J E ED 4 "CONFERENCE r � C O ROOM. 0 L _ J DOR M CORK! EXISTING J N PANEL LOBBY 1 ED -3 0 O 0 LO L ED- S S S O R, R N C ED -10 P 0 O COUNCIL ED -11, OFFICE .:CHAMBERS I26 L v t 013 O L�J L�J . I._J L -x EXISTING a ADA -DOOR PANEL CHAMBER v - - WIREM OLD, ED -7 ED 6 _ ED 3 © S � C ED 4 .O .� � R S .�.. COVE. LIGHTING EXISTING FIRE a ALARM CONTROL ED -9 r ED -14 � ED—a PANEL. r ® J .. 00 COUNCIL�M�^EETING hJ 125 —5H Er, ED -8, WIREMOLD, ED -7 C) TYP. JJ`' N C) � I � / ED L_ J' _ ED -4 0 C` C C J ED -4 ED -4 rn it3 CLc v 1 0 w co r� CL CL i E w r Q U O N REFER TO SHEET ED1.2 FOR ELECTRICAL o FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN DEMOLITION NOTES r SCALE: 1 f it = 1' 8 -Q» Consultants Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: r DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE "200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 314.841.1444 FAX: 319.841.1449 Sheet . Title . FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: ED1.1 Pro'ect Name• J � � 1 � :►111 ��,,'" GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. Unless noted otherwise all items to be removed and disposed of by Contractor. See demolition key. The Owner may elect to salvage select electrical system components. Coordinate with Owner prior to disposal ED -1 Existing horn/strobe device shall be removed during demolition and replaced with new. of equipment. ED -2 Existing -Chamber sound system speakers shall be removed to facilitate demolition of existing ceiling. Leave C [ TY OF 1 O WA CITY 2. Where electrical equipment and wiring devices are noted to be removed, demo conduit and wire back to existing wiring for reinstallation of speakersfollowing ceiling work. source or ,nearest active junction box. Where conduits penetrate CMU or cast -in-place concrete, cut ED -3 Existing Panel Chamber and Panel Lobby to remain. Electrical Contractor shall remove existing bussing and conduit flush with wall or floor. Patch all wall and floor penetrations to match existing surface. Under breakers and replace with new bussing and breakers as part of new work. Electrical` Contractor shall no circumstances shall abandoned conduit, wire, or electrical equipment remain at the completion of reconnect all existing circuits served by this panel once interior has been replaced. CITY construction.' ED-4"Existing camera shall be removed prior to demolition by the Owner.' Coordinate timing of removal with HALL 3. All communications locations shown to be removed shall have the cables saved for reuse in new work. Owner. Coil existing cable and protect during' demolition and new construction. Camera shall be reinstalled in Electrical Contractor shall be responsible #or coiling cable up and protecting cable during demolition and some location. Existing raceway shall be painted to match existing wall new construction until re -installation is ready. LOBBY) ED -5 Existing card reader shall be removed for demolition. Coordinate ..with Owner for time of removal prior to 4. Electrical demolition drawings are based on field observation and existing documentation where available. removing " g .. 9 , , removing: equipment. Save equipment for in new work. i s have been made t r portray existing conditions. Demolition drawings are Extensive effort o accurately < ort y ex g g YP • • - - ED -6 Existing .door shall be removed and replaced. Disconnect existing ADA operator connection and save for 9 P 9 P intended' to conveythe general scope of demolition. .Miscellaneous abandoned boxes and conduit may not. 9 P Y REVENUE, .. _reuse in: new work. be indicated. All electrical and communications systems, `racewa and supports in walls and.ceilin s ys pP 9 scheduled to be removed are to be demolished. Contractor field verification is required. ED -7 Existing Wrremold` surface raceway up high in space. Raceway from comer shown all the to beh'n e wa , d HARVAT HALL _.runs 5. Coordinate any service outages es affearn9areasoutside the remodelarea with Owner at least 24 hours the seating for the city council. Raceway is for data cabling and shall be protected during demolition. _ ._ . • - Raceway shall =be - pointed to match wall finish in new work. Electrical Contractor shall disconnect cables from X P i . Where required work requiringower interruption shall be scheduled r or to outage. u red b the Owner, an P 9 � Y Y.P P • desk and pull cables back so` that the council desk can be, refurbished. Electrical Contractor shall` wrap all outside of normal working hours. P P VNDS2015 cables plastic to protect cables duringh n and painting.. , 6. Maintain integrity of existing circuit widnig serving'areas outside the remodel area. If specificecifc _ items/devices are taken out of service temporarily to complete new work return to service as soon as ED -8 Existing council desk is to be refurbished Burin9 new workDesk contains surfacemounted Power and data ; ..,.demo Possible. raceway under the desk. Desk to the west contains microphone inputs and controls that are to remain. RENOVATION Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with Owner for disconnecting microphone cabling and connections for 9 " • Refer t the ` specifications refurbishing. lectrical Contractor shall dis .n I`ower and data cables from desk to assist in the 7. The building_ wilF remain and` in use for the .duration of construction. Ree o E disconnect sP_P ' plans " ` ` information in working access within and adjacent torefurbishing. xistin rat wa lu stri an surface rec receptacles shall: remain on the ;desk' and shall be as well as phasing ons. for `additional information re and i E e s d i P 9 P,.. regarding 9 JP9 Ys_P 9 P eP PROJECT ., occ Teel areas 'and ecific hasm re uirements. reconnected in new work. occupied P phasing q 8. For all demolished fluorescent lightht fixtures it shall be assumed that ballasts containin PCBs and shall be ED -9 Existing clock shall be removed and turned med over to Owner. m disposed of properly. Recycle le a_nd HID lamps in accordance with EPA and local requirements.uire1OEx, st. n ents. _ED_ cove_r P/, s#ailed locations in the CouncilChamber shall bremoved and have a blank cover to in e. 9. Where ceiling systems are removed, electricaI contractor shall permanently support low voltage cabling over opening. .New wireless switchesto be installed at locations as Part of new work. _all,_fluorescent .:switch systems currently supported bYceiling system with J -h oks onbuildin `structure. ED-11Existing recessed ceiling speakers in the space shallbe,disconnected and existing cabling coiled up and 10. For all flush devices to be removed in remaining walls, comer abandoned opening with newcow�Plate Protecteddun,e9 demolition and new work. Speakers shall be reinstalled in existing location in new ceiling o f Iowa City, Iowa unless noted otherwise. new work: locations in ober Dyed and re -installed b owner card reader act con#r w I be `removed and saved for reinstallation m new work. 'Pull 11. All existing camera hown the Council Chambers are t emy ED 12Existin reader/access of device steal 99 � , ` for reuse in new work. the same locations when ace is ready. existing access "control cabling u to above ceiling and keep w in p ex s ep Y 9_ 9 P, 9 n, .: RAPC Project N rnb u er. J ._. - ical Contractor Mall coordinate in this area with Genual Contractor. Electrical Contractor" shall ED 13Electr a .work 2 � � disconnect power feed to desk through existing power pole back to nearest accessible function box above 1 accessible ceiling. Telecom Contractor shall remove all data cabling through power pole and coil above accessible cuing for reuse in new work, :. ED-14Fluorescent cove lighting shall remain during demolition and be relamped with LED tubes for renovation. a ry R O H R B A C H ------- __ _ 7 r 7 r 7 7 r ___' ASSOCIATES PC L � J L_ -� _I L � � J L a —! ED -1 � J, � �� ED -1 ED -1 ED -1 ED -1 ED -1 < DW. 5ER .TRAFFIC A5515T. A55. TRANS.. AN5ENIOR 3 COORD, 3 ENGINrrK 3 P ANNER "NER 3 3 FlNER ED -1 _ 221 220 218 2f6 2IA -- J ED -1 J ED -1 J ED -1 ED -1 J J ED -1 `I A R C H I T E C T S F r DIRECTOR —0� I 7 1 O 7 F F 213 Commerce Center L_ ED -1 D-1 ED -1 ED -1 ED -1 ED -1 _ I— D_ 325 E. Washington �=✓ ® I— STAIRS 1_ CORRIDOR i' -Z_ — O 71 Q 0 � — Suite 400 _J ��."J LJ %202 OS LOJ6(OJ P. 0. Box 2238 7L1 �,� ., Iowa Cit Iowa 52244 3 J n`D 1118 L y I� II �— ;� i 5'J IIS �O—� II—OJ��'I OGRAM r Tel: 319 338 9311 r OFMCE r; 0 1 II \�J j_ I J I, 0s IED 2.2 10 Fax: 3 1 9 '338 9872 O 10 1 222 10 V A55f5T. INTERN V A5515T. & - PLANNER DEERE PLANNER I ED -1 J ED -1L I E -M a i 1: rape@rohrbachassociates.com- L J L rot �j3 219 + r' 2 3 DI1 215 3 pl! rot �' 9 � J Imo-- __1 I lr` ,�- � t 1- - 'il '- J ❑0 � r I1 �0 IIS II 1_0J I! r � ASS: TRANS. r ED- 1 CO �M.�DEV. -il- —== O Imo- 2.I I O PLANNER 03 ( OS -1 10'1 223J OS I I r-1 r -� r `I , J LJ LJ CORRIDOR J -: 3 3 J �1 I1 10I 141 IDI v�r. -I10i = L L 30 LJ O 0 O ED -1 _1 1 E_ r r, r I1 1� 1 1 131 1 1 0 ED— DPPfCE o 1 0 o LJ LJ I 210 10 224 l o. .- 3 — — J LJ —L -- - 1 , � - r J 3 - _ J' L CORRIDOR. -1 r r7-.-,' r 1 -- _ X202 J T O D �.O _ .. 3 - LJ LJ ED. 1 J LJ � I : r r *� L z — _., �.�� I 11011 i I 0i,/'�. tF4 TF r-1 S SER. COORtI. a. R O 0 2 I 3 C�.D 1 LJ L I I L _.O D LJ "1 I I`I ! 3 0 U� 1_ � J I rr I 0 . � r WORK 1' 1 ROOM III CONFERENCE L J. '0 O 1.. 1,. ...202. 1 1 ,. 20 1 L 0 3 D -1_ r-1 I x21 LJ LJ _ 3 LI r -1NEIGNB.DDDr I 1 OS O' 0 I 208 ` I 1 I 1 CC J LJ J ..... III �. 1- 0 - J LJ 1 I III 3 1 �! J J � 12 --- —_® F J J C A r 0 0 O 0 1 ( I ( ! I PANEL L 1 I o .� 206 O 5H L J L J PANEL LCL L LJ 11 — J NRS �� .—. ADMIN. r 200 — — CORRDOR_- ( .SUPPORT IS � I 'o ! L 2t11 101 3 J) I 1 I LJ L L LJ F Lot ® GFI r r� r� BIDC,. -... SH \ a LJ 1 INSP. ► 0 1 101 o 10 SH J LJ EXISTING WAP L� L I1 r H r -f F -j 3 r IL 101 101 101 OFFICE 101 10:.1 1 0 1 203 3- _ J LJ L I L 1 0 J AT STRUCTURE SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN /- T` SCALE: 1/8" V-0" DEMOUTIMI TO REMAIN TO : REVISED Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 1949 Sheet Title: SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: ED1.2 Project Name: t 11 1 CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY HALL LOBBY, SPARE REVENUE, ---�►- L E CL a M CV LO C) N L 0 0 _0 a; 0 SPARE OS -8 -----w SPARE TY. 2 (Q ) � 0 SPARE HARVA I HALL NDS& 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT 1 0 0 GENERAL LIGHTS PP -120H — LED 0-10V 1218W Iowa City, low i 120V — GRX .TVI (1) 120V o ro eNunbet COUNCIL LIGHTS ]LED 0-10V 240W s :$ 1 23 F�► 3 N w 0 cRx-rn (1) 120V OFFICE LOBBY • ; XA/E-7 ♦ ♦ rJ s (� D/E_ GRAFIK Eye@.QS • RR MEN5 QSGRJ-4P—WH _J Elu o o 0 8 8 1 R O H R B A C H LINE IN (120 VAC) ❑ LVS-1 LVS-2 LVS-2 LVS-3 LVS-3 OFFICE 6/LE/E-5 ASSOCIATES PC QSWS2-2BI—WH QSWS2-IBRLI—WH QSWS2-1BRLI—WHA O 1 WOMEN 1 107 A R C H I T E C T S COUNCIL CHAMBER LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC Commerce Center 325 E.Washington — NL Suite 400 OFFICE -�: —7 a a o P. O. Box 2238 SCALE: NTS OFFICE ° Iowa City, Iowa 52244 7 WAITINGj wY O 1 ❑ ® II Tel: 319 338 9311 J .PJR11 2A Fax: 319 338 9872 LJIIZ� __ E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com 1 i CO COUNCIL CHAMBER LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULE POWER LIGHTING CONNECTED WIRE ZONE CIRCUIT NO. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION TYPE WATTS SIZE REMARKS APPARTUS BAY a 1 Council Seating Lights LED 240 #12 Controlled Manual ON/Auto OFF b 2 General Lighting LED 1075 #12 Controlled Manual ON/Auto OFF c 3 SPARE d 4 SPARE e 5 SPARE f 6 SPARE GENERAL NOTES: 1. System based on Lutron Grafik Eye QS. Contractor shall provide a 6 relay unit with wireless capability. 2. Manufacturer shall include a`pre-construction meeting and commissioning of the lighting controls, refer to specification. 3. Contractor shall provide all necessary parts and accessories for a complete and operating system. 4. Contractor shall provide meeting with Owner prior to substantial completion to discuss labeling and engraving of switches and unit OPERATIONS SEQUENCE: LVS-1 switch at door shall control all lighting zones ON/OFF. Sensors shall automatically switch fixtures OFF after 30 minutes of no detection. LVS-2 switches shall provide independent switching and dimming of fixtures for the two zones. Sensors shall automatically switch fixtures OFF after 30 minutes of no detection. LVS-3 wireles switches with dimming shall be installed with desk pedestal for use by Owner during council meetings. Devices shall be wirelessly connected to Grafik Eye for control of the two zones. Sensors shall automatically switch fixtures OFF after 30 minutes of no detection. REFER TO SHEET E5.1 FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES E CL 00 N C4 LO N CO C1 L Lighting/Switching Key 0 LIGHTING co FIXTURE SWITCHING 3 TYPE PER SCHEME SCHEDULE 4/FC/31/d/E— � QUANTITY OF ELECTRICAL NOTE i FIXTURES PANEL CIRCUIT r*-) NUMBER ® = EMERGENCY FIXTURE NL: NIGHT LIGHT a U QCoordinate ceiling mounted light fixtures with Reflected Ceiling Plan. i SWITCHING 0 o (Blank) — Indicates standard switch 2 — Indicates 2 pole switch CL 3 — Indicates 3 way switch` 0 4— Indicates 4 way switch PA — Indicates pilot light K Indicates keyed switch M — Indicates momentary single pole double throw switch WP - Indicates switch with weatherproof box/flipcover Dimension indicates height to center of E switch above finished floor (+46" if not shown) z `x` — Lowercaseletter indicates switching scheme .3 0 L N FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = V-011 Con-suItants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN 1W ENGINEERS` MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801' PRAIRIE VIEW, LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404--4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN Issue Date Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: E1.1 ` Project Name: 1 ft.n" X& CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY EASE LOBBY 7 REVENUE, ` } a E HARVAE HAEy r . NE�20115& v. 4 RE N OVAEIO N PROJECT Iowa Cit Iowa o a _ Y, RAPC Project Number: 13E3 I —I AZ I/ I' I R O H R B A C H E-1 F --I r- 1 r ---I r- -1 r —I o 0 0 —00 0 - _ ASSOCIATES PC L—J �__I L__I L—J I ---Ir �7gEn-1 OA♦��' DEV. 5ER. DS TRAFFIC oS A5515T. OS .TRANS. oS 5ENIOR OS (� p COORD, OA ENCMER OA PLANNER ONPtZ, A PLANNER l_I E -1522I E-15 220 E-15 2,18 E-15 2,15 E-15 214 E=1rJ — 8� 8� e.� 8-a ARCH I T E C T S _E-1 _E-1 _E-1 _E-1 _E-1 — J_ , ._ L_�J I_ 0 � L_ � � L � � o � � E-1 D1&�OR M MM im-i M M Comm -erne Center =R5 1 7 325 E. Washington ® � � LTJ � O� � NNL� 7 0 Suite 400 XB/E-7 FCA -12 P�NL �{'-�,� XA/E-7 � FC/E-12 � FC/E,7 P. O. Box 2238 E-15 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 4n -t FC/E!,-!12F -1 OS r -1 Tel: 3 1 9 338 9 3 1 1 � I �_ O M 01' ;Z"` 101 ` Fax: 319 338 9872 a I FC/E-12 FD/E-12 fC/E-12 J e� LJ E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com -y i E 1 E-1 O If O OF FD/E-12 M - - _ CNC FC/E� 7 I 609101 211 101 1�1_ O M 8� OS LJ _' FC -12 /E — FC/E-12 E-1 E-1 i 3/IA/E 11 fi ` O -- /E-12 E-15 -- -_ I FD/E 2 FC/E-12 1 F I 01 10I 0 I _� a� — LJ L I FC/E- C E _.. _ E-1 E-1 j FC/E-7 FC/E-7 /E FC -12 I _ _ I NL O P1 NL E-15 r r - , , XB/E-7 XA 7 7-1 �NEI 0 O 209. E M L J � ' 01 e� E o _` a _ /E 13 LJ LJ 2 A 11 . A _ A- - `r/IE-7 E A E_1 _E 1 A' L.E r-1 'al ,o... a L J 2 I r� FB J 0E � r -� FD --12 0 LJ �J � 1 A _2_A _ 11 M L I O a I__:r, A r� _ XA 7 0c o " olo E 12 w -11 L J L_ _ E 0 A XA -7 sraRs , r ADMAN. 2 2/IB/E-11 o SUPPORT d I . 201 I L J L L J F 0 0 L L J REFER TO SHEET E5.1 I 0 A .....E FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES XB ,,i HA{ f 101 101 I NEW woRc icer CONPEkiNC 1 0 1 8 1 0 1 EXISTING 0 L I E LJ r't _ NEW/REVISED -7 SECOND FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = V-0"' Lighting/Switching Key LIGHTING FIXTURESWITCHING TYPE PER %- SCHEME SCHEDULE f ,/4/FC/31/d/E- QUANTITY OF -/ ELECTRICAL NOTE FIXTURES PANEL CIRCUIT NUMBER ® EMERGENCY FIXTURE NL: NIGHT LIGHT Coordinate ceiling mounted light fixtures with Reflected Ceiling Plan. SWITCHING (Blank) - Indicates standard switch 2 - Indicates 2 pole switch 3- Indicates 3 way switch 4- Indicates 4 way switch PA - Indicates pilot light K Indicates keyed switch M Indicates momentary single pole double throw switch WP'- Indicates switch with weatherproof box/flipcover +" - Dimension indicates height to center of switch above finished floor (+46" if not shown) 'x' - Lowercase letter indicates switching scheme Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: Am DESIGNI ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title.` SECOND FLOOR 00R ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: E1.2 Proj -ect Name: I t 1 IO LOBBY OFFICE MENS RR Lo U 106 - R O H R B A C H 0 ASSOCIATES PC OFFICE OFFICE ®. WOMEN 107 A R C H I T E C T S ❑ I�_='=0 IK Commerce Center REFER TO SHEET E5.1 FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES Receptacle Key GFI — Indicates ground fault interrupter receptacle TVSS — Indicates transient volt surge suppressor receptacle IG — Indicates isolated ground receptacle WP - Indicates receptacle with weatherproof box/flipcover WPD — Indicates receptacle with weatherproof box/cord and plug cover Number indicates panel circuit number +" — Dimension indicates height to center of receptacle above finished floor +18" if not shown FIRST FLOOR SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" PLAN N KT 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i I: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com Consultants: Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: DESIGN ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841.1944FAX: 319.841 .1949 Sheet Title: FIRST Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BRD Sheet Number: E2.1 R O H R B A C H ; ASSOCIATES PC DEV. 5ER TRAPPIC A5515T. A55. TRAN5. 5ENIOR 3 COORD. 3 ENGINEER 3 PLANNER PLANNER 3 PLANNER _.. .L 22I 220 218 215 21q J B'0 8.a J B-0 81-9J B 0 J A R C H I T E C T S DIRECTOR : 213 -�� e'er Commerce Center —� — �R, 325 E. Washington ® � � POWER POLE �' Suite 400 _ E E 2 P. 0. Box 2238 --- E-28 E-28 Iowa' City, Iowa 52244 - -- _ J Tel: 319 338 9311 ( -- -_- 36-j PROGRAM Fax: 3 1 9 338 9872 - D 0 34 z E -M a i I: rape@rohrbachassociates.com 2 _ 2 f �4 � I CO COORD. � 6-9 OnsuItants MM. DEV.. � C J 3 Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: 4 � DESIGNI i} E r PO R LE, 2 E-OFMCE ' ENGINEERS 32 32 210 3B MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS i 6 _.- . _..._+ �JJ J 3 1 X7 8801 PRAIRI E-28 E-28 CEDAR RPED SVIEW IOWALANE, 52404SUITE A4850 - 8 44 J 3 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX; -319.841.1949 8 ' ( NEIGHBORHOOD .. .. ....... .... SER COORD. 3 0 44 Cj 8 35 crb3 - -, � 10 46 E 34 10 (�} 28 6- 42 1 I. 1 E -4J� E F--] _ 3 E I ,_ 4� AC 2 1a 2 46 _ FI 3 2 _._ E 29 I �. J L,. J • _E RED2 31 J 3 -3 E3 26 _ `E PANEL L PANEL 'LCL H X 14 ADMIN, . 200.CE r 3 SUPPORT 8�.�... 1 201:. FSheet Title: I j �3 EXISTING WAP (� � 24 _ SECOND I- 16 _ FF VA 11 FLOOR 1 � 3 y J 64, ELECTRICAL CONftWNC 18 204 WIREMOLD 4000, 3 3` B, . 2 POWERD E-26 18 IFF 22 -� (3 L_ 20 J 3 PLAN WIREMOLD 4000, - E-26 REFER TO SHEET E5.1 FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES IOW WORK KEY I ss u e Date EXISTING Number Date Description NEW/REVISED 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS N Receptacle Key -- -- SECOND FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" _ 1,_0„ GFI - Indicates ground fault interrupter receptacle TVSS` - Indicates transient volt surge suppressor receptacle IG Indicates isolated ground receptacle WP -indicates receptacle with weatherproof box/flipcover WPD - Indicates receptacle with weatherproof box/cord and plug cover # - Number indicates panel circuit number +,W - Dimension indicates height to center Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BIRD Sheet Number: of receptacle above finishedfloor+18" if not shown c o, T E CL0 r7 N 0 N a 0 E 0 O a E a_ co N N LO 0 N co CD v -v a� 0 v J rn 3 -v 2 .a 0 r 0 �t- C 0 : v 0 C v CC .a 0 J a S .r 0 c� i E v z v, '3 v C3 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE - BASE BID PLAN MANUFACTURERS AND PLAN MARK LAMPS IN FIXTURE BALLAST/DRIVER INPUT NOTES FIXTURE BKR AMP QTY. SIZEtTYPE QTY. TYPE BF MARK MODEL NUMBERS DESCRIPTION WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING NOTES LA Focal Point FSM41_ FL 875LF 40K 1C UNV LD1 G1 TVI WH 06' 2" x 6' LED Dimming NA NA 1 0-10 NA 65 120 Recessed Office '217 Reept *..NOTE 2 R Finelite, Pinnalce, Se'Lux Slot Fixture 6 LVS-1 Lutron QSWS2-2BI-WH 7 Existing Lighting Load M•.. 20 1 L 9 g 9 * Office 219 Recpt NOTE 2 .P R 1 2 0 LB Zumtobel LFFLED 22 40W K35 MP DU 2'x2' LED NA NA 1 0-10 NA 40 120 Recessed 1 11 Focal Point, Drop Lens Fixture R 1 20 12 2 -Button w/ Raise/Lower L 13 1 20 1 L Existing Lighting Load -. Office 205 W.W *NOTE E 2 LC Focal Point FSM4L FL 375LF 40K 1C UNV LD1 G1 TVI WH 06' ' 2" x 6' LED NA NA 1 ND NA 25 120 Recessed 20 16 Finelite, Pinnacle, Se'Lux Slot Fixture 17 1 20 1 L Existing Corridor Lighting Office 205 W. WM *NOTE 2 " R 1 20 18 Support control wiring in an organized fashion above accessible ceilings, for any 1 LD Gotham EVO 35/14 4ARWD 120 EZB 4" LED NA NA 1 0-10 NA 26 120 Recessed Office 205 E. WM *NOTE 2 R Cree, Lightolier, Juno, Portfolio, Prescolite Downlight 22 Provide wireless switches with pedestals for Owner to install/use. 1 23 S Office 205 Recpt *NOTE 2 R 1 20 LE Lithonia 2TI2 33L FW Al2 D38 LP835 NX 2'x2' LED NA NA 1 ND NA 38 UNV Recessed 2 27 Columbia, DayBrite, Williams, Metalux Lensed Troffer R 1 20 28 Indirect/Direct Exisitng panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in'panel 29 20 1 S Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 LG Juno 2C 835 N UCLW - 2NCMF 2 LED NA NA 1 ND NA 12 UNV Recessed 20 32 Lightolier, Wila, Contech Downlight 33 - 20 1 R Existing Receptacle Load Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R 1 20 34 ND =Non -Dimmed 3W =3 Wire Dimmed LHA , Prudential P3918 LED35LO WA TMW D1 SC UNV SUR X3 ND 18" Round LED NA NA 1 ND NA 20 UNV Surface Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R Point, Advent XAL ' Focal 0 Surface Drum - 38 39 20 1 S Existing Exhaust Fan M 1 20 40 LHB Prudential P3920 LED35LO WA TMW D1 SC UNV SUR X3 ND 24" Round LED NA NA 1 ND NA 41 UNV Surface 20 1 E Existing VAV Conf207 Recpt *NOTE 2'" Foca l Point Advent XAL Surface Drum 20 44 45 20 1 E Existing VAV RR Recpt *NOTE 2 , R 1 LNC Prudential P3930 LED35LO WA TMW D1 SC UNV SUR X3 ND - 36" Round LED NA NA 1- ND NA 77 UNV Surface Focal Point, Advent, XALP _ Surface Drum Existing Flr Recpt 9 P R 1 20 50 51 SP FA calpoint FEQ 24 WP 2T8 1 C UNV S G WH 2x4 Volumetric 2 F28T8/XUSPX41/ECO 1 PS 0.88 58 'UNV .Recessed - 7 20 ._ l Columbia Pinnacle, Co Troffer 55 SP Existing Recpt R 1 20 56 FB Focalpoint FLU 22 PS 2T8 1C UNV_S G WH 2'x2' Volumetric 2 F17T8 XUSPX41HECO 1 PS' 0.88 35 UNV Recessed SP' Existing Desk Rcpt Pinnacle, Columbia, Troffer 20 60 61 SP Existing Rcpt R 1 FC FocalPoint FSD 22 CR 2T8 UNV S WH 2' Round 2 F28T8/XL/SPX41/ECO 1 PS 0.88 58 UNV Recessed 7 Prudential, XAL, Advent Fixture Existing Fir Rcpt R 1 20 1 66 67 SP FD FocalPoint FSD 44 CR 2T8 UNV S U WH 4' Round 6 F28T8/XL/SPX41/ECO 2 PS 0.88 168' - UNV Recessed 7 Prudential, XAL, Advent Fixture 71 - SP SP 72 IA FocalPoint FV4S AC DR12781G 120 S C24 WH $ ' 8 Linear 4 P 41/ECO F28T8tXUS X 2 PS 0.88 1 1 6 120 Suspended p 2 7 , Alera, PAL, Ledalite Indirect/Direct 76 77 SPI SP IAD FocalPoint FV4S AC DRI 2T8 1C 120 D C24 WH 8' 8' Dimming Linear 4 F32T8/XUSPX41/ECO 2 0-10 1.00 70 120 Suspended 2,8 Alera, PAL, Ledalite Indirect/Direct S 2 30 82 83 SID IB FV4S AC DR1 2T8 1C 120 S C24 WH 24' 24' Linear 12 F28T8/XUSPX41/ECO 6 PS 0.88 348 120 Suspended 2,4,7 IFocalPoint Alera, PAL, Ledalite Indirect/Direct PA Louis Poulsen PH5-6 61/2-6 1/150W/CMH/T-6 G12 120/277V WHT 18" Decorative 1 15OW CMH T-6 1 ND 1 175 UNV Suspended 6 Pendant XA Dual -Lite LX U R W Red On White NA NA NA NA NA 3 UNV Wall 3,5 Lightalarms, Lithonia, Chloride Exit Sign XB Dual -Lite EV 4-02L Emergency NA NA NA NA NA 2 UNV Wall 3 Lightalarms, Lithonia, Chloride Wall Pack XC LHQM LED R Exit/Emergency NA NA NA NA NA 8 UNV Wall 3 ILitonia Lightalarms, Dual -Lite, Chloride Combo Unit KEY: PS =Programmed Rapid Start- ND =Non -Dimmed 3W =3 Wire Dimmed BF =Ballast Factor IS =Instant Start 0-10 =0-10V Dimmed DA =Digital Addressable NA =Not Applicable NOTES: -- 1. General Items: a Refer to specification 265000 for additional' requirements. b. All fluorescent ballasts to be low harmonic electronic type with parallel wired lamps. c. Lamp numbers based on G.E. Lighting, unless noted otherwise. d. Dimming ballast shall be compatible with the lighting control system. 2. Provide and install lengths per plans. Provide adjustable aircraft cable with straight cord feeds. Suspend fixture 18" from ceiling to bottom of fixture or per Architect's direction. Coordinate with architectural plans for ceiling type(s) prior to ordering hanging hardware. Each row of fixtures shall have only one feed point with circuit run being fed through fixture housing. 1 Provide integral battery pack. 4. Fixture shall be constructed with 8' sections for total overal length as stated in description. 5. Verify mounting of fixture based on drawings prior to installation. Refer to drawings for configuratio of chevrons. 6. Suspend fixture from ceiling 24" to top of fixture. Coordinate' exact suspension with Architect prior to suspending. Fixture shall be suspeneded with aircraft cable. 7. Lamps for fixture shall be 28W, 4', T8 lamps to meet CEE Reduced Wattage T8 Specifications for rebate. 8. Fixture shall have standard 32W T8 lamps due to dimming requirements. 9. All fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with a Premium Efficient ballast per 26 5000 specification in order to meet CEE requirements for rebate. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE - ALTERNATE BID(LED) PANEL SCHEDULE: LC(EXISTING) VOLTAGE 120/208V, 3Ph, 4W 225A :MAIN " GRND BUS YES CONN.VA: Flush s :MOUNTING LOCATION: NDS Reception :IESCR ' DEVICE SCHEDULE PLAN MARK CKT NO. BKR LOAD LOAD AMP P DESCRIPTION V.A. V.A. DESCRIPTION NOTES P BKR AMP CKT NO. Ceiling DESCRIPTION 1 Existing Li htin "Load 20 1 L 9 9 9 .. Office 217 Recpt *NOTE 2 < P R 1 20 2 Low Voltage Ceiling 3 Existing Li 20 ' "! L g Lighting 9 Load :� �• Recpt NOTE 2 _ Office 217 * P R ,1 '20 4 Intermatic #E1400 Line Voltage 5 20 1 L Existing Lighting Load ...... Office '217 Reept *..NOTE 2 R 1 20 6 LVS-1 Lutron QSWS2-2BI-WH 7 Existing Lighting Load M•.. 20 1 L 9 g 9 * Office 219 Recpt NOTE 2 .P R 1 2 0 8 Volumetric Troffer LVS-2 9 20 1-L Existing 'Li Lighting Load Office 222 Recpt t .NOTE 2 R 120 FC 10 2' LED 1 11 Existing Lighting Load .__ 20 1 L g 9 9 Office 205 W. WM,,NOTE 2 R 1 20 12 2 -Button w/ Raise/Lower L 13 1 20 1 L Existing Lighting Load -. Office 205 W.W *NOTE E 2 R 1 20 14 4' LED Slide Dimmer w/Switch 15 Existing Lighting Load 20 1 L 9 9 9 �• * Office 205 W. WM ..NOTE 2 R 1 20 16 Round Fixture HBA, Leviton; SensorSwitch 17 1 20 1 L Existing Corridor Lighting Office 205 W. WM *NOTE 2 " R 1 20 18 Support control wiring in an organized fashion above accessible ceilings, for any 1 19 60 3 S Office 205 E. WM *NOTE 2 R 1 20 20 f; Refer to spec for alternate manufacturers. 21 S Office 205 E. WM *NOTE 2 R 1 20 22 Provide wireless switches with pedestals for Owner to install/use. 1 23 S Office 205 Recpt *NOTE 2 R 1 20 24 Linear Indirect/Direct L 1 25 20 1 R Existing Receptacle Load _ Workstation/Break*NOTE 2 R 1 20 26 16' LED Linear 2 27 20 - - 1 R Existing Receptacle Load Break Rm Frige *NOTE 2 R 1 20 28 Indirect/Direct Exisitng panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in'panel 29 20 1 S Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R 1 20 30 24' LED Linear 3 31 20 1 E Existing 2nd Flr Water HIT Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R 1 20 32 Indirect/Direct 33 - 20 1 R Existing Receptacle Load Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R 1 20 34 ND =Non -Dimmed 3W =3 Wire Dimmed 35 20 1 S New Copier/Scanner Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R 1 20 36 1. General Items: 37 20 1 S Work Area 216 *NOTE 2 R 1 20 38 39 20 1 S Existing Exhaust Fan M 1 20 40 41 20 1 S New RR Water Heater S 1 20 42 3. Alternate Bid #2 Note - Alternate bid for replacing, private office light fixtures shall be for new fluorescent fixtures. Use Base Bid Light fixture 43 20 1 E Existing VAV Conf207 Recpt *NOTE 2'" R 1 20 44 45 20 1 E Existing VAV RR Recpt *NOTE 2 , R 1 20 46 47 20 1 R Exterior Roof Recpt Existing Recpt R 1 20 48 49 " = SP =.• Existing Flr Recpt 9 P R 1 20 50 51 SP Existing Recpt R 1 20 52 53 SP Existing Recpt R 1 20 54 55 SP Existing Recpt R 1 20 56 57 SP ;, Existing Countr Rcpt R 1 20 58 59` SP' Existing Desk Rcpt R 1 20 60 61 SP Existing Rcpt R 1 20 62 63 SP Existing Rcpt R 1 20 64 65" ' SP Existing Fir Rcpt R 1 20 1 66 67 SP Existing ConfRm Rcpt R 1 20 68 69 SIR M SP 70 71 - SP SP 72 73 SP SP 74 75 SP SP 76 77 SPI SP 78 79 , SP SP 80 81 SP :::; S 2 30 82 83 SID S 84 *HL = HANDLE LOCK *GFI = GROUND FAULT INTERUPTER *AFI = ARC FAULT INTERRUPTER NOTES: 1. Existing panel is a GE A -Series panelboard with two 42 circuit sections. 2. Existing receptacle noted as shown on plans for reference in circuiting. Electrical Contractor shall , field verify available breakers during demolition and adjust circuiting as required to use available breakers. Provide new typed panel directory at completion of project. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE - ALTERNATE BID(LED) LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE SCHEDULE PLAN MARK MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION MOUNTING NOTES OSA Watt Stopper DT -300 Low Voltage Ceiling DESCRIPTION QTY. TYPE HBA, Leviton, SensorSwitch Dual Technology Sensor MOUNTING NOTES OSB Lutron LOS -CDT -20008 -WH Low Voltage Ceiling Note 2 44 MVOLT Dual Technology Sensor 2,3,4 CKT OSc Intermatic #E1400 Line Voltage Wap NO. BKR CKT Programmable Timer Switch FB Focalpoint FEQL 22 WP 250OLH 40K 1 C UNV LD1 G WH LVS-1 Lutron QSWS2-2BI-WH Low Voltage Wall Note 1 Recessed 2,3 2 -Button Switch Pinnacle, Columbia Volumetric Troffer LVS-2 Lutron QSWS2-2BRLI-WH Wireless Wall 3 20 FC 2 -Button w/ Raise/Lower 2' LED 1 LVS-3 Lutron PJ2-2BRL-GWH-L01 Wireless Pedestal 2,3 1 R Prudential, Advent, XAL 2 -Button w/ Raise/Lower L 1 D1 Lutron NTSTV-DV Low Voltage Wall FD FocalPoint FSDL 44 FLXP LL2 40K 1 C UNV LD1 U WH 4' LED Slide Dimmer w/Switch ND 100 PS WattStopper LS -102 Low Voltage Ceiling Prudential, Advent, XAL Round Fixture HBA, Leviton; SensorSwitch Switching Daylight Sensor _15 ` 10 GENERAL NOTES: a. Provide 8' of additional wiring above ceiling tile for future adjustment of sensor. b, Support control wiring in an organized fashion above accessible ceilings, for any 1 location where wiring will be exposed provide raceway to protect conductors. c, Foruftrasonic sensors, mount no closer than 6' to air supply/ return diffusers. d. Provide 20A rated power packs with zero cross switching technology (WattStopper BZ -150 or equivalent). a. Manufacturer or Manufacturer's Representative shall provide commissioning' of control prior to project closeout. f; Refer to spec for alternate manufacturers. NOTES: 20 1. Low voltage switches shall be wired to Lutron Eye. Reuse exisitn raceways to above ceiling. 9 Y 9 Y 9 2. Sensor shall be configured for vacancy function and integrated to Grafik Eye. 3, Provide wireless switches with pedestals for Owner to install/use. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE - ALTERNATE BID(LED) PLAN MANUFACTURERS AND DRIVER INPUT 120/208V, 3Ph, 4W FIXTURE :MAIN MARK MODEL NUMBERS DESCRIPTION QTY. TYPE WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING NOTES FA Focalpoint FEQL 24 WP 400OLH 40K 1 C UNV LD1 G WH 2'x4' LED 1 ND 44 MVOLT Recessed 2,3,4 CKT Pinnacle, Columbia Volumetric Troffer NO. BKR CKT DESCRIPTION FB Focalpoint FEQL 22 WP 250OLH 40K 1 C UNV LD1 G WH 2'x2' LED 1 ND 37 MVOLT Recessed 2,3 1 E Pinnacle, Columbia Volumetric Troffer _R 1 15 _ 2 3 20 FC FocalPoint FSDL 22 FLXP LL2 40K 1 C UNV LD1 U WH 2' LED 1 ND 50 MVOLT Recessed 2,3 1 R Prudential, Advent, XAL Round Fixture L 1 15 6 7 20 FD FocalPoint FSDL 44 FLXP LL2 40K 1 C UNV LD1 U WH 4' LED 1 ND 100 MVOLT Recessed 2,3 1 R Prudential, Advent, XAL Round Fixture L 1 _15 ` 10 11- 20 IA Alera LCV 8 40 HL PERF CM 48 E U MW 8' LED Linear 1 ND 110 120 Suspended 2 1 R LedaLite Indirect/Direct L; 1 20 14 15 20 IAD Alera LCV 8 40 HL PERF CM 48 ED U MW 8' Dimming LED 1 0-10 110 ` 120 Suspended 2 E LedaLite Linear Indirect/Direct L 1 1 1 20 1 18 *HL = HANDLE LOCK *GFI = GROUND FAULT INTERUPTER` *AF1= ARC FAULT INTERRUPTER IB Alera LCV 16 40 HL PERF CM 48 E U MW 16' LED Linear 2 ND 220 120 Suspended 2 1. Existing panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in panel LedaLite Indirect/Direct Exisitng panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in'panel prior to demolition. Provide new updated circuit directory from findings during field verification. prior to demolition. Provide new updated circuit directory from findings during field verifications. p P CY 9 8 IC Alera LCV 24 40 HL PERF CM 48 E U MW 24' LED Linear 3 ND 330 120 Suspended 2 LedaLite Indirect/Direct KEY: ND =Non -Dimmed 3W =3 Wire Dimmed NA =Not Applicable 0-10 =0-10V Dimmed DA =Digital Addressable NOTES: 1. General Items: a. Refer to specification 265000 for additional requirements. b. Schedule shall be used for Alternate Bid LED fixtures. Do not use for Base Bid. a .Lamp numbers based on G.E. Lighting, unless noted otherwise. d. Provide a minimum 5 year warranty on all LED products 20W and greater. e. Dimming driver shall be compatible with the lighting control system. 2. Alternate Bid #1 Note - Alternate bid for change from fluorescent lighting to LED shall only be for open office space. Fixture types shown in this schedule correspond to fixture designations shown on drawings. 3. Alternate Bid #2 Note - Alternate bid for replacing, private office light fixtures shall be for new fluorescent fixtures. Use Base Bid Light fixture schedule for Alternate Bid #2. 4. Alternate Bid #3 Note - Alternate bid for replacing private office light fixtures with LED fixtures shall use this schedule. Fixtures in private office shall be replaced with FA type fixtures according to this schedule. PANEL SCHEDULE: ; LOBBY (EXISTING) VOLTAGE 120/208V, 3Ph, 4W 100A MLO VOLTAGE 120/208V, 3Ph, 4W 100A MLO :MAIN GRND BUS YES CONN.VA: FLUSH GRND BUS YES CONN.VA: FLUSH :MOUNTING LOCATION: Council Chamber 10,000 L ATI N: Lobb oc o y 10,000 :IESCR sc CKT BKR CKT BKR LOAD LOAD NO. BKR CKT DESCRIPTION AMR P DESCRIPTION V.A. .. V.A `V.A.NO. DESCRIPTION NO. P AMP NO. -1 20 1 E Existing PD Door Operator g P Existing Council Load 9 _R 1 15 _ 2 3 20 1 R - Exisitng Load Existing Lobby Conf Rm Load R 1 15 4 5 20' 1 R Existing InfoDesk Recpt Existing Lobby Lights L 1 15 6 7 20 1 R Existing Recpt Load g P Existing Load 9 S_ 1 `;15 20 9 20 1 R Existing info Desk Recpt Existing,.Li htin Load L 1 _15 ` 10 11- 20 1 R • L Exlslnt Load Existing Exterior Lighting Load 9 g g L 1 15 12 13 20 1 R Existing Recpt Load Existing _Exterior Lighting Load L; 1 20 14 15 20 2 E Existin Lobb OVD Fan g Y Existing Load g_ 16 1 20 1`6 17 Existing ADA Door E ;;' Existing`Exit Si ns g L 1 1 1 20 1 18 *HL = HANDLE LOCK *GFI = GROUND FAULT INTERUPTER` *AF1= ARC FAULT INTERRUPTER NOTES: NOTES: 1. Existing panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in panel 1• Exisitng panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in'panel prior to demolition. Provide new updated circuit directory from findings during field verification. prior to demolition. Provide new updated circuit directory from findings during field verifications. p P CY 9 8 2, Electrical Contractor shall remove existing circuit breakers and busing and repalce with new. Verify existing interior box 2. Electrical Contractor shall remove xistin circuit breakers and busing and re aloe with new. Verify existing interior box dimensions prior to removal and repalcement. dimensions prior to removal and replacement. - PANEL SCHEDULE: CHAMBER EXISTING VOLTAGE 120/208V, 3Ph, 4W 100A MLO :MAIN GRND BUS YES CONN.VA: FLUSH :MOUNTING LOCATION: Council Chamber 10,000 :IESCR CKT BKR BKR "CKT NO. AMP P DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION P AMP NO. 1 20 1 R Existing Recpt Load 7T7Existing Existing 2x4 Fixtures L 1 15 2 3 20 1 E Existing Recpt and W. Heater Existing Projector E 1 15 4 5 20 1 R Existing Load Existing Track Lights L 1 15 6 7 20 1 E Existing Recpt Load *RED Existing NE Plugmold R 1 20 8 9 20 1 R Existing Exit Light SE Plugmold R 1 20 10 11 20 1 E Existing Recpt and Blinds Existing SW Plugmold R 1 20 12 13 20 1 R Existing Recpt Load,.=: S 2 20 14 15 20 1 L Existing Lighting Load 16 17 20 1 L Existing Downlights_ Existing ADA Door E 1 20 18 *HL = HANDLE LOCK *GFI = GROUND FAULT INTERUPTER *AFI = ARC FAULT INTERRUPTER NOTES: 1. Existing panelboard is an old GE Panel with ratings as shown. Electrical Contractor shall field verify all circuits in panel prior to demolition. Provide new updated circuit directory from findings during field verification. 2, Electrical Contractor shall remove existing circuit breakers and busing and repalce with new. Verify existing interior box dimensions prior to removal and repalcement. Project Name: AM OW 13 d luggs- * AM, r f I A 071 1., ciry of down ciry CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT owa City, Iowa 2APC Project Number'. 1323 R O H R B A C H ASSOCIATES PC A R C H I T E C T S Commerce Center 325 E. Washington Suite 400 P. O. Box 2238 Iowa City, Iowa 52244 Tel: 319 338 931 1 Fax: 319 338 9872 E -M a i 1: rape@rohrbachassoeiates.com Cons`uItants Mechanical/Electrical Engineers: m0 DESIGN W ENGINEERS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA 52404 - 4850 TEL: 319.841 .1944 FAX: 319.841.1949 Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS Issue Date: Number Date Description 1 03/09/15 CONST. DOCS Drawn By: Checked By: RLS BRD Sheet Number: E5.0 c T s_ E CZ 0 CV O CN ct> C=) Cil 0 -0 0 a.. E a- 04 CSI I LO 0 CV CU 0 `v -o 2 0 0 J Cr 3 0 'a v en i i r` h O I a v 0 c v A A .a 0 J v C-) i E 0 z .3 0 L t z C-4 4" SQUARE BOX SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. I METAL WALL STUD FLEXIBLE CONDUIT :::::: CONDUIT TO - OTHER FIXTURES LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE CONDUIT TO PANELBOARD OR OTHER FIXTURES. 4" SQUARE OR OCTAGON BOX. 4 TAP MAX. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. Below is a list of common requirements outlined in the Project Manual. Refer to the Project Manual and standard details for moredetailedinformation for these items and for all other materials and construction methods required. a. Minimum wire size to be #12 for power. b. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through -wall type. c. All conduits, junction boxes, wiring, equipment, etc. to be properly labeled. d. Provide green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system. e• All Circuits shall have dedicated neutrals to meet NEC without having handle ties. Share neutrals are not allowed. 2. Coordinate light fixture locations with mechanical equipment and piping. 3. ` Coordinate device locations and heights with Architectural elevations and details prior to rough -in. 4. Penetrations for all conduits passing through fire and smoke rated walls and floors shall be provided with firestopping to maintain the fire "rating. Use other 3M (or equal) UL -Listed details as applicable for specific installations. 5. Coordinate ceiling space with other trades for new and existing equipment. 6. Drawings are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, and to indicate the general locations of equipment and some feeders. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions and layout his own work according to the following guidelines: a. Coordinate device locations and heights with Architectural elevations and details prior to rough; in. Fixtures and devices to be centered around architectural construction. Verifyexact box rough -in locations with Architect prior to installation of 9 conduit and wire; Architect reserves the; right to have the Contractor adjust box locations at this time. 7. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved and regularly employed in that particular craft. All work shall be performed in''a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 8. Electrical communications and fire alarm _systems shall not be supported _by mechanical ductwork, mechanical piping, sPrnkler or ceilingsystem support wires. `Where coordinated with other trades, common support" structures may be utilized. ys PP_ ,Y__ r i 9. Refer to architectural plans and specifications for construction phasing and schedule requirements. 10. Coordinate installation of all items penetrating the exterior building envelope with General Contractor. All penetrations shall be P 9 9 P weather tight. Interiors of conduits shall be sealed with duct seal. _ 11. Coordinate locations" and sizes of openings in new structure' with General Contractor. Seal and/or fire stop all st " p / Penetrations as required. , 12. Circuit numbers shown have been chosen to aid in design and to provide claret of scope of work. Adjust as necessary based 2 9 P Y P N rY on field conditions. 13. Refer to specifications for alternate bid` description information. P P, 14. Were conduits and cable cross building expansion joints, provide suitable expansion fittings. Unless fitting is listed for bonding, provide external bonding jumper. 15. All 120V receptacles within 6 - of sinks shall be GFCI type. eP YP 16. Electrical Contractor to cut and patch walls and floors as required for installation of new systems. a. All openings in concrete or masonry construction shall be core drilled or saw cut. Coordinate with existing structure: and General Contractor as required to maintain structural integrity and minimize size of openings Do not modify structural building components without coordinating modifications with the Architect. b. Fire stop ;around all conduit penetrations through fire rated construction. Refer to architectural plans for required fire ratings. See details and specifications for fire 'stopping requirements. 17. Electrical Contractor shall remove and reinstall acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) as required to Complete electrical work as indicated on the plans. Any tile damaged during construction shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. 18. Provide updated 'typewritten circuit directories at all existing panelboards with new or modified circuits. 19. Unless otherwise noted, new devices on existing walls shall be installed with concealed raceway and flush boxes. Project Name: 1 r ELECTRICAL NOTES 1" DEPTH 3M FIRE BARRIER E-1 ONE OR TWO HOUR RATED 6" RIGID STEEL. OR a EMT CP 25SA OR 25N/S CAULK 1/4' BEAD OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD ASSEMBLY CONDUIT MAX CP-25WB CAULK, 6" RIGID STEEL OR a EMT 1" DEPTH MINERAL WOOL STEEL SLEEVE (OPTIONAL) BOTH SIDES OF WALL CONDUIT MAX PACKING E-2 Furnish and install digital timer for controlling the lobby and north hall lighting. Timer shall be programmed to be ON from ' ,.,.. _ 6AM to 1OPM each day. _ E-11 Reuse' existinglighting circuit serving the area. Li ht "fixtures in ,the ace shall be controlled b low -voltage momentary switch 9 9 9 9 space Y 9 Y E-3 Furnish and install three Lutron Pico switches, LVS-1, as shown on drawings over existing openings. Provide blank overs over Commerce Center existing openings. LVS-1 switches shall be programmed for 3 different scenes as detailed in the Lutron Grafik Eye schematic. 325 E. Washington E-4 Downlight fixtures shall be controlled by photosensor, PS, in vestibule. Photosensor shall be programmed to switch fixtures ON Suite 400 0" MIN., 2-3/8" MAX. when light levels drop below 30fc. P. O. Box 2238 ANNULAR SPACE 1/2" DEPTH CP-25WB 4-1/2" MIN. SOLID 1" MAX. WALL SECTION 1" MINERAL WOOL PACKING OR CP-25N/S CAULK CONCRETE FLOOR ANNULAR SPACE 28 GAUGE STEEL SLEEVE Tel: 3 1 9 3 3 8 9 3 1 1 E-6 _ WITH 2' MIN. OVERLAP F a x: 3 1 9 338 9872 NOTE• circuit to the Intermatic'digital timer for switching offixtures. NOTE: 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN BREACHFLOOR SEALING DETAIL 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN SEALING DETAIL ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM' 1003 �- - ONE AND.. TWO HOUR FIRE STOP ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM AJ1001 TWO HOUR FIRE -STOP i:C E010 -01a E010-01 b 6' RIGID STEEL OR a EMT 1/4' ANCHOR BOLTS WITH C p' n s u I t a n t S CONDUIT MAX WASHER AND NUT, TYP. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL$TELECOMMUNICATION$ .01 1/4" MAX. ANNULAR at 7Arn and - OFF at 7PM each day. COMPOSITE SHEET CS -195 e SPACE • .....NOTES• 2" MIN. OVERLAP 8 ., 1. INDIVIDUAL DETAILS APPLY ONLY TO THE E-13 Fixture in the conference room shall controlled b a dimmer and occupancy sensors. Fixture shall be manual ON with the i P Y MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION TYPE AND e� .... CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN. REFER TO 8 ,, ,,. .f WRAP STRIP SHALL AND MANUFAC ON MANUFACTURER S SYSTEM APPLICATION r • EXTEND 7 8 / ABOVE DETAILS FOR OTHER MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION s«► LIGHTING COVER OR CONFIGURATIONS. 4-1/2t*MIN. E=14 Fixture shall be controlled by ceiling mounted occupancy sensor:onl . Sensor shall be 'set, to timeout after 15 minutes of no Y 9 P Y Y CONCRETE STRUCTURE SHEET METAL COVER CS -195 COMPOSITESHEET SEAM 2. DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL APPLICATIONS AND DO NOT NECESSARILY APPLY TO ANY OR ALL MOTOR OUTLET AND CONNECTION FIRE STOPPING REQUIREMENTS: ON THE PROJECT. 2' HIGH WRAP STRIP Ile BEAD OF CAULK 3M FS -195 WITHAROUND PERIMETER I IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO 16 GAUGE STEEL TIE au E TPMENT CONNECTION INSTALL ALL FIRE STOPPING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WRAP LOC TO THE -MANUFACTURER' INSTRUCTIONS ❑ TO COMPLY WITH THE APPROPRIATE 3M 36" MAX. LENGTH, 750 SQ. IN. _ N M iNOICATES U BER OF RJ -45 JAdCS CABLES. SYSTEM ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS. MAX. OPENING 4. MODEL NUMBERS AND MATERIALS ARE BASED THE NUMBER MATCH RECEPTACLE LE to voltage, occupancy sensorElectrical Contractor hall remove standard switch or switch mounted occupancy sens.or and ON 3M PRODUCTS. NOTE (Jt_ 1. MATERIALS AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN PENETRATION FOR LARGE OPENINGS TYPICAL ELECTRICAL ARE FOR 3M SYSTEM #CAJ1006 THREE HOUR FIRE -STS FIRE -STOPPING DETAILS E010-01 c E010-01 z C-4 4" SQUARE BOX SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. I METAL WALL STUD FLEXIBLE CONDUIT :::::: CONDUIT TO - OTHER FIXTURES LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE CONDUIT TO PANELBOARD OR OTHER FIXTURES. 4" SQUARE OR OCTAGON BOX. 4 TAP MAX. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. Below is a list of common requirements outlined in the Project Manual. Refer to the Project Manual and standard details for moredetailedinformation for these items and for all other materials and construction methods required. a. Minimum wire size to be #12 for power. b. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through -wall type. c. All conduits, junction boxes, wiring, equipment, etc. to be properly labeled. d. Provide green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system. e• All Circuits shall have dedicated neutrals to meet NEC without having handle ties. Share neutrals are not allowed. 2. Coordinate light fixture locations with mechanical equipment and piping. 3. ` Coordinate device locations and heights with Architectural elevations and details prior to rough -in. 4. Penetrations for all conduits passing through fire and smoke rated walls and floors shall be provided with firestopping to maintain the fire "rating. Use other 3M (or equal) UL -Listed details as applicable for specific installations. 5. Coordinate ceiling space with other trades for new and existing equipment. 6. Drawings are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, and to indicate the general locations of equipment and some feeders. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions and layout his own work according to the following guidelines: a. Coordinate device locations and heights with Architectural elevations and details prior to rough; in. Fixtures and devices to be centered around architectural construction. Verifyexact box rough -in locations with Architect prior to installation of 9 conduit and wire; Architect reserves the; right to have the Contractor adjust box locations at this time. 7. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved and regularly employed in that particular craft. All work shall be performed in''a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft. 8. Electrical communications and fire alarm _systems shall not be supported _by mechanical ductwork, mechanical piping, sPrnkler or ceilingsystem support wires. `Where coordinated with other trades, common support" structures may be utilized. ys PP_ ,Y__ r i 9. Refer to architectural plans and specifications for construction phasing and schedule requirements. 10. Coordinate installation of all items penetrating the exterior building envelope with General Contractor. All penetrations shall be P 9 9 P weather tight. Interiors of conduits shall be sealed with duct seal. _ 11. Coordinate locations" and sizes of openings in new structure' with General Contractor. Seal and/or fire stop all st " p / Penetrations as required. , 12. Circuit numbers shown have been chosen to aid in design and to provide claret of scope of work. Adjust as necessary based 2 9 P Y P N rY on field conditions. 13. Refer to specifications for alternate bid` description information. P P, 14. Were conduits and cable cross building expansion joints, provide suitable expansion fittings. Unless fitting is listed for bonding, provide external bonding jumper. 15. All 120V receptacles within 6 - of sinks shall be GFCI type. eP YP 16. Electrical Contractor to cut and patch walls and floors as required for installation of new systems. a. All openings in concrete or masonry construction shall be core drilled or saw cut. Coordinate with existing structure: and General Contractor as required to maintain structural integrity and minimize size of openings Do not modify structural building components without coordinating modifications with the Architect. b. Fire stop ;around all conduit penetrations through fire rated construction. Refer to architectural plans for required fire ratings. See details and specifications for fire 'stopping requirements. 17. Electrical Contractor shall remove and reinstall acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) as required to Complete electrical work as indicated on the plans. Any tile damaged during construction shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. 18. Provide updated 'typewritten circuit directories at all existing panelboards with new or modified circuits. 19. Unless otherwise noted, new devices on existing walls shall be installed with concealed raceway and flush boxes. Project Name: 1 r ELECTRICAL NOTES R O H R B A C H. E-1 Under Base Bid and Alternate Bid #1, no work in, private office spaces. Under Alternate Bid ji2, Electrical Contractor shall ASSOCIATES P C echanical/Electrical Engineers: M remove and replace existing lighting in private offices with fixture type FA and provide new lighting controls as shown. Under Alternate #3, private office spaces shall receive new lighting controls as shown and light fixture Mall be replaced with LED E-10 Connect new, lighting to existing lighting Circuit serving area. fixtures per Light Fixture Schedule -Alt Bid. E-2 Furnish and install digital timer for controlling the lobby and north hall lighting. Timer shall be programmed to be ON from ' A R C H I T E C T S 6AM to 1OPM each day. _ E-11 Reuse' existinglighting circuit serving the area. Li ht "fixtures in ,the ace shall be controlled b low -voltage momentary switch 9 9 9 9 space Y 9 Y E-3 Furnish and install three Lutron Pico switches, LVS-1, as shown on drawings over existing openings. Provide blank overs over Commerce Center existing openings. LVS-1 switches shall be programmed for 3 different scenes as detailed in the Lutron Grafik Eye schematic. 325 E. Washington E-4 Downlight fixtures shall be controlled by photosensor, PS, in vestibule. Photosensor shall be programmed to switch fixtures ON Suite 400 when light levels drop below 30fc. P. O. Box 2238 E-5 Reuse existing lighting circuit serving area. Fixtures in north hall shall be controlled by the Intermatic digital timer at the front Iowa City, Iowa 52244 desk. Extend switched circuit t0 timer and back to fixtures. The fixture noted for NL, night light, shall be on the unswitched portion of the circuit. Tel: 3 1 9 3 3 8 9 3 1 1 E-6 _ New lobby lighting shall be served from the existing lighting circuit serving the area. Extend the unswitched portion of the F a x: 3 1 9 338 9872 circuit to the Intermatic'digital timer for switching offixtures. E -M a i 1: rapc@rohrbachassociates.com E-7 Fixture shall be Connected to unswitched portion of the lighting circuit serving area. OFF after 15 minutes of n0 detect occupancy. E-8 New light fixtures shall be served from existing lighting circuit. Fixtures shall be controlled through Lutron Grafik Eye located by council seating. Refer' to Lutron Grafik Eye detail for additional information. E-9 Furnish and install a Lutron Grafik Eye QS with wireless capability. LVS-1 wireless switches and OS -B type wireless occupancy C p' n s u I t a n t S MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALCONSULTANTS sensors shall integrate with Grafik Eye. Refer to Grafik Eye detail for additional information and scenes. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL$TELECOMMUNICATION$ - echanical/Electrical Engineers: M E-10 Connect new, lighting to existing lighting Circuit serving area. E-11 Reuse' existinglighting circuit serving the area. Li ht "fixtures in ,the ace shall be controlled b low -voltage momentary switch 9 9 9 9 space Y 9 Y J� DESIGN .= switching power pack and dual technology occupancy sensor. Controls ` hall be programmed for Manual ON/Auto OFF. The momentary switch shall be used to manually switch fixtures ON and OFF. Sensors shall be set to automatically switch lighting �'�IN5 OFF after 15 minutes of n0 detect occupancy. • . . E-12 Recessed drum fixtures shall be controlled b ' Intermatic EI400 series digital timer switch. Switch shall be programmed .for ON YP o9 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALCONSULTANTS ELECTRICAL SYMBOL$TELECOMMUNICATION$ $YMB01.$ at 7Arn and - OFF at 7PM each day. 8801 PRAIRIE VIEW LANE, SUITE 200 ( NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN MAY NOT BE REQUIRED E-13 Fixture in the conference room shall controlled b a dimmer and occupancy sensors. Fixture shall be manual ON with the i P Y CEDAR RAPIDS IOWA 52404 - 4850 FOR THIS PROJECT) (NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN MAY NOT REQUIRED dimmer and automatically turned OFF by the sensor. TEL: 319`.841:1944 FAX: 319.841 .1949 s«► LIGHTING :FIXTURES wra CEIt.i1JG FIXTURE PENDANT MOUNT srs EQUIPMENT sa QU FOR THIS PROJECT) E=14 Fixture shall be controlled by ceiling mounted occupancy sensor:onl . Sensor shall be 'set, to timeout after 15 minutes of no Y 9 P Y Y MOTOR OUTLET AND CONNECTION e t d occupancy. d @t C e U CEILING FIXTURE - SURFACE MOUNT au E TPMENT CONNECTION p # INFORMATION JACK FOR VOICE OR DATA USE. •' - E 15 Under Alternate Bid 2 and Alternate Bid private office spaces as ::noted .shall .receive new lighting Controls in addition to � L�� P P 9 9 ❑ _' CEILING FIXTURE REQ FURNITURE FEED CONNECTIaN _ N M iNOICATES U BER OF RJ -45 JAdCS CABLES. new light fixtures. New lighting controls Mall be a low voltage momentary switch switching ower pack and dual technology, 9 9 -_ 9 9 Y 9 P - P D E V _ VOICE THE NUMBER MATCH RECEPTACLE LE to voltage, occupancy sensorElectrical Contractor hall remove standard switch or switch mounted occupancy sens.or and (Jt_ WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE�V- D - DATA HEIGHT UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. •s replace with law voltage, center rest, momentary switch. Space shall be controlled Manual ON/Auto OFF. Occupancy sensor LINEAR FIXTURE SURFACE OR - ; ELECTRICAL ' E ELEC IAL - ONAL DET IL PER XYZ INDICATES ADDITIONAL A P THE FOLLOWING. , timeout shall be set to 15 minutes. PENDANT MOUNTED EXISTING SURFACE. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD OR AS NOTED - AC ABOVE COUNTERTOP - - E 16 LVS 2 controls for lighting the `ace shall be ` provided to Owner for installation. 9 9 in space LINEAR FIXTURE - WALL MOUNTED NEW FLUSH BRANCH CIRCUIT `PANELB ARD W DIMENSION INDICATES IND C T TO CENTER OF WALL I NEIGH PHONE PLATE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (+48 IF NOT SHOWN) _. . � .i .. E 17 Provede< two data cables with 10 slack -coiled above accessible ceiling space for future use b the kiosk and future clock: g y _ O LINEAR FIXTURE_ RECESSED G FLUSH BRANCH C EXISTING CIRCUIT PANELBOA� OR AS NOTED W+ _ DIMENSION INDICATES HEIGHT TO CENTER OF WALL , , _p Electrical Contractor shall provide a 1'hook pathway from the location to the 2" <conduit sleeve leading into Police. Telecom L o No - SPECIAL CABINET AS TED.. SURFACE MOUNTED PHONE P' FLOOR +4er IF NOT SHOWN E LATE ABOVE PLUS ONE JACK AT STANDARD HEIGHT. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner for routing of telecom cabling #o nearest data rack that is 150 away and use existing 9 9 Y 9 -supportspathways STRIP FIXTURE SURFACE MOUNTED XX and athwa ' back to data rack. Ys _ 'Q SPECIAL CABINET AS NOTED RECESSED MOUNTED EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION PEREQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ♦, ., E 18 Electrical Contractor shall provide an equipment connection to the electronic kiosk from v accessible ceiling space. Use the _P eq P n s om abo a accessb a P ® DIRECT/INDIRECT FIXTURE - SUSPENDED _ FEED SPETdSION POINT 0 � , ,ng nearest existing receptacle Circuit for kiosk. Coordinate with General Contractor for Connection to kiosk from above. g ep + . SUSPENSION s� sa WIRING DEVICES. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET TELEVISION SYSTEM TLE E_ 19 Electrical Contractor shall f`urnish and install a 2" conduit ' sleeve accessible ceilingn9 space from the lobby ice. into Police. LPOINT EXIT LIGHT_ CEDING MOUNTED -120V SPEAKER OUTLET IN CEDING�' .above Sleeve shall have bushings on either end to protect cabling. New Data cabling for lobby shop be routed through this sleeve ♦ EXIT LIGHT .WALL MOUNTED DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 120V _ DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 120V. MOUNTED 8 ABOVE � %S S INDICATES SURFACE TYPE - R INDICATES RECESSED TYPE E 2O Electrical Contractor hall provide new Wiremold 700 surface raceway to double an surface: boxes -:for CATV cabling.Owner p Y gong _ EMERGENCY LIGHT WALL CEILING / w COUNTERTOP OR 4 ABOVE BACKSPLA sH _ P INDICATESsPROJ. HORN TYPETitle.; hall Install splitter and cabling through raceway t X and make connections. i + 4- AFF OC per s p g g c y o boxes o tons. Boxes shalt be installed at 8 P 'Sheet OR A MOUNTED S NOTED RECEPTACLE=1 DOUBLE DUPLEX 2ov MOUNTM " r , • Architects direction. Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install new Wtremold 1 surface to surface .mounted 2 00 SU a raceway LIGHT TRACK 8 ABOVE COUNTERTOP OR 4 ABOVE BACKSPLASH S SPEAKER OUTLET IN WALL S _ S INDICATES SURFACE TYPE " junction bo 4 I I r double - an x at +8 from above accessible ceiling. Telecom Contractor shall furnish and install data drops s as gong N 9 P Q =FEED POINT 120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN CEDING R INDICATES REQTYPE shown. Assume 225 o data rack from location. ELECTRICAL A -HEAD� P-; - INDICATES PROD. HORN `TYPE „ sINGLe POLE w,�L. SwlTai E-21 Telecom Contractor shall reconnect existing recessed mounted speakers in new ceiling. 9 P ... RACEWAYS . �OCCUPANCY SENSOR �CLOCK OUTLET IN cmING WITH PROGRAM SYSTEM E-22 Electrical Contractor shall reconnect refurbished council desks with existin9 power circuits. Telecom. Contractor shall reconnect SCHEDULES SURFACE RACEWAY -CONDUIT OR OTHER CLOCK AS SPECIFIED - data cablingand microphone cabling. PP 9• UNLESS NOTED OIHERWiSELIGHT GI -DIMMER �- OF -INDICATES DOUBLE FACED CLOCK E -23 Column at desk shall be furred out to support newraceway and feed the desk with ower and data.. `Electrical PP Y P Contractor shall : A N D D E TA I L S CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ks:n.INGg PUSHBUTTON "ANY wtFtlNa DEVICE WITH THIS SYMBOL CLOCK OUTLET IN w PROGRAM ALL WITH route ``existin receptacle circuit serving desk from ower ' ole location, column t ' p g p p ocation, down colu a existing receptacles. Telecom , • / V'* CONDUIT' CONCEALED IN Fl.00R � INDICATES SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET Box. OR OTHER SYSTEM CLOCK AS SPECIFIED - . . Contractor shall reroute existing data cabling serving desk from `.power pole location, down Column to existing data jack E OR UNDERGROUNDlocations. CONDUIT AS NOTED: POWER POLE OF -INDICATES DOUBLE FACED CLOCK E - ELECTRICALE-24 CAMERA Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install a new surface mounted receptacle for new digital clock. Telecom Contractor shall P C -COMMUNICATIONS furnish and install a new data jack location for a future digital clock. Coordinate mounting height with Owner prior to MT - EMPTY TV - TELEVISION -D ANY WIRING DEVICE WITH THIS SYMBOL installation. HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD - INDICATES SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET 80X. E-25 Electrical Contractor shall provide raceway in new door _frame for mullion mounted card reader. Telecom Contractor shall reuse NUMBER OF ARROWS INDICATE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS- SPLICE CONNECTION FROM existing access control cabling for new reader. -WM- SURFACE RACEWAY-WNIEMOID EXISTING TO NEW E-26 Dual compartment, multi -outlet surface raceway shall be Wiremold G4000 base, cover, divider, and accessories for complete -r--r PLUG IN STRIP -TYPE RECEPTACLES system. Mount surface raceway at +18" AFF. Duplex receptacles shall be mounted horizontally in lower compartment_ with OR OTHER OUTLETS AS NOTED CONDUIT STUB arrangement as shown. Use -4046B covers for duplex receptacles. Connection to communications compartment as follows: - MULTI -OUTLET RACEWAY AS NOTED ' 1-1/4" concealed conduit into 4-4/16" recessed box (Steel City 172171-1-1/4) which accesses Wiremold through a Wiremold QD QD cl- coNouTT coNmNuATioN Wall Box Connector (1G -4014A). Connect power compartment with 1" conduit and recessed box as required. O JUNCTION BOX E-27 Furnish and install Wiremold AMTC-4 blank power pole to provide raceway for power and data. Power pole shall be provided •��I-- ��No 0- CONDUIT TURNING U P with a to separate power and data cabling. Electrical Contractor shall provide knockouts in power pole with sealtite .divider: raceway to feed furniture. �-- SPLICE CONNECTION FROM 0-- CONDUIT TURNING DOWN EXISTING TO NEW E-28 Furnish and install new dual compartment raceway, Wiremold G4000, similar to note E-26. Electrical Contractor shall mount t CONDUIT STUB FURNITURE FEM new "Wtremold to existing furniture and feed from either power pole or column with sealtite" for power and data. Electrical �-- CONDUIT CONTINUATION Contractor shall field -verify measurements of desk for lengths of Wiremold prior to installation. 0-- CONDUIT TURNING UP JUNCTION Box _ E 29 Approximate location of telecom raceway up to 3rd floor rack where data cabling for spaces is located. Issue Date G- CONDUIT TURNING GOWN MATCH RECEPTACLE HEIGHT UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. W - WEATHER PROOF , E-30 Reinstall existing card reader in new location. Electrical Contractor shall fish existing wall with new flex conduit and cut in new Number Date Description back box at +36" to center of box. Telecom Contractor shall reroute existing access Control cabling to new location and connect existing device. 1 03109/15 CONST. DOCS E-31 Data cabling and power circuits serving existing Lobby information desk shall be re-routed from below up new wall and routed into Wiremold G4000 raceway running below counter. Receptacle shall be horizontally mounted in lower compartment. Data -- -- -- outlets shall be staggered from receptacles and terminated in faceplates with G4047BX duplex receptacle faceplates. -' E-32 New flush mounted duplex receptacle and data outlet Feed receptacle with some circuit as desk receptacles from below. Data cabling shall be fed °from below using existing cabling to new location. E-33 Existing electric water heater shall be reused. Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install a junction box' with a dedicated 12OV, 20A circuit and ,single pole switch to above accessible ceiling. ,Coordinate exact location with Plumbing Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall cut existing plug off of existing unit and hardwire to new circuit within . junction box. Single pole -- -- -- switch shall serve as unit disconnect switch.` E-34 New electric water heater located above ceiling. Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install a junction box with a dedicated 120V, 20A circuit and single pole switch above accessible ceiling. Coordinate exact location with Plumbing Contractor. Single Drawn B y : Checked B y : pole switch shall serve as unit disconnect switch. RLS BIRD E-35 Electrical Contractor shall fumish and provide Luxul< #D8N4F4OG for each fixture shown in the cove. LED T8 replacement tube shall be DLC Misted and capable of "direct T8 replacement with no adjustments to existing sockets, housing or ballast. Sheet Number: E5.1 -1571577t — 4e(4) imenim Prepared by: Kumi Moms,Public Works Dept.,410 E.Washington St., Iowa City,IA 52240,(319)356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. 15-66 RESOLUTION SETTING A PUBLIC HEARING ON MARCH 23, 2015 ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT, AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH NOTICE OF SAID HEARING, AND DIRECTING THE CITY ENGINEER TO PLACE SAID PLANS ON FILE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION. WHEREAS, funds for this project are available in the Remodel City Hall Lobby and Revenue account #4714 and City Hall Remodel for NDS Integration account #4721. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA: 1. That a public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-mentioned project is to be held on the 23`1 day of March, 2015, at 7:00 p.m. in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. 2. That the City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice of the public hearing for the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the City, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before said hearing. 3. That the copy of the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-named project is hereby ordered placed on file by the City Engineer in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection. Passed and approved this 9th day of March . 20 15 MAYOR \ Approved dddby ATTEST: )91t,„,,,„ � J��: - � _ ( f- CITY LERK City Attorney's Office S:1ENGIPWIResolutions\Project Resolutions\Setting Public Heanng\City Hall Lobby.Revenue,Harvat Hall&NOS 2015 Renovation Project on 03 09 2015 for 03 23 2015 Set Public Hearing.doc Resolution No. 15-66 Page 2 It was moved by Throgmorton and seconded by Botchway the Resolution be adopted,and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: X Botchway X Dickens X Dobyns X Hayek X Minis X Payne X Throgmorton OFFICIAL PUBLICATION NOTICE • OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTI MATED COST FOR CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT IN Printer's Fee$ -S 4 THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: STATE OF IOWA Public notice is hereby given that + the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public JOHNSON COUNTY,SS: hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the City THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvat Hall& NDS 2015 Renovation Project in FED.ID#42-0330670 said City at 7 p.m.on the 23 day of March, 2015, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in I, crV� City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next being duly sworn, say that I am meeting of the City Council there- afterrk. the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY asd postedlans, pby the City sC,form plans,specifications,form PRESS-CITIZEN,a newspaper of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City published in said county,and Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City,Iowa. and may be inspected by any inter- that a notice,a printed copy of ested persons. which is hereto attached,wasAny interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City published in said paper Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments con- time(s),on the following date(s): cerning said plans, specifications,S contract or the cost of making said improvement. JCLA-1/4- This notice is of the bit order a f the City Council of the City of Iowa City,Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K.KARR,CITY CLERK March 13,2015 Legal Clerk P°.600°044028 Subscribed and sworn to before mff this 7 day of f`'1 A.% 201 . Nota+• Puilic ADAM JAMES KAHLER 41,1 Commission Number 785381 My Commission Expires 08/04120117 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project in said City at 7 p.m. on the 23 day of March, 2015, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Coun- cil of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK S:tNGARCHRECTURE FILEIProjetsGby Han Lobby, Revenue. Harem Hal & NDS 2015 Renovation Proje0Front ends for bad dowmenlslnph for City Hari Lobby.Revenue,Harvel Hail& NDS 2015 Renovation Project for 03 23 2015.doc 2/15 R-1 t Prepared by:Kumi Morris, Public Works,410 E.Washington St., Iowa City,IA 52240(319)356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. 15-85 RESOLUTION APPROVING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CON- TRACT, AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT, ESTABLISHING AMOUNT OF BID SECURITY TO ACCOMPANY EACH BID, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH NOTICE TO BIDDERS, AND FIXING TIME AND PLACE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. WHEREAS, notice of public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project was published as required by law, and the hearing thereon held; and WHEREAS, funds for this project are available in the following accounts: G4721 City Hall Remodel for NDS Integration and G4714 Remodel City Hall and Revenue. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA THAT: 1. The plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project are hereby approved. 2. The amount of bid security to accompany each bid for the construction of the above- named project shall be in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of bid payable to Treasurer, City of Iowa City, Iowa. 3. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice, not less than 4 and not more than 45 days before the date for filing the bids, for the receipt of bids for the construction of the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the city. 4. Sealed bids for the above-named project are to be received by the City of Iowa City, Iowa, at the Office of the City Clerk, at the City Hall, before 2:30 p.m. on the 16th day of April, 2015. At that time, the bids will be opened by the City Engineer or his designee, and thereupon referred to the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, for action upon said bids at its next regular meeting, to be held at the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, at 7:00 p.m. on the 21st day of April, 2015, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Passed and approved this 23rd day of March , 20 15 . MAYO�OR A -roved by ATTEST: )11444.-z-74-J 7( vt�i�7_�Z3 CITY CLERK City Attorney's Office (rco f i s- S:1ENG\PWMResolutions\Project ResolutionslAccept Plans&Specs\Resolution to Approve Plans&Specs for City Hall Lobby Revenue Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation.doc 3/15 • Resolution No. 15-85 ]Page 2 It was moved by Dobyns and seconded by Botchway the Resolution be adopted,and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: X Botchway X Dickens x Dobyns x Hayek x Mims X Payne x Throgmorton OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OFFICIAL PUBLICATION NOTICE TO BIDDERS the City Council. CITY HALL LOBBY,REVENUE, The successful bidder will be HARVAT HALL&NDS 2015 required to furnish a bond in an RENOVATION PROJECT amount equal to one hundred per- cent (100%) of the contract price, Sealed proposals will be received said bond to be issued by a respon- by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa sible surety approved by the City, City, Iowa, until 2:30 P.M. on the and shall guarantee the prompt 16th day of April,2015.Sealed pro- payment of all materials and labor, posals will be opened immediately and also protect and save harmless thereafter by the City Engineer or the City from all claims and darn- designee. Bids submitted by fax ages of any kind caused directly or Printer's Fee$ S4Q.`-'h(�r(" machine shall not be deemed a indirectly by the operation of the "sealed bid" for purposes of this contract, and shall also guarantee Project. Proposals received after the maintenance of the improve- CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION this deadline will be returned to the ment for a period of one(1)year(s) bidder unopened. Proposals will be from and after its completion and STATE OF IOWA, acted upon by the City Council at a formal acceptance by the City meeting to be held in the Emma J. Council. .' Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M.on the 21st The following limitations shall JOHNSON COUNTY,SS: day of April, 2015, or at a special apply to this Project: meeting called for that purpose. Working Days: Schedule as indi- There will be a recommended pre- cated on phasing plan in bid doc- THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN bid meeting held on site. This will ument. start at 1:30 p.m. local time in Final completion date February FED.ID#42-0330670 Harvat Hall (council chambers), on 26,2016. Tuesday,April 7,2015. Liquidated Damages:$570.00 per /� 10, The Project will involve the follow- day I' __•� CIO% 1_ , ng; The plans,specifications and pro- ._7C t(Dlrnil({ The project will involve updating posed contract documents may be being duly sworn, say the I am and remodeling individual areas examined at the office of the City under a single contract in City Clerk. Copies of said plans and the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY Hall;this includes the main lobby specifications and form of proposal PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper and the city council chambers blanks may be secured at known as Harvat Hall, the Technigraphics,a division of Rapids published in said county, and Revenue Division, and the Reproductions located at 415 Neighborhood and Development Highland Ave,Suite 100, Iowa City, that a notice, a printed copy of Services Department. The proj- Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950 ect will be completed in phases, Fax:319-354-8973 Toll-Free 800- I which is hereto attached,was published in said paper and will involve selective demoli- 779-0093 by bona fide bidders. tion, concrete patching, mill- A$125.00 refundable fee is required work, hollow metal frame and for each set of plans and specifica- time(s), on the following date(s): wood doors, interior aluminum tions provided to bidders or other framing and glazing, light-gage interested persons.The fee shall be 22-1 metal framing and drywall.paint- in the form of a check, made pay- ing, alterationsialto existingooable to Technigraphics.the arTe r fee will mechanical system, flooring be returned if the plans are returned CA"---,1 both in carpet replacement and in unmarked and reusable condition %.,...Ar.M..-k. epoxy terrazzo, electrical work within 15 days of Council Award.A a including power and upgrading separate and nonrefundable$25.00 areas with LED lighting.The con- shipping and handling fee will apply Lel Clerk tractor will be responsible for all to plans that are sent through post- g associated mechanical, struc- al mail. Prospective bidders are tural and electrical work. advised that the City of Iowa City Subscribed and sworn to All work is to be done in strict desires to employ minority contrac- compliance with the plans and tors and subcontractors on City before this f0 ,day of specifications prepared by projects. A listing of minority con- A D. 20 ( Rohrbach Associates PC, of tractors can be obtained from the Iowa City, Iowa, which have Iowa Department of Economic heretofore been approved by the Development at(515)242-4721 and City Council, and are on file for the Iowa Department of Nota PU liC public examination in the Office Transportation Contracts Office at of the City Clerk. (515)239-1422. Each proposal shall be completed Bidders shall list on the Form of on a form furnished by the City and Proposal the names of persons, must be accompanied in a sealed firms, companies or other parties envelope, separate from the one with whom the bidder intends to containing the proposal, by a bid subcontract. This list shall include ADAM JAMES KAHLER bond executed by a corporation the type of work and approximate Commission Number 785381 authorized to contract as a surety in subcontract amount(s). `yst the State of Iowa, in the sum of The Contractor awarded the con- My Commission Expires 10% of the bid. The bid security tract shall submit a list on the Form p f shall be made payable to the of Agreement of the proposed sub- 08/0412017 Y TREASURER OF THE CITY OF contractors, together with quanti- f` IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be ties,unit prices and extended dollar forfeited to the City of Iowa City in amounts. '"� the event the successful bidder fails By virtue of statutory authority, to enter into a contract within ten preference must be given to prod- (10) calendar days of the City ucts and provisions grown and coal Council's award of the contract and produced within the State of Iowa, post bond satisfactory to the City and to Iowa domestic labor,to the ensuring the faithful performance of extent lawfully required under Iowa the contract and maintenance of Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal res- said Project,if required,pursuant to dent bidder preference law applies the provisions of this notice and the to this Project. other contract documents. Bid The City reserves the right to reject bonds of the lowest two or more any or all proposals, and also bidders may be retained for a pen- reserves the right to waive techni- od of not to exceed fifteen(15)cal- calities and irregularities. ender days following award of the Published upon order of the City contract,or until rejection is made. Council of Iowa City,Iowa. Other bid bonds will be returned MARIAN K.KARR,CITY CLERK after the canvass and tabulation of bids is completed and reported to Pc 8000C44,J. March 27,2015 NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 2:30 P.M. on the 16th day of April, 2015. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at a meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 21st day of April, 2015, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. There will be a recommended pre-bid meeting held on site. This will start at 1:30 p.m. local time in Harvat Hall (council chambers), on Tuesday,April 7, 2015. The Project will involve the following: The project will involve updating and remodeling individual areas under a single contract in City Hall; this includes the main lobby and the city council chambers known as Harvat Hall, the Revenue Division, and the Neighborhood and Development Services Department. The project will be completed in phases, and will involve selective demolition, concrete patching, millwork, hollow metal frame and wood doors, interior aluminum framing and glazing, light-gage metal framing and drywall, painting, alterations to existing mechanical system, flooring both in carpet replacement and epoxy terrazzo, electrical work including power and upgrading areas with LED lighting. The contractor will be responsible for all associated mechanical, structural and electrical work. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Rohrbach Associates PC, of Iowa City, Iowa, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10%of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days following award of the contract, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tabulation of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its com- pletion and formal acceptance by the City Council. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Working Days: Schedule as indicated on phasing plan in bid document. Final completion date February 26, 2016. Liquidated Damages: $570.00 per day The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950 Fax:319-354-8973 Toll-Free 800-779-0093 by bona fide bidders. A $125.00 refundable fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Technigraphics. The fee will be returned if the plans are returned in unmarked and reusable condition within 15 days of Council Award. A separate and nonrefundable $25.00 shipping and handling fee will apply to plans that are sent through postal mail. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242-4721 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515)239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK S:tENGWRCHITECTURE FIIEtPrcJedslCily Hall Lobby.Revenue,Herval Hall&HOC 2015 Renovation ProjecttFront ends for bid documents notice to bidden.doe Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Public Works Department,410 E.Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240(319)356-5044 • RESOLUTION NO. 15-111 RESOLUTION AWARDING CONTRACT AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO SIGN AND THE CITY CLERK TO ATTEST A CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT. WHEREAS, City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction of Iowa City, IA has submitted the lowest responsible bid of$797,800 for construction of the above-named project; and WHEREAS, the bid includes alternate#1 in the amount of$23,800 and alternate#2 in the amount of$18,500; and WHEREAS, the total amount of the award of base bid and alternates#1 and#2 is$840,100; and WHEREAS, funds for this project are available in the following accounts: G4721 City Hall Remodel for NDS Integration and G4714 Remodel City Hall and Revenue NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT: 1. The contract for the construction of the above-named project for the base bid plus Alternates #1 and #2 is hereby awarded to City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 2. The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign the contract for construction of the above-named project and the Contractor's Bond, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 3. The Assistant City Manager is authorized to execute change orders as they may become necessary in the construction of the above-named project. Passed and approved this 21st day of April , 20 15 MAYOR Approved by ATTEST: 1- -K. k Lr� ��� -�, f,/. CITY-CLERK - City Attorney's Office eib�/�s It was moved by Mims and seconded by Payne the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: x Botchway X Dickens x Dobyns x Hayek x Mims x Payne x Throgmorton S:1ENG\PWIResolutions\Project Resolutioos'Award Contract\City Hall Lobby Revenue Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project-Award Contract with alternates blank resolution for 04 21 2015.doc 4/15 Marian Karr From: Kumi Morris Sent: Thursday, April 30, 2015 11:54 AM To: Marian Karr Subject: FW: Fully signed Form of Agreement for the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation 2015 Project Attachments: Transmittal to City Construction for fully signed form of agreement for City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation 2015 Project.pdf Please file a copy of the signed Form of Agreement for the City records, I will submit the performance and payment bond to your Department once I receive it from City Construction. Kumi From: Kumi Morris Sent: Thursday, April 30, 2015 11:53 AM To: Dustin Nordell (dustin@cityconstruction.build); Robert Amundson (robert@citygrp.com) Cc: William Downing (wdowning@rohrbachassociates.com); Geoff Fruin; Dennis Bockenstedt; Tim Hennes; Marian Karr Subject: Fully signed Form of Agreement for the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation 2015 Project Mr. Nordell and Mr.Amundson, Attached is an electronic copy of the fully signed Form of Agreement for the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation 2015 Project. I included the submitted list of companies with whom your company will enter major subcontracts,this is entitled "Attachment A." Also attached is a copy of the resolution of award of the project by our City Council from April 21, 2015. We received your certificate of insurance; it was reviewed and approved by the City's risk manager. The contract compliance document has also been received by the City and is under review. Further,additional items the City is anticipating from your company are: • the Performance and Payment Bond • the Iowa Sales Tax Exemption Forms A paper copy of this attachment will be sent through the postal mail. Thank you for the quick turn around on the form of agreement and we look forward to working with you. Respectfully, Kumi Morris Kumi Morris Architectural Services Coordinator Engineering Division, City of Iowa City 319.356.5044 319.356.5007 fax kumi-morris@iowa-city.org 1 r•ii�Y:� . T +i®ltthi r TRANSMITTAL LETTER '1 ,- — CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 E.Washington Street Iowa City, IA 52240 PROJECT: Transmittal Date: April 30,2015 City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Contract Date: April 21,2015 Resolution No.: 15-1 11 awarding contract on April 21,2015 by formal council action TO: Mr. Dustin Nordell and Mr. Robert Amundson [sent via e-mail and also by postal mail] City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction 409 Highway I West Iowa City, IA 52246 ATTN: Mr. Dustin Nordell and Mr. Robert Amundson: WE TRANSMIT: (X) herewith ( ) under separate cover via ( ) in accordance with your request FOR YOUR: ( ) approval (X) distribution to parties ( ) information ( ) review &comment (X) record ( ) signature& return ( ) use ( ) other THE FOLLOWING: ( ) drawings/plans ( ) shop drawing prints ( ) field instructions ( ) specifications ( ) shop drawing reproducibles (X) agreement ( ) change order ( ) product literature/samples (X) other: See below COPIES DATE SENT DESCRIPTION 1 April 30, 2015 Form of Agreement—signed and completed Remarks: Mr.Nordell and Mr. Amundson, Attached is the fully signed Form of Agreement for the City Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvat Hall&NDS Renovation 2015 Project. I included the submitted list of companies with whom your company will enter major subcontracts. This is entitled"Attachment A," also attached is a copy of the resolution of award of the project by our City Council from April 21,2015. We received your certificate of insurance; it was reviewed and approved by the City's risk manager. The contract tripliance document has also been received by the City and is under review. O �„ A Further,additional items the City is anticipating from your company are: C'") • the Performance and Payment Bond C.5—C c. r"" • the Iowa Sales Tax Exemption Forms --4C) :gym 330 frt Thank you for the quick turn around on the form of agreement and we look forward to working with you. ©m mr 0 Respectfully, yam. t!t Kumi Morris ,s E-mail copy of transmittal To: I. William Downing,Rohrbach Associates 2, Geoff Fruin.City of Iowa City,Administration 3. Dennis Bockenstedt,City of Iowa City,Finance 4. Tim Hennes,City of Iowa City,NDS 5. Marian Karr,City of Iowa City,City Clerk 6:1ENG1ARCHIT-1 Wmtects1CI62CF-11CITYCO-1\Transmittal to City Construction for luny signed construction agreement and resolution for City Has Lobby.Revenue.Herval Hill 6 NOS Renovation 2015 Prop.:Leos FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("City"), and City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction ("Contractor"). Whereas the City has prepared certain plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents dated the 9th day of March, 2015,for the CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL& NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT("Project"), and Whereas, said plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents accurately and fully describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor is willing to perform the Project. NOW,THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1, The City hereby accepts the attached proposal and bid documents of the Contractor for the Project, and for the sums listed therein. 2. This Agreement consists of the following component parts which are incorporated herein by reference: a. Addendum Numbered 1; b. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction"AIA DOC A201-2007, as amended; F, c. Plans; d. Specifications and Supplementary Conditions; �� o r e. Notice to Bidders; 7:4 rri 3.c 71 f. Note to Bidders; O . rs g. Performance and Payment Bond; --3 h. Restriction on Non-Resident Bidding on Non-Federal-Aid Projects; i. Contract Compliance Program (Anti-Discrimination Requirements); j. Proposal and Bid Documents; and k. This Instrument. AG-1 of 3 The above components are deemed complementary and should be read together. In the event of a discrepancy or inconsistency,the more specific provision shall prevail. 3. The names of subcontractors approved by City, together with quantities. unit prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows in "Attachment A." Payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. 4. The Project base bid submitted by form of proposal is in the amount of: Seven Hundred and Ninety Seven Thousand Eight Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($ 797,800.00). The City will also award alternates, in amount listed below: Alternate#1: Office Light Replacement, in amount of Twenty three thousand eight hundred Dollars and no/100 Cents($23,800.00), and Alternate #2: Replace Carpet and Wall Base Finance Division and Administration, in amount of Eighteen thousand five hundred Dollars and no/100 Cents ($18,500.00), For a Total contract amount of: Eight hundred forty thousand one hundred Dollars and no/100 Cents ($840,100.00). 5. Substantial Completion date is January 29, 2016 and final completion date February 29, 2016. 6. CONTRACT DATE 21st day of April, 2015. [DATE BASED ON FORMAL COUNCIL MEETING AWARDING CONTRACT BY RESOLUTION NUMBER Res. 15 . c a 6.21 rn z2K CZ; AG-2 of 3 2 Cit r e-es-- Contra r (Signature) (Signature) Matthew J. Hayek bu 4 vk l Mayor (Printed name) Cpe.rt.A•tb V NIc n(kb cr- (Company Official Title) ATTEST: ATTEST: :',,r ,1 / •:�, , < (, )2 i . [.t4) City Clerk, Marian Karr (Printed name) (Compahy"Ofcial Title) Approved By: (Signature) cd3o, � Wet (Printed name) City Attorney's Office 0 m.cn IEC 171 3:71' rwrosit rcr'' s tri AG-3 of 3 • ATTACHMENT A Subcontractor List-City Hall Renovation Project Subcontractors Amount Type of Work Performing Dan's Overhead Doors $11,295.00 Accordion Folding Doors Forman Ford $55,011.00 Dec Handrail,Aluminum Storefronts, Glazing Professional Wall $20,000.00 Gypsum Board Flooring America $65,424.00 Tiling,Stone Flooring, Resilient Flooring,Tile Carpeting Wisconsin Terrazo $54,828.00 Resinous Matric Terarzzo Flooring Feaker Painting $20,100.00 Painting ASI $10,643.00 Signage Burgin Drapery $10,234.00 Window Shades Blackhawk Sprinkler $10,234.00 Fire Suppression Day Mechanical $67,860.00 Plumbing& HVAC Premier Electric $177,600.00 Electrical,Communications&Safety r CD W 3 Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Public Works Department,410 E.Washington St , Iowa City, IA 52240(319)356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. 15-1 1 1 RESOLUTION AWARDING CONTRACT AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO SIGN AND THE CITY CLERK TO ATTEST A CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS 2015 RENOVATION PROJECT. WHEREAS, City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction of Iowa City, IA has submitted the lowest responsible bid of$797,800 for construction of the above-named project; and WHEREAS, the bid includes alternate#1 in the amount of$23,800 and alternate#2 in the amount of$18,500; and WHEREAS, the total amount of the award of base bid and alternates#1 and#2 is $840,100; and WHEREAS, funds for this project are available in the following accounts: G4721 City Hall Remodel for NDS Integration and G4714 Remodel City Hall and Revenue NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT: 1. The contract for the construction of the above-named project for the base bid plus Alternates #1 and #2 is hereby awarded to City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 2. The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign the contract for construction of the above-named project and the Contractor's Bond, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 3. The Assistant City Manager is authorized to execute change orders as they may become necessary in the construction of the above-named project. Passed and approved this 21st day of April , 20 15 MAYOR Approved by ATTEST: ))>at<„).>� ICC a ' CITY CLERK City Attorney's Off /STA —n It was moved by Mims and seconded by Payne Rervolutiorbe adopted, and upon roll call there were: +c--) rn rn �''' AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: 0 x Botchway •• x Dickens ''x cn .—r x Dobyns x Hayek x Mims x Payne x Throgmorton s.TNG1M1kcsolutiars1Prajvv Rcsulwions'Awrd Contr.,I..City Hall 1Dy Rnrnu.:Harval Hall K NDS 201 S Rrnovatem P,o i.Auard Contract With almrnaas blank resolution for W 21 2015 duc 4r1s Bond No. IAC 66872 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction ,as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) (insert the legal title of the Surety) 2100 Fleur Drive,Des Moines,Iowa 50321-1158 , as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of Seven Hundred Ninety Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ( $797,800.00 )for the payment for which Contractor-and Sty hereby bind themselves,their heirs, executors, administrators,successors and assigtaEntl- 'd severally. CI—C cr o ni WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of April 17,2015 , entered into a 7<- r—rya - file (date) - X o CD written Agreement with Owner for City Hall Lobby,.Revenue,Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renova4iProject„�etnd WHEREAS,the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared Ross Spitz, P.E., Civil Engineer for the City of Iowa City, Iowa,which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. B.Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in default under the Agreement,the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder,the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement;and upon determina- tion by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available,as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph), sufficient PB-1 CON 0572 IA(4/05) funds to pay the cost of completion,less the balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof.The term"balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement,together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of One(1) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons,firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontrac- tors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given.The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS 17th DAY OF April 20 15 City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction IN THE PRESENCE OF: (Principal) 6 pertirldbfis Nic, gtr Witness (Title) Merchants Bondin• o 1,1) (Surety) Erica Thomas I( `Ir , AL-L' " Attorney-In-Fact • IiP Witness / (Title) Stacey Rens•erger PO Box 939 0 (Street) Davenport,IA 52805 > - (City, State,Zip) c < co 563-324-1011 -<rn � M (Phone) O Q = o PB-2 7a r N MERCHANT-7N\ BONDING COMPANY„ Bond#: IAC 66872 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.,both being corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, Erica Thomas of Davenport and State of IA their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact,with full power and authority hereby conferred in their name,place and stead,to sign,execute,acknowledge and deliver in their behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings,recognizances or other written obligations In the nature thereof,subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: FIFTEEN MILLION($15,000,000.00)DOLLARS and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies,and all the acts of said Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given,are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-of-Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual)on April 23,2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 24,2011. "The President,Secretary,Treasurer,or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact,and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company,and attach the seal of the Company thereto,bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond,undertaking,recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 24thday of October 2014 r,�$`�*� °iT , co 0" aRq'4% MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDINGMERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY, •�: ` 0- s• � :►x- 2 -o- n; __.; 2u43 I, . ;• : . 1933 • y• By 67Zor-, 7:74_• STATE OF IOWA • it COUNTY OF POLK ss. '��.."" 4"'"r��', ••..... President On this 24thday of October 2014 ,before me appeared Larry Taylor,to me personally known,who being by me duly sworn did say that he Is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.;and that the seals affixed to the foregoing Instrument is the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. In Testimony Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines,Iowa,the day and year first above written. ti.0:3A4WENDY WOODY z� Commission Number 784654 My Commission Expires 160 June 20, 2017 Notary Public,Polk County,Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 17th day of April , 2015 . 1933 Secretary C) .77 POA 0014(7/14) '•:,�"'y�•.. ..;�,``' xto .•'1,41.a•.r•• C•/ < I r 0 • • • ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY STATE OF Iowa ) COUNTY OF Scott ) On this 17th day of April , in the year 2015 , before me personally come(s) Erica Thomas , Attorney-In-Fact of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual), with whom I am personally acquainted, and who, being by me duly sworn,says that he/she reside(s)in Davenport,IA that he/she is the Attorney-In-Fact of Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) , the company described in and which executed the within instrument; that he/she know(s)the corporate seal of such Company; and that the seal affixed to the within instrument is such corporate seal and that it was affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company, and that he/she signed said instrument as Attorney-In-Fact of the said Company by like order. E., \Sh a -VA lk-C/414— Wit' Stacey Rensb ger L, ,Notary Public My commissions expires: 2/3/2017 cnr+ >-4 — ....... 0"< ao r-- rn q' ill 37'3 ao v N SUP 0014(5/04) MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY. MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) • MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. 2100 FLEUR DRIVE • DES MOINES, IOWA 50321-1158 • (800)678-8171 • (515)243-3854 FAX ENDORSEMENT It is hereby understood and agreed that Bond No.: IAC 66872 Principal: City Construction Newco,LLC dba City Construction Obligee: City of Iowa City,Iowa in the Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) , is changing this bond effective April 17,2015 FROM: Contract Amount-797,800.00 Bond Date-April 17,2015 TO: ^' 0 cn Contract Amount-$840,100.00 "fl n_ Bond Date-April 21,2015 4 ''� •„o" c-5-tI r -C rn '4�r" a 9 w All terms and conditions of said bond,except as above changed,to remain the same. Signed,sealed and dated this 23 day of April 2015 Merchants Bonding Company(Mum4t) By atiP 11)441 11/4j2( Stephanie Millage SUP 0018(2/12) Attorney-In-Fact MERCHANIll'N\ BONDING COMPANY. Bond#: IAC 66872 POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.,both being corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, of Davenport and State of IA their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact,with full power and authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead,to sign, execute,acknowledge and deliver In their behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations In the nature thereof,subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies,and all the acts of said Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given,are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-of-Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual)on April 23,2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 24,2011. "The President,Secretary,Treasurer,or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact,and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company,and attach the seal of the Company thereto,bonds and undertakings, recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond,undertaking,recogn zance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company,and such signature anc sea: when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 24d1day of October •2014 a*110-,,,x'',, ,��kNG COC•A MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) q; UPOQq^ 0 'a;1.•,. 099 9Z•. MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC. • /�.•C., �'.�c. 72003 .n- I1;33•f . �•.. By STATE OF IOWA �HJ . '. • . • rte 6� �C• • • COUNTY OF POLK ss. °"".,,,.. "' President On this 24thday of October , 2014 ,before me appeared Larry Taylor,to me personally known,who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.;and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument is the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa,the day and year first above written. ▪ ,. WENDY WOODY 0.0�yCommission Number pires )• "°" My Commission Expires irmt• June 20.2017 Notary Public,Polk County,Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. ry In Witness Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on C this 17th day of April , 2015 . •.t:") ... ch, CPw ORA ` ,c6 99 am• 'L✓ ' y' r • :3 Secretary' a' ! , v' 200.3 _.n ;y• 1• ti; �� d a •a6' c' CD POA 0014 (7/14) ''!y' • •r_� ...141...".••.\10 � •• ° t� ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY STATE OF Iowa ) COUNTY OF Scott ) On this 23rd day of April , in the year 2015 ,before me personally come(s) Stephanie Millage , Attorney-In-Fact of Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual),with whom I am personally acquainted, and who, being by me duly sworn, says that he/she reside(s)in Davenport,IA that he/she is the Attorney-In-Fact of Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) , the company described in and which executed the within instrument; that he/she know(s) the corporate seal of such Company; and that the seal affixed to the within instrument is such corporate seal and that it was affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company, and that he/she signed said instrument as Attorney-In-Fact of the said Company by Iike order. 12,tY19)10 STACEY RENS8ENER I Stacey Rens rger P4U Notary Public Iv Conuressbn Number 782408 •�::� � FebruarY 3,201 My commissions expires: February 3,2017 N C9 cr+ --c IMMO C.< co r- �� :t-' r a 0 O ••SUP 0014(5/04) • TRANSMITTAL LETTER ry�-- CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 E.Washington Street Iowa City, IA 52240 PROJECT: Transmittal Date: July 1,2015 City Hall Lobby,Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Contract Date: April 21,2015 Resolution No.: 15-111 awarding contract on April 21,2015 by formal council action TO: Mr. Dustin Nordell&Mr. Robert Amundson[sent via e-mail to:dustin(icityconstruction.build and robert@citygrp.com City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction 409 Highway 1 West Iowa City, IA 52246 Mr. William Downing[sent via e-mail to: wdolAHing@rohrbachassociates.com Rohrbach Associates 325 East Washington Street,Suite 400 Iowa City,IA 52240 ATTN: Mr.Dustin Nordell,Mr. Robert Amundson and Mr.Downing: WE TRANSMIT: (X) herewith ( ) under separate cover via ( ) in accordance with your request FOR YOUR: ( ) approval (X) distribution to parties ( ) information ( ) review&comment (X) record ( ) signature& return ( ) use ( ) other THE FOLLOWING: ( )drawings/plans ( ) shop drawing prints ( ) field instructions ( ) specifications ( ) shop drawing reproducibles ( ) agreement ( ) change order ( ) product literature/samples (X) other: CAR#1 COPIES DATE SENT DESCRIPTION 1 April 30,2015 Fully signed-Change Authorization Request#1 Remarks: Attached is an electronic copy of the signed Change Authorization#1 for the additional work of the furred wall in Harvat Hall (council chambers). Respectfully, Kumi Morris E-mail copy of transmittal To: I. Geoff Fruin,City of Iowa City,Administration 2. Dennis Bockenstedt,City of Iowa City,Finance 3. Marian Karr,City Clerks Office lv 4. o SAENGIARCHITECTURE FILE'ProJecls\Clly Hall Lobby,Revenue.Harval Hal IS NOS 2015 Renovation ProjectACARs and Change OrderslTransmillal for CO Al to City Construction and 6.3r City Hao Ldhlijl Revenue.Harvel Hai&NDS Renwalion 2015 ProJecf doc vsq.; r.. r- c CHANGE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST Change Authorization Request No.:01 Date:June 25.2015 Project: City Hall Renovation Contractor:City Construction A change in the scope of work is requested as Indicated below: 1. It is requested that the completion date be( )extended, ( )decreased by calendar days. The adjusted completion date will be: 2. Description of Change: (Refer to drawings,specifications,addenda,If applicable). PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE ATTACHMENTS. ITC 002—Add Furred Wall in Room 101. 3. Basis of Payment: (check one) (X) Firm price for performing this change is $ $3,148.00 (Increase) ( ) Time and material per Contract,but not to exceed $ $ (Actual Cost) ( ) The time required to prepare and agree upon a detailed estimate prior to proceeding with the change would unduly delay job progress. The following is an approximate estimate to assist the Owner in determining whether or not the change should be made. If notified to proceed,a detailed estimate in the form agreed upon,with supporting details,will be submitted WITHIN TEN DAYS after receipt of said notice. Approximate Estimate is. $ $ (Actual Cost) Submitted by: City Construction -Iowa City.Iowa Date:June 25.2015 Ag/7.4 Contractor's Authorized Agent - Robert Amundson,Project Manager FOR OWNER'S USE 1. Action Recommended: (Check one) Rohrbach Architects No.1323 ( ) Change will not be made: Explain: rU ( ) Proceed on the following basis: c a ( ) As indicated above,change and basis of payment are acceptable. u+ ( ) Change is acceptable;basis of payment is not acceptable. c... ( ) The following modification is recommended: � c r- ( ) Change --( ) Change in completion date is acceptable. E''"< t ( ) Change Is acceptable with no change in price/ rn 2. Reason for Change: ( )Design Change; 04 Client Request; ( )Field Condition; ( )Suggested by Contractor rri [ )Design Omission or Other—Explain 3. Is this a part of the original contract scope? Yes ( )No , 4. Is Contractor's Estimate attached? ()6 Yes ( )No 5. Is Resident Engineer's check attached? ( )Yes ( )No RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL: �� 6/Z 9//1' Owner Approved by: � Date City of low// Architect Approved by: Date 06/26/15 Rohrbach Associates PC 6125/2015 1 CHANGE PROPOSAL ESTIMATE SUMMARY Project: City Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation CITY CONSTRUCTION Location: 410 E Washington Street IOWA CITY,IOWA Iowa City,IA 62240 Estimator: Robert Amundson ITC 002 Architect: Rohrbach Associates Date:June 25,2015 Change Authorization Request#01 Ret nAtyfil loam daiiineflit $00*.4141400.0 E•fit:• •P.RM,V.M-•'Onap Weitliike.Wae fttlg "•-4,8.5•1 1). Fur Wall in Room 101 Subcontractors Professional Wall Builders EST 1.00 0.00 50 0.00 $0 2,791.86 52,792 ***LABOR/MATERIAL/SUBCONTRACTOR—SUBTOTAL 50 $0 $2,792 CHANGE PROPOSAL COST SUMMARY: Total Material $0 Total Labor $0 Total Subcontractors/Equipment $2,792 Subtotal $2,792 Fee for Material Costs(Material•.15) SO Fee for Labor Costs (Labor.15) $0 Fee for Subcontractor Costs(Subcontractor*10) $270 Sales Tax on Material NA Subtotal $3,071 Bond Cost(1.5%) $47 Liability Insurance(.94%) $30 ***** TOTAL COST OF CHANGE PROPOSAL ***" $3,148 C=P Cr, ""ti .11ti.• r'— I . 7(17 -0 fl-, • • Professional Wall Builders, Inc 329 First St.Iowa City,IA 52240 Phone:319-341-7732 Fax:319-341-7741 email:prowalliowacity@gmail.com Time and Material Proposal Date:6/18/15 0 cr, Project Name:City Hall Lobby, Haravat Hall&NDS Renovation Project z.� C " Contractor Name: City Construction Co. r-- ITC#2 I RFI# r"--- Description of Proposal:Added Wall Furring in Room 101 r`>i C41 = i Date of work performed : -'� .. LABOR HOURS RATE -.j TOTAL CARPENTER FOREMAN 1 64.99 $ 64.99 CARPENTER JOURNEYMAN 16 56.40 $ 902.40 CARPENTER APPRENTICE 0 47.50 $ - PLASTERER/FINISHER FOREMAN 0 62.99 $ - PLASTERER/FINISHER JOURNEYMAN 9.5 56.40 $ 535.80 LABORER JOURNEYMAN 0 50.00 $ - LABOR SUBTOTAL $ 1,503.19 15%OVERHEAD&PROFIT $ 225.48 LABOR TOTAL $ 1,728.67 MATERIAL ITEM DESCRIPTION AMOUNT USED UNIT COST/UNIT TOTAL 7/8"furring channels 30 pcs 4.97 $ 149.10 Hilti shots/pins 390 each 0.85 $ 331.50 5/8"drywall 8 pcs 19.32 $ 154.56 1-1/4"screws 9 pounds 3.35 $ 30.15 level 5 taping goods 360 sq/ft 0.72 $ 259.20 O 0.00 $ - O 0.00 $ - O 0.00 S - MATERIAL SUBTOTAL $ 924.51 15%OVERHEAD&PROFIT $ 138.68 MATERIAL TOTAL $ 1,063.19 TOTAL PROPOSED CHARGE $ 2,791.86 • r Q P Q S a I Page No. of Pages \\ LYNCH BROS. PAINTING--CARPENTRY 5 Arbor Circle IOWA CI , 45 (319 351.2' :3 , 3 5-343 354-791 -8632 PROPOSAL SUBMITTED TO PHONE �• DATE / / STREET 1 4--), - - 3�.?b 5 v y 7 ,, !/ r J L 0' E. LO s Ai tiy�., S B,..-.)6 H c_pky CITY,STATE and ZIP CODE JOB LOCATION mac-. 5� 0 ARCHITECT DATE OF PLANS JOB PHONE We hereby submit specifications and estimates for. _..._....... -rte -1 \_..._. .k-C-sALY,_ ..........................._........_................_..........................._......._.._......_................_._..._................_................_._........_._...._..._................_...._... • wr i`4-c....q.a.L. f Jaw t� c �� cC a/Ol'k . 4.._I.._U,r-c :11(.3,414 14 n G.M.r.L _....._. ' ca....__...._C,ur"L !ft.._`5.... .........._................ ........................._.. a_ _....._.... _.....try-L. --1-e 11 i t r._ cow. -71 ,R..; p. ---___, iii,a Propose hereby to furnish material and labor—complete in accordance with above spe ;lions, for the sum if: 41,,, / dollars(. ). Payment to be made as follows: ---1 (� (� \ 1�` ^; L- .fir. -,,)K \.55 All material is guaranteed to be as specified.All work to be completed in a workmanlikeW manner according to standard practices.Any alteration or deviation from above specifications Authorized ......-e____ `' involving extra costs will be executed only upon written orders,and will become an extra Signature charge over and above the estimate. All agreements contingent upon strikes, accidents or delays beyond our control.Owner to carry tire,tornado and other necessary insurance. Note:This pro.o : r. withdrawn . :.- :. -r •I withm `\ Our workers are fully covered by Workman's Compensation Insurance. - days. / ArrEptanre of Proposot —The above prices,specifications \ and conditions are satisfactory and are hereby accepted. You are authorized Signature to do the work as specified. Payment will be made as outlined above. Date of Acceptance: Signature - ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC ARCHITECTS INSTRUCTION TO CONTRACTOR #02 Project: City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation Project City of Iowa City RAPC 1323 Date: June 15, 2015 To: City Construction Co.Inc. The following instruction is issued to: ( ) Clarify drawings,specifications and/or procedures ( ) Approve use of materials or equipment (x) Request an estimate for Owner's further consideration ( ) Transmit drawings or documents for incorporation into the work,subject to the last paragraph below. ( ) Direction to Proceed on Time and Material basis. Title: Council Chamber Wall Finish 1. Provide a price to apply new framing and gypsum board to the North wall of the Council Chambers 101. The new finish is to be 7/8"hat channels vertically,fastened to the existing CMU wall,with 5/8"gypsum board. Finish gypsum board to Level 5 finish as specified. Extend new gypsum board from the floor to 6"above the ceiling. Provide new rubber roll base. Return gypsum board to wall with corner bead at the east and west corners,prior to contacting the aluminum storefront. 2. Confirm that the new finish can be installed within the existing deadline of July 24th Copies of drawings or other documents are( ) attached ( )already Issued (X)not applicable IF,IN YOUR OPINION,THIS INSTRUCTION INVOLVES WORK WHICH EITHER INCREASES OR DECREASES THE CONTRACT PRICE,SCOPE OF WORK,OR TIME OR PERFORMANCE,YOU SHALL NOT PROCEED(UNLESS THIS ITC DIRECTS THE WORK TO PROCEED ON A TIME AND MATERIAL BASIS)IS UNTIL YOU REQUEST A WRITTEN CHANGE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST OR CHANGE ORDER AND RECEIVE OWNER APPROVAL OF THE CHANGE. Rohrbach Associates PC for City of Iowa City William T. Downing AIA Project Architect dzy Cc: Robert Amundson Kumi Morris Tim Hennes Scott Justason Design Engineers Commerce Center 325 E.Washington Suite 400 P.O.Box 2238 Iowa Cityy,IA 52244.2238 Tel:319.338,9311 Fox: 319.338.9872 ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC AR CHI TECT S June 26, 2015 Kumi Morris Architecture Services Coordinator The City of Iowa City 410 E Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 RE: City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS 2015 Renovation Project CAR #1 Dear Kumi Enclosed is Change Authorization Request(CAR) Number 1 submitted by City Construction Group which has been signed by us. This request follows ITC#2 which requested a cost to add furring and gypsum board to the North wall of Harvat Hall. Please review the Change Authorization Request and if you agree with the change in the contract amount please forward it to the Contractor. If you have questions regarding this application, please contact us for clarification. Sincerely, Rohrbach Associates PC 0 William T. Downing AIArn Project Architect rri -•v WTD Enclosures: CAR#1 Cc: City Construction Group (letter only) Steven A. Rohrbach 1323 Commerce Center 325 E.t'.'ashington Suite 400 P.O.Box 2238 Iowa City,IA 52244-2238 Tel:319.338.9311 Fox: 319.338.9872 ill% TRANSMITTAL LETTER CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 E.Washington Street Iowa City, IA 52240 PROJECT: Transmittal Date: July 6,2015 City Hall Lobby,Revenue, Harvat Hall&NDS 2015 Renovation Project Contract Date: April 21,2015 Resolution No.: 15-111 awarding contract on April 21,2015 by formal council action TO: Mr. Dustin Nordell&Mr. Robert Amundson [sent via e-mail to:dustin®cityconstruction.build and robert@citygrp.com City Construction Newco LLC dba City Construction 409 Highway 1 West "' Iowa City,IA 52246 ,: r �..9.: t 41111.1.1111. Mr. William Downing[sent via e-mail to: wdowning@,rohrbachassociates,com] CrN Rohrbach Associatesr- 325 East Washington Street,Suite 400 -..r r Iowa City,IA 52240 ::>K ATTN: Mr. Dustin Nordell,Mr.Robert Amundson and Mr. Downing: ci WE TRANSMIT: (X) herewith ( ) under separate cover via ( ) in accordance with your request FOR YOUR: ( ) approval (X) distribution to parties ( ) information ( ) review&comment (X) record ( ) signature & return ( ) use ( ) other THE FOLLOWING: ( )drawings/plans ( ) shop drawing prints ( )field instructions ( ) specifications ( ) shop drawing reproducibles ( ) agreement ( )change order ( ) product literature/samples (X) other: CAR#5 COPIES DATE SENT DESCRIPTION 1 April 30,2015 Fully signed-Change Authorization Request#5 Remarks: Attached is an electronic copy of the signed Change Authorization#5 for removal of the wiring in the defunct dimmer light box and skim coating the surface,neighboring the door to the City Manager's meeting room in Harvat Hall(council chambers). This CAR adds$248.00 to the construction ontract. Respectfully, Kumi Morris E-mall copy of transmittal To: 1. Geoff Fruin,City of Iowa City,Administration 2. Dennis Bockenstedt,City of Iowa City,Finance 3. Marian Karr,City Clerks Office 4. SlENG1ARCHIT-1wm %CbxF-1 ARSW-11Tnromloal log CAR X&&mar witch box removal to Cry Construdion and RA for City Hal Lobby.Revenue,Marvel HallA NOS Renovation 2015 Project doe CHANGE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST Date:July 5,2015 Change Authorization Request No.:06 Project: City Hall Renovation Contractor:City Construction A change in the scope of work is requested as indicated below: 1 It is requested that the completion date be( )extended, ( )decreased by calendar days. The adjusted completion date will be: -- 2. Description of Change: (Refer to drawings,specifications,addenda,if applicable). PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE ATTACHMENTS. ITC 006—Remove Abandoned Dimmer. Basis of Payment: (check one) (X) Firm price for performing this change is $ $248.00 (Increase) O Time and material per Contract,but not to exceed $ $ (Actual Cost) ( ) The time required to prepare and agree upon a detailed estimate prior to proceeding with the change would unduly delay job progress. The following is an approximate estimate to assist the Owner in determining whether or not the change should be made. If notified to proceed,a detailed estimate in the form agreed upon,with supporting details,wit be submitted WITHIN TEN DAYS after receipt of said notice. Approximate Estimate is.. ..... $ $ (Actual Cost) Submitted by: City Construction -Iowa City,Iowa Date:July 5,2015 // Contractor's Authorized Agent - Robert Amundson,Project Manager FOR OWNER'S USE 1. Action Recommended: (Check one) Rohrbach Architects No.1323 ( ) Change will not be made: Explain: ( ) Proceed on the following basis: ()C) As indicated above,change and basis of payment are acceptable. ( ) Change is acceptable;basis of payment is not acceptable. ( ) The following modification is recommended: ry ( ) Change in completion date is acceptable. G i r�-r O Change Is acceptable with no change In price/ . ""' ("" r- 2. 2. Reason for Change: ( )Design Change; X)Client Request; ( )Field Condition; ( )Suggested by Contractor, t O Design Omission or Other—Explain 3. Is this a part of the original contract scope? QQ Yes ( )No ;<fr} rn � � D 4. Is Contractor's Estimate attached? Yes ( )No N `va+ 5. Is Resident Engineer's check attached? ( )Yes ( )No c1 RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL: `�/ Owner Approved by: Date City of Iowa City Architect Approved by: Date Rohrbach Associates PC 1 71512015 CHANGE PROPOSAL ESTIMATE SUMMARY Project: City Hall Lobby,Revenue,Harvat Hall&NOS 2015 Renovation CITY CONSTRUCTION Location: 410 E Washington Street IOWA CITY,IOWA Iowa City,IA 52240 Estimator: Robert Amundson ITC 006 Architect: Rohrbach Associates Date:July 5,2015 Change Authorization Request#05 140W1:1`:. a a o :T Q6ihii QJantityMa:t K>, 1* Dr , 'fit: r >yai �i ` .; it • M } a� ' ' - UnUnit a :gi? AcT M. • 1). Remove Abandoned Dimmer Subcontractors Premier Electrical EST 1.00 0.00 50 0.00 $0 220.00 $220 "'LABOR/MATERIAL/SUBCONTRACTOR—SUBTOTAL $0 $0 $220 CHANGE PROPOSAL COST SUMMARY: Total Material „. .„ ... 50 Total Labor 50 Total Subcontractors/Equipment $220 Subtotal $220 Fee for Material Costs(Malarial'.15) $0 Fee for Labor Costs (Labor'.15) S0 Fee for Subcontractor Costs(Subcontractor•.10) $22 Sales Tax on Material ...... NA Subtotal $242 Bond Cost(1.5%). ..•.. $4 Liability Insurance(.94%) $2 ****" TOTAL COST OF CHANGE PROPOSAL ***** $248 c> 30�� r ...- C)-C. ' r :----4-c.;:,71:41 =r,.) z<r-t-s- -0 i:":::91_, spy w C n ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC AR CHITECTS INSTRUCTION TO CONTRACTOR #06 Project: City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation Prosect City of Iowa City RAPC 1323 ca- Date: Date: June 29, 2015 `'"'' r c")� rn To: City Construction Co. Inc. r" r„ The following instruction is issued to: 7 N 0 ( ) Clarify drawings,specifications and/or procedures J ' ( ) Approve use of materials or equipment w ( ) Request an estimate for Owner's further consideration (X) Transmit drawings or documents for incorporation into the work,subject to the last paragraph below. ( ) Direction to Proceed on Time and Material basis. Title: Council Chamber— Remove Abandoned Dimmer 1. Remove the abandoned dimmer on the east wall of Council Chambers 101, adjacent to the door to Council Meeting Room 125. Pull wire back to nearest junction box. Cover opening with 5/8" gypsum board flush with surrounding CMU surface. Seal perimeter of gypsum board and finish to match adjacent wall surface. Copies of drawings or other documents are( ) attached ( )already issued (X) not applicable IF,IN YOUR OPINION,THIS INSTRUCTION INVOLVES WORK WHICH EITHER INCREASES OR DECREASES THE CONTRACT PRICE,SCOPE OF WORK,OR TIME OR PERFORMANCE,YOU SHALL NOT PROCEED(UNLESS THIS ITC DIRECTS THE WORK TO PROCEED ON A TIME AND MATERIAL BASIS)IS UNTIL YOU REQUEST A WRITTEN CHANGE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST OR CHANGE ORDER AND RECEIVE OWNER APPROVAL OF THE CHANGE. Rohrbach Associates PC for City of Iowa City By William T. Downing AIA Project Architect Cc: Robert Amundson Kumi Morris Tim Hennes Scott Justason Design Engineers Commerce Cenler 325 E.Washington Suite 400 P.O.Box 2238 Iowa City,IA 52244-2238 Tel:319.338.9311 Fox: 319.338.9872 7-771177-72 fi �'- ELECTRICAL SERVICES It's what we do! 9721 Featherstone Dr, NE Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52411 CAR##1 Date: June 30, 2015 Location: IC City Hall Re: ITC#6 Attention: Robert Amundson Description: • Remove the abandoned dimmer on the east wall of Council Chambers 101,adjacent to the door to Council Meeting Room 125. Pull wire back to nearest junction box.Cover opening with 5/8"gypsum board flush with surrounding CMU surface. Seal perimeter of gypsum board and finish to match adjacent wall surface. Labor Cost: 2hr@$80/hr= $160.00 Processing: Standard fee=$60.00 Total Cost: $220.00 Brian Huelsenbeck Premier Electrical Services Co 319-784-8004 cell 319-393-4531 office 319-393-4532 fax brian@premierelectricalservicesco.com www.premierelectricalservicesca.comcrN z<- -0 m C.., cn c(LI 41. Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Facility Manager, City of Iowa City, 410 E.Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240, 356-5082 RESOLUTION NO. 17-141 RESOLUTION APPROVING EARLY RELEASE OF FUNDS RETAINED PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 26 AND CHAPTER 573 FOR THE CITY HALL LOBBY, REVENUE, HARVAT HALL & NDS RENOVATION PROJECT. WHEREAS, the City of Iowa City entered into a contract with City Construction Group. ("Contractor") for the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation Project on April 21, 2015; and WHEREAS, more than 95% of the work under the contract has been completed; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Iowa Code Chapter 26, Contractor has requested in a sworn statement early release of funds retained by the City pursuant to Iowa Code Chapter 573; and WHEREAS, the City's consulting architect has determined that building wayfinding signage remains to be completed, the value of which is estimated to be $9,097.50; and WHEREAS, Contractor represents that it gave notice to all known subcontractors and suppliers as required by Iowa Code section 26.13 prior to making the request to the City; and WHEREAS, the City is entitled to retain an amount equal to 200% of the value of the labor or materials yet to be provided pursuant to Iowa Code Chapters 26 and 573; and WHEREAS, $18,195.00 of the amount due under the contract will continue to be retained for the payment of claims for materials and labor yet to be provided pursuant to Iowa Code Chapters 26 and 573. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY OF IOWA CITY CITY COUNCIL that; 1. The City finds that at least 95% of the work under the contract for the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation Project has been completed in general accordance with the terms and provisions of the contract. 2. Pursuant to Iowa Code Sections 26.13(3) and 573.15A, the City intends to reduce the amount of the retainage from 5% to an amount not less than $18,195.00, by making payment to Contractor at the time of the next monthly payment or within thirty days after this Resolution has been passed, whichever is sooner. Passed and approved this 2nd day of May , 20 17 M OR Approved by ATTEST: ( , ,� n tv�a ilte{ue.“, 04_,ka_. CIRK City Attorney's Office y ( do? It was moved by Botchway and seconded by Thomas the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: x Botchway x Cole x Dickens x Mims X Taylor x Thomas x Throgmorton 2-01 (CI) Prepared by:Kumi Morris,Facility Manager,City of Iowa City,410 E.Washington St., Iowa City,IA 52240,356-5082 Resolution No. 17-250 Resolution accepting the work for the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation Project Whereas, the Engineering Division has recommended that the work for construction of the City Hall Lobby, Revenue, Harvat Hall & NDS Renovation Project, as included in a contract between the City of Iowa City and City Construction Group. of Iowa City, Iowa, dated April 21, 2015, be accepted; and Whereas, the Engineer's Report and the performance and payment bond have been filed in the City Clerk's office; and Whereas, funds for this project are available in the following account#'s G4721 City Hall Remodel for NDS Integra and G4714 Remodel City Hall Lobby and Revenue; and Whereas, the final contract price is $948,404.00. Now, therefore, be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, that said improvements are hereby accepted by the City of Iowa City, Iowa. Passed and approved this 1st day of August2017. G . �G Ma r , ) Approvedby _ Att: . tc Cc.e R5 i / A 4 At anei w /•�, ae,.- City Clerk . City Attorney's Office /2 c I f 7 It was moved by Taylor and seconded by Botchway the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: Ayes: Nays: Absent: x Botchway X Cole x Dickens X Mims x Taylor x Thomas X Throgmorton